Annual Report 2023
“Ivan was undoubtedly one of the finest leaders of his generation. He was there at
the creation of Diageo and over 25 years, shaped the company to become one of the
best performing, most trusted and respected consumer companies. I saw first-hand his
steadfast commitment to our people and to creating a culture that enabled everyone
to thrive. He invested his time and energy in people at every level of the company and
saw potential that others may have overlooked. This is one of many reasons why he
was beloved by our employees, past and present.
Ivan’s energy and his commitment to diversity created an inclusive business and
enabled Diageo to have a positive impact on the communities we serve. His passion
for our brands was second-to-none and in his heart, he remained the Johnnie Walker
marketer from his early days. The desire to build the world’s best brands never left
him. We are truly privileged to have had the opportunity to work alongside such a
thoughtful and passionate colleague and friend – a true gentleman. He has built
an extraordinary legacy.”
Javier Ferrán
Chairman
In memory of
Sir Ivan Menezes
1959-2023
Career highlights
Ivan Manuel Menezes was born on 10 July 1959,
in Pune, India. He held UK and US citizenship,
and Overseas Citizenship for India.
Ivan joined Diageo at its creation in 1997
and held many senior positions in a career
spanning over 25 years at the company.
He had been the Strategy Director for
Guinness plc, and when Diageo was created
through the merger of Guinness plc and
Grand Metropolitan, Ivan was appointed
Group Integration Director tasked with
integrating this ‘merger of equals.’
He became Global Marketing Director, UDV,
in 1998 and was responsible for developing
the now iconic ‘Keep Walking’ campaign
for Johnnie Walker.
He subsequently held several senior
positions within Diageo including Chief
Operating Officer; President, Diageo North
America; Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific;
and Chairman, Diageo Latin America
and Caribbean.
Ivan was appointed to the Board as an
Executive Director of Diageo in July 2012
and served as Chief Executive Officer
since July 2013. He was due to retire on
30 June 2023.
During his decade as Chief Executive, Ivan
oversaw an outstanding period of change,
growth and high performance. Diageo made
huge strides towards his ambition for the
company to become one of the best
performing, most trusted and respected
companies in the world.
Now selling over 200 brands in nearly 180
countries, today Diageo is the number one
company by retail sales value in international
spirits, including tequila(1), a category in which
only eight years ago the company had no
substantive position.
Ivan was determined to be a pioneer on
environmental, social and governance (ESG)
issues, committing that Diageo would have
a positive impact on society everywhere it
operates. Diageo reduced carbon emissions
in absolute terms under his leadership –
even as the company significantly
increased production and sales.
Over the last five years, Diageo’s total
shareholder returns have outperformed the
FTSE 100, and the company has continued
its progressive policy to increase dividends
every year.
Ivan was particularly proud to announce that
in December 2022, Guinness was ranked the
number one selling beer by value for the first
time in the on-trade in Great Britain.(2)
In January 2023, Ivan was awarded a
knighthood for services to business and to
equality in His Majesty The King’s 2023
New Year Honours List.
Ivan was an inspirational champion for both
women and ethnic minorities in business.
In 2008, there were no women on Diageo’s
Executive Committee; today, over half are
women, including his successor as Chief
Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and the
Presidents of Diageo’s largest markets – North
America, Europe and India, and almost half of
the Executive Committee are ethnically diverse.
IWSR, 2022
(1)
(2) CGA, 4 weeks to 3 December 2022
We are a global leader in spirits.
From centuries-old names to the
latest innovations, we have over
200 brands and sell in nearly
180 countries.
At Diageo, we are committed to
building and sustaining the very
best portfolio of brands, in what
we believe to be the most exciting
consumer products category.
Visit diageo.com for more information
Cover: Guinness in the on-trade
2
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Take a look at how we
build our brands
Read our Chief
Executive’s statement
Find out about our
investment case
See our core
competencies in action
p6-7
p10-11
p14-15
p26-31
Strategic report:
Our business
Diageo at a glance
Our brands
Chairman’s statement
Chief Executive’s statement
Market overview
Investment case
Strategy
Strategic priorities
Business model
World-class brand building
Supply chain efficiency
Entrepreneurial spirit
4
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
24
26
28
30
Strategic report:
Our performance
Our performance
Summary financial review
Business review
Group financial review
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’
Promote positive drinking
Doing business the right way
Our people and culture
Health and safety
Champion inclusion and diversity
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
Our principal risks and risk management
Viability statement
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
32
Governance report
Letter from the Chairman of the Board
of Directors
Governance at a glance
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Corporate governance report
Audit Committee report
Nomination Committee report
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report
Financial statements
32
36
40
54
57
58
61
63
65
67
71
88
94
95
Additional information
Unaudited financial information
Cautionary statement
Non-financial reporting boundaries and
methodologies
Independent Limited Assurance Report
to the Directors of Diageo plc on
selected subject matter
Other additional information
96
98
99
100
104
106
117
123
126
154
158
230
232
241
242
263
267
Diageo Annual Report 2023
3
D I A G E O A T A G L A N C E
A brilliant blend
of people and
brands
Since its formation more than
25 years ago, Diageo has been
committed to building and
nurturing some of the world’s
most iconic brands which are
rooted in culture and local
communities.
From a pint of Guinness to a Johnnie Walker
highball, a Don Julio margarita to a Tanqueray
and tonic, the brands behind our drinks have
become household names. And whether local
or global, all our products share a common
goal: to be part of celebrations, big or small.
Our position across total beverage alcohol
(TBA) means we have a long runway for
quality, sustainable growth and we are
confident in our ability to deliver. We believe the
TBA market remains very attractive; over the
past five years it has grown at a 4% compound
annual growth rate (CAGR) by retail sales
value, with spirits growing considerably faster
at a 6% CAGR.(1)
Two years ago we set out our 2030 share
ambition to grow from a 4% to 6% value share
of TBA. We are proud to be almost a third of
the way there; we are now the leading
international spirits player, holding a ~4.7%
value share.(1) But we are confident that there is
still plenty of headroom to grow.
(1)
IWSR, 2022
Colleague in The Bar at Home
4
Diageo Annual Report 2023
The secret to our success is our understanding
of those we serve. We constantly strive to know
the consumers of our brands and our on-trade
and off-trade customers better than anyone
else. And we have invested in new digital
and data capabilities to constantly evolve our
insights, putting people at the heart of the way
we make, market and sell our brands. With the
right product in the right place at the right
price, we are well positioned to win new
consumers and retain existing ones.
But we know consumer habits are changing.
Today, people prioritise quality over quantity
– they are drinking better. We encourage this
‘premiumisation’; in fact, in every region of the
world, we have been steadily positioning our
portfolio to capitalise on this long-term trend.
We believe premiumisation goes hand in
hand with moderation. And as we grow, we are
committed to always encouraging moderation
through the promotion of responsible drinking
across our markets – it’s good for consumers,
and good for business.
With more than 100 manufacturing sites and
over 30,000 employees around the world,
our culture is rooted in a deep sense of our
purpose, the personal connections we have to
our brands, our relationships with each other
and our passion to win in the marketplace.
Our footprint is truly global and we push
ourselves to be worthy of people’s trust
everywhere we live, work, source and sell.
We are currently three years into our ten-year ESG
action plan, ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’. This
starts with our people. We are creating an inclusive
culture and providing them with the skills and
opportunities to progress. We are also focussed on
protecting the natural world, preserving the water
and resources on which we depend. By 2030, our
ambition is to achieve net zero emissions across
our direct operations (Scope 1 and 2) and to work
in partnership with our suppliers to halve the
emissions in our supply chain (Scope 3).
We know that purpose goes hand in hand with
performance – never one without the other. This is
why our ambition is to become one of the best
performing, most trusted and respected consumer
products companies.
We delivered over £3.1 billion through dividends
and share buybacks to our shareholders in
fiscal 23. And future investors can be confident
too: we aim to consistently re-invest back into the
business to continue growing.
Our consumer insights, strong sense of purpose and
pursuit of financial excellence fuel our passion to
become one of the best brand builders in the world.
In 1759, when Arthur Guinness signed a 9,000-year
lease on the St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin, he
wanted his business to last. This visionary thinking
underpins why we must continue to do business the
right way, from grain to glass.
Fiscal 23 financial performance
Volume
(equivalent units)
EU243.4m
(2022: EU263.0m)
Reported movement
Organic movement(1)
Net cash from
operating activities
£3,024m
(2022: £3,935m)
2023 free cash flow(1)
2022 free cash flow(1)
Net sales(2)
£17,113m
(2022: £15,452m)
Operating profit
£4,632m
(2022: £4,409m)
(7)%
(1)%
Reported movement
Organic movement(1)
11%
6%
Reported movement
Organic movement(1)
5%
7%
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Earnings per share
(eps)
164.9p
(2022: 140.2p)
Total recommended dividend
per share(3)
80.00p
(2022: 76.18p)
£1,800m
£2,783m
Reported movement
Eps before exceptional items
movement(1)
18%
5%
8%
Visit diageo.com for more information
Fiscal 23 non-financial performance
Positive drinking
Inclusion and diversity
Water efficiency(4)
Carbon emissions(4)
1,985,817∆
(2022: 607,374)
Number of people educated
on the dangers of underage
drinking through a Diageo
supported education
programme
44%∆
(2022: 44%)
4.14l/l∆
(2022: 4.09l/l)
401∆
(2022: 424)
Percentage of female
leaders globally
Water use efficiency per litre of
product packaged (litres/litre)
Total direct and indirect carbon
emissions by weight (market/net
based) (1,000 tonnes CO2e)
43%∆
(2022: 41%)
Percentage of ethnically diverse
leaders globally
(1) See Definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures on pages 232-239
(2) Net sales are sales less excise duties
(3)
(4)
Includes recommended final dividend of 49.17p
In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies and, where relevant, WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol; data for the baseline year 2020 and for the intervening period up
to the end of last financial year has been restated where relevant
Δ Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements refer to organic movements. For a definition of organic movement and reconciliation of all non-GAAP measures to GAAP
measures, see pages 232-239. Share refers to value share. Percentage figures presented are reflective of a year-on-year comparison, namely 2022-2023, unless otherwise specified.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
5
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
O U R B R A N D S
Brand building
expertise
Our portfolio offers
something for every taste
and celebration.
From much-loved, established brands, such as
Johnnie Walker, to the latest innovations, like
Tanqueray 0.0, we create products, tastes and
experiences for people to enjoy.
This requires focus and investment in what we
call a brilliant blend of ‘creativity with precision’.
We combine data, insights and innovation with
the creative flair our consumers expect from us
as a custodian of some of the most iconic brands
in the world.
Innovative spirit
We want to build brands that will stand the test of time. This is why
we strive to move at pace with the latest consumer trends. And while
we honour the past, we are passionate about creating the brands of
the future.
Redefining categories
With a rich and actively managed portfolio and a proven innovation
capability, we are well placed to seize new opportunities, recruit new
consumers, continue to premiumise and drive ongoing performance.
Advantaged portfolio
The breadth and depth of our portfolio has helped us grow across most
categories, with strong net sales growth in our three largest categories:
scotch, tequila and beer.
Premium-plus brands contributed 63% of reported net sales growth
and drove 57% of organic net sales growth in fiscal 23.
Organic net sales growth by category
Reported net sales by price tier, F19–F23
Scotch
Tequila
Vodka
Canadian whisky
(9)%
Rum
Liquers
Gin
IMFL whisky
1%
2%
5%
(1)%
Chinese white spirits
(14)%
US whiskey
Beer
Ready to drink
(4)%
9%
0%
12%
Super-premium+
18%
27%
19%
Premium
38%
+7ppt
36%
15%
Standard
32%
Value
12%
F19
29%
8%
F23
Super-premium and above
price points
Reported net sales(1)
£4,559m
Premium price points
Reported net sales(1)
£6,258m
Standard and below
price points
Reported net sales(1)
£6,296m
(1) Net sales are sales less excise duties
6
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
7
C H A I R M A N ’ S S T A T E M E N T
Recommended final dividend
per share
49.17p
2022: 46.82p
Total dividend per share(1)
5% to 80.00p
2022: 76.18p
Total shareholder return
(2)%
2022: 4%
(1)
Includes recommended final dividend of 49.17p
A solid platform
for future growth
It is impossible to reflect on the past year without thinking
of Sir Ivan Menezes.
Ivan’s leadership defined the culture of Diageo: diverse,
creative, agile and entrepreneurial, passionately
engaged, and committed to social responsibility and
environmental sustainability. Today, our culture is our
greatest strength in an uncertain world, and the living
embodiment of Ivan’s legacy at Diageo. He will be
missed by all of us.
Global environment
The last year has been another period of
broad and sustained uncertainty, and we
continue to see re-adjustment in working
patterns and consumer behaviour following
the Covid-19 pandemic. Major economies
are facing the challenge of inflation,
compounding cost-of-living pressures.
Geopolitical uncertainty remains elevated,
and the terrible conflict in Ukraine continues.
As ever, my colleagues have responded to
this operating environment with resilience
and entrepreneurialism. On behalf of the
Board, I would like to thank them for their
sustained commitment and hard work.
8
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Dealing with uncertainty and volatility is the
‘new normal’ – and is likely to remain so for
some time. While this inevitably brings some
short-term challenges, especially for
consumer goods companies like ours, the
breadth and depth of our portfolio and our
geographical footprint, harnessed to the
passion and agility of our colleagues, mean
we are well positioned to navigate those
challenges and to take advantage of
emerging opportunities, as we have done
successfully in recent years.
Long-term view of the business
Despite this ongoing turbulence, the
fundamentals of our category remain
attractive, and we are well-placed to realise
its potential. The growth of a global middle
class and the appetite for increasing
premiumisation and to ‘drink better, not
more’ are long-term, sectoral trends. We
expect to continue to drive value growth in
the total beverage alcohol (TBA) category as
hundreds of millions of consumers become
able to access the premium drinks market,
often moving away from informal or illicit
alcohol in the process.
At the same time, we have significant
headroom to grow within TBA, reflected in
our medium-term ambition to grow our value
share of the global market by 50%, from 4%
to 6% by 2030. We believe that share growth
will be driven by sustained investment in our
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
brands and targeted innovation to
respond to evolving consumer needs
and tastes. Combined with active portfolio
management, we believe that continuing to
invest in our brands now is fundamental to
sustaining performance for the future.
Long-term value creation
Diageo continues to deliver long-term value
creation for our shareholders. We achieved
another strong year of performance for fiscal 23.
We grew organic net sales by 6.5% at the top
end of guidance, with strong price/mix
performance mitigating a modest decline in
volume. Pre-exceptional earnings per share
increased 7.6%. We increased our final
dividend by 5%, reflecting our continued
strong performance and our commitment
to a progressive dividend policy.
Our philosophy of investing over the long-term
can occasionally impact return on average
invested capital (ROIC) in the short-term, as it
did in fiscal 23. ROIC was 16.3%, a decline of
50bps. In fiscal 23 we increased capex,
invested in maturing stock and continued to
actively and strategically manage our portfolio
through acquisitions and disposals. Finally, total
shareholder return (TSR) for the ten-year and
five-year periods of 9% and 7%, respectively
remains strong despite the 12‐month return of
(2)% for fiscal 23 which was mainly driven by a
lower year-on-year share price.
Employee engagement
This was my final year as the lead Board
member for workforce engagement. I have
enormously enjoyed engaging with hundreds
of colleagues at all levels across Diageo, and I
continue to be impressed by their passion. My
fellow Board member, Karen Blackett OBE, has
taken up this important role from July 2023.
That passion is reflected once again in the
results of our annual Your Voice employee
survey. Employee engagement remains very
high at 84% – two points ahead of last year,
while pride in Diageo is at an all-time high of
91% – 14 points above our external benchmark.
The proportion of our colleagues who would
recommend Diageo as a place to work is also
the highest ever recorded, and our Net
Promoter Score now stands at +36.
I believe that our culture – the combination of
passion and commitment with agility, speed
and entrepreneurial talent – is a major
differentiator for Diageo and a significant
source of our ongoing competitive advantage.
Board changes
I would like to extend a very warm welcome
to Debra Crew who re-joins the Board having
taken over as Chief Executive a little sooner
than we had planned.
At our Annual General Meeting (AGM) in
September, Lady Mendelsohn will have
reached her nine-year term as a Non-Executive
Director and will not stand for re-appointment.
On behalf of our Board, employees and
shareholders, I would like to express my
heartfelt thanks to Nicola for her significant
contribution to Diageo.
Alan Stewart will also reach his nine-year
anniversary in September; however, he will
stand for re-appointment for a further year at
the request of the company to enable a smooth
transition during fiscal 24 to a successor who
will take over as Chair of the Audit Committee.
Leadership
The Board diligently planned for Ivan’s succession,
and we are delighted to have appointed a leader
of Debra’s calibre to the role.
Debra has been a highly valued member of
Diageo’s leadership team in recent years with
an impressive track record of delivery both at
Diageo and across other global consumer
goods companies. She has deep consumer
industry expertise as well as proven strategic
capabilities, strong operational performance
and a clear ability to build and lead teams.
I have no doubt that Diageo is in the right hands
for the next phase of its growth and I look forward
to working with Debra in her new role.
Delivering ‘Society 2030: Spirit
of Progress’
I am encouraged by the energy, progress
and ingenuity I see in our work to deliver our
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ ESG action
plan. For example, agave is a key ingredient in
our tequilas, and we have been using targeted
drone technology on our agave farms in
Jalisco, Mexico to help us minimise water
and fertiliser use.
We expect this innovation to contribute to our
2030 target to deliver a 40% improvement in
water use efficiency in water stressed areas.
We are proud that Don Julio Blanco has become
the first brand to receive Environmentally
Responsible Agave certification from the
Tequila Regulatory Council and the
government of Jalisco.
We also believe in the power of partnerships.
In the UK, we’re investing in a new recycled
aluminium production facility, saving raw
materials and cutting carbon emissions.
Our backing will help the British Aluminium
Consortium for Advanced Alloys, a collective
of industry experts, develop a closed-loop,
circular approach to aluminium. Its recycling
and manufacturing plant will roll hundreds of
thousands of tonnes of aluminium sheet –
enough for over 400 million Guinness and
premixed Gordon’s and tonic cans a year.
We have again incorporated the Task Force
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
framework into our reporting. While our
analysis indicates the financial impact is not
likely to be significant to 2030, we know that
managing the increasing climate risks we face,
such as water stress, remains a priority.
Summary
While sustained volatility and uncertainty
will continue to present challenges for the
consumer goods sector, we believe Diageo
remains well-positioned and resilient. We
are diversified by category, price point and
geography. Our people are highly engaged
and have a track record of delivery through
uncertainty. And, our continued investment
in our brands and deep understanding of
our consumers position us well to capture
opportunities in TBA, a market we believe
has very attractive fundamentals.
Diageo’s Board and leadership team remain
focussed on securing long-term, sustainable
value creation, by nurturing Diageo’s culture,
building our brands, and delivering our
Performance Ambition.
Javier Ferrán
Chairman
Statement on Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires
the Directors to promote the success of the
company for the benefit of the members as a
whole, having regard to the interests of
stakeholders in their decision-making. In making
decisions, the Directors consider what is most
likely to promote the success of the company for
its shareholders in the long term, as well as the
interests of the group’s stakeholders. The Directors
understand the importance of taking into account
the views of stakeholders and the impact of the
company’s activities on local communities, the
environment, including climate change, and the
group’s reputation.
Read more about how stakeholders were
taken into account in decision-making on pages
110-113
Diageo Annual Report 2023
9
C H I E F E X E C U T I V E ’ S S T A T E M E N T
Reported volume movement
(7.4)%
2022: 10.3%
Organic volume movement
(0.8)%
2022: 10.3%
Reported net sales movement
10.7%
2022: 21.4%
Organic net sales movement
6.5%
2022: 21.4%
Another year of
strong performance
Reported operating profit movement
5.1%
2022: 18.2%
Organic operating profit movement
7.0%
2022: 26.3%
Like everyone at Diageo, I will miss Ivan’s kindness,
wisdom and counsel in the months and years ahead.
It was an extraordinary privilege to know, work with and
learn from Ivan over the last four years, and to benefit
from his experience and generosity of spirit. Together with
all my colleagues, I am determined that we will build on
and do justice to his legacy.
Fiscal 23 performance
Diageo today is a business built to deliver
resilient performance, even in turbulent times.
We are geographically diverse, with a
product portfolio built on long-term
investment in our brands, and a culture that
delivers everyday efficiency while pursuing
opportunities with focus and agility.
Those underlying strengths are reflected in
our performance over the last year. We drove
strong growth in four of our five regions, with
Europe and Asia Pacific growing double-digit.
Even with North America sales flat, following
a period of very rapid growth, we have still
been able to deliver overall organic net sales
value growth of 6.5% within our medium-
term guidance, and organic operating
margin expanded by 15bps.
Our pre-exceptional earnings per share rose
7.6% in fiscal 23 to 163.5 pence. And, we
have once again been able to increase the
dividend by 5% to a full-year dividend of
80.00 pence.
Fiscal 23 also saw standout performance
from our scotch, tequila and beer categories.
Scotch grew 12%, tequila grew 19% and beer
was up 9% respectively. Johnnie Walker, the
world’s leading international spirit brand,
delivered another year of strong double-digit
growth, increasing 15%. Tequila continues to
have strong consumer momentum and our
global market share of tequila rose 120bps to
just over 23% of retail sales value. We also
launched our strategy to ignite a new
‘Golden Age for Guinness’, with immediate
results: organic net sales were up 16% in the
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo is well-placed to take advantage of
these opportunities. Our geographic reach offers
not just resilience through diversification, but also
exposure to consumers looking to ‘drink better,
not more’ around the world. Our long-term
investment in building and actively shaping our
portfolio gives us an advantaged position in the
market, and our deep understanding of our
consumers allows us to strengthen our
relationship with them as we innovate to meet
their needs and expectations. Underpinning
these advantages, our core capabilities in
digital, world-class brand building, supply chain
and everyday efficiency allow us to execute
effectively and with precision, while our ‘Society
2030: Spirit of Progress’ ESG action plan ensures
that our business will become more responsible,
diverse and sustainable as it grows.
These are strengths that we will build on in the
year ahead. With the potential we see across our
business and our brands, we are confident that
we will continue to navigate successfully through
a volatile external environment while delivering
our medium-term guidance: consistent organic
net sales growth in the range of 5% to 7% and
sustainable organic operating profit of 6% to
9%. At the same time, we remain focussed on
investing in our brands to meet our ambition of
increasing Diageo’s share of the total beverage
alcohol market by 50%, from 4% to 6%, over
the decade to 2030.
Debra Crew
Chief Executive
period, and in December 2022, Guinness
became the number one beer brand by
value share in the on-trade in Great Britain.(1)
We have also continued to benefit from
sustained investment in our brand portfolio,
with our premium-plus brands now
accounting for 57% of net sales growth.
Our premium-plus brands now account for
63% of Diageo’s net sales, up 7ppts from
fiscal 19.
While I am pleased that our business can
deliver this performance even in the face of
significant turbulence in major markets, the
prospect of ongoing volatility in our operating
environment means that there is no room for
complacency. We will continue to deliver
investment in our brands for the long-term
hand-in-hand with efficiency in our day-to-
day operations. At the same time, I want to
see our execution focus sharpen as we
sustain high-quality growth and continue to
build market share.
Engine for growth
We are confident that Diageo remains
well-positioned to deliver our medium-term
guidance of consistent organic net sales
growth in the range of 5% to 7% and
sustainable organic operating profit of 6%
to 9%. To achieve this, winning quality
market share remains a primary focus and it
is one of the key areas of opportunity I see for
improvement in fiscal 24. With our
advantaged portfolio of brands, core
capabilities and competitive advantages,
I believe we can drive market share gains of
at least two-thirds of our total net sales value.
I’m pleased that we gained or held share in
markets that total 70% of our net sales value
in fiscal 23.(2)
Productivity, our culture of everyday efficiency
and smart investment will be critical to deliver
our medium-term guidance. Notably, we
unlocked a further £450 million of
productivity savings during fiscal 23.
Even as the leading company in international
spirits, as of 2022, we only held a ∼4.7%
share of the TBA market.(3) This is up from 4%
in 2020 when we set our ambition to deliver
a 50% increase by 2030. The opportunity is
significant. We are a company with a
diversified geographic footprint and
advantaged portfolio in a very large and
attractive industry. Our business is set up for
consistent, sustainable long-term growth
driven by premiumisation and active
portfolio management.
Doing business the right way
Doing business the right way remains at the
heart of our plans for growth, and we have
made good progress in the past year on our
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ ESG action
plan to build a responsible, inclusive and
sustainable business as we grow.
We want to change the way people drink for
the better, recognising that there is no drink of
moderation, only the practice of moderation.
This is why we promote moderate drinking
and invest in education and programmes to
discourage the harmful use of alcohol.
Increasingly we are fully integrating our work
to promote responsible drinking into our brand
messages, such as in Captain Morgan’s ‘Enjoy
Slow’ campaign last year.
We continue to build a strong, diverse
leadership team to better reflect the
consumers we serve. 44% of our leaders
globally are female, maintaining our progress
against our 2030 ambition to reach 50%,
while 43% of our leadership are now ethnically
diverse, an increase of 2% from fiscal 22.
We have also made significant headway on
our objective to embed sustainability in our
business. We have continued our progress
towards our net zero carbon goal in our direct
operations by 2030, with an absolute Scope 1
and 2 greenhouse gas emission reduction of
5.4% in fiscal 23. This was partly the result of
our continuing investments in renewable
energy, which now accounts for 45% of our
total energy use, an increase of 1.9% from
fiscal 22.
Our other major sustainability focus is on
water stewardship. In the last year, we have
reduced the amount of water it takes to make
each litre of our brands by 2.6% in our
water-stressed areas.
We also completed water efficiency projects
that will deliver future benefit in several
water-stressed areas including Kenya, Uganda
and Nigeria. Beyond our own operations, we
are working in partnership with CARE to
empower women and make them stewards of
our investments in water sanitation in the
communities in which we live and work
around the world.
Looking forward
I am very proud to become the Chief Executive
of Diageo at a moment of enormous potential
for our business. We believe the TBA market is
the most exciting and creative consumer
category in the world. Within it, spirits continue
to gain share, and premiumisation is proving to
be a resilient trend.
(1) CGA, 4 weeks to 3 December 2022
(2)
Internal estimates incorporating Nielsen, Association of Canadian Distillers, Dichter & Neira, Frontline, INTAGE, IRI, ISCAM, NABCA, Scentia, State Monopolies, TRAC, IPSOS and other
third-party providers. All analysis of data has been applied with a tolerance of +/- 3 bps. Percentages represent percent of markets by total Diageo net sales contribution that have held
or gained total trade share fiscal year to date. Measured markets indicate a market where we have purchased any market share data. Market share data may include beer, wine, spirits
or other elements. Measured market net sales value sums to 87% of total Diageo net sales value in fiscal 23
IWSR, 2022
(3)
10
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
11
M A R K E T O V E R V I E W
An attractive industry
with a runway
for growth
Total beverage alcohol (TBA) has seen a strong record of value
growth over the last 10 years. And international spirits, where
Diageo is the number one player, has grown faster than TBA.(1)
We believe TBA presents sustainable long-term growth
opportunities for Diageo, underpinned by attractive consumer
fundamentals. This includes three key factors: a growing middle
class; increased spirits penetration; and premiumisation in both
developed and emerging markets.
Retail sales value of global
alcohol market(1)
$1.17 trillion
Equivalent units of alcohol sold(1)
5.4 billion
1 Consumer base that can
afford premium spirits is growing
The latest projections by the United Nations
suggest that the global population could
grow to around 8.5 billion by 2030.(2)
Globally, an emerging middle class continues
to grow in key markets such as China, where
it is estimated that, between 2022 and 2030,
the middle class and affluent consumer will
increase by 80 million, reaching nearly 40%
of the population.(3)
This continued growth of the ‘middle class
and above’ income bracket should enable
470 million(4) more consumers to access and
enjoy our brands by 2032.
2 Consumers are increasingly
choosing spirits over beer
and wine
Over the past five years, the TBA market
worldwide grew at a 4% compound annual
growth rate.(1) Spirits grew considerably faster
at a 6% compound annual growth rate as
consumers increasingly move away from
beer and wine.(1)
Spirits, which are versatile and adaptable,
have a strong position and considerable
runway for growth given consumers’ interest
in new serves suitable for a broader range of
occasions, including with food and at home.
3 Consumers across the
world are trading up, choosing
superior quality
Consumers are ‘drinking better, not more’
and are increasingly choosing brands and
categories that stand out for superior quality,
authenticity and taste.
We call this trend premiumisation, in which
consumers have a greater desire to explore
new aspirational experiences, driving demand
for quality drinks at a range of price points.
IWSR, 2022
(1)
(2) United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, 2022
(3) Mind the Generation Gap, Boston Consulting Group, 2023
(4) World Bank, 2022
12
Diageo Annual Report 2023
546 million
new legal purchase age
consumers estimated to enter
the market by 2033(4)
470 million
estimated to join the middle class and
above income bracket by 2032(4)
+9%
increase in spirits TBA share(1)
Ketel One Bloody Mary
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo Annual Report 2023
13
I N V E S T M E N T C A S E
Investing for
the long term
Active portfolio management
We use our deep consumer insights to
acquire strategic brands in higher-growth
categories. In fiscal 23, we acquired Balcones
Distilling, a leading producer of award-
winning super-premium and above US
whiskey. We also acquired Don Papa Rum, a
super-premium dark rum from the Philippines,
strengthening our position in the rum
category, which is premium
sing.
i
Our active portfolio management also
includes strategic disposals. In fiscal 23, we
sold Guinness Cameroun S.A., following a
strategic review which identified a more
efficient model to support the strong growth
of the brand in Cameroon. We also disposed
of Archers, as well as the disposal and
franchising of a portfolio of brands in India.
Our core competencies
Diageo is a world-class brand builder
and has supply chain expertise, as well
as an entrepreneurial spirit and
advantaged culture.
Our world-class brand building is
underpinned by deep consumer
understanding, which fuels innovation and
recruits consumers. We combine our
consumer insights with marketing creativity
which we execute with precision. This is
underpinned by smart investment in
marketing effectiveness tools, such as
Catalyst, Sensor and CreativeX.
We believe that our diverse supply chain
across the markets where we source, make
and sell is a key competitive advantage. We
leverage the scale and breadth of our
business to build strategic relationships with
suppliers that deliver regular cost savings,
which we reinvest. Our culture of everyday
efficiency and strong pipeline of productivity
initiatives drove £450 million of savings in
fiscal 23, fuelling sustained investment in
brand building.
We are consumer-focussed and brand
obsessed, and our workforce is encouraged
to have an entrepreneurial spirit, where new
ways of thinking are welcomed. Our ability to
adapt to market challenges and our
consistent focus on consumers and trade
partners are the foundations from which we
deliver our Performance Ambition. As an
organisation, we are restless and we work
hard to operate with agility and urgency to
deliver consistent quality growth.
Read more about our core competencies on
pages 26-31
Delivering consistent
performance and quality growth
To help ensure we deliver consistent
performance and sustainable quality growth,
we invest smartly in the areas we believe will
bring the greatest benefits: capital
expenditure for our strategic categories,
digital capabilities, our ambitious
sustainability agenda and our supply chain
agility programme.
Production capacity and
maturing inventories
In fiscal 23, scotch and tequila grew by 12%
and 19% in net sales, respectively. Investing
capital in production capacity is key to
delivering long-term sustainable growth. We
are investing in new whiskey distilleries in
North America and China and increasing our
tequila manufacturing footprint in Mexico.
We are also investing in maturing inventories
to support the future growth of these
fast-growing categories. Over the last five
years, we have increased maturing
inventories from £4.0 billion to £5.8 billion,
including investments of £0.6 billion in
fiscal 23.
Diageo has a bold ambition
and is well-positioned to
capture more of the total
beverage alcohol (TBA)
market opportunity.
With only 4.7% of global TBA share(1), we
believe we have significant headroom for
sustainable, long-term growth, and our
ambition is to outperform the market and
increase our TBA value share to 6% by 2030.
Increasing spirits penetration
Diageo has a diversified footprint globally
with an advantaged portfolio of brands.
The breadth and depth of our portfolio
across attractive categories and price
points positions us to capture large
consumer growth opportunities, and
provides resilience to international trading
volatility. Globally, there is a significant
opportunity to increase spirits penetration.
In markets where the spirits category is less
mature, our mainstream brands give
emerging market consumers access to our
products at affordable prices. For example
McDowell’s No. 1 in India and Black & White
in Latin America offer quality products at
more affordable price points and give
opportunities to consumers to trade up in
the future.
Quality growth for Guinness
Beer is our second largest category after
scotch. Our business model for the category
is differentiated, increasingly asset-light,
highly profitable and provides exposure to
both emerging and developed markets. We
use a variety of routes to the consumer,
depending on the most efficient model for
each market. Guinness leads our beer
portfolio and is available in more than 100
countries and territories.
Read more about how Guinness became the
number one pint in Great Britain on pages 26-27
(1)
IWSR, 2022
14
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Shareholder value creation
We expect to deliver organic
net sales growth consistently
in the range of 5% to 7%
and organic operating profit
growth sustainably in the
range of 6% to 9% for fiscal
23 to fiscal 25. Sustainable
top-line growth and
productivity savings enable
smart re-investment to drive
long-term growth.
Digital and data capabilities
We’re investing in transformational digital
and data capabilities. In marketing,
CreativeX, our latest tool, enables us to
assess the effectiveness of our digital content
before deployment to ensure we provide the
perfect serve of advertising content to
consumers. It is now deployed in markets
covering 75% of our net sales value. We’re
also supporting our customers and our global
sales teams leverage data and insights from
digital tools such as EDGE365 to extend our
sales reach and improve our execution.
Continuing the digital transformation journey we
embarked on in 2017, in fiscal 23, we launched
a five-year programme to modernise our IT
environment and standardise our business
operations. This makes us more agile in our
response to customer needs, provides us with
world-class actionable insights and allows us to
be more efficient in our day-to-day operations.
Investing in sustainability
By 2030, we expect to have invested around
£1 billion of capital to support our drive to be
global champions for water stewardship and
a strong contributor to a low-carbon world.
We are doing this by improving water use
efficiency, investing in water replenishment,
using renewable energy, scaling circular
solutions and implementing regenerative
agriculture. These investments will also help
us to be more efficient, reduce our resource
consumption, develop innovative solutions
and ensure a more resilient supply chain.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Total shareholder return (TSR)
Diageo
FTSE 100
0
0
1
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
R
S
T
250
200
150
100
50
0
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Baileys over ice
Diageo Annual Report 2023
15
S T R A T E G Y
Delivering our
Performance Ambition
At the core of our strategy
is the flywheel for growth.
After several years of
strong performance at
Diageo, it has a proven
track record.
Our six strategic priorities support the achievement of our ambition to be one of the best
performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world. Through
these priorities, we deliver the strategic outcomes against which we measure our performance.
Read more on pages 18-23
Read more on pages 18-19
Read more on pages 20-21
Read more on pages 22-23
Sustain quality growth
Creating sustainable and consistent quality
growth is at the heart of our ambition to be
one of the best performing consumer
products companies. It means delivering
consistent net sales and margin growth as
well as top-tier shareholder returns.
Embed everyday efficiency
Everyday efficiency creates the fuel that
allows us to invest smartly and sustain quality
growth. At its heart, everyday efficiency is a
mindset and a culture, which everyone in
Diageo is encouraged to bring to life in their
daily work.
Invest smartly
We are investing in the future success of our
business – but that investment needs to be
smart to support the delivery of consistent
performance and enable sustainable,
quality growth.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
OUR STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
OUR AMBITION
To be one of the best
performing, most trusted
and respected consumer
products companies
in the world.
OUR STRATEGIC OUTCOMES
EG
CVC
CT
EP
Efficient growth
Consistently grow organic net
sales, grow operating profit,
deliver strong free cash flow
Consistent value creation
Top-tier total shareholder
returns, increase return
on invested capital
Credibility and trust
Trusted by stakeholders for
doing business the right way,
from grain to glass
Engaged people
High-performing and engaged
teams, continuous learning,
inclusive culture
Promote positive drinking
We are determined to change the way the
world drinks for the better. We will promote
moderation and continue to invest in
education programmes around the world to
help reduce the harmful use of alcohol. As
we reach more people with our programmes,
we will change attitudes on underage
drinking, drink driving and binge drinking.
Champion inclusion and diversity
We believe that everybody should be able to
thrive in an environment that values their
contribution and celebrates what makes
them unique. Across Diageo, we champion
inclusion and diversity, from how we attract,
recruit and develop our teams, to
representation in our supply chain, the ways
we portray the richness of society across our
brands and our work to make a positive
difference in our communities.
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
We are focussed on preserving the resources
upon which our business and our
communities depend. We are working to
preserve water for life, accelerate to a
low-carbon world and become sustainable
by design – helping to create a better future
for communities everywhere.
Find out more about our performance
against all our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress’ ESG action plan on pages 57-87.
Read more on pages 58-60
Read more on pages 67-70
Read more on pages 71-87
16
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
17
Pioneer grain-to-glassdrinkingand diversityChampion inclusionsustainabilityPromote positiveInvest smartlyEmbed everyday efficiencySustain quality growth
S T R A T E G I C P R I O R I T I E S
Sustain
quality
growth
To achieve our ambition of being one of the best
performing, most trusted and respected consumer
products companies in the world, delivering and
sustaining quality growth is key. This means consistent
net sales and margin growth, as well as top-tier
shareholder returns.
Delivering sustained, quality growth is not new to us.
Brands such as Johnnie Walker and Don Julio show how
the right approach to quality, brand building, innovation
and investing for the long-term can build lasting value.
To sustain quality growth, we focus on:
developing new brands of the future;
balancing volume, price and mix – what we
call Revenue Growth Management;
executing the most effective route to our
consumers; and working with governments
and stakeholders around the world to ensure
our brands compete on a more equal
playing field for alcohol taxation and
regulatory policy.
Alongside this, we have a disciplined
approach to portfolio management,
making acquisitions and disposals in line
with our strategy.
Examples of progress in fiscal 23:
• We drove strong growth in four of our five
regions, with Europe and Asia Pacific
growing double-digit
• Continued to generate quality growth
across key brands, including Guinness,
which became the number one beer in the
Great Britain on-trade for the first time in
December 2022.(3)
• Launched new innovations in premium
categories, including Don Julio Rosado in
tequila and Elusive Expressions in scotch
• Made considered acquisitions focussed on
fast-growing, premium categories such as
Don Papa Rum and Mr Black coffee liqueur
• Equally we made considered disposals
in aid of our long-term growth ambitions,
including the sale of Archers and the
sale and franchise of selected local
brands in India
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Case study:
Johnnie Walker
Johnnie Walker has been a key
driver of our strong scotch
performance this year, seeing
sales growth of 15%.
This is the brand’s third consecutive year of
double-digit net sales growth, with sales at an
all-time high.
Premiumising scotch
Johnnie Walker’s growth has been primarily
driven by premiumisation. Ensuring we offer
consumers choice and provide options to
easily trade up (e.g. moving from Johnnie
Walker Red Label to Johnnie Walker Black
Label) have meant that price and volume have
had strong growth across all our regions and
variants. In fact, the proportion of net sales
from Johnnie Walker premium products –
Johnnie Walker Black Label and above –
reached 73% for the first time in fiscal 23.
This broad-based strong volume, price and
mix performance allowed us to offset record
inflation seen globally as well as strong
foreign exchange headwinds to grow gross
margin by +1.1ppt.
Record share performance
Johnnie Walker has also extended its lead
as number one international spirits brand by
34bps.(1) Every month, 93 million people who
choose to drink alcoholic beverages choose
Johnnie Walker.(2)
As ever, this year we also looked to the
future, and continued to invest ahead with a
record high advertising and promotion (A&P)
spend of £545 million and 22% sales return
on A&P investment level with all markets
increasing spend versus last year.
Sustaining quality growth in Latin
America and Caribbean
This financial year, Johnnie Walker’s
performance in Latin America and
Caribbean stands out, with the region heavily
focussed on premiumisation.
Net sales grew +16% to a record high, and
gross margin percent grew +1ppt. Likewise
A&P grew +36% which funded double-digit
net sales growth of core variants (Johnnie
Walker Red Label +15%, Johnnie Walker
Black Label +18% and Johnnie Walker Blue
Label +22%). We were also excited to roll out
Johnnie Walker Blonde special edition across
Mexico, Brazil and Chile.
IWSR, 2022
(1)
(2) How the world drinks, Kantar 2022
(3) CGA, 4 weeks to 3 December 2022
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve (left)
Johnnie Walker Blonde (right)
18
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
19
19
19
S T R A T E G I C P R I O R I T I E S c o n t i n u e d
Embed
everyday
efficiency
Everyday efficiency creates the fuel that
allows us to invest smartly and sustain
quality growth. We want to ensure our
resources are deployed where they are
most effective.
This means using technology and data
analytics to make better, faster decisions.
It also means simplifying our business so
that we can better meet the needs of our
consumers and customers.
In the face of heightened inflation, more than
ever, we have focussed on agility and speed
to enable efficiencies across everything we
do. These savings have been realised and
have enabled us to continue to meet the
needs of our customers and consumers,
whilst still generating sufficient amounts to
reinvest smartly.
Examples of progress in fiscal 23:
• Delivered £450 million annualised savings
across the end-to-end value chain
• Began the first year of the five-year supply
chain agility programme which will
strengthen and make fit for the future our
supply chain
• Made an £82 million saving from
procurement efficiency, which was
impactful across all regions
• Drove greater efficiency in our
advertising and promotional (A&P)
investment, with savings made through
marketing effectiveness
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Case study:
Logistics reinvention
Through our logistics
interventions, we are driving
sufficiency, efficiency,
sustainability, agility and
resilience by focussing
on five key areas.
1 Synchronised fulfilment
We revised our operating strategy by identifying
never out of stock and strategic brands and
products, which account for 80% of our revenue.
Focussing on these stock keeping units has
enabled us to service our customers faster,
cutting cost, lead-time and carbon.
2 Alternative routes, ports,
carriers and modes
In order to avoid congestion, we contracted
alternative transportation routes, ports,
carriers and modes. For example, we
transferred a significant portion of our
movements in Scotland from ships to rail.
3 Multi-dimensional
partnerships with suppliers,
customers and industry
We built stronger partnerships with our
customers, our suppliers and the industry,
working closer and more collaboratively. For
example, we evolved our partnership with
ocean freight carrier CMA, becoming their
largest transatlantic customer to better
support both parties.
4 Supply network design
and investment
We studied our logistics process end-to-end,
from the plant to the customer, which helped
us anticipate and manage disruptions,
allowing us to deliver to markets more quickly
and efficiently. Additionally, by using regional
hubs, we also brought products closer to our
end customers and consumers.
5 Digitisation
All of this has been underpinned by strategic
interventions on digitisation. We have
real-time insights to anticipate supply chain
blockages, enabling us to take timely action.
We have been spearheading the use of
automation such as bots and intelligent
automation as a way to make the best
decision at any point. We are also
implementing artificial intelligence in our
order cycle to optimise product availability,
container fill rate and pricing.
Colleague in Cambus (left)
Guinness keg plant (right)
20
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
21
21
S T R A T E G I C P R I O R I T I E S c o n t i n u e d
Invest
smartly
We continually invest in the future success
of our business – but that investment needs
to be smart to support the delivery of
consistent performance and enable
sustainable, quality growth.
This year, we have balanced quality
growth and volume by driving pricing and
mix to increase premiumisation. We have
also optimised commercial decisions to
best sustain long-term growth.
We are constantly making investments across
our business in different areas to ensure we
are delivering consistent growth.
This includes investing in our supply chain,
including transforming the end-to-end supply
network across our physical assets, as well as
in our technical and digital capabilities.
Examples of progress in fiscal 23:
• Maintained our 18% investment in A&P,
enabling us to continue to invest behind
and grow our brands
• Invested in premium, high-growth
categories, such as tequila, as well as
brands like Don Papa Rum
• We significantly stepped up investments in
key digital and experiential areas, including
our Direct to Consumer (D2C) platform
• In sustainability, we invested capex in
data foundations and decarbonising our
supply chain
• Committed more than £60 million in capex
funding for water efficiency projects over
the next three years
• We have hired colleagues with the aim of
building the internal capabilities necessary
to deliver on our 2030 target
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Case study:
Tequila
With the popularity of tequila
on the rise(1), we saw an
opportunity to be a driver of
growth in the category.
We did this by investing in
strategic key areas.
(1)
IWSR, 2022
Casamigos mason jar (above)
Drone in agave field in Jalisco (right)
22
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Saving water
The drone is also more efficient from a water
saving perspective, using 70% less water than
manual applications, as well as decreasing
costs and having a positive impact on our
carbon footprint through reducing the
requirement for vehicles.
Because of this, water savings in fiscal 23 are
expected to be 5.5 million litres, aiding us
further in our water stewardship ambitions.
Digitising our supply chain
As we seek to further digitise our supply chain
processes, we have designed and implemented
the first ever digital planning tool on aged
liquid, including the rotation of barrels
between different age groups.
In addition, we have introduced an advanced
supply planning tool which should enable us
to drive end-to-end scenario planning and
inventory optimisation.
The investment actions that we are taking now,
and those we have planned for the future, will
support our plans to take tequila global.
Investing in new distilleries
In September 2021, we announced plans to
expand our tequila manufacturing footprint
in Mexico through an investment of more
than £400 million.
In fiscal 23, £160 million of this investment was
spent on the construction of two new distilleries
in the state of Jalisco, building further resiliency
into our tequila supply chain and supporting
growth in the category by increasing production
capacity. Because of this, we can now operate
24 hours a day.
The first of the two distilleries is expected to be
operational by fiscal 24 Q1, and the second
expected in fiscal 25 Q1.
Using new technologies to drive
efficiency
As part of our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘
ESG action plan, we have been investing
in innovative environmentally friendly
technologies. This includes drones which can
count the number of agave plants in a field
with greater accuracy and efficiency than
manual processes.
Traditionally, spraying agave fields was done
manually and had to take place in the night
or very early in the morning. Operating in
darkness created high complexity, including
the risk of injury, wildlife attacks and exposure
to harmful agricultural supplies.
Using drones has not only ensured the safety of
our workers, but has also meant we can spray
between 20-30 hectares of agave a day, the
equivalent of the work of 30 people.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
23
23
23
B U S I N E S S M O D E L
Creating a
sustainable business
We deliver our strategic priorities through a business model
that leverages global and local expertise, has the consumer at
its heart and puts our responsibilities to our stakeholders front
and centre. Since launching our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress’ ESG action plan, we have set out to help create
a more inclusive and sustainable world, creating a positive
impact in our company, and for our society.
What we do
1. We source
From smallholder farmers in
Africa and Mexico to
multinational companies, we
work with our suppliers to
procure high-quality raw
materials and services, with
environmental sustainability in
mind. Where it is practicable,
we source locally
2. We innovate
Using our deep understanding
of trends and consumer
socialising occasions, we focus
on driving sustainable
innovation that provides new
products and experiences for
consumers, whether they choose
to drink alcohol or not
3. We make
We distil, brew and bottle our
spirits and beer brands through
a globally coordinated supply
operation, working to the
highest quality and
manufacturing standards.
Where it makes sense, we
produce locally
4. We transport
We move our products to where
they need to be in the world,
whether that’s from a local
distillery in market or shipping
scotch around the world
5. We sell to customers
We grow by working closely
with our customers. Our global
and local sales teams use our
data, digital tools and insights to
extend our sales reach, improve
our execution and help
generate value for us and for
our customers. When our
customers grow, we grow too
6. We market
to consumers
We invest in world-class
marketing to responsibly
build vibrant brands that resonate
with our consumers. We have a
rigorous global Marketing Code
and belong to the Global Alliance
for Responsible Media, working
with peers to push for
further consumer and
brand safeguards
7. We help consumers
celebrate
We continually evolve our
data tools to understand
consumers’ attitudes and
motivations. We convert this
information into insights which
enable us to respond with
agility to our consumers’
interests and preferences
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Our core competencies
The ability to work our business model hard to deliver success comes from our strength
across several key areas. These core competencies set us apart from our competition.
World-class brand
building
Our track record shows us to be
experts in innovation and brand
building. This is vital in order to
first make the right products,
and then be able to take those
products to consumers and help
them celebrate.
Supply chain
efficiency
We are constantly striving for
excellence across our supply
chain, finding ways to improve
across all components and
sites, whether that’s research
and development, brewing
or packaging.
Entrepreneurial
spirit
Our inclusive, collaborative
culture enables us to work
together in a dynamic and agile
manner, creating a vibrant
workplace as well as delivering
our Performance Ambition.
Read more on pages 26-27
Read more on pages 28-29
Read more on pages 30-31
Creating value
Our business model allows us
to create value across four
main areas:
Financial – for
our investors
Human – for our people,
suppliers, customers and
consumers
Social – for our
communities
Natural – for our
environment
24
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Smirnoff orange smash
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
25
25
W O R L D - C L A S S B R A N D B U I L D I N G
The year Guinness
became Great Britain’s
favourite pint
This includes scaling up our alcohol-free
option, Guinness 0.0, growing our distribution
and introducing new packs in the off-trade
and launching in the on-trade. In the
off-trade, the Guinness 0.0 four-pack was
recently the number one non-alcoholic item
by value and volume in Great Britain.(4)
And, in support of our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress’ ESG action plan to promote positive
drinking, we put Guinness 0.0 at the heart of
the Six Nations Championship.
New products have also been key. ‘Guinness
Nitrosurge’, a first-of-its-kind device that
allows Guinness fans to enjoy the two-part
pour at home, was rolled out in Great Britain
in fiscal 23, premiumising the Guinness
experience in new spaces.
These unique abilities are underpinned
by world-class brand building. We are
consistently leveraging our distinctive assets
and deep understanding of our consumers,
all powered by precision marketing.
This is the reason why in fiscal 23, more new
consumers drank Guinness than ever before.
Secrets to success
Guinness, which has been around for over
two centuries, still manages to firmly embed
itself in culture with its visual distinctiveness.
In Great Britain, ‘the black stuff’ is heavily
associated with events like St Patrick’s Day
and the Six Nations rugby – because of this,
Guinness saw a record on-trade share of
12.1% in March 2023.(2)
But the brand is not only focussed on select
moments or seasons. Guinness has been
making its biggest marketing investment to
date in celebrations around the calendar
such as Christmas and summer – including
launching the ‘Lovely Day For A Guinness’
campaign which truly captures the
summer feeling.
Guinness also has an ability to spot trends
and jump on new opportunities. This year, the
brand partnered with the Women’s Six
Nations and viral DJ, Fred Again.
Choosing authentic partners in Great Britain,
who are both established and emerging
in terms of recognition, has enabled the
brand to increase +60bps to 3.6% among
women and +80bps to 7.7% amongst
18-34 year olds.(3)
While the recipe remains relatively
unchanged, the Guinness brand is
continually evolving and we actively
pursue innovation. In fact, we are currently
sustaining our biggest innovation pipeline
in the last 30 years.
Great Britain
loves Guinness.
So much so, for the first
time ever, in December
2022, Guinness became
Britain’s number one beer
in the on-trade.(1)
(1) CGA, 4 weeks to 3 December 2022
(2) Neilsen, 2023
(3) Kantar, 2023
(4)
IWSR, 2022
Guinness 0.0. (above)
‘Lovely Day For A Guinness’ campaign (right)
26
Diageo Annual Report 2023
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
27
27
S U P P L Y C H A I N E F F I C I E N C Y
Unboxing premium
scotch to reduce waste
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
After a successful test, we were able to
expand the project internationally. The first
phase was delivered over fiscal 23, and we
plan to roll it out to new markets in fiscal 24.
The work is a continuation of Diageo’s
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ ESG action
plan to help create a more inclusive and
sustainable world.
Promising results
In fiscal 23, this new workstream has
resulted in:
141 million
cardboard boxes eliminated from
our supply chain
c.5,520 tonnes
reduction in carbon emissions
A little over 150 years ago,
Johnnie Walker had a
packaging problem. Too
many bottles were being
broken in transit over
choppy seas. The solution?
The iconic ‘square’ bottle:
packaging that could
be stacked safely
and efficiently.
Today, we continue that
tradition of finding new
ways to solve problems.
Bottles included in the trial
Diageo remains as proud of its whiskies as
ever, and no less careful with its packaging.
But in the modern world, the task is different.
Our packaging is already robust; now it must
become sustainable too.
Packaging is synonymous with waste, and
too many industries have adopted a
‘take-make-dispose’ model. At Diageo,
we want to change this. We believe
convenience should not come at the cost
of our natural resources.
At the beginning of fiscal 23, we began a
thorough review of our whiskies and came to
the conclusion that not only could we change
our packaging, but in some places, we could
get rid of it altogether.
This is why we started our work to phase out
cardboard gift boxes across a selection of
products in our premium scotch portfolio.
After all, the luxury of our products is in the
liquid, not the packaging.
Solving a problem at scale
The next step was to bring a team together.
With the sheer scale of the project, and the
range of packaging across different markets,
we gathered a group with global and
cross-functional expertise. The taskforce
worked to scope out the project, agree
timelines, communicate to customers and
make sure every market was aligned. To
minimise disruption to our supply chain, the
project was initially rolled out across selected
markets, testing the consumer response and
assessing if waste could really be reduced.
Bottling Johnnie Walker (left)
28
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
29
E N T R E P R E N E U R I A L S P I R I T
Challenging
traditional marketing
concepts in Brazil
In fiscal 23, organic net
sales in Latin America
and Caribbean increased
by 9% and we plan
to keep growing.
Part of our growth plan in
the region is making critical
investments in one of the
most rapidly advancing
parts of our business:
digital marketing.
Led by consumers
In Brazil, we have invested in a new content
laboratory. This is an interactive, digital
platform run by a team of creators who
monitor everything consumers are talking
about, searching for, listening to or sharing
online – in real time. It’s part of our evolution
from precision marketing to predictive
marketing, not only listening to what
consumers want, but anticipating future
trends, too. The content lab is a complete
shift in communication, putting our brands at
the heart of communities.
Together, these innovations are challenging
the notions of traditional marketing. Diageo’s
digital tools mean communication is no
longer one-way, with brands talking to
consumers, but consumers talking to each
other: a more collective way of engaging with
online culture. And it’s working. Since our
content lab was launched, Diageo’s whisky
brands in the region have expanded their
leading share of consumer engagement,
growing ‘talkability’ share by +7ppt.(1)
Growing our
e-commerce offering
For more than a decade, our award-winning
website, TheBar.com, has helped customers
to make cocktails at home. It has also been
a key driver of our digital performance,
connecting people directly to Diageo’s
brands through recipes, luxury gifts and
personalised engraving. Brazil now hosts
the site’s biggest operation worldwide, with
an omnichannel approach that combines
physical stores and online engagement in
a powerful media engine.
Expertise across borders
This year, we also set up Diageo’s first
digital hub in Latin America, allowing us to
share analytics, media insights, online
commerce and scalable content
across countries.
The new hub has helped us engage more
closely with the people buying our brands.
It means we can create more relevant
content, engage in live conversations,
and be more responsive to what
consumers are saying online.
The hub has also enabled Diageo to scale up
its key capabilities from one market to
another – getting data from Colombia to
Mexico, fast. Artificial intelligence helps tailor
our work to local social media algorithms,
which has enabled us to optimise our media
in more than 37% of the region.
(1) Sprinklr, 2022
Colleagues meeting (above)
Johnnie Walker Brasil Instagram (right)
30
Diageo Annual Report 2023
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo Annual Report 2023
31
O U R P E R F O R M A N C E
Monitoring performance and progress
Reported measures
Reported measures
Net sales growth (%)
Net sales growth (%)
Operating profit growth (%)
Operating profit growth (%)
Basic earnings per share (pence)
Basic earnings per share (pence)
2023
2022
2021
2020
(8.7)
2019
10.7
8.3
5.8
21.4
2023
2022
2021
2020
(47.1)
2019
5.1
18.2
9.5
74.6
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
164.9
140.2
60.1
113.8
130.7
Definition
Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties.
Sales growth after deducting excise duties.
Non-GAAP measures
Non-GAAP measures
Organic net sales growth (%)(1)
Organic net sales growth (%)(1)
6.5%
6.5%
2023
2022
2021
2020
(8.4)
2019
6.5
6.1
R
K
21.4
16.0
Definition
Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties,
Sales growth after deducting excise duties,
excluding the impact of exchange rate
excluding the impact of exchange rate
movements, hyperinflation adjustment and
movements, hyperinflation adjustment and
acquisitions and disposals.
acquisitions and disposals.
Why we measure
Why we measure
This measure reflects our delivery of efficient
This measure reflects our delivery of efficient
growth and consistent value creation. Organic net
growth and consistent value creation. Organic net
sales growth is the result of the choices we make
sales growth is the result of the choices we make
between categories and market participation,
between categories and market participation,
and reflects Diageo’s ability to build brand equity,
and reflects Diageo’s ability to build brand equity,
increase prices and grow market share.
increase prices and grow market share.
Performance
Performance
Reported net sales grew 10.7%, driven by strong
Reported net sales grew 10.7%, driven by strong
organic growth and favourable foreign exchange
organic growth and favourable foreign exchange
impacts. Organic net sales growth of 6.5%
impacts. Organic net sales growth of 6.5%
reflects 7.3 percentage points of positive price/
reflects 7.3 percentage points of positive price/
mix and a decline in organic volume of 0.8%.
mix and a decline in organic volume of 0.8%.
Four out of five regions delivered growth, despite
Four out of five regions delivered growth, despite
lapping strong double-digit growth at the group
lapping strong double-digit growth at the group
level in fiscal 22. Price/mix was driven by price
level in fiscal 22. Price/mix was driven by price
increases and premiumisation.
increases and premiumisation.
Operating profit growth, including
Operating profit growth, including
exceptional operating items.
exceptional operating items.
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of
the parent company, divided by the weighted
the parent company, divided by the weighted
average number of shares in issue.
average number of shares in issue.
Organic operating profit
Organic operating profit
growth (%)(1)
growth (%)(1)
7.0%
7.0%
2023
2022
2021
2020
(14.4)
2019
7.0
9.0
R
K
26.3
17.7
Earnings per share before
Earnings per share before
exceptional items (pence)(1)
exceptional items (pence)(1)
163.5p
163.5p
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
117.5
109.4
130.8
R
K
163.5
151.9
Organic operating profit growth is calculated
Organic operating profit growth is calculated
on a constant currency basis, excluding the
on a constant currency basis, excluding the
impact of exceptional items, certain fair value
impact of exceptional items, certain fair value
remeasurement, hyperinflation adjustment and
remeasurement, hyperinflation adjustment and
acquisitions and disposals.
acquisitions and disposals.
Profit before exceptional items attributable to
Profit before exceptional items attributable to
equity shareholders of the parent company,
equity shareholders of the parent company,
divided by the weighted average number of
divided by the weighted average number of
shares in issue.
shares in issue.
The movement in operating profit measures our
The movement in operating profit measures our
delivery of efficient growth and consistent value
delivery of efficient growth and consistent value
creation. Consistent operating profit growth
creation. Consistent operating profit growth
is a business imperative, driven by investment
is a business imperative, driven by investment
choices, our focus on driving out costs across the
choices, our focus on driving out costs across the
business and improving mix.
business and improving mix.
Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the
Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the
business and how effectively we finance our
business and how effectively we finance our
balance sheet. Eps measures our delivery of
balance sheet. Eps measures our delivery of
efficient growth in the year and consistent value
efficient growth in the year and consistent value
creation over time.
creation over time.
Reported operating profit grew 5.1%, mainly
Reported operating profit grew 5.1%, mainly
driven by growth in organic operating profit and
driven by growth in organic operating profit and
positive impacts from exchange rate movements.
positive impacts from exchange rate movements.
These favourable items were largely offset by the
These favourable items were largely offset by the
negative impact of exceptional operating items,
negative impact of exceptional operating items,
primarily non-cash impairments related to India
primarily non-cash impairments related to India
and the supply chain agility programme. Organic
and the supply chain agility programme. Organic
operating profit grew 7.0%, ahead of organic net
operating profit grew 7.0%, ahead of organic net
sales growth, driven by growth across all regions
sales growth, driven by growth across all regions
except North America.
except North America.
Basic eps increased 24.7 pence, mainly driven by
Basic eps increased 24.7 pence, mainly driven by
organic operating profit growth and exceptional
organic operating profit growth and exceptional
items, partially offset by increased finance
items, partially offset by increased finance
charges and higher tax. Basic eps before
charges and higher tax. Basic eps before
exceptional items increased 11.6 pence.
exceptional items increased 11.6 pence.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Reported measures
Reported measures
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities
(£ million)
(£ million)
Return on closing invested
Return on closing invested
capital (%)
capital (%)
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
3,024
3,935
3,654
2,320
3,248
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
40.5
35.1
33.2
32.9
17.2
Definition
Definition
Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from operating activities
comprises the net cash flow from operating
comprises the net cash flow from operating
activities as disclosed on the face of the
activities as disclosed on the face of the
consolidated statement of cash flows.
consolidated statement of cash flows.
Non-GAAP measures
Non-GAAP measures
Free cash flow (£ million)(1),(2)
Free cash flow (£ million)(1),(2)
1,800m
1,800m
R
K
Profit for the year divided by net assets at the
Profit for the year divided by net assets at the
end of the financial year.
end of the financial year.
Return on average invested
Return on average invested
capital (ROIC) (%)(1)
capital (ROIC) (%)(1)
16.3%
16.3%
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
1,800
1,634
2,783
3,037
2,608
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
13.5
12.4
Total shareholder return (TSR) (%)
Total shareholder return (TSR) (%)
K
16.3
16.8
(2)%
(2)%
2023
2022
2021
2020
(19)
15.1
2019
(2)
4
R
K
32
27
Definition
Definition
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from
operating activities aggregated with the net cash
operating activities aggregated with the net cash
received/paid for working capital loans
received/paid for working capital loans
receivable and other investments, and the net
receivable and other investments, and the net
cash expenditure paid for property, plant and
cash expenditure paid for property, plant and
equipment, and computer software.
equipment, and computer software.
Why we measure
Why we measure
Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial
Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial
management of the business. Free cash flow
management of the business. Free cash flow
reflects the delivery of efficient growth and
reflects the delivery of efficient growth and
consistent value creation as it measures the cash
consistent value creation as it measures the cash
generated by the business to fund payments to
generated by the business to fund payments to
our shareholders and future growth.
our shareholders and future growth.
Performance
Performance
Net cash from operating activities was £3,024
Net cash from operating activities was £3,024
million, a decrease of £911 million compared to
million, a decrease of £911 million compared to
fiscal 22. Free cash flow declined by £983 million
fiscal 22. Free cash flow declined by £983 million
to £1,800 million. Free cash flow declined as
to £1,800 million. Free cash flow declined as
strong growth in operating profit and favourable
strong growth in operating profit and favourable
foreign exchange impacts were more than
foreign exchange impacts were more than
offset by higher year-on-year working capital
offset by higher year-on-year working capital
outflows, tax payments, interest paid and
outflows, tax payments, interest paid and
capital investment.
capital investment.
Profit before finance charges and exceptional
Profit before finance charges and exceptional
items attributable to equity shareholders divided
items attributable to equity shareholders divided
by average invested capital. Invested capital
by average invested capital. Invested capital
comprises net assets aggregated with
comprises net assets aggregated with
exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill
exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill
at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding net
at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding net
post employment benefit assets/liabilities,
post employment benefit assets/liabilities,
net borrowings and non-controlling interests.
net borrowings and non-controlling interests.
Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share
Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share
(assuming all dividends and capital distributions
(assuming all dividends and capital distributions
are re-invested).
are re-invested).
ROIC is used by management to assess the
ROIC is used by management to assess the
return obtained from the group’s asset base.
return obtained from the group’s asset base.
Over time, ROIC reflects consistent value creation,
Over time, ROIC reflects consistent value creation,
as the returns Diageo generates from its asset
as the returns Diageo generates from its asset
base are both reinvested in the business and
base are both reinvested in the business and
used to generate returns for investors through
used to generate returns for investors through
dividends and return of capital programmes.
dividends and return of capital programmes.
Diageo’s Directors have a fiduciary responsibility to
Diageo’s Directors have a fiduciary responsibility to
maximise long-term value for shareholders. TSR
maximise long-term value for shareholders. TSR
measures consistent value creation as it reflects the
measures consistent value creation as it reflects the
returns Diageo has delivered to investors in the
returns Diageo has delivered to investors in the
year and over time. We also monitor our relative
year and over time. We also monitor our relative
TSR performance against our peers.
TSR performance against our peers.
ROIC decreased 50bps, mainly driven by
ROIC decreased 50bps, mainly driven by
increased capex, maturing stock investment and
increased capex, maturing stock investment and
continued portfolio optimisation through
continued portfolio optimisation through
acquisitions and disposals. The decline was
acquisitions and disposals. The decline was
partially offset by higher organic operating profit
partially offset by higher organic operating profit
growth, net of higher tax.
growth, net of higher tax.
TSR was down 2% over the past 12 months driven
TSR was down 2% over the past 12 months driven
by the lower year-on-year share price.
by the lower year-on-year share price.
More detail on page 37
More detail on page 37
More detail on page 38
More detail on page 39
More detail on page 39
(1) Organic net sales growth, organic operating profit growth, earnings per share before exceptional items, free cash flow and return on average invested capital are non-GAAP measures.
See definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures on pages 232-239.
(2) For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates, hyperinflation adjustment and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our
R
Remuneration: Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentive plan for the remuneration of executives.
See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 126 for more detail.
K
KPI: Key Performance Indicator
underlying performance drivers.
32
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
33
O U R P E R F O R M A N C E c o n t i n u e d
Non-financial performance
Non-financial performance
Positive drinking
Positive drinking
Employee engagement (%)
Employee engagement (%)
84%
84%
Health and safety (LTA)
Health and safety (LTA)
0.91
0.91
R
K
K
K
Number of people
Number of people
educated on the
educated on the
dangers of underage
dangers of underage
drinking through a
drinking through a
Diageo supported
Diageo supported
education programme
education programme
1,985,817
1,985,817
(2022: 607,374)
(2022: 607,374)
Total to date:
Total to date:
3.8m(1)
3.8m(1)
2023
2022
2021
2020
N/A(2)
2019
84%
82%
81%
80%
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
0.91
0.92
1.03
0.98
0.60
Definition
Definition
Number of people educated on the dangers
Number of people educated on the dangers
of underage drinking through a Diageo
of underage drinking through a Diageo
supported education programme.
supported education programme.
Measured through our Your Voice survey;
Measured through our Your Voice survey;
includes metrics for employee satisfaction,
includes metrics for employee satisfaction,
advocacy and pride.(3)
advocacy and pride.(3)
Number of accidents per 1,000 full-time
Number of accidents per 1,000 full-time
employees, directly supervised temporary
employees, directly supervised temporary
staff and contractors resulting in time lost
staff and contractors resulting in time lost
from work of one calendar day or more.
from work of one calendar day or more.
Why we measure
Why we measure
We want to change the way the world drinks
We want to change the way the world drinks
for the better by promoting moderation and
for the better by promoting moderation and
addressing the harmful use of alcohol. We
addressing the harmful use of alcohol. We
build credibility and trust by transparently
build credibility and trust by transparently
reporting the total number of people
reporting the total number of people
educated on the dangers of underage
educated on the dangers of underage
drinking. This figure also demonstrates our
drinking. This figure also demonstrates our
commitment to engaging people on the
commitment to engaging people on the
dangers of harmful alcohol use.
dangers of harmful alcohol use.
Performance
Performance
This year we implemented SMASHED Live in
This year we implemented SMASHED Live in
10 new countries and SMASHED Online in
10 new countries and SMASHED Online in
12 new countries. We educated 1,985,817
12 new countries. We educated 1,985,817
young people about the dangers of
young people about the dangers of
underage drinking.
underage drinking.
Employee engagement is a key enabler of
Employee engagement is a key enabler of
our performance, as our people deliver our
our performance, as our people deliver our
strategy. The survey allows us to measure the
strategy. The survey allows us to measure the
extent to which employees believe we are
extent to which employees believe we are
living our values and is a measure of our
living our values and is a measure of our
culture. Reflecting on the results of our
culture. Reflecting on the results of our
employee engagement level and taking
employee engagement level and taking
action where needed each year helps us
action where needed each year helps us
build credibility and trust with our people.
build credibility and trust with our people.
Health and safety is a basic human right; our
Health and safety is a basic human right; our
Zero Harm philosophy is that everyone
Zero Harm philosophy is that everyone
should go home safe and healthy, every day,
should go home safe and healthy, every day,
everywhere. The LTA measure demonstrates
everywhere. The LTA measure demonstrates
our engagement with our people on safety
our engagement with our people on safety
and delivering on our Zero Harm philosophy
and delivering on our Zero Harm philosophy
and through reduced LTA builds credibility
and through reduced LTA builds credibility
and trust.
and trust.
This year 90% of our people completed our
This year 90% of our people completed our
Your Voice survey. 84% were identified as
Your Voice survey. 84% were identified as
engaged. 91% declared themselves proud to
engaged. 91% declared themselves proud to
work for Diageo, 84% would recommend
work for Diageo, 84% would recommend
Diageo as a great place to work and 77%
Diageo as a great place to work and 77%
were extremely satisfied with Diageo as a
were extremely satisfied with Diageo as a
place to work.
place to work.
This year’s rate of 0.91 is a marginal
This year’s rate of 0.91 is a marginal
improvement on fiscal 22 performance.
improvement on fiscal 22 performance.
Whilst the numbers of lost-time accidents
Whilst the numbers of lost-time accidents
decreased, the severity rate relating to
decreased, the severity rate relating to
lost-time accidents increased due to a
lost-time accidents increased due to a
carry-over of days lost for accidents in 2022.
carry-over of days lost for accidents in 2022.
Severity rate is a measure of the seriousness
Severity rate is a measure of the seriousness
of the incident and consequent absence
of the incident and consequent absence
from work.
from work.
Non-financial performance
Non-financial performance
Inclusion and diversity
Inclusion and diversity
Water efficiency(4)
Water efficiency(4)
4.14
4.14
Carbon emissions(4)
Carbon emissions(4)
401
401
Percentage of female leaders
globally
Percentage of ethnically
diverse leaders globally
R
K
44%
(2022: 44%)
43%
(2022: 41%)
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
R
K
R
K
4.14
4.09
4.26
4.57
4.70
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
401
424
445
470
508
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Definition
Definition
The percentage of women and the
The percentage of women and the
percentage of ethnically diverse individuals
percentage of ethnically diverse individuals
who are in Diageo leadership roles.
who are in Diageo leadership roles.
Why we measure
Why we measure
Nurturing an inclusive and diverse culture
Nurturing an inclusive and diverse culture
drives commercial performance and is the
drives commercial performance and is the
right thing to do. Transparently reporting the
right thing to do. Transparently reporting the
gender and ethnic diversity of our leadership
gender and ethnic diversity of our leadership
cohort reflects our commitment to consistent
cohort reflects our commitment to consistent
value creation through our diverse workforce,
value creation through our diverse workforce,
building credibility and trust with our
building credibility and trust with our
stakeholders and engaging with our people
stakeholders and engaging with our people
on inclusion and diversity.
on inclusion and diversity.
Performance
Performance
This year 44% of our leadership roles were
This year 44% of our leadership roles were
held by women, the same percentage as last
held by women, the same percentage as last
year and 43% of our leaders were ethnically
year and 43% of our leaders were ethnically
diverse, compared with 41% last year.
diverse, compared with 41% last year.
Water use efficiency per litre of product
Water use efficiency per litre of product
packaged (litres/litre).
packaged (litres/litre).
Total direct and indirect carbon
Total direct and indirect carbon
emissions by weight (market/net based)
emissions by weight (market/net based)
(1,000 tonnes CO2e).
(1,000 tonnes CO2e).
Water is the main ingredient in all of our
Water is the main ingredient in all of our
brands. We aim to improve efficiency, and
brands. We aim to improve efficiency, and
minimise our water use, particularly in
minimise our water use, particularly in
water-stressed areas. Reporting on our efforts
water-stressed areas. Reporting on our efforts
to increase water efficiency builds credibility
to increase water efficiency builds credibility
and trust and helps us engage with our
and trust and helps us engage with our
stakeholders on this important topic. Our
stakeholders on this important topic. Our
efforts to increase our water efficiency also
efforts to increase our water efficiency also
reflect our commitment to deliver consistent
reflect our commitment to deliver consistent
value creation by future proofing our business
value creation by future proofing our business
to the impacts of climate change.
to the impacts of climate change.
Mitigating our impact on climate change is a
Mitigating our impact on climate change is a
business imperative. Reporting in detail on
business imperative. Reporting in detail on
our efforts to reduce carbon emissions from
our efforts to reduce carbon emissions from
our direct operations, even when it is
our direct operations, even when it is
challenging to do, demonstrates our
challenging to do, demonstrates our
commitment to reduce our contribution to
commitment to reduce our contribution to
global warming and helps build credibility
global warming and helps build credibility
and trust. This is an important topic for our
and trust. This is an important topic for our
business and external stakeholders and
business and external stakeholders and
supports our commitment to consistent value
supports our commitment to consistent value
creation by future proofing our business.
creation by future proofing our business.
Fiscal 23 saw changes to our production
Fiscal 23 saw changes to our production
profile which drove a 1.2% reduction in
profile which drove a 1.2% reduction in
efficiency overall despite implementation of a
efficiency overall despite implementation of a
number of water efficiency projects. Our
number of water efficiency projects. Our
water efficiency has increased by 9.4%
water efficiency has increased by 9.4%
against the 2020 baseline.
against the 2020 baseline.
Our direct operations carbon emissions
Our direct operations carbon emissions
reduced by 5.4% in fiscal 23. The main
reduced by 5.4% in fiscal 23. The main
drivers contributing to the lower emissions are
drivers contributing to the lower emissions are
the beneficial impact from our East Africa
the beneficial impact from our East Africa
biomass plants and increases in use of liquid
biomass plants and increases in use of liquid
biofuel and renewable electricity.
biofuel and renewable electricity.
More detail on page 58
More detail on page 63
More detail on page 65
More detail on page 67
More detail on page 79
More detail on page 82
(1)
The baseline year for our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ goals is 2020 unless otherwise stated. For our target to educate 10 million young people, parents and teachers on the dangers
of underage drinking the baseline year is 2018.
(2) Because of the Covid-19 pandemic, in 2020 we did not run a full Your Voice survey. Instead we used a pulse survey tool to listen to employees’ feedback and learn from their experiences
(3)
(4)
of working during the pandemic. We therefore do not have a comparable employee engagement metric for 2020.
In 2021, we updated the way we measure employee engagement in our Your Voice survey to bring it in line with standard practice. The 2019 survey results have been restated to reflect
the use of the same three questions applied in the 2021-2023 surveys (satisfaction, advocacy and pride).
In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies and, where relevant, WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol; data for 2019, the baseline year 2020 and for the intervening
period up to the end of last financial year has been restated where relevant.
R
Remuneration: Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentive plan for the remuneration of executives.
See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 126 for more detail.
K
KPI: Key Performance Indicator
34
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
35
SU MMARY FI NANCIAL REVIEW
Chief Financial Officer’s introduction
Chief Financial Officer's introduction
Summary financial review
Business review
Intro
North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America and Caribbean
Africa
Category and brand review
Group financial review
Pages
36
37-39
40-41
42-43
44-45
46-47
48-49
50-51
52-53
54-56
Reported net sales growth
10.7% á
Organic net sales growth(1)
6.5% á
Net cash from operating
activities
£3,024m â
Free cash flow(1)
£1,800m â
Return on closing
invested capital
40.5% á
Return on average
invested capital(1)
16.3% â
Total shareholder return
(2)% â
Reported operating profit
growth
5.1% á
Organic operating profit
growth(1)
7.0% á
Basic earnings per share
164.9 pence á
Earnings per share before
exceptional items(1)
163.5 pence á
(1) Organic net sales growth, organic operating profit growth, earnings per share before
exceptional items, free cash flow and return on average invested capital are non-
GAAP measures. See definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP
measures on pages 232-239.
"I am encouraged by our fiscal 23 results which
were in line with our medium-term guidance
despite ongoing economic volatility and
continued inflationary pressure. Our diversified
portfolio and profitable growth algorithm
continue to deliver sustainable growth, and our
consistent productivity savings enables us to
smartly reinvest in our brands.
I am pleased with our performance in fiscal 23. We delivered a strong
set of results, despite ongoing global economic volatility and continued
inflationary pressure. Both organic net sales and organic operating profit
growth were within our medium-term guidance. Our advantaged portfolio
of brands and diversified global footprint continue to fuel sustainable
growth on top of two consecutive years of double-digit growth.
Our profitable growth algorithm underpins this strong top line
performance. Our focus on quality sustainable growth is backed by
investing smartly in marketing and data analytics tools to support our
outstanding brand-building capabilities, active portfolio management
and consumer-led innovation. Combined with our agile and dynamic
supply chain and operational capabilities, they enable us to deliver
sustainable, long-term growth. Alongside premiumising our portfolio,
we are strategically increasing price and driving productivity, all of
which enables us to invest smartly in the long-term.
We drove £450 million in productivity savings in fiscal 23 and delivered
our highest-ever contribution from supply initiatives. These productivity
savings fuelled a 6% increase in marketing spend and delivered
organic operating margin expansion of 15bps.
We continued our disciplined conversion of profit into cash and delivered
free cash flow of £1.8 billion. Strong operating discipline led to a reduction in
debtors. However, creditors declined due to the moderation of sales growth
in the year. We remain a progressive dividend payer and in addition to
completing our £4.5 billion multi-year return of capital programme, we also
returned an additional half a billion pounds of capital to shareholders. In
total, we returned £3.1 billion to shareholders through dividends and share
buybacks in fiscal 23.
Our core capabilities, strategic priorities and highly-engaged people give
me confidence in our ability to navigate short-term volatility and uncertainty
while continuing to drive sustainable long-term growth and deliver
shareholder value.
Finally, starting in fiscal 24, in line with reporting requirements the functional
currency of Diageo plc changed from sterling to US dollar. Diageo has also
changed its presentation currency to US dollar."
Lavanya Chandrashekar (Chief Financial Officer)
36
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Net sales (£ million)
Reported net sales grew 10.7%
Organic net sales grew 6.5%
Reported net sales grew 10.7%, driven by strong organic growth and
favourable foreign exchange impacts.
Organic net sales growth of 6.5% reflects 7.3 percentage points of
positive price/mix and a decline in organic volume of 0.8%. Four out
of five regions delivered growth, despite lapping strong double-digit
growth at the group level in fiscal 22. Price/mix was driven by price
increases and premiumisation.
Organic movement
15,452
702
104
(114)
(114)
1,083
17,113
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
2022
Exchange(1)
Acquisitions and
disposals
Hyperinflation(2)
Volume
Price/mix
2023
(1) Exchange rate movements reflect the adjustment to recalculate the reported results as if they had been generated at the prior period weighted average exchange rates.
(2) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustment.
Operating profit (£ million)
Reported operating profit grew 5.1%
Organic operating profit grew 7.0%
Reported operating profit grew 5.1%, mainly driven by growth in
organic operating profit and positive impacts from exchange rate
movements. These favourable items were largely offset by the
negative impact of exceptional operating items, primarily non-cash
impairments related to India and the supply chain agility programme.
Organic operating profit grew 7.0%, ahead of organic net sales
growth, driven by growth across all regions except North America.
4,409
122
53
22
321
4,632
(234)
(61)
2022
Exceptional
operating items(1)
Exchange
Acquisitions and
disposals
FVR(2)
Hyperinflation(3)
Organic movement
2023
For further details on exceptional operating items see pages 179-181.
(1)
(2) Fair value remeasurements. For further details see page 55.
(3) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustment.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
37
SU MMARY FI NANCIAL REVIEW contin u ed
Operating margin (%)
Reported operating margin declined by 147bps
Organic operating margin expanded by 15bps
Reported operating margin declined by 147bps, with organic
operating margin expansion more than offset by exceptional
operating items, negative impact of foreign exchange, acquisitions,
disposals and other items.
Organic operating margin expanded by 15bps, reflecting disciplined
cost management despite inflation. Strong operating margin
expansion in Asia Pacific, Africa and Latin America and Caribbean
was partially offset by declines in North America and Europe.
Organic gross margin declined by 97bps, primarily driven by cost
pressures. Price increases more than offset the absolute impact of
cost inflation.
Organic movement
15bps
Net cash from operating activities and free
cash flow (£ million)
Generated £3,024 million net cash from operating
activities(1) and £1,800 million free cash flow
Net cash from operating activities was £3,024 million, a decrease of
£911 million compared to fiscal 22. Free cash flow declined by £983
million to £1,800 million.
Free cash flow declined as strong growth in operating profit and
favourable foreign exchange impacts were more than offset by
higher year-on-year working capital outflows, tax payments, interest
paid and capital investment.
The higher year-on-year working capital outflow was primarily driven
by normalisation of creditors relative to fiscal 22 as our growth rate
moderated in fiscal 23.
The additional tax payments were the result of increased profit
impacting tax instalments and higher balancing payments. The
increase in interest paid reflects the higher interest rate environment
globally.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
28.5%
23bps
14bps
98bps
27.1%
(112)bps
(58)bps
(15)bps
(97)bps
2022
Exceptional
operating items(2)
Exchange
Acquisitions and
disposals
Other(3)
Gross margin
Marketing
Other operating
items
2023(1)
(1) Operating margin in waterfall is rounded to nearest decimal place.
(2) For further details on exceptional operating items see pages 179-181.
(3) Fair value remeasurements and hyperinflation adjustment. For further details on fair value remeasurements see page 55. See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation
adjustment.
Basic earnings per share (pence)
Basic eps increased 17.6% from 140.2 pence to 164.9
pence
Basic eps before exceptional items(1) increased 7.6%
from 151.9 pence to 163.5 pence
Basic eps increased 24.7 pence, mainly driven by organic operating
profit growth and exceptional items, partially offset by increased
finance charges and higher tax.
Basic eps before exceptional items increased 11.6 pence.
140.2
13.1
5.3
13.8
2.0
0.8
2.3
0.9
164.9
(1.7)
(2.0)
(5.5)
(4.3)
3,935
(1,152)
2,783
122
384
(996)
(87)
(252)
(226)
72
1,800
1,224
3,024
F22 Free
cash flow
Exchange(2) Operating
profit(3)
Working
capital(4)
Capex
Tax
Interest
Other(5)
F22 Net
cash from
operating
activities
F22 Capex
and
movements
in loans
and other
investments
F23 Free
cash flow
F23 Net
cash from
operating
activities
F23 Capex
and
movements
in loans
and other
investments
(1) Net cash from operating activities excludes net capex (2023 – £(1,167) million; 2022 – £(1,080) million) and movements in loans and other investments.
(2) Exchange on operating profit before exceptional items.
(3) Operating profit excludes exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment charges of £36 million and other non-cash items.
(4) Working capital movement includes maturing inventory.
(5) Other items include dividends received from associates and joint ventures, movements in loans and other investments and post employment payments.
Return on average invested capital (%)(1)
ROIC decreased (50)bps
ROIC decreased (50)bps, mainly driven by increased capex,
maturing stock investment and continued portfolio optimisation
through acquisitions and disposals. The decline was partially offset by
higher organic operating profit growth, net of higher tax.
16.8%
1bps
132bps
16.3%
(39)bps
(33)bps
(46)bps
(65)bps
2022
Exceptional
items after
tax(2)
Exchange
on
operating
profit
Acquisitions
and
disposals(3)
Organic
operating
profit
Associates
and joint
ventures
Finance
charges(4)
Tax(5)
Share
buyback(3)
Non-
controlling
interests
FVR(6)
Hyperinflation
(operating
profit) (7)
2023
2022
Exchange
Acquisitions and
disposals
Organic
operating profit
Associates and
joint ventures
Tax
Other
2023
Includes finance charges net of tax.
(1) See pages 232-239 for explanation of the calculation and use of non-GAAP measures.
(2) For further details on exceptional items see pages 179-181.
(3)
(4) Excludes finance charges related to acquisitions, disposals, share buybacks and includes finance charges related to hyperinflation adjustments.
(5) Excludes tax related to acquisitions, disposals and share buybacks.
(6) Fair value remeasurements. For further details see page 55.
(7) Operating profit hyperinflation adjustment movement was £12 million compared to fiscal 22 (F23 – £22 million; F22 – £10 million).
(1) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional operating items from operating profit. For further details on ROIC see page 238.
38
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
39
Our regional profile maximises the opportunity for
growth in our sector. Where our products are sold
each market is accountable for its own
performance and driving growth.
Production facilities
The company owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses,
cooperages, and distribution warehouses. Diageo’s brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at
several locations around the world. We believe that our facilities are in good condition and working order. We have adequate capacity to meet our
current needs, and, in the beer and spirit categories, we have undertaken activities to increase our production capacity to address our anticipated
future demand.
The major facilities with locations, principal activities, and products are presented in the below table.
BUSINESS REV IEW
Our global
reach
% share of reported net sales by region(1)(2)
North America
39%
US Spirits
Diageo Beer Company (DBC) USA
Canada
Other (principally Travel Retail)
Latin America and Caribbean
11%
Brazil
Mexico
CCA (Central America and Caribbean)
South LAC
Andean
Other
(principally Travel Retail)
Africa
10%
East Africa
Africa Regional Markets (ARM)
including Ghana, Cameroon,
Indian Ocean and Angola
Nigeria
South Africa
Other (principally Travel Retail)
Europe
21%
Great Britain
Southern Europe
Northern Europe
Ireland
Eastern Europe
Turkey
Other (principally Travel Retail)
Asia Pacific
19%
India
Greater China
Australia
South East Asia
North Asia
Other
(principally Travel Retail Asia and Middle East)
(1)
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a presence and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a
presence in and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a geographic region.
(2) Based on reported net sales for the year ended 30 June 2023. Does not include corporate net sales of £88 million (2022 – £54 million).
Fiscal 23
North America
Volume (EUm)
Reported net sales(1) (£ million)
Reported operating profit(2) (£ million)
Operating profit before exceptional items(3) (£ million)
Water efficiency (litres per litre of product packaged)
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net
based) (1,000 tonnes CO2e)
Average number of employees(4)
52.4
6,758
2,592
2,689
5.11
83
3,115
Europe
51.3
3,569
1,097
1,105
4.98
80.8
3,200
432
905
2.91
194
9
10,062
9,000
26.2
1,799
661
661
4.15
26
4,325
Africa
32.7
1,699
176
220
3.19
89
3,735
Asia Pacific
Latin America
and Caribbean
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Location
United Kingdom
Principal activities
distilling, bottling, warehousing, cooperage
Ireland
Italy
Turkey
distilling, brewing, bottling, warehousing
distilling, bottling, warehousing
distilling, bottling, warehousing
Products
beer, scotch, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink, non-alcoholic
beer, liqueur, Irish whiskey, non-alcoholic
vodka, rum, ready to drink, non-alcoholic
raki, vodka, gin
North America
distilling, bottling, warehousing
vodka, gin, rum, Canadian whisky, US whiskey, ready to drink
distilling, bottling, warehousing
distilling, bottling, warehousing
cachaça, vodka, ready to drink
tequila
distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging, warehousing
beer, rum, vodka, gin, whisky, brandy, liqueur
Brazil
Mexico
East Africa
Nigeria
distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging
South Africa
distilling, bottling, warehousing
ARM
India
distilling, brewing, bottling, warehousing
distilling, bottling, warehousing
beer, rum, vodka, gin
rum, vodka, gin
beer, vodka, gin
rum, vodka, Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL), whisky, scotch, gin
Australia
distilling, bottling, warehousing
rum, vodka, gin, ready to drink
For more details about our capital investments please see page 267.
Our route to consumer
We have five different route to consumer models across our business. Most of the regions employ four of the five high level models defined below;
however, how each model operates in certain countries will vary, as will the percentage of net sales delivered through the respective models in each
market.
Wholesalers and Distributors
Diageo sells to a wholesaler or distributor who also sells a range of other brands and categories directly to end outlets where consumers can
purchase our brands. Where required, this model may include a government control board (or similar), such as in certain states in the US and
Canada.
Modern Trade
Diageo sells directly to a customer who owns and manages retail outlets, who then in turn sells to consumers via their outlets.
eMarketplace
Diageo sells to a third-party digital market place customer where that customer sells to B2B customers and consumers.
Direct to Consumer
Diageo sells directly to consumers, predominantly through portals such as Thebar.com, which is a growing route to consumer model for our
business. It allows for direct interface with our consumers rather than through third-party sites as in the eMarketplace model above.
Direct to Store
Diageo sells and delivers directly to end outlets rather than via a central purchasing customer as in the Modern Trade model above. This model is
less common than the other models. For example, it is used in Ireland for beer distribution.
Excluding corporate net sales of £88 million (2022 – £54 million).
Excluding net corporate operating costs of £326 million (2022 – £238 million).
Excluding exceptional operating charges of £622 million (2022 – £388 million) and net corporate operating costs of £326 million (2022 – £238 million).
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) Employees have been allocated to the region where they live.
40
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
41
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
North America
North America is the largest market for Diageo and represents
over one-third of our net sales. We have a well-positioned
portfolio of brands that leans into premiumisation and high-
growth categories such as whiskey and tequila. Our strategy is
focused on accelerating sustainable growth through data-led
insights, targeted investment, and excellence in innovation and
our route to market.
Key financials
Net sales
Marketing
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional operating items(2)
Operating profit
Exchange
£ million
Acquisitions and
disposals
£ million
Organic
movement
£ million
632
122
249
20
15
(12)
11
22
(57)
Other(1)
£ million
—
1
55
2022
£ million
6,095
1,200
2,454
(1)
2,453
2023
£ million
6,758
1,360
2,689
(97)
2,592
Reported
movement
%
11
13
10
6
Markets
Brands
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a
presence and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a
presence in and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a
geographic region.
Reported net sales by market (%)
Reported net sales by category (%)
ò US Spirits
ò Diageo Beer Company USA
ò Canada
ò Other (principally Travel Retail)
ò Spirits
ò Beer
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
Markets and categories
North America(3)
US Spirits(3)
DBC USA(4)
Canada
Spirits(3)
Beer
Ready to drink
Organic
volume
movement
%
Reported
volume
movement
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
(5)
(6)
(3)
(2)
(5)
(2)
(11)
(4)
(6)
(3)
(2)
(4)
(2)
(11)
—
(1)
1
4
—
2
11
10
12
8
11
12
(16)
(10)
Fair value remeasurements. For further details see page 55.
(1)
(2) For further details on exceptional operating items see pages 179-181.
(3) Reported volume movement has been impacted by acquisitions and/or disposals. For
further details see pages 232-236.
(4) Certain spirits-based ready to drink products in certain states are distributed through
DBC USA and those net sales are captured within DBC USA.
42
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Global giants, local stars
and reserve(5)
Crown Royal
Don Julio
Casamigos(7)
Johnnie Walker
Smirnoff
Captain Morgan
Ketel One
Guinness
Baileys
Bulleit whiskey(8)
Buchanan's
Organic
volume
movement(6)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
(12)
8
6
(5)
(1)
(5)
(3)
4
(4)
(8)
—
(10)
13
13
(10)
4
(1)
—
9
1
(6)
9
—
25
26
(1)
14
9
11
20
11
4
21
(5) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(6) Organic equals reported volume movement.
(7) Casamigos trademark includes both tequila and mezcal.
(8) Bulleit whiskey excludes Bulleit Crafted Cocktails.
Regional performance:
Regional performance:
• Reported net sales grew 11%, primarily driven by a favourable
• Reported net sales grew 11%, primarily driven by a favourable
foreign exchange impact from the strengthening US dollar.
foreign exchange impact from the strengthening US dollar.
• Organic net sales were flat as growth in Canada and Diageo Beer
• Organic net sales were flat as growth in Canada and Diageo Beer
Company USA (DBC USA) were offset by a decline in US Spirits.
Company USA (DBC USA) were offset by a decline in US Spirits.
• Strong price/mix growth was offset by a decline in volume, while
• Strong price/mix growth was offset by a decline in volume, while
the region held share of TBA.
the region held share of TBA.
• US Spirits net sales declined 1%, lapping strong double-digit growth
• US Spirits net sales declined 1%, lapping strong double-digit growth
impacted by distributor stock replenishment and increased
impacted by distributor stock replenishment and increased
inventories of imported products in fiscal 22. Depletion growth was
inventories of imported products in fiscal 22. Depletion growth was
approximately two percentage points ahead of shipment growth in
approximately two percentage points ahead of shipment growth in
fiscal 23, with some variation across brands. Overall inventory levels
fiscal 23, with some variation across brands. Overall inventory levels
at distributors at the end of fiscal 23 were in line with historical levels.
at distributors at the end of fiscal 23 were in line with historical levels.
• DBC USA net sales grew 1% reflecting strong growth in Guinness,
• DBC USA net sales grew 1% reflecting strong growth in Guinness,
partially offset by a decline in Smirnoff flavoured malt beverages.
partially offset by a decline in Smirnoff flavoured malt beverages.
• Organic operating margin declined by 101bps, primarily driven by
• Organic operating margin declined by 101bps, primarily driven by
cost inflation and an adverse category mix. Strategic price increases
cost inflation and an adverse category mix. Strategic price increases
and productivity savings more than offset the absolute impact of
and productivity savings more than offset the absolute impact of
cost inflation.
cost inflation.
• Marketing investment grew 2% as we continue to invest and
• Marketing investment grew 2% as we continue to invest and
support growth across key categories.
support growth across key categories.
• Doubling the number of brands running responsible drinking
• Doubling the number of brands running responsible drinking
campaigns, we reached more than 150 million consumers. We also
campaigns, we reached more than 150 million consumers. We also
led efforts with Black, Latino, and Native American organisations to
led efforts with Black, Latino, and Native American organisations to
address the harmful use of alcohol in the United States through our
address the harmful use of alcohol in the United States through our
Multicultural Consortium for Responsible Drinking.
Multicultural Consortium for Responsible Drinking.
• Our operations reduced Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 17%
• Our operations reduced Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 17%
through continued energy efficiency and renewable energy
through continued energy efficiency and renewable energy
initiatives. Key factors in this included a full year of operation for our
initiatives. Key factors in this included a full year of operation for our
carbon neutral distillery at Lebanon, powered by 100% renewable
carbon neutral distillery at Lebanon, powered by 100% renewable
electricity, and running our Valleyfield site on renewable natural
electricity, and running our Valleyfield site on renewable natural
gas.
gas.
• Due to higher volume of distilled products going to maturation,
• Due to higher volume of distilled products going to maturation,
overall water efficiency decreased by 0.8%. We implemented
overall water efficiency decreased by 0.8%. We implemented
water-saving initiatives across our sites that enabled us to reduce
water-saving initiatives across our sites that enabled us to reduce
total water usage compared to last year.
total water usage compared to last year.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Market highlights - US Spirits:
Market highlights - US Spirits:
• Tequila net sales grew 15%, and drove significant share gains in
• Tequila net sales grew 15%, and drove significant share gains in
both the spirits industry and tequila category. Casamigos net sales
both the spirits industry and tequila category. Casamigos net sales
grew 14% driven by strong price/mix and volume growth, and the
grew 14% driven by strong price/mix and volume growth, and the
launch of Casamigos Cristalino. Don Julio net sales grew 13%,
launch of Casamigos Cristalino. Don Julio net sales grew 13%,
primarily driven by aged variants and the launch of ultra-premium
primarily driven by aged variants and the launch of ultra-premium
Don Julio Rosado Reposado. Both Casamigos and Don Julio
Don Julio Rosado Reposado. Both Casamigos and Don Julio
shipments grew ahead of depletions as supply availability enabled
shipments grew ahead of depletions as supply availability enabled
distributors to increase inventory to more optimal levels.
distributors to increase inventory to more optimal levels.
• Crown Royal whisky net sales declined 10%, lapping inventory
• Crown Royal whisky net sales declined 10%, lapping inventory
replenishment in fiscal 22 when the brand recovered from supply
replenishment in fiscal 22 when the brand recovered from supply
constraints. Crown Royal gained double-digit share of the Canadian
constraints. Crown Royal gained double-digit share of the Canadian
whisky category, and depletions grew ahead of shipments in fiscal
whisky category, and depletions grew ahead of shipments in fiscal
23.
23.
• Vodka net sales declined 7%, primarily due to Cîroc, partially offset
• Vodka net sales declined 7%, primarily due to Cîroc, partially offset
by growth in Smirnoff. Smirnoff growth of 4% was driven by core
by growth in Smirnoff. Smirnoff growth of 4% was driven by core
and flavoured variants. Ketel One net sales were flat, reflecting
and flavoured variants. Ketel One net sales were flat, reflecting
growth in the core variant offset by a decline in Ketel One
growth in the core variant offset by a decline in Ketel One
Botanicals. Cîroc net sales declined 32% as consumers shifted into
Botanicals. Cîroc net sales declined 32% as consumers shifted into
other spirits categories.
other spirits categories.
• Johnnie Walker net sales declined 13%. Johnnie Walker gained
• Johnnie Walker net sales declined 13%. Johnnie Walker gained
share of the scotch category driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label
share of the scotch category driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label
and Johnnie Walker Blue Label, and depletions grew ahead of
and Johnnie Walker Blue Label, and depletions grew ahead of
shipments.
shipments.
• Rum net sales declined 1%, primarily due to Captain Morgan, which
• Rum net sales declined 1%, primarily due to Captain Morgan, which
declined 2%. Zacapa grew 13% driven by super-premium and
declined 2%. Zacapa grew 13% driven by super-premium and
luxury variants.
luxury variants.
• Bulleit whiskey net sales declined 6%, lapping inventory
• Bulleit whiskey net sales declined 6%, lapping inventory
replenishment in fiscal 22 when the brand recovered from supply
replenishment in fiscal 22 when the brand recovered from supply
constraints. Bulleit whiskey gained both spirits industry and US
constraints. Bulleit whiskey gained both spirits industry and US
whiskey category share, and depletions grew double-digit.
whiskey category share, and depletions grew double-digit.
• Buchanan's net sales grew 10%, primarily driven by the launch of
• Buchanan's net sales grew 10%, primarily driven by the launch of
Buchanan's Pineapple, an innovation that gained spirits industry
Buchanan's Pineapple, an innovation that gained spirits industry
share. Buchanan's scotch declined 4%, but gained both spirits
share. Buchanan's scotch declined 4%, but gained both spirits
industry and scotch category share, and depletions grew ahead of
industry and scotch category share, and depletions grew ahead of
shipments.
shipments.
• Single Malts net sales grew 25%, primarily driven by ultra-premium
• Single Malts net sales grew 25%, primarily driven by ultra-premium
Lagavulin 16YO and luxury innovation Lagavulin 11YO Charred Oak
Lagavulin 16YO and luxury innovation Lagavulin 11YO Charred Oak
Cask.
Cask.
• Spirit-based ready to drink (RTD) net sales declined 44% primarily
• Spirit-based ready to drink (RTD) net sales declined 44% primarily
due to lapping the launch of Crown Royal RTD in fiscal 22 and Loyal
due to lapping the launch of Crown Royal RTD in fiscal 22 and Loyal
9 underperformance in certain US states.
9 underperformance in certain US states.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
43
US SpiritsDBC USACanadaOther (principally Travel Retail)
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Regional performance:
Regional performance:
• Reported net sales grew 11%, driven by organic growth and the
• Reported net sales grew 11%, driven by organic growth and the
hyperinflation adjustment related to Turkey, partially offset by an
hyperinflation adjustment related to Turkey, partially offset by an
unfavourable impact from foreign exchange.
unfavourable impact from foreign exchange.
(1)
(1)
• Organic net sales grew 11%, driven by double-digit growth across
• Organic net sales grew 11%, driven by double-digit growth across
most markets. Growth was mainly driven by price/mix, while
most markets. Growth was mainly driven by price/mix, while
holding volume.
holding volume.
• Price/mix was primarily driven by strong price increases across all
• Price/mix was primarily driven by strong price increases across all
markets, and supported by positive mix in beer and scotch.
markets, and supported by positive mix in beer and scotch.
• Spirits net sales grew 10%, driven by growth in scotch, vodka,
• Spirits net sales grew 10%, driven by growth in scotch, vodka,
tequila. Johnnie Walker grew 29% driven by Northern Europe,
tequila. Johnnie Walker grew 29% driven by Northern Europe,
Southern Europe and Travel Retail.
Southern Europe and Travel Retail.
Market highlights:
Market highlights:
• Great Britain net sales grew 7%, mostly driven by strong
• Great Britain net sales grew 7%, mostly driven by strong
performance in Guinness with strong market share gains. Spirits net
performance in Guinness with strong market share gains. Spirits net
sales growth was driven by tequila, vodka and RTDs, partially offset
sales growth was driven by tequila, vodka and RTDs, partially offset
by gin.
by gin.
• Northern Europe net sales grew 11%. Growth was primarily driven
• Northern Europe net sales grew 11%. Growth was primarily driven
by scotch with strong double-digit growth in Johnnie Walker, and
by scotch with strong double-digit growth in Johnnie Walker, and
strong growth in vodka and tequila. Spirits gained market share.
strong growth in vodka and tequila. Spirits gained market share.
• Southern Europe net sales grew 12%, led by strong performance in
• Southern Europe net sales grew 12%, led by strong performance in
scotch, in addition to tequila and gin. Growth reflected continued
scotch, in addition to tequila and gin. Growth reflected continued
recovery in the on-trade and increased tourism, alongside market
recovery in the on-trade and increased tourism, alongside market
share gains in spirits.
share gains in spirits.
• Beer net sales grew 18%, driven by price increases and volume
• Beer net sales grew 18%, driven by price increases and volume
• Ireland net sales grew 16%, primarily driven by growth in Guinness
• Ireland net sales grew 16%, primarily driven by growth in Guinness
reflecting share gains in a recovering on- trade.
reflecting share gains in a recovering on- trade.
• Eastern Europe net sales declined 3%, due to the suspension of
• Eastern Europe net sales declined 3%, due to the suspension of
exports to and sales in Russia as announced in March 2022 and the
exports to and sales in Russia as announced in March 2022 and the
winding down of its operations announced in June 2022. In the rest
winding down of its operations announced in June 2022. In the rest
of the market, spirits grew double-digit and gained market share
of the market, spirits grew double-digit and gained market share
primarily driven by Johnnie Walker.
primarily driven by Johnnie Walker.
• Turkey net sales grew 38%, with volume growth of 9%. Growth was
• Turkey net sales grew 38%, with volume growth of 9%. Growth was
driven by price increases in response to inflation and higher excise
driven by price increases in response to inflation and higher excise
duties. Growth was broad-based, led by scotch, vodka and raki.
duties. Growth was broad-based, led by scotch, vodka and raki.
growth. Guinness net sales grew 20% and gained share in the on-
growth. Guinness net sales grew 20% and gained share in the on-
trade in Great Britain and Ireland.
trade in Great Britain and Ireland.
• Organic operating margin declined by 13bps, primarily driven by
• Organic operating margin declined by 13bps, primarily driven by
cost inflation, partially offset by price increases, improved category
cost inflation, partially offset by price increases, improved category
mix and productivity savings.
mix and productivity savings.
• Marketing investment grew 7%, with focused investment in
• Marketing investment grew 7%, with focused investment in
Tanqueray, Johnnie Walker, Baileys and Guinness.
Tanqueray, Johnnie Walker, Baileys and Guinness.
• The SMASHED programme educated 112,910 young people on the
• The SMASHED programme educated 112,910 young people on the
dangers of underage drinking.
dangers of underage drinking.
• We built strong momentum in year two of our water replenishment
• We built strong momentum in year two of our water replenishment
projects in Turkey, generating the annual capacity to replenish
projects in Turkey, generating the annual capacity to replenish
137,349m3 water.
137,349m3 water.
• Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions increased by 35%, primarily driven
• Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions increased by 35%, primarily driven
by increased scotch distillation. To mitigate some of this growth we
by increased scotch distillation. To mitigate some of this growth we
switched some key distilleries (Auchroisk, Talisker and Cardhu) to
switched some key distilleries (Auchroisk, Talisker and Cardhu) to
biofuels. Our GHG emissions for beer stayed flat, even though
biofuels. Our GHG emissions for beer stayed flat, even though
production volumes were higher than planned.
production volumes were higher than planned.
• Water efficiency decreased by 2.4% due to the volume of distilled
• Water efficiency decreased by 2.4% due to the volume of distilled
product increasing faster than packaged product, because of its
product increasing faster than packaged product, because of its
maturation period. For beer, optimising pasteurisation in Runcorn
maturation period. For beer, optimising pasteurisation in Runcorn
and water recovery in St James’s Gate led to a 9% improvement in
and water recovery in St James’s Gate led to a 9% improvement in
water efficiency.
water efficiency.
• In year two of our three-year Guinness regenerative agriculture pilot,
• In year two of our three-year Guinness regenerative agriculture pilot,
launched in February 2022, we recruited 44 farms across Ireland
launched in February 2022, we recruited 44 farms across Ireland
and gathered baseline data to let us accurately track the project’s
and gathered baseline data to let us accurately track the project’s
impact.
impact.
(1) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustment.
(1) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustment.
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
Europe
Key financials
Europe is a diverse region with a trend-leading on-trade channel and tourism
hotspots, all of which offer a strong platform for the development of our premium
brands. We hold a leadership positions across major categories and markets, and
have been able to achieve strong share gains in the last fiscal to deliver another
year of double-digit organic net sales growth.
2022
Exchange
Acquisitions and
disposals
Organic
movement
Other(1) Hyperinflation(2)
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
Net sales
Marketing
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional operating items(3)
Operating profit
3,212
577
1,017
(146)
871
(85)
3
5
(9)
2
(31)
347
42
103
—
—
(11)
104
11
22
2023
£ million
3,569
635
1,105
(8)
1,097
Reported
movement
%
11
10
9
26
Markets
Brands
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a presence
and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a presence in
and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a geographic region.
Reported net sales by market (%)
Reported net sales by category (%)
ò Great Britain
ò Northern Europe
ò Southern Europe
ò Ireland
ò Eastern Europe
ò Turkey
ò Other (principally Travel Retail)
Organic
volume
movement
%
—
(8)
4
8
3
(15)
9
—
5
Reported
volume
movement
%
—
(8)
5
6
3
(15)
9
—
5
(2)
(2)
Organic net
sales
movement
%
Reported net
sales
movement
%
11
7
12
11
16
(3)
38
10
18
10
11
6
13
12
18
—
10
10
20
12
Markets and categories
Europe(4)
Great Britain(4)
Southern Europe(4)
Northern Europe(4)
Ireland(4)
Eastern Europe(4)
Turkey(4)
Spirits(4)
Beer
Ready to drink(4)
ò Spirits
ò Beer
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
Global giants and local stars(5)
Guinness
Johnnie Walker
Baileys
Smirnoff
Captain Morgan
Tanqueray
JεB
Yenì Raki
Organic
volume
movement(6)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
6
18
(3)
(1)
—
—
(7)
—
20
29
(1)
14
9
6
(1)
7
21
25
1
16
10
7
2
(10)
Fair value remeasurements. For further details see page 55.
(1)
(2) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustment.
(3) Exceptional items are in respect of Diageo’s decision, announced on 28 June 2022, to
wind down its operations in Russia. For further details on exceptional operating items
see pages 179-181.
(4) Reported volume movement has been impacted by acquisitions and/or disposals. For
further details see pages 232-236.
(5) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(6) Organic equals reported volume movement, except for Tanqueray and JεB, which had
reported volume movement of 1% and (6)% respectively.
44
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
45
Great Britain Northern Europe Southern Europe Ireland Eastern Europe Turkey
Regional performance:
• Reported net sales grew 11%, primarily reflecting strong organic
growth and a favourable impact from foreign exchange.
• Organic net sales grew 13%. All markets grew, except Greater
China, with strong double-digit growth in India, South East Asia,
Travel Retail Asia and Middle East and North Asia.
• Price/mix of 7% was led by strong price increases across all
markets. Positive mix was driven by strength in premium-plus scotch
in most markets. Volume grew 8% in premium-plus price tiers.
• Spirits net sales grew 14%, primarily driven by double-digit growth in
scotch, the region’s largest category. IMFL whisky(1) also contributed
to growth, partially offset by a decline in Chinese white spirits.
• Organic operating margin expanded by 363bps as the benefits
from the continued recovery of Travel Retail, price increases and
operational efficiencies more than offset the impact of cost inflation.
• Marketing investment grew 9%, with focused investment in scotch in
South East Asia, India, and Greater China.
• Advocating for responsible consumption of alcohol through
DRINKiQ and brand campaigns, we reached more than 134 million
consumers with messages that promote moderation.
• The SMASHED programme educated 340,216 young people on the
dangers of underage drinking.
• We trained more than 8,236 people on business and hospitality
skills through our Learning for Life programme and delivered 38,467
training sessions through Diageo Bar Academy.
• Our water efficiency improved by 16.2% this year, mainly by
focussing on continuous improvement across the region. We piloted
waterless cooling towers successfully in India and plan to introduce
them more widely.
• Our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions decreased by 9%, mainly
because of a green energy tariff in Australia and focussed energy
improvement across the region.
(1)
Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) whisky.
Market highlights:
• India net sales grew 17%, driven by strong consumer demand and
continued premiumisation. IMFL whisky and scotch delivered
double-digit growth. Scotch growth was driven by Black Dog,
Johnnie Walker Black Label and Black & White.
• Greater China net sales declined 4%. Strong performance in scotch
was more than offset by a decline in Chinese white spirits which
continued to be impacted by Covid-19 restrictions, especially in the
on-trade. Scotch grew 13%, driven primarily by Taiwan, with strong
performance in the super-premium-plus segment led by Johnnie
Walker and The Singleton.
• Australia net sales grew 2%, primarily driven by price increases.
Growth was led by rum, tequila and beer.
• South East Asia net sales grew 33%, benefitting from a strong
recovery following the easing of Covid-19 restrictions and strong
growth in the super-premium-plus segment. Scotch grew 31%,
mostly driven by Johnnie Walker premium variants, and single
malts, primarily The Singleton and Mortlach.
• North Asia (Korea and Japan) net sales grew 15%, benefitting from
the recovery of the on-trade. Growth was primarily driven by
double-digit growth in Windsor and Johnnie Walker premium-plus
variants led by Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker
Black Label.
• Travel Retail Asia and Middle East net sales grew 67% primarily
driven by Johnnie Walker premium-plus variants, led by Johnnie
Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker Black Label.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
Asia Pacific
Key financials
Net sales
Marketing
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional operating items(1)
Operating profit
In Asia Pacific, our focus is to grow in both developed and
emerging markets across our entire portfolio. We manage our
portfolio to meet the increasing demands of the growing middle
class, and aim to inspire our consumers to drink better, not more.
Exchange
£ million
Acquisitions and
disposals
£ million
65
10
15
(102)
—
(21)
Organic
movement
£ million
353
46
200
2022
£ million
2,884
490
711
(241)
470
2023
£ million
3,200
546
905
(473)
432
Reported
movement
%
11
11
27
(8)
Markets
Brands
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a
presence and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a
presence in and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a
geographic region.
Reported net sales by market (%)
Reported net sales by category (%)
ò India
ò Greater China
ò Australia
ò South East Asia
ò North Asia
ò Other (principally Travel Retail Asia and
Middle East)
ò Spirits
ò Beer
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
Markets and
categories
Asia Pacific(2)
India(2)
Greater China
Australia
South East Asia(2)
North Asia
Travel Retail Asia
and Middle East
Spirits(2)(3)
Beer
Ready to drink
Organic volume
movement
%
Reported
volume
movement
%
Organic net
sales
movement
%
Reported net
sales
movement
%
5
6
(2)
(10)
20
6
38
6
5
(8)
(14)
(18)
(2)
(10)
20
6
38
(15)
5
(8)
13
17
(4)
2
33
15
67
14
10
1
11
7
(1)
5
36
14
65
11
12
4
Global giants and local stars(3)
Johnnie Walker
Shui Jing Fang(5)
McDowell's
Guinness
The Singleton
Smirnoff
Windsor
Black & White
Organic
volume
movement(4)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
13
(15)
(1)
4
26
8
29
28
29
(14)
4
10
26
15
41
36
30
(12)
7
13
31
19
42
39
For further details on exceptional operating items see pages 179-181.
(1)
(2) Reported volume movement has been impacted by acquisitions and/or disposals. For
further details see pages 232-236.
(3) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(4) Organic equals reported volume movement.
(5) Growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the
principal brand.
46
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
47
India (including Nepal and Sri Lanka) Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau) Australia (including New Zealand) South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar) North Asia (Korea and Japan) and Travel Retail Asia and Middle East
Market highlights:
• Brazil net sales grew 8%, led by double-digit growth in Johnnie
Walker and Old Parr. Growth was driven by price increases and
higher marketing investment, leading to market share growth.
• Mexico net sales grew 9%, primarily driven by scotch and tequila.
Scotch growth was led by Johnnie Walker Red Label and Johnnie
Walker Black Label, driven by price increases. Tequila growth was
driven by price increases, the lapping of aged liquid supply
constraints in fiscal 22 and increased marketing investment.
• Central America and Caribbean (CCA) net sales grew 14%, mainly
driven by scotch and tequila. Growth was driven by price increases,
premiumisation and continuing momentum in the on-trade. Scotch
growth was mostly driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label and
Buchanan's, supported by increased marketing investment. Tequila
growth was driven by Don Julio 1942.
• South LAC (Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Ecuador, Paraguay, Peru and
Uruguay) net sales grew 21%, primarily driven by scotch, vodka and
gin. Growth was driven by price increases and premiumisation,
partially offset by a decline in volume.
• Andean (Colombia and Venezuela) net sales declined 7%, due to
an adverse macroeconomic environment in Colombia. Strong price
increases and premiumisation were more than offset by a decline in
volume.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Regional performance:
• Reported net sales grew 18%, reflecting organic growth and a
favourable impact from foreign exchange, mainly due to a
strengthening of the Mexican peso and Brazilian real.
• Organic net sales grew 9%, with most markets delivering growth,
despite lapping strong double-digit growth in fiscal 22. Growth was
broad-based across price tiers, except for value, which declined as
a result of our premiumisation strategy. Strong price/mix was
partially offset by a 3% decline in volume, primarily in the value
price tier. Double-digit sales growth in the first half of fiscal 23 was
followed by inventory normalisation in the second half.
• Price/mix was driven by strong price increases across all markets,
and positive mix supported by the strength in premium-plus scotch
in most markets.
• Spirits net sales grew 11%, primarily led by double-digit growth in
scotch, particularly Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker
Red Label and Old Parr. Growth was also driven by strong double-
digit growth in Don Julio and Smirnoff.
• Organic operating margin expanded by 72bps. The positive impact
of price increases, premiumisation, leverage on operating costs and
one-off tax benefits more than offset the increases in marketing
investment and cost inflation.
• Marketing investment grew 14%, ahead of organic net sales growth,
with increased investment in most markets.
• We reached more than 176 million people with campaigns
promoting moderation. They included ‘Derribando Mitos’, a
campaign created in fiscal 21 for Peru and expanded this year to
the Caribbean and Central America market. It aims to challenge
myths about alcohol consumption. In fiscal 23, 'Derribando Mitos'
reached more than 51 million people.
• The SMASHED programme educated 984,213 young people on the
dangers of underage drinking.
• We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 32%. Tequila
was the biggest contributor, through new or upgraded biomass
boilers in Mexico, and our changing production mix has also played
a part.
• We generated the annual capacity to replenish more than 280,977
m3 through water sanitation and hygiene, tree planting and water
catchment rehabilitation projects for communities in Brazil and
Mexico.
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
Latin America
and Caribbean
In Latin America and Caribbean (LAC), we are aiming to increase our
market share through focussed consumer-centric delivery across core
categories including scotch, gin, tequila and vodka. We do this through
targeted marketing investment in consumer focussed occasions where
traditionally non-spirit TBA products have had a strong presence.
Key financials
Net sales
Marketing
Operating profit
2022
£ million
1,525
243
538
Exchange
£ million
Acquisitions and
disposals
£ million
Organic
movement
£ million
129
18
52
3
1
—
142
34
62
Other(1)
£ million
—
—
9
2023
£ million
1,799
296
661
Reported
movement
%
18
22
23
Markets
Brands
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a
presence and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a
presence in and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a
geographic region.
Reported net sales by market (%)
Reported net sales by category (%)
ò Brazil
ò Mexico
ò CCA
ò South LAC
ò Andean
ò Other (principally Travel Retail)
Organic
volume
movement
%
Reported
volume
movement
%
Organic net
sales
movement
%
Reported net
sales
movement
%
(3)
(1)
(4)
1
(3)
(24)
(3)
9
(13)
(3)
3
(3)
1
(11)
(24)
(3)
9
(13)
9
8
9
14
21
(7)
11
16
(7)
18
29
30
21
—
(13)
19
25
—
Markets and categories
Latin America and
Caribbean(2)
Brazil(3)
Mexico(2)
CCA
South LAC(3)
Andean(2)
Spirits(2)
Beer
Ready to drink
ò Spirits
ò Beer
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
Global giants and local stars(4)
Johnnie Walker
Buchanan’s
Don Julio
Old Parr
Smirnoff
Black & White
Tanqueray
Baileys
Organic
volume
movement(5)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
4
(5)
6
10
3
(7)
—
(18)
16
6
22
20
18
13
—
(5)
23
11
40
26
24
26
5
1
Fair value remeasurements. For further details see page 55.
(1)
(2) Reported volume movement has been impacted by acquisitions and/or disposals. For
further details see pages 232-236.
(3) From 1 July 2022 Uruguay and Paraguay domestic channels moved on a
management basis from PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil) to PEBAC (Peru,
Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina and Chile) and the new cluster has been called South
LAC. This reflects how management reviews performance.
(4) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(5) Organic equals reported volume movement.
48
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
49
PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil) Mexico CCA (Central America and Caribbean) Andean (Colombia and Venezuela) PEBAC (Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina and Chile)
Market highlights:
Market highlights:
• East Africa net sales declined 2%. Growth in spirits was more than
• East Africa net sales declined 2%. Growth in spirits was more than
offset by a volume decline in beer following price and duty
offset by a volume decline in beer following price and duty
increases. Spirits growth was primarily driven by scotch, particularly
increases. Spirits growth was primarily driven by scotch, particularly
Johnnie Walker.
Johnnie Walker.
• Africa Regional Markets net sales grew 22% led by growth in beer,
• Africa Regional Markets net sales grew 22% led by growth in beer,
primarily driven by Malta Guinness supported by price increases.
primarily driven by Malta Guinness supported by price increases.
Spirits growth was primarily driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label.
Spirits growth was primarily driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label.
• Nigeria net sales grew 11%. Growth was led by Guinness and Orijin.
• Nigeria net sales grew 11%. Growth was led by Guinness and Orijin.
• South Africa net sales grew 1%, primarily driven by growth in tequila
• South Africa net sales grew 1%, primarily driven by growth in tequila
and rum, which offset declines in vodka and gin. Super-premium-
and rum, which offset declines in vodka and gin. Super-premium-
plus brands grew strongly at 38%.
plus brands grew strongly at 38%.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Regional performance:
Regional performance:
• Reported net sales grew 1%, primarily driven by organic growth and
• Reported net sales grew 1%, primarily driven by organic growth and
disposals, mostly offset by an unfavourable impact from foreign
disposals, mostly offset by an unfavourable impact from foreign
exchange.
exchange.
• Organic net sales grew 5%, with growth across all markets, except
• Organic net sales grew 5%, with growth across all markets, except
East Africa. Growth was driven by price increases, partially offset by
East Africa. Growth was driven by price increases, partially offset by
a decline in volume.
a decline in volume.
• Price/mix of 12% was driven by price increases across all markets
• Price/mix of 12% was driven by price increases across all markets
and positive mix. Volume declines were primarily in the value and
and positive mix. Volume declines were primarily in the value and
standard price tiers.
standard price tiers.
• Spirits net sales grew 8%, driven by growth in international spirits
• Spirits net sales grew 8%, driven by growth in international spirits
particularly Johnnie Walker Black Label, and Orijin.
particularly Johnnie Walker Black Label, and Orijin.
• Beer net sales grew 3%, with strong growth in Africa Regional
• Beer net sales grew 3%, with strong growth in Africa Regional
Markets and Nigeria, partially offset by a decline in East Africa.
Markets and Nigeria, partially offset by a decline in East Africa.
Growth was primarily driven by Malta Guinness and Guinness,
Growth was primarily driven by Malta Guinness and Guinness,
which grew 22% and 7% respectively.
which grew 22% and 7% respectively.
• Organic operating margin expanded by 126bps, primarily driven by
• Organic operating margin expanded by 126bps, primarily driven by
price increases, productivity savings, positive category mix and
price increases, productivity savings, positive category mix and
lapping prior year one-off costs. These impacts were partially offset
lapping prior year one-off costs. These impacts were partially offset
by cost inflation.
by cost inflation.
• Marketing investment grew 2%, focused on supporting spirits
• Marketing investment grew 2%, focused on supporting spirits
premiumisation and Guinness.
premiumisation and Guinness.
• The SMASHED programme educated 548,478 young people on the
• The SMASHED programme educated 548,478 young people on the
dangers of underage drinking.
dangers of underage drinking.
• We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 33%, thanks
• We reduced our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 33%, thanks
largely to commissioning and optimising three biomass facilities in
largely to commissioning and optimising three biomass facilities in
Kenya and Uganda.
Kenya and Uganda.
• Our water efficiency decreased by 2.6% because of lower
• Our water efficiency decreased by 2.6% because of lower
production volumes. We partly mitigated this by commissioning our
production volumes. We partly mitigated this by commissioning our
water recovery plants in Nigeria and further optimising our water
water recovery plants in Nigeria and further optimising our water
recovery plants in Kenya and Uganda.
recovery plants in Kenya and Uganda.
• We trained more than 9,517 people (51% women) in business and
• We trained more than 9,517 people (51% women) in business and
hospitality skills through our Learning for Life programme in seven
hospitality skills through our Learning for Life programme in seven
countries, including for the first time, Mozambique.
countries, including for the first time, Mozambique.
• Our community water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) programmes
• Our community water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) programmes
provided clean water, sanitation and hygiene for water-stressed
provided clean water, sanitation and hygiene for water-stressed
communities near our sites in all our water-stressed markets.
communities near our sites in all our water-stressed markets.
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
Africa
Key financials
Net sales
Marketing
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional operating items(1)
Operating profit
In Africa, our strategy is to grow our beers fast and our spirits
faster. Our operating model seeks to build resilience, agility and
strength into our African businesses as they develop. We drive
smart investments through local manufacturing, innovation and
partnerships to unlock growth.
Exchange
£ million
Acquisitions and
disposals
£ million
Organic
movement
£ million
(40)
(3)
(141)
(26)
(5)
9
83
4
37
2022
£ million
1,682
199
315
—
315
2023
£ million
1,699
195
220
(44)
176
Reported
movement
%
1
(2)
(30)
(44)
Markets
Brands
The above map is intended to illustrate general geographic regions where Diageo has a
presence and/or in which its products are sold. It is not intended to imply that Diageo has a
presence in and/or that its products are sold in every country or territory within a
geographic region.
Reported net sales by market (%)
Reported net sales by category (%)
ò East Africa
ò Africa Regional Markets
ò Nigeria
ò South Africa
ò Other (principally
Travel Retail)
ò Spirits
ò Beer
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
Markets and categories
Africa(2)
East Africa
Nigeria
Africa Regional Markets(2)
South Africa
Spirits(2)
Beer(2)
Ready to drink(2)
Organic
volume
movement
%
Reported
volume
movement
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
(7)
(8)
(7)
(4)
(1)
(18)
(2)
(13)
—
(7)
(4)
(9)
(18)
(2)
(14)
(4)
5
(2)
11
22
1
8
3
11
1
—
12
(5)
(3)
7
(3)
5
Global giants and local stars(3)
Guinness
Johnnie Walker
Smirnoff
Other beer:
Malta Guinness
Senator
Tusker
Serengeti
Organic
volume
movement(4)
%
Organic net
sales
movement
%
Reported net
sales
movement
%
(8)
5
(23)
(7)
(17)
(8)
(7)
7
11
(6)
22
(4)
(5)
(1)
1
8
(9)
2
(4)
(4)
8
For further details on exceptional operating items see pages 179-181.
(1)
(2) Reported volume movement has been impacted by acquisitions and/or disposals. For
further details see pages 232-236.
(3) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(4) Organic equals reported volume movement, except for Guinness and Malta Guinness,
which had reported volume movement of (9)% and (9)% respectively.
50
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
51
East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda) Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Indian Ocean and Angola) Nigeria South Africa
BUSINESS REV IEW contin ued
Category and brand review
Global giants, local stars and reserve(1):
Key categories
Spirits(2)
Scotch
Tequila
Vodka(3)(4)
Canadian whisky(5)
Rum(4)
Liqueurs
Gin(4)
IMFL whisky(5)
Chinese white spirits(5)
US whiskey(5)
Beer
Ready to drink
Organic
volume
movement(1)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
by category
%
—
2
10
(3)
(10)
(7)
(4)
—
8
(15)
(8)
(7)
(6)
6
12
19
1
(9)
2
(1)
5
15
(14)
(4)
9
—
12
16
32
7
—
9
3
8
—
(12)
7
9
3
79
25
12
9
6
5
5
5
4
3
2
15
4
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink and non-alcoholic variants.
(1) Organic equals reported volume movement except for spirits (7)%, tequila 11%, vodka (4)%, gin (1)%, IMFL whisky (20)%, US whiskey (7)%, beer (8)% and ready to drink (7)%.
(2)
(3) Vodka includes Ketel One Botanical.
(4) Vodka, rum and gin include IMFL variants.
(5) See pages 42-43 for details of Canadian whisky, US whiskey and pages 46-47 for details of IMFL whisky and Chinese white spirits.
Reported volume by
category
Reported net sales by
category
Reported marketing
spend by category
Global giants
Johnnie Walker
Guinness
Smirnoff
Baileys
Captain Morgan
Tanqueray
Local stars
Crown Royal
Buchanan’s
McDowell's
Shui Jing Fang(3)
Old Parr
Black & White
JεB
Yenì Raki
Windsor
Bundaberg
Ypióca
Reserve
Don Julio
Casamigos(4)
Scotch malts
Ketel One(5)
Bulleit whiskey(6)
Cîroc vodka
Organic
volume
movement(2)
%
Organic
net sales
movement
%
Reported
net sales
movement
%
9
1
(2)
(5)
(2)
(4)
(12)
(3)
(1)
(15)
9
2
(9)
—
29
—
(9)
11
7
3
(3)
(9)
(23)
15
16
8
—
5
1
(10)
7
4
(14)
18
20
(3)
8
41
18
7
20
15
16
1
(6)
(23)
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
19
17
14
5
11
6
—
15
6
(12)
24
28
—
(10)
42
21
21
32
27
19
11
4
(17)
ò Liqueurs
ò Gin
ò Tequila
ò Scotch
ò Vodka
ò US whiskey
ò Canadian whisky ò Beer
ò Rum
ò IMFL whisky
ò Ready to drink
ò Other
• Spirits net sales grew 6%, with flat volume. Growth was across most categories, including double-digit performance in scotch, tequila and IMFL
whisky.
• Scotch net sales grew 12%, with 2% volume growth. Growth was led by Johnnie Walker, with strong growth of 15%, and scotch malts also grew
strongly at 16%.
• Johnnie Walker Black Label grew 16%, with particularly strong growth in Asia Pacific, where it grew 30%.
• Johnnie Walker Blue Label grew 3%, supported by the return of Travel Retail.
• Johnnie Walker Red Label grew 16%, with double-digit growth in all regions except Africa.
• Scotch malts grew 16%, primarily driven by strong double-digit growth in Asia Pacific and North America.
• Tequila net sales grew 19%, reflecting strong performance of Don Julio and Casamigos which grew 20% and 16% respectively, driven by North
America.
• Vodka net sales grew 1% with a volume decline of 3%. Declines in North America and Africa were offset by double-digit growth across all other
regions.
• Rum net sales grew 2% driven by Captain Morgan growth across all regions except North America. Rum volume declined 7%.
• Liqueurs net sales declined 1%, driven by Godiva.
• Beer net sales grew 9%, with growth in all regions driven by strong performance from Guinness in Great Britain, Ireland, North America and
Africa.
• Ready to drink net sales were flat, with growth in Europe and Africa offset by a decline in North America.
(1) Brands excluding ready to drink, non-alcoholic variants and beer except Guinness.
(2) Organic equals reported volume movement except for Guinness 0% and McDowell's (2)%.
(3) Growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the principal brand.
(4) Casamigos trademark includes both tequila and mezcal.
(5) Ketel One includes Ketel One vodka and Ketel One Botanical.
(6) Bulleit whiskey excludes Bulleit Crafted Cocktails.
Global giants
39% of Diageo’s reported net sales and grew 10%.
Local stars
18% of Diageo’s reported net sales and declined 2%.
Reserve
29% of Diageo’s reported net sales and grew 7%.
52
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
53
GROU P FI NANCIAL REVIEW
Summary income statement
Sales
Excise duties
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Marketing
Other operating items
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional operating items (c)
Operating profit
Non-operating items (c)
Net finance charges
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures
Profit before taxation
Taxation (e)
Profit for the year
30 June 2022
£ million
22,448
(6,996)
15,452
(5,973)
9,479
(2,721)
(1,961)
4,797
(388)
4,409
(17)
(422)
417
4,387
(1,049)
3,338
(1) For the definition of organic movement and hyperinflation see pages 232-233.
(a) Exchange
The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures for
operating profit was principally in respect of the favourable exchange
impact of the strengthening of the US dollar and Mexican peso against
the sterling, partially offset by the weakening of the Nigerian naira,
Ghanaian cedi and the Turkish lira.
The effect of movements in exchange rates and other movements on
profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30
June 2023 is set out in the table below.
Translation impact
Transaction impact
Operating profit before exceptional items
Net finance charges – translation impact
Net finance charges – transaction impact
Net finance charges
Associates – translation impact
Profit before exceptional items and taxation
Gains/
(losses)
£ million
246
(124)
122
(32)
6
(26)
8
104
Exchange
(a)
£ million
Acquisitions and
disposals
(b)
£ million
588
114
702
(363)
339
(151)
(66)
122
(683)
569
(114)
84
(30)
(15)
(16)
(61)
Organic
movement(1)
£ million
1,091
(122)
969
(522)
447
(152)
26
321
Exchange rates
Translation £1 =
Transaction £1 =
Translation £1 =
Transaction £1 =
Fair value
remeasurement
(d)
Hyperinflation(1)
30 June 2023
£ million
£ million
—
—
—
5
5
(1)
49
53
71
33
104
£ million
23,515
(6,402)
17,113
(63)
(6,832)
41
(11)
(8)
22
10,281
(3,051)
(1,976)
5,254
(622)
4,632
328
(594)
370
4,736
(970)
3,766
Year ended
Year ended
30 June 2023
30 June 2022
$1.20
$1.30
€1.15
€1.16
$1.33
$1.29
€1.18
€1.15
(b) Acquisitions and disposals
The acquisitions and disposals movement in the year ended 30 June
2023 was primarily attributable to the disposal of the United Spirits
Limited (USL) Popular brands and Guinness Cameroun S.A.
See pages 186-189 for further details.
(c) Exceptional items
In the year ended 30 June 2023, exceptional operating items were a
loss of £622 million (2022 – a loss of £388 million), mainly due to
charges related to brand impairment (£498 million) and the supply
chain agility programme (£100 million).
In the year ended 30 June 2023, exceptional non-operating items were a
gain of £328 million (2022 – a loss of £17 million), mainly driven by the gain
in relation to the sale of Guinness Cameroun S.A. (£310 million).
See pages 179-181 for further details and the definition of exceptional
items.
(d) Fair value remeasurement
The adjustments to marketing and other operating expenses were the
elimination of fair value changes to contingent consideration liabilities
and earn out arrangements in respect of prior year acquisitions of £113
million gain for the year ended 30 June 2023 and £65 million gain for
the year ended 30 June 2022.
(e) Taxation
The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2023 was 20.5%
compared with 23.9% for the year ended 30 June 2022.
Included in the tax charge of £970 million in the year ended 30 June
2023 is a net exceptional tax credit of £186 million, including an
exceptional tax credit of £124 million in respect of brand impairments,
mainly the McDowell's brand, a tax credit of £57 million in respect of
the deductibility of fees paid to Diageo plc for guaranteeing externally
issued debt of its US group entities, a tax credit of £23 million in respect
of the supply chain agility programme, partly offset by a tax charge of
£42 million in respect of the sale of Guinness Cameroun S.A.
The reported tax charge for the year ended 30 June 2022 included an
exceptional tax credit of £31 million, comprising exceptional tax credits
of £35 million and £20 million on the impairment of the McDowell's
and Bell's brands respectively, partly offset by an exceptional tax
charge of £23 million in respect of the gain on the sale of the Picon
brand and a further tax charge of £3 million in respect of winding
down operations in Russia.
The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2023
was 23.0% compared with 22.5% for the year ended 30 June 2022.
We expect the tax rate before exceptional items for the year ending 30
June 2024 to be in the region of 24%.
(f) Dividend
The group aims to increase the dividend each year. The decision in
respect of the dividend is made with reference to the dividend cover, as
well as current performance trends, including sales and profit after tax
together with cash generation. Diageo targets dividend cover (the ratio
of basic earnings per share before exceptional items to dividend per
share) within the range of 1.8-2.2 times. For the year ended 30 June
2023, dividend cover is 2.0 times. The recommended final dividend for
the year ended 30 June 2023, to be put to the shareholders for
approval at the Annual General Meeting is 49.17 pence, an increase of
5% on the prior year final dividend. This would bring the full year
dividend to 80.00 pence per share, an increase of 5% on the prior
year. The group will keep future returns of capital, including dividends,
under review through the year ending 30 June 2024, to ensure
Diageo’s capital is allocated in the best way to maximise value for the
business and its stakeholders.
Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to
holders of ordinary shares and US ADRs on the register as of 25 August
2023. The ex-dividend date both for holders of ordinary shares and for
US ADR holders is 24 August 2023. The final dividend, once approved
by shareholders, will be paid to shareholders on 12 October 2023 and
payment to US ADR holders will be made on 17 October 2023. A
dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in
respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 22 September
2023.
(g) Return of capital
Diageo completed a total of £1.4 billion return of capital for the year
ended 30 June 2023, which included £0.9 billion related to the
successful completion of Diageo’s previous share buyback programme
in which £4.5 billion of capital was returned to shareholders, and
returned an additional £0.5 billion of capital to shareholders which was
announced as a new share buyback programme on 16 February 2023
and completed on 2 June 2023.
In the year ended 30 June 2023, the company purchased 37.8 million
ordinary shares (2022 – 61.2 million) at a cost of £1,381 million
(including transaction costs of £13 million) (2022 – £2,284 million
including transaction costs of £16 million). All shares purchased under
the share buyback programme were cancelled.
Movement in net borrowings and equity
Movements in net borrowings
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Net borrowings at the beginning of the year
Free cash flow (1)
Acquisitions (2)
Investment in associates (2)
Sale of businesses and brands (3)
Share buyback programme (4)
Net sale of own shares for share schemes (5)
Purchase of treasury shares in respect of
subsidiaries
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Net movements in bonds (6)
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (7)
Net movements in other borrowings (8)
Equity dividend paid
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in bonds and other borrowings
Exchange differences (9)
Other non-cash items (10)
2023
2022
£ million
£ million
(14,137)
(12,109)
1,800
(342)
(93)
462
2,783
(206)
(65)
82
(1,381)
(2,284)
29
—
(97)
889
(146)
59
(1,761)
(581)
(950)
159
(32)
18
(15)
(81)
742
—
79
(1,718)
(665)
(825)
(334)
(204)
Net borrowings at the end of the year
(15,541)
(14,137)
(1) See page 39 for the analysis of free cash flow.
(2) In the year ended 30 June 2023, acquisitions included upfront
payments of €246 million (£218 million) for Kanlaon Limited and Chat
Noir Co. Inc. (the owner of Don Papa Rum) and $102 million (£89
million) for Balcones Distilling.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, acquisitions included the final earn-
out payment in respect of the Casamigos acquisition amounting to $113
million (£83 million) and upfront payment of £62 million for 21Seeds.
In the years ended 30 June 2023 and 2022, investment in associates
included additional investments in a number of Distill Ventures
associates.
(3) In the year ended 30 June 2023, sale of businesses and brands
included the disposal of Guinness Cameroun S.A. beer business for a
net cash consideration, net of disposal costs, of £354 million and the
disposal of the Popular brands of Diageo’s USL business, for a cash
consideration, net of disposal costs, of £83 million.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, sale of businesses and brands
included the cash received on the disposal of Picon brand, net of
transaction costs.
(4) See more details of Diageo's return of capital programmes above
on this page.
54
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
55
GROU P FI NANCIAL REVIEW contin u ed
(5) Net sale of own shares comprised receipts from employees on the
exercise of share options of £51 million (2022 – £32 million) less
purchase of own shares for the future settlement of obligations under
the employee share option schemes of £22 million (2022 – £14 million).
(6) In the year ended 30 June 2023, the group issued bonds of $2,000
million (£1,788 million – net of discount and fee) and €500 million
(£441 million – net of discount and fee), and repaid bonds of $1,650
million (£1,340 million). In the year ended 30 June 2022, the group
issued bonds of €1,650 million (£1,371 million - net of discount and fee)
and £892 million (including £8 million discount and fee), and repaid
bonds of €900 million (£769 million) and $1,000 million (£752 million).
(7) On 24 March 2023, Diageo completed the purchase of an
additional 14.97% of the share capital of East African Breweries PLC
(EABL). This increased Diageo's controlling shareholding position in
EABL from 50.03% to 65.00%.
(8) In the year ended 30 June 2023, the net movements in other
borrowings principally arose from the increase in commercial paper,
collateral and bank loan balances offset by cash outflows of foreign
currency swaps and forwards and repayment of lease liabilities. In the
year ended 30 June 2022, the net movements in other borrowings
principally arose from cash movements of foreign currency swaps and
forwards partially offset by the repayment of lease liabilities.
(9) In the year ended 30 June 2023, exchange gains arising on net
borrowings of £159 million were primarily driven by favourable
exchange movements on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings
and unfavourable exchange movements on cash and cash
equivalents, foreign currency swaps and forwards. In the year ended
30 June 2022, exchange losses arising on net borrowings of £334
million were primarily driven by adverse exchange movements on US
dollar denominated borrowings, partially offset by favourable
movement on euro denominated borrowings, cash and cash
equivalents, foreign currency swaps and forwards.
(10) In the year ended 30 June 2023, other non-cash items were
principally in respect of additional leases entered into during the year
partially offset by fair value movements of interest rate hedging
instruments. In the year ended 30 June 2022, other non-cash items
were principally in respect of additional leases entered into during the
year.
Movements in equity
Equity at the beginning of the year
Adjustment to 2021 closing equity in respect of
hyperinflation in Turkey (1)
Adjusted equity at the beginning of the year
Profit for the year
Exchange adjustments (2)
Remeasurement of post employment benefit plans
net of taxation
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (3)
Hyperinflation adjustments net of taxation (1)
Associates' transactions with non-controlling
interests
Dividend to non-controlling interests
Equity dividend paid
Share buyback programme (4)
Other reserve movements
Equity at the end of the year
2023
2022
£ million
£ million
9,514
8,431
—
9,514
3,766
(686)
(469)
(146)
143
(7)
(97)
(1,762)
(1,273)
309
9,292
251
8,682
3,338
799
497
—
291
—
(72)
(1,718)
(2,310)
7
9,514
(1) See pages 181 and 232-239 for details of hyperinflation adjustments.
(2) Exchange movements in the year ended 30 June 2023 primarily
arose from exchange loss driven by the Turkish lira, the Indian rupee
and the Chinese yuan, partially offset by gains in Mexican peso and
US dollar. Exchange movements in the year ended 30 June 2022
primarily arose from exchange gains driven by the US dollar and the
Indian rupee, partially offset by Turkish lira.
(3) On 24 March 2023, Diageo completed the purchase of an
additional 14.97% of the share capital of East African Breweries PLC
(EABL). This increased Diageo's controlling shareholding position in
EABL from 50.03% to 65.00%.
(4) See page 55 for details of Diageo's return of capital programmes.
Post employment benefit plans
The net surplus of the group’s post employment benefit plans
decreased by £564 million from £1,151 million at 30 June 2022 to £587
million at 30 June 2023. The decrease in net surplus was
predominantly attributable to the unfavourable change in the market
value of assets held by the post employment benefit plans in the UK
which was partially offset by the favourable change in the discount rate
assumptions in the UK due to the increase in returns from ‘AA’ rated
corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of
the post employment benefit plans (from 3.8% to 5.2%). The net
operating profit charge before exceptional items increased by £36
million from £39 million for the year ended 30 June 2022 to £75 million
for the year ended 30 June 2023.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, following a remeasurement of
the Diageo Lifestyle Plan, Diageo made a £16 million one-off deficit
contribution to satisfy minimum funding requirement.
Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment benefit
plans in the year ending 30 June 2024 are estimated to be
approximately £75 million ($95 million).
56
Diageo Annual Report 2023
'SOCIETY 2030: SPIRIT OF PROGRESS'
'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress' – putting
positive societal impact at the heart of our
business strategy
We are a successful global business, building and nurturing some of the world’s most recognised
brands. A fundamental part of our success is being responsible. That is about making sure we are
inclusive and sustainable, and acknowledging that our impact and influence extend beyond our
own operations. It is also about being accountable and transparent – which is why we report our
non-financial performance in this section.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Responding to the issues that matter
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ is our global programme addressing
the most material(1) issues facing our company, people, brands,
suppliers and communities. Its ambitions are embedded in our
business strategy, and it aims to make a positive impact on people and
the planet everywhere we live, work, source and sell.
The programme builds on our earlier progress on environmental, social
and governance (ESG) issues. At the heart of ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress‘ are three priorities:
• Promote positive drinking – changing the way the world drinks, for
the better.
• Champion inclusion and diversity – creating an inclusive and
diverse culture for a better business.
• Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability – preserving the natural
resources we all depend on.
We have set 25 targets across a range of ESG issues that matter to our
business, to the communities we work with, to society as a whole and to
the planet. We’ve mapped these targets to the objectives and timeline
of the UN’s 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. While we have
made significant progress against many of our targets, there is still
much to do. In some cases, we set our targets with the expectation that
we'd need innovation to reach them, and we still do. We also regularly
review our material issues to make sure the 'Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress' plan is still fit for purpose to address the issues most material
to our business and our impact on people and the planet. While we
made no changes to our plan or targets in fiscal 23, we will continue to
assess them and expect to refine and possibly reframe our approach to
material issues in fiscal 24.
This section of the Annual Report sets out our progress against our
targets in fiscal 23, and our future plans. It contains reporting on other
aspects of our non-financial performance, as part of our continuing
drive to be transparent and accountable. This includes reporting on
how we are addressing climate change risk against the
recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD). It also includes information about our approach to
human rights, business integrity, our people and health and safety, all
of which are fundamental to our long-term success as a responsible
business.
A better world, a better business
By working towards our goals, we are doing the right thing by
contributing to a better society and a healthier planet. We believe we
are also making ourselves a better, more competitive business, and
one that is more resilient for the long term.
(1) Our latest materiality assessment is included in our ESG Reporting Index.
More specifically, ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ helps us to:
• Manage our risks from climate change, and spot opportunities to
innovate.
• Attract the best, most diverse talent.
• Make our supply chains more resilient.
• Enhance our reputation with our investors, consumers and other
stakeholders.
• Strengthen our brands.
Governance
Both the Board and the Executive Committee oversee our ‘Society
2030: Spirit of Progress‘ plan. The Board conducts regular reviews of
our most material issues, our strategy to address those issues and our
targets used to measure our strategy in action. Our Chief Executive,
Debra Crew, is ultimately accountable for overall performance against
ESG targets, while responsibility for the component parts of 'Society
2030: Spirit of Progress' is shared between members of our Executive
Committee. At the local and market level, our regional presidents and
general managers have frontline responsibility, supported by our
Global Spirit of Progress Director and team. The markets are also
supported by Executive Committee members representing global
functions.
Linking performance to remuneration
Five of our targets are key performance indicators for our business as a
whole, which is why they are also linked to our senior leaders’ long-
term incentive plans. The goals in our long-term incentive plans
include:
• Number of people who confirm changed attitudes to the dangers of
underage drinking after participating in a Diageo-supported
education programme.
• Inclusion and diversity (one measure of the percentage of female
leaders globally and another measure of the percentage of
ethnically diverse leaders globally).
• Improvement in water efficiency.
• Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in our direct operations
(Scope 1 & 2).
This represents all three strategic priorities of our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress‘ ambition, and reflects our vision to make a positive impact on
the environment and society.
Reporting transparently
We define our targets carefully, along with clear non-financial reporting
boundaries and methodologies for each. For more details, see pages
242-262. The reporting of non-financial information is evolving quickly.
We are committed to continuously evaluating and improving our
approach as well as responding to changes in regulation.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
57
PROMOTE POSI TIVE DRI NKING
Promote positive drinking
As a responsible business, we want to change the way people drink – for the
better. This is why we promote moderate drinking and invest in education
programmes to discourage the harmful use of alcohol.
Around the world, we reach audiences with messages that aim to
change attitudes, whether it’s highlighting the harm of underage
drinking or binge drinking, warning of the dangers of drink driving, or
using our brands to highlight the importance of moderation.
We continue to look for ways to improve as we strive to engage more
people through our work to promote positive drinking. This extends to
how we measure and evaluate the impact of our work and its effect on
changing peoples' attitudes.
How we promote positive drinking
Our main tools are:
• DRINKiQ – our interactive online platform that gives users facts
about alcohol and the effects of drinking on the body and mind,
and the impact that harmful alcohol consumption has on people
and society.
• SMASHED – an award-winning programme that educates young
people on the dangers of underage drinking.
• 'Wrong Side of the Road' – our interactive learning experience that
aims to discourage drink driving.
• Brand-led campaigns – harnessing our marketing resources to
promote moderation through our brands.
We stringently control our own marketing and advertising, in line with
our Diageo Marketing Code. We work with our industry and with
advertising organisations to help create a safe environment in media
and online.
Our work is coordinated by our Positive Drinking Council, which has
representatives from across the business.
Increasing knowledge and awareness with
DRINKiQ
Target by 2030
Champion health literacy and tackle harm through DRINKiQ in every
market where we live, work, source and sell
Number of markets that have
launched DRINKiQ
21
2020
Target 21
Target
Met
2030
DRINKiQ is our online responsible drinking tool. It champions health
literacy by providing facts about alcohol, complementing resources
offered by governments, charities and other stakeholders. The aim is to
invite consumers to change their attitudes to alcohol and empower
them to achieve a balanced lifestyle.
We have launched DRINKiQ in all the markets where it's legally
permissible. It is live in 21 markets, 56 countries and 23 languages, and
we promote it through our product labels, social media channels and
marketing to make sure as many people as possible use it. While we
have reached our target by launching DRINKiQ in all the markets we
operate in, we are determined to continue promoting it so that
consumers have access to information that can increase their
knowledge and awareness of the impact of harmful drinking.
In fiscal 23, markets around the world ran campaigns to connect
people with DRINKiQ. In Hungary, we teamed up with Sziget, the
Island of Freedom, the biggest summer festival in Central Eastern
Europe, to deliver an innovative DRINKiQ campaign. Visitors got
responsible drinking messages and links to DRINKiQ.com through
reusable cups, fence banners, tote bags, Facebook and Instagram
posts. Tens of thousands of people visited DRINKiQ during the summer
and the campaign was shortlisted for the European Festival Awards. In
South Korea, a DRINKiQ digital campaign over the festive period
resulted in more than 20,000 people completing the DRINKiQ Quiz
and 2.4 million page views in just one month.
Tackling underage drinking through SMASHED
Target by 2030
Scale up our SMASHED partnership and educate 10 million young
people, parents and teachers on the dangers of underage drinking
Number of people educated on the
dangers of underage drinking through
a Diageo-supported education
programme in fiscal 23
1,985,817
1.8m
3.8m
2018
2022
2023
Target 10m
2030
We believe it is never acceptable for anyone underage to consume
alcohol. This is why we have run campaigns and programmes to
combat underage drinking for many years, including campaigns to
ensure a consistent approach to legal purchase age for alcohol across
categories. SMASHED is a programme that educates young people
aged from 10 to 17 in 38 countries on the dangers of underage drinking
either live or online format. It was developed by Collingwood Learning
and we are proud to sponsor it.
SMASHED began in 2005 as a live theatre production and has since
been adapted for online learning. To make the programme as
successful as possible, the performance can be tailored to specific
countries using local actors and cultural references.
In fiscal 23, our ambition was to educate more than 800,000 people
through SMASHED, but we have surpassed this by educating 1,985,817
people, with 1,548,996∆ people confirming changed attitudes on the
dangers of underage drinking following participation in a Diageo-
supported education programme. We have educated 3.79 million
people since our baseline year of 2018.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see pages 242-266.
To achieve this, we have:
• Extended SMASHED Live to 10 new countries and SMASHED Online
to 12 new countries including Argentina, Chile, Paraguay, Panama
and Costa Rica.
• Launched a shorter facilitated live version, allowing us to reach
more people while maintaining the programme's effectiveness. This
was a direct response to feedback from teachers.
• Developed three new versions of SMASHED Online in India.
• Launched a new version of SMASHED Online for Northern Ireland.
SMASHED has been recognised by industry and marketing peers,
winning 12 awards from eight organisations in fiscal 23. The awards
recognised the quality of the learning experience, the creativity of its
immersive, story-led approach and excellence in other areas including
innovation and digital technology.
Changing attitudes to drink driving
Target by 2030
Extend our UNITAR partnership and promote changes in attitudes to
drink driving, reaching five million people
Number of people educated about
the dangers of drink driving in fiscal 23
706k
510k
1,216k
2020 2022
2023
Target 5,000k
2030
We have long worked to alert people to the dangers of drink driving.
Initially we partnered with police, local authorities and other agencies
that support enforcement of drink drive laws. In 2021, we launched the
'Wrong Side of the Road' (WSOTR) digital learning resource with the
United Nations Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) to help
people understand the impact of drink-driving on themselves and
others.
WSOTR is available in digital and classroom formats, is live in 24
countries, and reached 706,000 people in fiscal 23. This year, we have
found new ways to reach more people through partnerships in India,
reaching 230,000 people by:
• Launching WSOTR with the national road safety agency – driving-
test candidates can now experience WSOTR as they wait for their
driving test.
• Making WSOTR available in a classroom format through driving
schools.
We believe that promoting WSOTR in a setting such as a driving
school, where people are already learning about road safety is a
particularly effective setting for this resource.
Using the power of our brands
Target by 2030
Leverage Diageo marketing and innovation to make moderation the
norm – reaching 1 billion people with dedicated responsible drinking
messages
Number of people reached with responsible
drinking messages from our brands in fiscal 23 645m
2020
2022
Target Met
2023
823m
Target 1,000m
1,468m
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Our brands are among our most powerful tools in shaping consumer
attitudes and promoting moderation. We are proud to have achieved
our 2030 target early, having reached more than 1.4 billion people in
total with messages of moderation from fiscal 21 to the end of fiscal 23.
We have done this by delivering campaigns at scale in all the key
regions where we operate.
Our fiscal 23 highlights include:
• In North America, reaching 88 million people with our Johnnie
Walker 'Rewind the Night' moderation campaign.
• In Latin America and Caribbean, continuing to expand the
'Derribando Mitos' moderation campaign, now in its third year, to
reach 51 million people across seven countries.
• In China, combining the power of the Baileys and Tanqueray No.
TEN brands with a deep understanding of popular culture and a
'digital first' approach to promote moderation among young, urban
adults, reaching 14.8 million people.
We remain committed to using our expertise in consumer insights and
marketing to positively influence attitudes towards moderation across
the world.
Marketing in a responsible way
Our Diageo Marketing Code (DMC) and Digital Code not only set
minimum standards for responsible marketing, they also represent a
cornerstone of our corporate culture and the way we do business. The
DMC includes, among other principles, our commitment to making
sure we depict and encourage only responsible and moderate
drinking, and never target underage audiences. We are proud to have
a proven track record of compliance, which is underpinned by mature
business processes, and appropriate checks and balances in every
market we operate in.
We published the latest version of the DMC in January 2023, with
enhanced rules governing the marketing of our non-alcoholic brands
and reinforcing our commitment to advertise them to adults only. Also,
in September 2022 we launched a new e-learning module on digital
compliance for our brand teams worldwide, with guidance on topics
including:
• Transparency – making sure that influencers’ social media posts
promoting our brands tell consumers about the nature of the
partnership with hashtags such as #Ad.
• Data privacy – further strengthening our approach to the use of
consumer data in our digital marketing in line with GDPR (General
Data Protection Regulation) principles.
We continue to play a leading role in shaping a vision for a safe,
inclusive online ecosystem for our consumers and brands. This is why
we have championed the updated version of the World Federation of
Advertisers (WFA) Global Media Charter, released in March 2023, re-
emphasising our focus on marketing responsibly and making a positive
societal impact.
We are pleased to report that all our ads complied with a 2023 review
by the WFA’s Responsible Marketing Pact and the European
Advertising Standards Alliance, aimed at making sure alcoholic
beverage ads do not contain elements that appeal mainly
to minors. We are also pleased that no complaints about Diageo
marketing were upheld by key industry bodies this year (see next
page).
58
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
59
PROMOTE POSI TIVE DRI NKING contin u ed
DOING BUSINESS THE RIGHT W AY
Advertising complaints upheld by key industry bodies that report publicly
Across some of our markets, advertising regulators and industry bodies publicly report breaches of self-regulatory alcohol marketing codes. No
breaches were upheld by any of these key bodies about Diageo's advertising this year.
Incidents of non-compliance concerning marketing communications – FY23(1)
Country
United States
Australia
Body
Distilled Spirits Council of the United States
ABAC Scheme
United Kingdom
Advertising Standards Authority
Portman Group
Republic of Ireland
Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland
(1)
From 1 July 2022 to 5 May 2023.
Industry complaints
upheld
Complaints about Diageo
brands upheld
0
27
17
9
3
0
0
0
0
0
Doing business the right way
We want to do business in the right way every day, everywhere. This
is about making sure our people and suppliers demonstrating
integrity, living our values, and behaving in an ethical way that
underpins our Code of Business Conduct. We expect everyone who
works for us and alongside us to uphold human rights and stand up
for what is right.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Standing up for human rights
We want people who work for us or with us to feel they are treated
fairly and with respect. This means working hard to make sure we don’t
infringe their human rights, and that we are not complicit with anyone
else who does. We seek to build credibility and trust by expecting
everyone who works with us to adopt our standards.
Our policies cover our responsibilities to protect the human rights of
everyone working in our direct operations, our value chain and
communities. They are in line with internationally recognised laws,
regulations and guidelines including the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights, and the International Labor Organization’s
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.
Updating our human rights governance
We continue to enhance our policies(1), standards and disclosures and
embed human rights in our enterprise risk management processes.
In fiscal 23, our Global Audit and Risk team reviewed our human rights
due diligence by risk area and risk setting to look for opportunities to
strengthen our approach and better assess its effectiveness. As a result,
we are strengthening our internal governance risk assessment process
and committing to more frequent audits of our high-risk markets with:
• A strategic human rights review with the Board at least once a year
• An annual review of our list of high-risk markets for direct operations
• An annual review of human rights risks by direct operations against
a self-assessment questionnaire
• A commitment to audit high-risk markets once every three years
We have also developed training to build our teams' capability in
effectively managing human rights risks. This helps us to be alert to
these risks and able to act effectively when we see them.
(1)
https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance/code-of-business-
conduct/policies-and-standards
Example of a moderation campaign (Guinness).
60
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo 1HQ
Focussing on salient human rights issues
Our Human Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA) programme from 2015 to
2021 highlighted three salient external business and supply chain risks:
labour rights, including child labour risks; labour standards for contract
workers; and sexual harassment in the hospitality sector. In response,
we created awareness programmes on child labour and modern
slavery, conducted an independent review of contract labour and
developed standards and training to protect brand promotion teams.
To refresh and enhance our assessment of salient issues, we’re
reviewing current and emerging laws and regulations alongside our
internal processes to assess our operational, commercial and
reputational risk in priority jurisdictions. We are also assessing salient
risks for third-party suppliers in priority supply chains.
We have also continued to address our global salient risks by:
• Launching a brand promoter training website in 18 languages to
help us track training completions and agency compliance with our
Brand Promoter Standard.
Brand promoter training website in
18 languages
• Refreshing our child labour training and making it part of our wider
smallholder farmer programme from fiscal 24
• Participating in a pilot project in Africa to understand the gaps that
exist within our supply chain to living wage benchmarks and how
we can support our supply chain to bridge those gaps through time.
Strengthening our approach to responsible sourcing
To enhance our approach to responsible sourcing we have begun
screening for human rights with higher-risk potential suppliers before
onboarding. This helps us make more informed decisions on human
rights risks and gives us the chance to assess and mitigate the salient
issues before we contract with a supplier. We have also extended our
supplier requirements on responsible sourcing to our licensed
manufacturers globally.
Connecting climate risk with human rights
Climate change is already having a negative impact on people and
communities, not least through water stress, but also by affecting
working conditions. We’ve begun a project looking at how we can help
workers in our sugarcane supply chain avoid serious health impacts
from heat stress driven by climate change. We have partnered with
NGOs, government agencies, customers and our suppliers to build
awareness around the issues workers face in a changing climate,
measure their metabolic data and implement plans to improve
conditions. This includes providing workers with more water and mobile
shade tents, as well as rest schedules designed around the conditions
Diageo Annual Report 2023
61
DOING BU SI NESS THE RIGHT W AY continued
in specific sites. We have launched this programme with our suppliers
in our rum supply chain in Jamaica and Guatemala.
Upholding business integrity
Working with integrity is an important part of who we are and how we
achieve our performance ambition to be the best performing, most trusted
and respected consumer products company in the world. We all have a
part to play in building credibility and trust with stakeholders by doing our
jobs in the right way. By being proud of what we do, and how we do it, our
conduct will bring about success we can all be proud of.
Reinforcing our Code of Business Conduct
Our Code of Business Conduct is central to how we encourage all our
people to work in the right way by making the right choices. Our Code
sets out what we stand for as a business and how we demonstrate our
high standards of integrity and ethical behaviour. It is guided by our
purpose and values. It seeks to provide clarity on how we are expected
to behave to build the trust and respect of everyone who interacts
with us.
Each year, all eligible employees receive mandatory training as an
opportunity to reflect and certify that they have read, understood and
complied with the Code and our global policies. This year, 97% of
eligible employees completed the training.
Training is via an interactive e-learning module accessible through any
device, or classroom training for those who do not have regular
computer access. The training covers topics that help employees
understand more about doing the right thing, from grain to glass.
This year, there were 88 breaches of the Code, down by 27%
compared to fiscal 22.
Training completed by
97% of eligible employees
Managing third-party risks
Business integrity is also vital in our network of relationships with third
parties. Our Know Your Business Partner (KYBP) programme helps us
screen for potential risks and be certain about the true identity of third
parties before we start a contractual relationship with them.
Throughout fiscal 23, we continued to expand our third-party screening
programme to incorporate the many new sanctions rules relating to
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. We also focussed on streamlining the
KYBP process by better integrating it into our customer and vendor
onboarding to make ourselves more efficient, without making the
process any less thorough.
Promoting our whistleblowing service
We encourage everyone to report potential breaches of our Code,
policies or standards through our confidential whistleblowing service,
SpeakUp. This is run by an independent third-party, is available around
the clock and lets employees and external parties report concerns
anonymously. This includes issues like bullying, harassment,
discrimination and human rights concerns.
The number of SpeakUp reports filed fell during fiscal 23 and is now
similar to pre-pandemic levels. In fiscal 23, we rolled out a global
awareness campaign for SpeakUp, emphasising our zero tolerance of
retaliation against anyone reporting a concern or helping with an
investigation. The video-based campaign also showcased the
SpeakUp QR code for easy access to the system.
Training our leaders
Treating each other with dignity and respect is an important part of
doing business the right way. To reinforce this, we’ve created a training
programme for our leaders called Leading with Integrity, designed to:
• Increase awareness of our Dignity at Work policy
• Give guidance on managing SpeakUp reports and resolving any
conflicts
• Give leaders the tools they need to handle and resolve issues
around Dignity at Work
• Build knowledge, shared understanding and skills on the
importance of leading in line with our values and leadership
standards
Our human rights policies extend to our supply chain.
62
Diageo Annual Report 2023
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
OUR PEOPLE AND CULTURE
Our people and culture:
the key to our success
Our talented and diverse workforce, together with our brands and inclusive culture,
continue to be a competitive advantage for our business, enabling us to perform at our best.
we have seen a 31% increase in the number of external applicants for
open roles, while engagement with our employer brand LinkedIn
content has been above benchmark levels.
Diageo's purpose is 'celebrating life every day, everywhere'.
Recognising the importance of celebration in engagement and
performance, in fiscal 23 we began to roll out a global employee
recognition programme, Celebrate. This programme empowers our
people to formally acknowledge each other for the small and big
moments. Building a culture of gratitude and appreciation is core to
how we live our values and purpose every day. So far, employees have
made 27,000 awards in North America, United Kingdom and Ireland
through the programme. In markets where Celebrate is live, 85% of
employees have received recognition through the Celebrate platform
and we intend to roll the platform out across all our markets to further
strengthen our culture.
Helping our people realise their potential
We believe that Diageo grows when our people grow. Our talent
strategy is to empower our people with the developmental experiences
to facilitate their growth and successful careers at Diageo. To support
our people’s career progression, we aim to fill our vacancies internally
where we can. In fiscal 23, we recorded 5,092 career moves which
translates to an average of 14 people a day making career moves. We
have increased internal appointments into leadership roles to 72.8% –
up one percentage point on fiscal 22. Our general managers come
from diverse functional and professional backgrounds, fuelling our
strong performance with diversity of experience, and giving our people
opportunities for cross-functional experiences. Also, international moves
increased by 15.9% this year, and we continued to offer developmental
webinars, workshops and networking to all employees through our
Craft my Career programme.
To meet the demands of our growth strategy, we are putting extra
investment into new and emerging capabilities in digital, ESG and
leadership. In fiscal 23, our people completed 11,538 digital training
courses in different areas in partnership with our external partners.
Through our Digital Now capability programme, we are equipping our
people with the capability and mindset to accelerate digital
transformation. Similarly, we partnered with Oxford Saïd Business
School to upskill our leadership in ESG to support the delivery of our
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ goals.
We believe that an environment of openness, integrity and trust fosters
greater collaboration, experimentation, and bolder execution. Our
Senior Leadership Team have focussed on how to enable bolder
performance by creating a psychologically safe environment, helping
their teams take risks, share their opinions and experiment with
innovative ideas. We have seen a five percentage point increase in the
proportion of employees who feel comfortable with raising concerns,
ideas, and opinions without fear of consequence this year compared to
fiscal 22.
(1)
(2)
(3) Based on a blend of Ipsos Karian and Box, Qualtrics benchmark data. Global
This data is calculated as an average across the 12 months of fiscal 23.
This is based upon the respondents to the fiscal 23 Your Voice engagement survey.
Manufacturing benchmark includes organisations with global coverage that operate
within FMCG and other industry sectors.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
63
Celebrating life, every day, everywhere
Highly engaged people and an inclusive culture
Our 30,237 people(1) are our most valuable assets. Their sense of
purpose and pride in what they do, and their commitment to our
brands, consumers, customers and each other are the hallmarks of
our culture.
In December 2022, we celebrated our 25th anniversary with a global
webcast and heard from employees on what they valued most about
working for Diageo. The themes were consistent with those emerging
from our employee listening sessions, namely the quality of our talent,
our purpose, values and brands, and our uniquely diverse workforce
and inclusive culture. The feedback also reinforces our core values: we
are passionate about our customers and consumers and always strive
to be the best. We give each other freedom to succeed and value each
other. We work hard so we can be proud of what we do, and this pride
is a source of energy that fuels our performance.
Employee Engagement Index
84%(2)
Despite ongoing volatility in our markets, we continue to see strong
employee engagement. In our Your Voice survey this year, our
Employee Engagement Index increased from 82% in fiscal 22 to 84%,
and our Employer Advocacy score – the proportion of people who
would recommend Diageo as a great place to work – is 84%, which is
11 percentage points higher than our external benchmark(3) . That is an
improvement of two percentage points on last year. Similarly, the
percentage of people who are proud to work for Diageo improved by
one percentage point to 91%, which is 14 percentage points higher
than our external benchmark. This strong advocacy and pride
contributes to the strength of our external employer brand. In fiscal 23,
OUR PEOPLE AND CULTURE contin ued
Enabling a great employee experience
Putting our people at the heart of everything we do is critical to our
success — it's how we deliver our people strategy and performance
ambition, and create the most inclusive and diverse culture. To achieve
this, it's imperative we take the needs and opinions of our people into
account in designing and implementing effective people-centric
solutions.
This year, we launched our employee experience champions network,
providing a global, diverse 'voice of the employee' network enabling us
to co-create solutions with and for our people. About 200 employee
experience champions have been involved in our HR transformation
programmes, sharing feedback on our people processes and policies,
brainstorming ideas to radically liberate our people from low-value,
time consuming activities and validating HR technology prototypes and
solutions.
Our commitment to creating a strong employee experience has
reinforced our employer advocacy and employer brand position. Over
the years, we have been recognised in many markets for great people
practices. Recently, Diageo Turkey won a Jury special award for HR
practices in Sales(1) while Diageo North America achieved a top 10 Best
Companies’ ranking(2).
Supporting our people’s wellbeing
We remain committed to supporting our people's wellbeing, offering
guidance, and education in line with the four dimensions of our Global
Wellbeing Philosophy. We make wellbeing part of our culture every
day, everywhere so that our people are thriving physically and
mentally, emotionally balanced, financially secure and socially
connected.
In our 2023 employee survey, 79% of the respondents felt Diageo was
‘sufficiently supporting their health and wellbeing’. With wellbeing
support identified as a key engagement driver, this underlines the need
for us to continue to focus on wellbeing and improve our support.
In fiscal 23, we increased our focus on mental health and financial
wellbeing. This included launching the Unmind mental wellbeing app –
making us the first fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) company to
make it available for all employees, globally. In response to the rising
cost of living, we delivered regular financial wellbeing masterclasses
and offered mental ‘wealth’ first aid training to help identify financial
stress and signpost others to support. We also offered a global one-
time payment to all employees to support with the rising cost of living.
This payment was well received as it was equivalent to 15% of the
annual salary of employees in some markets. Our Employee Assistance
Programme continues to offer employees free, confidential advice and
counselling around the clock on personal, emotional, and work-life
issues.
We know that our people thrive when they feel empowered to decide
how, when and where they create their best work. Recognising that
flexibility means different things to different people, we have always
taken a progressive and inclusive approach to flexible working,
making sure our people consider what works best for the individual
and team. We have designed our office spaces to foster greater team
collaboration, positive social interactions and deeper connections with
our brands and culture.
The award is by Sales Network.
(1)
(2) Seramount 2022 100 Best Companies List.
64
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Our office spaces are designed with team collaboration and wellbeing in mind.
Diageo Turkey receiving the HR in Sales Jury special award by Sales Network.
Average number of employees by region by gender(1)
Region(2)
Men
% Women
Not
declared(3)
%
North America
1,839
59 % 1,258
40 %
5,836
58 % 4,211
5,957
66 % 3,042
2,733
63 % 1,592
2,488
67 % 1,244
42 %
34 %
37 %
33 %
%
Total
0.6 % 3,115
0.1 % 10,062
— % 9,000
— % 4,325
0.1 % 3,735
18
15
1
0
3
18,853
62 % 11,347
38 %
37
0.1 % 30,237
Average number of employees by role by gender(1)
Not
declared(3)
% Women
Men
%
7
50 %
7
50 %
311
56 % 248
44 %
2,274
65 % 1,198
34 %
0
1
6
%
Total
— %
14
0.2 % 560
0.2 % 3,478
16,261
62 % 9,894
Diageo (total)
18,853
62 % 11,347
38 %
38 %
30
37
0.1 % 26,185
0.1 % 30,237
(1)
(2)
(3)
This data has been compiled as monthly average based on the proportion of
employees who have identified their gender identity as male, female or undisclosed,
and will not be fully representative of the gender identity or diversity within our
employee population.
Employees have been allocated to the region where they live.
This data represents the proportion of employees who have chosen not to disclose
their gender identity as male or female.
(4) Executive positions have been calculated based on year end as of 30 June.
(5)
(6) All Diageo employees (excluding senior managers and Executive Committee) with one
Top leadership positions in Diageo, excluding Executive Committee.
or more direct reports.
(7) All Diageo employees (excluding senior managers and Executive Committee) who
have no direct reports.
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America
and Caribbean
Africa
Total
Role
Executive(4)
Senior
manager(5)
Line manager(6)
Supervised
employee(7)
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Health and safety
It is our ambition to create a world-class health and safety culture to make sure we protect our
people across our business.
Monitoring our key performance measures
We report lost-time accident frequency rate (LTAFR). This year, we
sustained 0.91Δ lost-time accidents (LTAs) per 1,000 full-time
employees, compared to 0.92 in fiscal 22. The severity rate of these
LTAs is a measure of the seriousness of the incidents and any absence
from work they cause. This year, the severity rate increased due to a
carry-over of days lost for accidents that occurred in fiscal 22.
Our total recordable accident frequency rate (TRAFR) records work-
related injuries that need more than first aid treatment. We investigate
each recordable accident to establish the root cause as well as
uncover all contributing factors and insights we can learn from. We
share the key learnings across the organisation aiming to prevent
recurrences.
Acting to improve performance
Creating awareness of accident trends and communicating them
effectively across our business is an important part of learning from
them. Employees need to understand the risks inherent in their
workplace, and how they could lead to injury. Despite improvements in
our global health and safety KPI performance, accidents increased in
Mexico and Turkey. In Mexico, we have significantly increased our
agriculture footprint, which coincided with an increase in incidents. In
Turkey, the increase is predominantly in our distilling and packaging
operations. As a result of these trends, the Global Health and Safety
team intervened to help local teams to address and improve
performance. In both markets, global and regional health and safety
experts worked with local teams on site to find the root cause of the dip
in performance and agree a time-bound improvement plan. By
involving our people in reviewing risk assessments and by making sure
operations and leadership teams are regularly inspecting sites and
equipment, we have improved our ability to spot potential dangers as
well as areas for improvement.
We will continue to focus on implementing our systems and technology
roadmap, aiming to codify and simplify some of our high-risk work
activities and processes as well as further enhance our predictive
analytical capability. We will also continue to strengthen our health
and safety culture by rolling out our Behavioural Standard globally. We
use the standard to measure the maturity level of our health and safety
culture on a scale with four levels: baseline, stable, progressive and
leading. The standard helps us spot key themes and actions.
We have designed our Safer Together strategy and its associated
programmes to prevent severe, fatal and process safety incidents. Our
global policies, standards, compliance systems, technology and
training create and embed innovative ways of working aimed at
continuous improvement. The goal is to prevent accidents by keeping
health and safety at the front of everyone's minds.
Being proactive, not reactive
One of our priorities is to create and embed a scorecard for leading
and lagging key performance indicators for health and safety.
‘Lagging indicators’ like total recordable accident frequency rate
(TRAFR) and lost-time accident frequency rate (LTAFR) allow us to
monitor performance, but they do not indicate the effectiveness of our
initiatives in preventing incidents and accidents. For this we use a
leading indicator – severe injury and fatality exposure (SIFe) – to
consider incidents that could be classified as ‘near misses’ and which
had the potential to cause life-threatening or life-altering outcomes.
Senior management reviews performance against lagging and leading
indicators each month, alongside any action we can take to prevent
incidents. We believe that safety is everyone’s responsibility and an
integral part of everyone’s job. Empowering and involving our people
in safety embeds the idea that there is no acceptable level of
accidents. Improving our performance on leading indicators and
getting all employees more involved in spotting hazards strengthens
the safety culture at each site and makes us better at reducing the risk
of accidents.
We also provide employees with the most up-to-date health and safety
training, so they can carry out day-to-day tasks and activities safely
every day, everywhere. Our strategy extends to our contractors and
third-party providers, because they share our commitment to keeping
the risk of accidents to a minimum.
Our global self-assessment compliance programme helps keep all our
locations legally compliant as well as aligned with our own health and
safety requirements. Our locations audit themselves against our global
health and safety standards and ways of working. Locations capture
these assessments and action plans on our global governance digital
platform. Our independent Audit Assurance programme is designed to
make sure sites complete the audits correctly and complete any action
plans. Senior leaders review performance against these plans.
Through our Safer Together programme and communication
platforms, our Global Health and Safety team regularly communicates
with all sites about specific initiatives and shared learnings from our
leading and lagging KPI insights. Each month, our year-to-date
performance is discussed and reviewed at site and regional level, and
globally with senior leaders and global governance teams.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited
assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting
methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
65
HEALTH AND SAFETY contin u ed
CHAMPION I NCLUSI ON AND DIV ERSITY
Understanding the risk of severe and fatal
injuries
Our strategy aims to eliminate severe and fatal injuries.
Alongside our risk assessment protocols, which let us spot and
mitigate potential risks with change management procedures,
in fiscal 23 we started a Severe and Fatal Incident Exposure
(SIFe) engagement programme. SIFe considers both potential
and actual incidents that could result in a life-threatening or life-
altering injury. SIFe is part of our Global Health and Safety KPI
scorecard. We use a decision-tree approach, based on our Life
Saving Rules, to identify any incident or safety-critical behaviour
with a potentially life-threatening or life-altering outcome.
When an incident has been classified as having SIFe, it triggers
these processes:
• We issue a global safety alert to heighten vigilance.
• A site representative shares an investigation report of
findings and remediation actions taken.
• Global Safety Alert and action plan is communicated to all
sites and the action close-out is assured.
Together with our long-standing lagging indicators of Lost-Time
Accident and Total Recordable Frequency Rates, the SIFe
process provides a comprehensive approach to managing our
incident prevention programme.
Limiting risk from hazardous substances with
a Global Process Safety Framework
How we handle hazardous substances is essential to
safeguarding people and the environment. We are committed
to protecting our employees, visitors and contractors, as well as
protecting the local communities in which we operate. In fiscal
23, we've developed a global process safety framework to
embed the right behaviour, systems and processes to manage
or control incidents that could cause toxic effects, fires or
explosions.
The framework includes a Process Safety Policy and risk
calculator, and Process Safety Risk Management standards. All
our sites can use the standards to help them assess their
operations and create plans to fill any gaps. Sites can also
document and share risk assessments on our digital platform,
as well as share best practice and training tools through our
new process safety network.
The framework helps us reduce the risk of injury and
environmental damage, as well as keep production quality high
while controlling our costs.
Health and safety culture.
66
Diageo Annual Report 2023
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Champion inclusion and diversity
Championing inclusion and diversity is at the heart of what we do,
and is crucial to our purpose of ‘celebrating life, every day, everywhere’.
Not only is it the right thing to do, as it means we play a part in shaping
a more equitable society, it also makes us a better business. We are
proud of having an inclusive culture where everyone can be
themselves, as it helps us attract and retain the best and most diverse
talent, and allows us to be more innovative and perform better. We’ve
set ourselves ambitious goals, inside our business and beyond.
Our inclusion and diversity index score in our 2023 Your Voice
employee survey remains high at 83% positive sentiment. This shows
our commitment to creating an environment where colleagues can
belong and thrive.
Promoting diversity
We promote inclusion and diversity in every sense, from gender,
ethnicity, age and disability, to sexual orientation, social background
and education – and we’re proud of the progress we’re making.
Since 2020, driving diverse representation in our leadership cohort(1)
has been linked to our long-term incentive plan (LTIP), which means we
incentivise every senior leader to make progress against this agenda.
Empowering women
Ambition by 2030
Champion gender diversity, with an ambition to achieve 50%
representation of women in leadership roles by 2030
Percentage of female leaders globally
44%
2020
Ambition 50%
44%
2023
2030
In fiscal 23, representation of women in our leadership, including our
Executive Committee, remained strong at 44%, maintaining our
progress of 88% against our 2030 ambition to achieve 50%
representation of women in leadership roles. We're proud to have 73%
female Board representation following the appointment of Debra Crew
as CEO, and 50% female executive committee representation. In fiscal
23, 45% of external appointments and 46% of internal promotions to
our leadership cohort were female. We’re recognised for our gender
equality work by the FTSE Women Leaders Review, Bloomberg Equality
Index and others. In 2023, the Equileap Gender Equality Global Report
ranked us second overall globally and first in the UK for gender
equality. Our policies and practices help foster a truly gender-equal
and inclusive environment. As well as our Family Leave policy, we have
Thriving Through Menopause guidelines, Pregnancy Loss guidelines
and Flexible Working and Wellbeing philosophies.
(1) Our leadership cohort reflects the top 2% of roles globally encompassing Executive
Committee members and senior managers
Helping women build careers
We have a clear equal opportunities recruitment policy,
allowing us to hire the best talent, while ensuring a diverse slate
of candidates throughout recruitment stages. We believe our
industry should do more to attract women, particularly in areas
where women have historically been under-represented,
including science, technology, engineering and mathematics
(STEM) and commercial roles. In Europe, 72% of graduates in
our Supply Chain & Procurement function are female, and in
fiscal 23, 80% of job offers were to women (an increase in the
last four years of over 25%). In fiscal 23, we launched our first
apprenticeship accelerator programme specifically for digital
roles in our GB business, with 83% of job offers going to
women. By focussing on early careers and entry-level roles, we
continue to build our pipeline of female talent.
Championing ethnic diversity
Ambition by 2030
Champion ethnic diversity, with an ambition to increase representation of
leaders from ethnically diverse backgrounds to 45% by 2030
Percentage of ethnically diverse leaders globally
43%
2020
Ambition 45%
43%
2023 2030
We employ 30,237 people of 115 nationalities in over 70 countries
which means we have a workforce whose diversity reflects that of our
consumers and markets. We want ethnic diversity at every level of our
business, including in our leadership cohort. The more progress we
make, the more strongly we connect with our consumers and the more
diverse our thinking becomes, fuelling our creativity and
competitiveness.
Currently, 36% of our Board and 43% of our leadership (up from 41%
in fiscal 22), including our Executive Committee, is made up of
ethnically diverse talent, supported by 39% of external appointments
and 46% of internal promotions into our leadership cohort across fiscal
23. Also, our former CEO Ivan Menezes, Chief HR Officer Louise
Prashad and General Counsel & Company Secretary Tom Shropshire
were recognised in the Involve Empower Role Model Lists, which
highlights leaders championing inclusion in business.
To help us understand the makeup of our workforce and set
meaningful goals, we invite all employees (where local laws allow) to
share their ethnicity. By the end of fiscal 23, 75% of our global
workforce and 97% of our leadership cohort had disclosed their ethnic
background in our confidential HR system.
Each market and function have set stretching five-year diversity plans
covering representation and development, supplier diversity and
inclusive marketing.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
67
In January 2023, we launched inclusive design training that was
created by design, brand and semiotics experts. This promotes
inclusivity across our products, advertising campaigns and physical
brand experiences, working to remove unconscious bias from the
design process and celebrate the individual and cultural differences of
the consumers we design for. A recent example of inclusive design was
making disabled accessibility a key feature at Diageo's brand home,
Johnnie Walker Princes Street, ensuring the highest standards of
accessibility and inclusion for our guests.
Championing inclusion through Employee Resource Groups
Our network of Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) create connected
communities of support, while helping the business better understand
our diverse communities’ concerns. Our ERGs include AHEAD (African
Heritage Employees at Diageo); Conectados (Diageo employees
championing Latin culture); and PAN (Pan Asian Network), in the
United States; We Are All Able and REACH (Race, Ethnicity and
Cultural Heritage), in Europe; and our international Spirited Women
and Rainbow Networks. Highlights from this year include:
• Conectados led Hispanic Future Month, recognising the
contributions of Hispanic Americans to the history, culture and
achievements of the United States. This included celebrating the
Tequila Don Julio Fund, which in 2022 awarded a $20,000 grant to
five Hispanic entrepreneurs who live their craft ‘Por Amor’.
• The Rainbow Network, including new chapters forming across India,
South East Asia and South Africa led our Pride celebrations with
78 Diageo offices and sites taking part in our annual Pride flag-
raising event championing greater LGBTQIA+ awareness and
inclusion. In 2023, Johnnie Walker was a partner at Sydney World
Pride while Johnnie Walker Princes Street was the lead sponsor at
Edinburgh Pride.
• Throughout March 2023, championed by our Spirited Women
Networks, we celebrated International Women’s Day with the theme
of #EmbraceEquity. This included the launch event, hosted by
Louise Prashad, Chief HR Officer, where former CEO Ivan Menezes,
Board member Karen Blackett and Pronghorn co-founder Dia
Simms talked about the importance of being curious, empathetic
and proactive.
CHAMPI ON INCLUSION AND DI VERSI TY continued
Attracting ethnically diverse talent
In Brazil, our Programa Origens initiative attracts, hires and
generates opportunities for Black and Indigenous people in
higher education. Through professional development, including
English language lessons, and mentoring opportunities, the
programme has seen more than 40 people join to date.
Promoting ethnically diverse business
In North America, we became anchor investors in Pronghorn, a
10-year initiative to diversify the spirits industry. It’s cultivating the
next generation of diverse founders, executive leaders and
entrepreneurs to generate $2.4 billion in economic value for the
Black community by 2032. In fiscal 23, Pronghorn has invested
in 19 Black-owned spirits brands, supported founders with
mentoring programmes, and worked with the industry and
commercial partners to develop a talent pipeline of Black
leaders.
Gender representation of our leadership(1), (4)
Role
Leadership population(2)
Men
319
%
Women
56 %
254
%
Total
44 % 573(3)
Ethnic representation of our leadership(1), (4)
Role
Leadership
population(2)
Ethnically
diverse
Non-
ethnically
diverse
%
Decline
to self-
identify %
%
Not
disclosed % Total
249 43 %
289 50%
19 3%
17 3% 574
This data is calculated as an average across the four quarters of fiscal 23.
(1)
Leadership population encompasses Executive Committee and senior managers.
(2)
(3) One person has opted not to disclose their gender; they cannot be positively attributed
to either group and therefore are not included.
(4) Please refer to our non-financial reporting boundaries and methodologies in the
Additional information section on pages 242-262 for more information on how data
has been compiled, including standards and assumptions used.
Nurturing inclusivity
Our growing range of policies and guidelines help foster an inclusive
environment that supports every employee.
Our Disability Inclusion guidelines, introduced in October 2022, were
created by employees, with our We Are All Able employee resource
group and our external partner Disability:IN, and are available in 15
languages. They give everyone knowledge, tools and guidance to
support people with disabilities, covering issues from digital and
physical accessibility to appropriate language to enable positive
conversations about disability. Through ‘disability disclosure’, we invite
employees in more than 40 countries to share their disability
confidentially, helping us to better understand our workforce.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Marketing in progressive ways
Ambition by 2030
Use our creative and media spend to support progressive voices,
measuring and increasing spend year on year
Measurement and evaluation framework under development
As one of the world’s largest advertisers, we’re committed to changing the
industry from script to screen, so that everyone sees themselves represented.
We use our Progressive Marketing to challenge stereotypes and commit
investment to address under-representation of diverse voices in media,
making mainstream media more inclusive. We are founding members of
the United Nations Women Unstereotype Alliance and the World
Federation of Advertisers D&I Task Force and work across the industry to
foster inclusion and diversity in front of and behind the camera. For the past
four years we have sponsored the Creative Equals ‘Creative Comeback’
Programme that focuses on bringing more women, disabled and
neurodivergent people into the creative industry.
In fiscal 23, we refreshed our Progressive Marketing Framework and training
to include a new model focused on inclusive design, which allows us to be at
the forefront of breaking stereotypes in advertising for gender, race, sexuality,
age, disability and social status. Some 47% of our global marketing
campaigns were shot by female directors or photographers.
Two powerful examples of progressive marketing and our commitment to
authentic representation in action are the Guinness 'Brothers' and Baileys
‘Delicious Descriptions’ campaigns. The Guinness ‘Brothers’ campaign in
Africa, featuring Miracle, a blind actor, celebrates how football fans make
the experience of watching the game accessible for everyone including
members of the blind and visually impaired community. Members of this
community were consulted to make the campaign reflected authentic
experiences.
Baileys ‘Delicious Descriptions’ was launched on Global Accessibility
Awareness Day in consultation with the Royal National Institute of Blind
People (RNIB) and Meta. Baileys created a guide on how to write delicious
image descriptions, helping ensure those who rely on screen readers
experience the full deliciousness of Baileys treats. In Great Britain, the
campaign achieved a reach of more than 12 million, with view-through
rates up to 25.2%, five times higher than Meta regional and category
benchmarks.(1)
Celebrate diverse audience
Johnnie Walker emphasises progressive marketing to celebrate
and appeal to a diverse audience. The result is that globally
around 29% of Johnnie Walker drinkers are female, with that
proportion growing in most markets this year. In the United
States, Johnnie Walker drinkers are also more ethnically diverse
than those of other whiskies, at 44% compared to 31% for other
whiskies.(2)
In the United Kingdom, Johnnie Walker partnered with
Bridgerton star Simone Ashley and Instagram community Diet
Paratha to champion the creative representation of the South
Asian community.
In the United States, Johnnie Walker’s First Strides initiative
debuted an alternative red carpet at the Oscars to spotlight
seven film makers’ boundary-pushing contributions to culture.
The brand delivered over 200 million paid media impressions
that encouraged consumers to support female entertainment
projects.
Supporting diverse suppliers
Ambition by 2030
Increase spend with diverse-owned and disadvantaged businesses to
15% by 2030
Percentage of spend with diverse-owned
and disadvantaged businesses
6.3%
2022
6.3%
2023
Ambition 15%
2030
We believe a value chain built on inclusion and diversity can enhance
representation, employment and resilience in marginalised
communities, ultimately benefitting the wider economy and
strengthening our business.
In fiscal 22, 4.8% of our global spend was with diverse-owned and
disadvantaged businesses. We’ve since increased our number of
diverse suppliers, as well as incorporated more disadvantaged groups
like smallholder farmers in Africa, Turkey and Mexico. In fiscal 23,
we’ve spent £620 million with 979 diverse-owned and disadvantaged
suppliers – approximately 6.3% of global spend.
To help us connect with diverse-owned businesses, we’ve worked with
advocacy organisations, including WEConnect International, MSDUK
and others. For example, through Disability:IN, we’ve matched Diageo
employees with disabled-owned businesses to share feedback and
industry insights to understand the challenges they face in working with
global corporations. In Kenya and Colombia, we’re proud to be part of
Sourcing2Equal, an initiative increasing access to corporate
procurement opportunities for women-owned businesses.
We are proud that in 2023 we were awarded Platinum in the Top
Global Champions for Supplier Diversity & Inclusion Awards by
WEConnect International. This is the highest possible accolade in this
category, recognising Diageo as leader in inclusive spend, policies and
procedures.
Nurturing women-owned business
In Jalisco, Mexico, we’ve worked with a women-owned supplier
to decorate bottles of Don Julio for 15 years. We recognised
their potential, helping them to develop their quality and safety
processes and grow alongside the Don Julio brand. Today the
business has 150 employees, approximately 90% of them
women, including single mothers and people with disabilities.
Building a thriving and inclusive hospitality
industry
Ambition by 2030
Provide business and hospitality skills to 200,000 people, increasing
employability and improving livelihoods through Learning for Life and
our other skills programmes
Number of people reached through Learning for
Life and other skills programmes in fiscal 23
31.6k
30.9k
62.5k
2020
2022
2023
Ambition 200k
2030
Members of our Rainbow Network resource group, celebrating our
sponsorship of Edinburgh Pride in June 2023.
(1)
(2)
PHD and Meta (Brand Lift Study)
Johnnie Walker Brand Guidance system 2022 study
68
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
69
CHAMPI ON INCLUSION AND DI VERSI TY continued
PIONEER GRAIN-TO-GLASS SUSTAINABILI TY
Part of how we promote sustainable growth and a resilient supply
chain is through inclusive programmes giving equal access to
resources, skills and employment opportunities. This includes Learning
for Life (L4L), our business and hospitality skills programme for people
from under-represented groups.
In fiscal 23 we reached 31,600 people in 19 markets with Learning for
Life, 59% of them women.
We also want L4L to tackle barriers faced by other under-represented
groups including the ethnically diverse community and people with
disabilities. In fiscal 23, we updated our inclusive by design principles to
include recruitment practices, training content and venue accessibility,
as well as modules on inclusion and diversity.
We ran a L4L impact assessment in Latin America, celebrating the
programme’s 15th anniversary and its positive impact on communities.
Insights from the assessment will shape the programme's future,
increasing its reach and impact globally.
Ambition by 2030
Through the Diageo Bar Academy (DBA) we will deliver 1.5 million
training sessions, providing skills and resources to help build a
thriving hospitality sector that works for all
Number of participations in training
sessions delivered through Diageo Bar
Academy in fiscal 23
236k
304k
540k
2020
2022
2023
Ambition 1,500k
2030
Through the DBA, we work to drive sustainable growth in the hospitality
sector and make it more diverse. Women are under-represented, in
management and behind the bar. DBA helps them overcome two of
their biggest barriers: lack of mentors and role models, and lack of
access to training.
In fiscal 23, we delivered 236,000 training sessions to bartenders,
waiting staff, owners and managers through face-to-face and virtual
training, e-learning and masterclasses. We adapted courses to help the
industry respond to challenges including staff shortages and hiring,
retaining and upskilling staff while meeting guests’ increased
expectations. We also ran women-only mentoring and training in
Africa, Latin America and India.
This year, 88% of survey respondents agreed or strongly agreed that
DBA presents a modern and progressive view of the bar community,
up from 84% in 2022. Also, 82% of women agreed or strongly agreed
that DBA supports their advancement in the industry, up from 68%
in 2022.
Creating inclusive communities
Ambition by 2030
Ensure 50% of beneficiaries of our community programmes are
women and that our community programmes are designed to
enhance diversity and inclusion of under-represented groups
Percentage of beneficiaries of our community
programmes who are women
59 %
2020
Ambition 50%
On
Track
2030
We’re committed to addressing barriers women face in accessing the
skills, resources and opportunities we provide. This includes making
sure at least 50% of people benefitting from our community
programmes are women, and that these programmes meet women’s
needs throughout design, implementation and evaluation. In fiscal 23,
59% of people benefiting from L4L were women.
This year, we’ve started to work with WaterAid and CARE International
UK to give women a voice in decision-making about water, sanitation
and hygiene (WASH). In each community where we run a WASH
project, we set up a committee with equal representation from men
and women. This includes facilitating community dialogue to tackle
social norms that prevent women’s equal access to, and agency over
WASH. This year 56% of WASH committee members were women
across our programmes in nine countries.
We’ve also piloted a gender-inclusive approach to our work with
smallholder farmers. This includes equal access to agricultural training
and resources, and engaging with suppliers to increase women’s
membership and leadership of farmer groups. We’ll roll this out as part
of our programmes for smallholder farmers from fiscal 24.
For more information on our WASH and smallholder farmer
programmes see pages 80 and 83.
Helping under-represented communities overcome
barriers to education
In fiscal 23, we gave $1.75 million in endowments to Historically
Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) and Minority-Serving
institutions in the United States. This followed the $10 million in
endowments to 25 HBCUs in 2021. This is part of how we
address educational barriers in under-represented communities,
by funding students in need and development programmes that
complement traditional learning.
We are committed to improving access to clean water, sanitation and
hygiene (WASH) in communities near our sites.
Managing climate risks and
opportunities by pioneering
grain-to-glass sustainability
Our business depends on natural resources and we are directly affected by
changes in climate and the related challenges of nature and biodiversity loss.
While we already feel the effects of climate change in our global operations,
there are also opportunities for companies that develop credible plans to adapt
to changing circumstances.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
A changing climate has implications across our end-to-end operations.
It can affect crops like barley and wheat, and natural resources like
water that we rely on to make our products. It can cause disruption to
our manufacturing sites and supply chain through extreme weather.
And it can affect the communities we work with by threatening their
livelihoods. But there are also opportunities for companies that
innovate to make their operations and the products they sell more
sustainable.
These issues intersect and converge. A changing climate can threaten
our key commodities and our communities, while production,
agriculture and packaging produce carbon which can accelerate
climate change. Just as these issues are connected, our response and
actions are too. We are working hard to reduce carbon emissions from
our sites, for example by introducing renewable energy in our operations.
Preserving water and promoting sustainable farming protects our
commodities. And by reusing waste co-products from production, we
help sustain the agricultural system that underpins what we do.
We are committed to acting responsibly to mitigate our contribution to
global warming and conserve the environment in which we operate,
while simultaneously adapting to the effects of a changing climate to
keep our business resilient. We look to achieve this through our
strategic priority to 'pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability', which focuses
on three areas: 'preserve water for life', 'accelerate to a low-carbon
world' and 'become sustainable by design'. Actions we take across
these priorities are transforming our business to thrive in the longer term.
Focussing on grain-to-glass sustainability
Pioneering grain-to-glass sustainability is how we manage our
environmental and climate challenges, and how we help preserve the
scarce natural resources the world depends on. It is also how we adapt
to climate change throughout our supply chain, and mitigate its effects.
By managing our environmental impacts and the impact of the
environment on us, we support our business and the communities we
work alongside to be resilient for the long term. This is good for the
planet and also good for our business. By investing in renewable
energy, for instance, we lower carbon emissions by depending less on
fossil fuels. We also manage risk and build resilience as the world
moves towards a low-carbon economy.
Our action plan – ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘
Pioneering grain-to-glass sustainability includes ambitious targets, such
as achieving net zero carbon emissions from our direct operations
(Scopes 1 and 2) by 2030, and across our full value chain (Scope 3) by
2050 or earlier, using water more efficiently and taking action to
replenish water in water-stressed areas. Our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress’ targets reflect our most material ESG issues, and they align to
the UN Sustainable Development Goals. We are also proud to be a
signatory to the UN's Race to Zero and Race to Resilience campaigns
reflecting our commitment to climate change mitigation and adaptation.
The issues are complex, which makes progress against our ambitious
targets challenging. As we become more sophisticated in
understanding our impacts and taking action to address them, we will
also evolve our practices and metrics to make sure we strive to focus
on and communicate the right things effectively.
We are committed to acting responsibly to mitigate our contribution to
global warming and conserve the environment in which we operate.
70
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
71
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Making climate change part of our strategy
To understand, quantify and mitigate climate risks and adapt to their
impact, we partner with climate resilience experts to assess them,
model their possible financial impact, and develop strategies to adapt
and remain resilient over the long-term.
Many complex factors determine how climate change creates risks
and opportunities for our business, which makes it harder to quantify
how big an impact they’ll have, and when. Even so, scenario analysis
helps us test how various assumptions related to climate change could
affect our business. This year we’ve once again modelled with climate
resilience experts the impacts of climate change under transition risk
and physical risk scenarios.
We have incorporated the guidance of the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework into our reporting since
2020. It's helped us describe how we’re decarbonising our value chain,
mitigating and adapting to climate risks and impacts, and spotting
opportunities for transitioning to a low-carbon future. Through scenario
analysis, we've also learned the range of possible financial impacts of
various climate scenarios in our business. We started our carbon
reduction efforts in 2008, as well as championing water stewardship
around the world to combat water stress. In 2022 we published our Net
Zero Carbon Strategy, which outlines how we will achieve our
decarbonisation vision in direct operations. We intend to build on this
with our net zero transition plan, taking into account the final guidance
of the UK Transition Plan Taskforce when it's published.
Governance
Given its importance, we have governance processes in place
intended to ensure that we consider and factor climate risk into our
business operations and planning processes. To supplement our
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ governance summarised on page 57,
our sustainability teams hold monthly sustainability performance
reviews, track priority water efficiency and carbon reduction projects,
and hold quarterly sustainability business reviews that focus on multi-
year progress and plans leading up to 2030. We oversee climate risk
specifically at the highest level of the company, and manage it through
these governance structures and processes:
• Executive sponsorship and responsibility is shared jointly between the
President, Global Supply Chain & Procurement and Chief
Sustainability Officer (Ewan Andrew) and the Global Corporate
Relations Director (Daniel Mobley).
• At an operational level, they are supported by our cross-functional
Climate Risk Steering Group, which meets up to twice a month.
Within this, a sub-group from Supply Chain & Procurement oversees
physical risks, with other cross-functional working groups responsible
for addressing transition risks and opportunities, for example market
and reputation, policy and legal, and technology.
• The Climate Risk Steering Group updates executive sponsors monthly
on progress and issues relating to climate risk, and quarterly updates
are provided to the Board, making sure that potential risks and
opportunities and their impact are part of decision-making.
• Any potential financial implications of climate risk and potential
impacts on our consolidated financial statements, including
performance and progress against non-financial metrics, are also
shared with and considered by the Audit Committee annually.
Board oversight
Audit Committee
Executive Committee ownership
Executive sponsors
President, Global Supply Chain
& Procurement and Chief
Sustainability Officer
Global Corporate Relations
Director
Cross-functional Climate Risk Steering Group
Corporate relations
Supply
Strategy
Risk
Finance
Legal
Marketing
Working groups assigned to address key risks
and opportunities identified
Climate change and remuneration
The performance element of the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for our
senior leaders encourages and rewards performance against certain
ESG measures (introduced in 2020, for fiscal 21 to 23). Some 10% of
the performance share award, which is granted to the Executive
Committee as well as other senior leaders, targets carbon emissions
and water efficiency, which directly support mitigation of, and
adaptation to, climate risk (see the Directors’ remuneration report on
pages 126-153.
Identifying climate risks and opportunities
Climate risk is generally divided into physical and transition risk.
Physical risks include chronic changes like sea level rises and
temperature changes, and acute events like floods, droughts and
heatwaves. Transition risks arise from actions to mitigate climate
change, such as policy and legal changes like carbon taxes;
technology changes, like renewable energy; or market changes, like
growing consumer demand for more sustainable products.
Both categories of risk are already materialising in everyday life, and
both are likely to increase. As the world continues to warm while we
intensify efforts to mitigate climate change, we need to assess and
prepare for both physical and transition risks. Opportunities,
meanwhile, could arise from us mitigating risks more effectively than
our competitors, or creating competitive advantage, for instance by
meeting consumer demand for more sustainable products.
Climate change resilience
Our experience in managing the impact of normal variations in
climatic conditions, water availability and agricultural yields has made
us more resilient and adaptable. We adapt through careful planning in
our supply chain and procurement organisation, by partnering to
develop high-yield, drought-resistant crops, and by managing water in
a way that makes our operations more resilient and helps our local
communities and agricultural sourcing areas to adapt, with specific
focus in water-stressed areas. We have integrated climate risk into our
enterprise risk management processes since first referencing it within
our principal risk factors in 2010. It is also part of our strategic and
business continuity plans.
Identifying and assessing our physical risks
To assess the physical risks we are exposed to, and how they could
develop under various scenarios, we worked with climate resilience
experts from 2021 to 2023 to look at our full global supply chain. This
table shows how we have phased the work:
Fiscal year
2021
2022
2023
Markets/
regions
assessed for
physical risks
Largest supply
centres
• Scotland
• North America
Highest water risk
• Africa
• Mexico
• India
• Turkey
Remaining locations
• Asia Pacific
• Latin America and
Caribbean
• Europe
This scope covers all our wholly owned sites (except acquisitions completed
after the start of the 2023 evaluation) and key third-party operations. We
also included some sites that are planned or under construction to make
sure we understand their exposure and build their resilience.
Our physical risk assessments measured how exposed and vulnerable
activities at our sites and key third-party operations and suppliers are to
19 climate-related hazards. We reviewed the vulnerability of the main
agricultural materials we procure in each region, and also ran a high-
level analysis of our key distribution routes (road, rail and ports). We
did this under two scenarios (IPCC scenario RCP4.5 – medium warming
of 2-3°C, and IPCC scenario RCP8.5 – severe warming of 4-5°C) and
two timeframes (to 2030 and to 2050).
• Production sites: For our own sites and many of our third-party
operator sites that produce beverages on our behalf, we analysed at
a high level the risks they are likely to be exposed to. For those that
are most strategically important or at greatest risk, we carried out
more detailed assessments. At each location, we looked at a
combination of the different activities (e.g. malting, distilling and
packaging), the part of the process that might be affected (e.g.
infrastructure, water supply and energy sources) and the 19 physical
risks that might occur.
• Supply chain and logistics: for all markets assessed, we analysed our
key suppliers’ factories and warehouses, for example those handling
our most critical or specialised ingredients and components, key
agricultural commodities, and our most critical distribution routes
(road, rail, and ports), to identify which might be exposed to physical
risk in the future.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Our physical risks – results
Our assessment confirmed three key points:
1. Water scarcity is our most significant climate-related physical risk
in terms of prevalence, trajectory and potential financial impact. It
affects our ability to produce our products, and the access to
agricultural ingredients that we need.
2. All agricultural ingredients are at risk, and we see that risk
increasing under the timeframes and scenarios we analysed. Our
models suggest that costs of most commodities will increase as a
result of climate change, although estimates of the precise impact
vary significantly depending on the model used, underscoring the
difficulty of such projections.
3. Acute weather events, including floods, winds and storms, are
projected to increase and to cause interruption to operations;
however, they are unlikely to have a significant financial impact
on us, under the scenarios analysed.
Physical risks in our supply chain
Our assessment of supply chain risk explored three areas: agricultural
commodities, supplier assets and distribution routes.
In previous years we had covered a wide range of agricultural
commodities used in the regions analysed, and this year we expanded
our analysis to include hops and dairy. This highlighted the particular
vulnerabilities of each crop type, how their exposure was likely to
increase in the growing regions of interest over time, and possible
adaptation and mitigation responses. The diagram on page 74 sums
up the main risks that the most important commodities are exposed to
by region.
As well as the bulk commodities outlined in the diagram, we also did a
high-level analysis of ingredients included in our products that are
critical to particular categories for the characteristics they impart –
juniper, angelica and liquorice, for example. The results of the
agricultural commodity assessments have and will continue to inform
our strategy. This includes working with farmers to increase their crops’
resilience to climate change, and developing contingencies where this
isn’t possible.
72
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
73
Preserving water and promoting sustainable farming protects our commodities and communities.
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Key climate risks to agricultural ingredients by region
North America
Maize
Barley
Rye
Sugar beet
American white oak
Hops
T W
T P
T W
T W P
T W
T Fi W Di
Europe
Barley
Wheat
Rye
Sugar beet
Dairy
Hops
Turkey
Anise
Grapes
Sugar beet
Wheat
W D P
W P
T W
T
W T
W D T
T D P F
T W F Fi
T W F Fi
T W D
Latin America and Caribbean
Sugar cane
Agave
T W H F P S
T
Africa
Barley
Maize
Sorghum
Sugar beet
Sugar cane
Cassava
Vanilla
T D P
T D F
T P
T W
T W P
T D P
T S
Asia Pacific
Barley
Grapes
Rice
Molasses (sugar cane)
T W D P
T W D P
T P F
T W D P H
Priority raw materials by volume
Climate risks likely to affect agricultural commodities
ò Barley
ò Agave
ò Wheat
ò Maize
ò Molasses
ò Rice
ò Grapes
ò Sugar
ò Sorghum
ò Dairy
ò Rye
ò Raisins
ò Others
(including
hops, anise
and vanilla)
T
D
F
Temperature
Drought
Flood
P
W
Di
Precipitation (variability/extremes)
Water stress
Disease
Fi
H
S
Fires
Hurricane/storm
Sea level
Geographical scope of our physical risk assessments
Region
North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America and Caribbean
Africa
Total
Owned/key third-party sites
assessed
12
Detailed assessments
4
Agricultural commodities
8
Supplier assets (factories,
warehouses)
86
76
63
46
48
245
13
11
6
5
39
18
6
2
6
n/a(1)
262
281
251
366
1,246
Ports
6
27
9
13
14
69
(1)
Some commodities were analysed in more than one location.
For more details on our scenario analysis approach, see the Non-financial reporting boundaries and methodologies section on pages 242-245
We assessed more than 1,200 suppliers’ assets and found the most
common risks were water stress and higher temperatures, with humidity
and wildfire risks also intensifying in some locations. We use this
information to work with suppliers on future adaptations and
contingencies. We discuss this further in the Strategy section on page
78.
Our analysis of distribution routes included key ports, roads and rail
networks identified in our supply chain in each of the markets we
assessed. The analysis showed that, in general, the risks to ports come
from water stress and changing temperatures, while the risks to road
networks are broader, including chronic risks, like temperature
increases and sea level rises, and acute risks, such as storms, floods or
wildfires. We assessed both acute and chronic risks to be higher in
warmer countries (e.g. India, Mexico and Turkey). These insights help
us plan effectively for additional future contingencies we may require in
our distribution routes.
Physical risks by region – Diageo
and key third-party supply sites
The most common physical hazards projected to intensify are water-
related risks (water availability, water temperature and flooding) and
high temperature. High temperatures might affect employees’ health
and productivity, and processes such as fermentation and maturation,
which are sensitive to temperature variations. There’s also increased
cost associated with process and facility cooling. Cold temperature
risks are projected to decline in all regions we analysed.
Water risk
Given the importance of water to our operations and producing our
products, we focus particularly on understanding water-related risks so
we can mitigate and adapt to them. As well as our physical climate risk
assessments looking at the risks from water availability, water
temperature, water quality and flooding, we conduct water-stress
analysis at our sites every two to three years, using site surveys and
World Resources Institute (WRI) Aqueduct data. In fiscal 23, we
enhanced our water risk assessment by completing water source
vulnerability assessments at 22 of our sites located in water-stressed
areas, with the help of expert partners.
The water stress, climate risk and source vulnerability assessments give
us comprehensive insights into how this profile might change due to
climate change. They also show the degree of vulnerability of our
operations and supply chains to water stress, bearing in mind various
contributing factors in these sites’ catchment areas. Climate risk
assessment tells us the number of our current sites exposed to high
water stress isn’t projected to increase significantly in the foreseeable
future. But water stress is likely to become more severe at some sites,
making the detailed understanding of source vulnerability particularly
valuable. The figure on page 76 shows our water-stressed sites and
those that have had source vulnerability assessments completed, as
well as those that are in our priority water basins.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Quantitative impact of physical risk
Our assessment shows that generally our sites are likely to be exposed
to more frequent acute weather events like floods and storms, but
financial impacts are unlikely to be significant. We are more exposed
to the acute risk of drought, and to chronic changes like water scarcity.
Water scarcity is the biggest climate-related risk to our operations,
since we have many sites in water-stressed areas that might face
interruption to operations if the warming temperature scenarios play
out. Through our scenario analysis we have estimated the impact on
our operations and financial condition to 2030, concluding that it is
unlikely to be significant by that date. This is largely due to the
adaptation actions we are taking (detailed below) and our
contingencies to deal with short-term disruptions to our operations. This
is reflected in our assessment of viability and impairment (see page
94).
Water stress
Under the warming scenarios we modelled, the proportion of our sales
exposed to ‘extremely high’ water stress is likely to increase by 2030
and again by 2050, with the sites most likely to be affected in India,
Mexico, Turkey and North America. Under these warming scenarios,
even though the number of sites affected may not change
substantially, those that are affected are likely to suffer even greater
shortages of water, under both timeframes, which could have an
impact on our operations, and on the health and wellbeing of
employees at those sites.
Drought
Drought is the only physical risk likely to affect our operations or
financial condition in any material way, because we rely on water to
make our products. Analysing the financial impact of drought is
particularly difficult because there are many factors involved, including
the probability of drought, how long operations would have to be
suspended and the impact of any adaptation or contingency
measures.
Even so, we have modelled what we can, using scenario analysis and
our own assessment of vulnerability, and considering highly
conservative assumptions (e.g. some downtime in all sites due to
drought). We concluded that, by 2030, we don’t expect drought to
have a significant impact on our operations or on our financial
condition. Beyond 2030 it is much harder to analyse, given the lengthy
timeframe. But our models do show that if we don’t take mitigating
action by 2050, drought could have the potential to interrupt
operations and, as a result, potential lost sales. We discuss how we
plan to deal with this risk in the Strategy section on page 78.
Commodity pricing
Commodity pricing is more difficult to estimate in these scenarios, with
the models we used producing highly varied estimates. Prices were
projected to increase for the majority of our commodities. The scenario
analysis helps us build commodity price risk into our raw material
procurement strategies, particularly for crops with unique provenance
(e.g. agave and vanilla) or high sensitivity to growing conditions (e.g.
hops). Our modelling suggested the biggest risks of higher prices in
2050 were to agave, sorghum, rice, dairy and hops. There are
significant differences between models, but the impacts in 2050 could
be significant.
74
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
75
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Focus on water stress
Because we rely so greatly on water, we have been assessing our wholly owned production sites for water stress regularly since 2008. The
most recent assessment, in 2021, was updated in fiscal 23 to reflect changes in our operations due to disposals. The assessment – and our
classification of a site as ‘water-stressed’ – is based on external (WRI Aqueduct databases for watersheds around the world) and internal
site surveys covering physical, regulatory, social and reputational considerations. It will be updated again in fiscal 24. Shown below are
the sites for which we have conducted source vulnerability assessments, and those countries in which we have identified priority water
basins.
Diageo sites located in water-stressed areas, and priority water basins in 2023
A
A
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
B
B
C
C
22
22
21
21
D
D
E
E
8
8
I
I
11
11
12
12
9
9
10
10
6
6
7
7
F
F
14
14
G
G
16
16
15
15
35
35
36
36
28
28
J
J
37
37
38
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34
30
30
26
26
27
27
23
23
25
25
24
24
H
H
13
13
17
17
29
29
39
39
18
18
19
19
20
20
40
40
Sites
Sites where a source vulnerability
assessment (SVA) has been
carried out
Countries in which we have
identified priority water basins
Sites
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
El Charcon, Mexico
Agricultural lands,
Guadalajara, Mexico
La Primavera, Mexico
Agricultural lands,
Céara, Brazil
Itaitinga, Brazil
Messejana, Brazil
Paraipaba, Céara, Brazil
Kaase, Ghana
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Achimota, Ghana
Lagos, Nigeria
Kampala, Uganda
Mwanza, Tanzania
Moshi, Tanzania
Dar es Salaam, Tanzania
Isipingo, South Africa
Marracuene, Mozambique
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
East Africa Maltings, Kenya
Kisumu, Kenya
Tusker, Kenya
Seybrew, Seychelles
Alaşehir, Turkey
Acıpayam, Turkey
Nevşehir, Turkey
Taşel, Turkey
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Tarsus, Turkey
Nasik, India
Udaipur, India
Alwar, India
Baramati, India
Hospet, India
Aurangabad, India
Pioneer, India
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Nacharam, India
Malkajgiri, India
Pathankot, India
Meerut, India
Rosa, India
Serampore, India
Kumbalgodu, India
LKJ Packaging, Indonesia
A
Mexico
B
Brazil
UK
C
D
Ghana
Nigeria
Uganda
E
F
G
Tanzania
H
Kenya
I
Turkey
J
India
Quantitative impact of transition risks and
opportunities
Transitioning to a low-carbon economy creates both risks and
opportunities for us. Through our scenario analysis we have estimated
the impact on our operations and financial condition to 2030,
concluding that it is unlikely to be significant by that date, even
assuming that we bear all changes in production costs.
We found the key driver of transition risk was glass and, to a lesser
extent, aluminium packaging, which would contribute to an overall
production cost increase. We also saw that lower transport and energy
costs would partially mitigate this impact. The categories and markets
most affected in this scenario were those where glass constitutes a
relatively higher proportion of overall cost, particularly tequila, cream
liqueurs and the Indian market. Lower future transport costs meant that
categories where transport costs were relatively higher as a proportion
of total cost were less affected, relatively, by increased glass cost.
Extending the analysis to 2050 is subject to many variables and
unknowns and therefore significant uncertainty. But it lets us estimate
what a ‘worst case scenario’ could look like based on our best
available modelling of cost trajectories, and understand what’s driving
risk so that we can develop plans to mitigate it. Based on this
modelling we could make the estimated impact on our operations and
financial condition not significant through pricing and/or our planned
improvements in energy use, producing lightweight glass, reducing the
carbon intensity of glass production, and using returnable or reusable
packaging where possible.
The results of our scenario analysis of both physical and transition risks
are reflected in our assessment of viability and impairment (see page
94).
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Flooding and storms
Flooding and storms are the next most likely physical risks to affect our
financial performance, since they might damage our sites or disrupt
our supply of agricultural commodities, and the price of most of the
commodities we analysed is set to increase under the scenarios
developed. Although the risk to our sites from acute physical events will
increase, it is unlikely to be significant in the scenarios and timeframes
we analysed.
Identifying and assessing our transition risks and
opportunities
To assess transition risks and opportunities, and to estimate their
financial impact under a Paris-aligned emissions scenario, we worked
with climate resilience experts. The work performed deepened our
understanding of our risks and opportunities which led to refined
financial estimation of the risks and opportunities along with further
clarity on how to respond to them.
In fiscal 21 to 23 we analysed, as defined by TCFD, the risks and
opportunities associated with transitioning to a low-carbon economy.
We identified the risks with the most potential impact by looking at our
agricultural inputs, production and packaging, distribution and sales
channels arriving at these most important transition risks and
opportunities to monitor:
1.
Decarbonisation costs: Changes to our production costs
associated with moving to a low-carbon economy, including
carbon taxes and related changes to input costs (risk and
opportunity).
3.
2. Consumer behaviour: Changes in consumer behaviour to become
more sustainable, e.g. choosing circular (reusable) products or
locally produced brands (risk and opportunity).
Regulatory changes: For example, restrictions on packaging,
water use, agricultural materials or land that affect our ability to
make our products (risk).
Technology changes: Shifting to low-carbon production of our
products and packaging, and the associated risk of not doing this
fast enough (risk and opportunity).
4.
The next table on page 78 summarises the physical and transition risks
and opportunities we consider most important to manage overall.
76
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
77
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Summary of our most important climate risks and opportunities
Risks
Risk description
Category
Timeframe
Impact (if not mitigated)
Response examples
Water scarcity
Increasing water scarcity and water stress affects our ability to
continue to produce in water-stressed areas
Agricultural raw material availability
Climate-related impacts on agricultural material availability
cause scarcity or price increases
Physical – chronic
Short-term (one to five years), medium-term (five to 10 years) and
long-term (10 to 30 years)
Moderate(1)
• Improvements in water use efficiency
• Water replenishment plans in 100% of water-stressed areas
• Collective action programme to improve water security in
Diageo's ‘priority water basins’
Physical – chronic
Medium-, long-term
Moderate(1)
• Regenerative agriculture adaptations
• Smallholder farmer support
• Development of drought-resistant crops
• Alternative sourcing locations
• Substitution with alternative crops
• Improved water management
Risk description
Input costs
Policy changes (carbon taxation, shift to renewables) cause
increases in input costs
Consumer behaviour
Consumers prioritise purchasing more sustainable products,
rejecting those perceived to have a negative environmental
impact
Category
Timeframe
Impact (if not mitigated)
Response examples
Opportunities
Opportunity description
Category
Timeframe
Impact (if not realised)
Response examples
Transition – policy/legal
Short-, medium- term
Moderate(1)
Transition – market
Short-, medium-, long-term
Moderate(1)
• Supply chain decarbonisation
• Engaging suppliers in low-carbon technology development for
their operations
• Packaging weight reduction technologies
• Packaging weight reduction
• Increased recycled content in packaging
• Developing circular (refill, reuse) product offerings
Supply chain decarbonisation
Reducing our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions lowers our exposure to
carbon taxes and related costs, and improves our reputation
with customers and consumers
Innovation in sustainable products and packaging
Developing more sustainable products (e.g. lighter-weight,
higher-recycled content, more refillable and reusable containers)
meets consumers increasing demands
Transition – policy/legal
Shor-t, medium-term
Moderate(1)
Transition – market
Short-, medium-term
Moderate(1)
• Decarbonisation programme and capital investment
• Renewable energy and regenerative agriculture
• Innovation to deliver more sustainable products (e.g. refillable
and reusable packaging, alternative packaging materials)
(1)
'Low' impact is defined as having a negligible impact on customer service, or an absorbable disruptive impact on one or more brands. 'Moderate' impact is defined as disruption to
production/supply chain creating an inability to service a small portion of our customer base, the impact of which is manageable; or a significant short-term impact on one or more of
our core or local priority brands that is absorbable by the business. 'High' impact is defined as an inability to service a significant portion of our customer base, or major reputational
damage.
Our strategy for grain-to-glass sustainability
Our strategic priority to 'Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability'
acknowledges the breadth of the environmental and social
consequences of climate change. It also reflects how interlinked they
are and that our value chain is a series of interdependent parts. Our
targets reflect the complexity of the risks and opportunities we face and
are mapped to our most material issues: water, carbon and the
sustainability of our packaging.
By setting challenging targets, ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ looks to
manage the potential impact of climate risks on our business, as well
as minimising our impact on the environment and supporting
communities we work with.
We cannot meet our target without investment. We expect to invest
around £1 billion ($1.2 billion) to drive improvements in environmental
sustainability by 2030. By doing this, we will strengthen our business by
strengthening our communities and making our value chain more
resilient. In the process, we can manage our climate risks and act on
opportunities we find. Much of the focus to date has been on our sites
in Africa, where we have invested in biomass and solar energy, energy
efficiency and water recovery initiatives. We plan to increase
investment for fiscal 24 to 26 to continue our progress towards our
2030 goals.
Our carbon and water roadmaps outline the projects needed to deliver
our 2030 goals. These plans are backed by capital investment and
undergo regular stress testing to help us in our efforts to meet our
targets. Enhancing and digitising our sustainability data and reporting
framework has given us more detailed insight into the progress in
delivering our strategy. This lets us see where we need to optimise
innovation opportunities or overcome project delivery challenges.
Responding to risks and opportunities
The next sections outline our targets and the progress we have made
against those targets. We define our targets carefully, along with clear
non-financial reporting boundaries and methodologies for each. For
more details, see pages 242-262.
Preserving water
Our ‘Preserve Water for Life’ strategy is context-based and recognises
the connections between how we use water and the impact on
communities, supply chains and the environment. It is a ‘grain-to-glass’
approach that aims to replenish water in water-stressed catchments,
supports farmers (especially smallholders) and regenerative
78
Diageo Annual Report 2023
agriculture, and improves how we use water in our operations. It also
prioritises providing clean water to the communities we work in, and
strongly advocates and drives more collective action to contribute to a
net positive water impact in water-stressed basins.
Our work on water has earned us a place on the CDP Water Security
‘A List’ for the seventh year in a row, placing us in the top tier of
participating companies for sustainable water management.
Water efficiency
Target by 2030
Reduce water use in our operations with a 40% improvement in
water use efficiency in water-stressed areas and a 30% improvement
across the company
Percentage improvement in litres of water
used per litre of product packaged from the
prior year – in water-stressed areas
2.6%
2020
16.2%
2023
Target 40%
2030
Percentage improvement in litres of water
used per litre of product packaged from the
prior year – across the company
(1.2)%Δ
9.4%
2020
2023
2022
Target 30%
2030
Our water strategy aims to improve water security, especially in water-
stressed areas. This is achieved through both projects to improve our
operational efficiency and our replenishment programme, which works
with local communities to replenish more water than we consume in
water-stressed areas. Across our business, we're proud to have
improved water efficiency by 51.1% since we started measuring
performance against this metric in 2007 and by 9.4% since our 2020
baseline. In water-stressed areas, efficiency has improved even further,
by 16.2% against the 2020 baseline.
While our ongoing focus on water-stressed areas continued to deliver
efficiency improvements of 2.6% vs fiscal 22, fiscal 23 saw changes to
our production profile that drove a 1.2% reduction in water use
efficiency per litre of product packaged (4.09 litres/litre to 4.14 litres/
litre). This was despite the implementation of a number of water
efficiency projects across our production portfolio.
Our production footprint is complex; it includes distillation, brewing and
packaging, and uses water in related but different ways. While we saw
efficiency improvements across our distillation sites of 3.5% compared
to fiscal 22, the increasing proportion of distillation in our portfolio
produced an overall decline in performance according to the way we
currently measure water efficiency – litres of water used per litre of
packaged product. The reason for the decline under this combined
metric is that most distilled products need to be matured for a number
of years before bottling, so much of the water used in fiscal 23 went
into distilling product that won’t be packaged for years to come.
For this reason, in fiscal 23, we reviewed our water efficiency
methodology, so that it better reflects our progress and challenges on
water efficiency against the background of our business model.
Following a detailed review, we defined a new methodology that uses
an index approach to show the aggregated change in water efficiency
across our different production pillars weighted by their proportional
water use. This methodology better represents underlying year-on-year
site-level efficiency performance and, critically, addresses the timing
difference between distillation and packaging, due to maturation
requirements. We will change our measurement approach in fiscal 24.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
In fiscal 23, we completed water efficiency projects that will deliver
benefits in several water-stressed areas. In Kenya, Uganda and Nigeria
we have installed or increased the capacity of water recovery plants.
The volume of water recovered has now reached 530,850m3,
equivalent to around 12% of total water withdrawals avoided across
our African sites. This has helped to mitigate some of the obstacles to
water efficiency created by lower production volume in Africa.
We are also building for the future. In fiscal 23, we broke ground on a
wastewater treatment plant at our El Charcón site in Mexico. This will
enable the construction of a water recovery plant in fiscal 24, which we
expect to start delivering water efficiency improvements from fiscal 25.
We are also partnering with innovators to embed new technologies
identified through our Diageo Sustainable Solutions (DSS) programme
into our site roadmaps. One example is our partnership with 4T2
sensors on sensor technologies, which we expect will reduce the
amount of water required to clean equipment between production
runs.
Thirteen of our distilleries have now achieved Alliance for Water
Stewardship certification (the internationally recognised, auditable
standard for responsible water use), including Cameronbridge,
Scotland, 11 Speyside distilleries and the Alwar distillery in India,
making us the first distiller to be certified against this leading standard
in Asia.
Climate, water and regenerative agriculture are strongly connected.
This is why we continue our work to influence indirect water use in our
agricultural supply chains. This means mapping our water use and
continuing to run water improvement projects with farmers, especially
smallholders. This helps us make our overall supply chain more resilient
and support vulnerable communities, particularly in water-stressed areas.
Water replenishment
Target by 2026
Replenish more water than we use for operations in water-stressed
areas
Percentage of water replenished in water-
stressed areas in fiscal 23
22%
2016
71.5%
Target 100%
2023
2026
Our water replenishment programme, an important contribution to
supporting the climate resilience of our communities and supply chains,
has had another strong year, putting us firmly on track to reach our
2026 target. In fiscal 23, our projects developed the annual volumetric
replenishment capacity of 1,311,010 m3Δ water. This represents 22% of
our target for 2026, and cumulatively (fiscal 16 to fiscal 23) we have
replenished 71.5% of our estimated fiscal 26 volume. In India, Nigeria,
Seychelles and South Africa we have achieved our 2026 replenishment
target three years early. For 13 sites in these countries, we are now
replenishing all the water we directly consume in the local water basin
or the basin where we source the raw materials for the site.
Overall, in fiscal 23 we have completed 35 replenishment projects in 11
countries. Highlights include nature-based projects improving water
quality and availability in priority catchments. In Jalisco, Mexico, we
have worked with government, NGOs and local stakeholders to restore
a wetland treating wastewater in a project that's the first of its kind for
us. Other ambitious replenishment projects include improving irrigation
with farmers in Turkey, de-silting dams to increase water infiltration in
India, and providing access to water for many smallholder farming
communities in Tanzania, Ghana, Brazil, Mexico, Uganda, Kenya
and India.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited assurance
reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see
pages 242-266.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
79
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Water for communities
Target by 2030
Invest in improving access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene
(WASH) in communities near our sites and local sourcing areas in all
our water-stressed markets
Percentage of water-stressed markets with
investment in WASH
100%Δ
Water collective action
Target by 2030
Engage in collective action in all priority water basins to improve
water accessibility, availability and quality and contribute to net
positive water impact
Percentage of priority water basins with collective
action participation
50%
2020
2022
2023
2020
2022
2023
2030
88.9% 100%
Target
Met
33%
50%
Target 100%
An important part of our approach to water is providing access to
clean water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in water-stressed
communities near our sites and in water-stressed areas that supply our
raw materials.
We reached our 2030 target in fiscal 23, launching a project in Mexico
to harvest rainwater in 37 schools and provide drinking water in Jalisco,
home of our tequila distilleries. This means all nine of the markets
included in our target have invested in WASH projects since 2020. In
fiscal 23, we invested in 17 WASH projects in seven countries bringing
safe water and sanitation to 71,655 people.
In fiscal 23, we have also helped ensure more female representation in
WASH programmes, which makes it more likely that everyone will
benefit equally from access to water. For more about this, see the
section on championing inclusion and diversity (page 70). In fiscal 24,
we’ll consider how best to bring WASH projects to more communities in
our supply chains.
We don't tackle water stress alone. We launched the Diageo Collective
Action Programme in 2020, recognising that we need to collaborate
with multiple stakeholders to create solutions and interventions that
improve the water security across entire water-stressed catchments.
Through this, we are now active in six out of our 12 ‘priority water
basins’ – strategically important areas suffering particular water stress
in 10 countries. In fiscal 23, with support through our partnership with
The Nature Conservancy, we began two initiatives – one with the
International Union for Conservation of Nature in Uganda’s Victoria
Nile basin where we source sorghum and barley for our brewery in
Kampala, and another in the Godavari 3 basin in India. We have also
agreed to be a basin champion for the Water Resilience Coalition in
Kenya’s Upper Tana basin, partnering with the Upper Tana-Nairobi
Water Fund, increasing the commitment and investment we have
already made there to improving the water security of the whole basin,
which feeds Nairobi, home of our Tusker brewery.
Advocacy
Water is under pressure around the world, and the issues around
preserving it are complex. So it will take multilateral action to address
the challenge of responsible stewardship and scarcity. At the COP27
climate change conference, we were among businesses calling for
more action on water and climate resilience. We also attended the UN
Water Conference in New York in March 2023 and were among the
first businesses to sign a declaration calling for accelerated action on
water stewardship. Our partnerships with leading international
organisations, such as Water Resilience Coalition, Alliance for Water
Stewardship and WaterAid, are fundamental to our ambition to
support the climate resilience of our business and communities. They
also help us advocate for more global action to address the water and
nature crisis. Continuing this important advocacy, we plan to attend
World Water Week in Stockholm in August 2023, UN SDG Summit in
September and COP28 in December.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited
assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting
methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Limiting carbon emissions
The planet needs significant science-based action to create a sustainable, low-carbon future and to mitigate the risk from climate change. We aim
to reach net zero across our direct operations by 2030. We have also stated our ambition to being net zero across our value chain by 2050, and
halving these emissions by 2030. We have detailed plans for reducing emissions across our existing sites and we are also investing in carbon-neutral
production(2) sites to add to those we already have.
Pathway to net zero(1)
Milestone
Target
Delivery
Pathway to delivery
Scope 1
Scope 2
Scope 3
2008
2015
2020
2021
2030
2050 or
earlier
GHG targets
set for 2015
GHG targets
set for 2020
‘Society 2030:
Spirit of Progress‘
(SOP) targets set
Targets
approved by
the SBTi
2015 targets
-50%
Scopes 1 & 2
2020 targets
-50%
Scopes 1 & 2
-30% Scope 3
-33%
Scopes 1 & 2
-50.1% Scopes 1 & 2
-33.7% Scopes 1-3
‘Society 2030:
Spirit of Progress‘
targets due
Scope 1: net zero
Scope 2: net zero
Scope 3: -50%
Scope 3 net
zero targets due
Scope 1: net zero
Scope 2: net zero
Scope 3: net zero
Baseline = 2007
Baseline = 2007
Baseline = 2020
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Decarbonisation of direct operations by embedding energy efficiency and energy recovery
into our processes and working towards using 100% renewable fuel and heat.
Exploring innovations, partnerships and renewable energy certification.
Continue to explore innovations, partnerships
and carbon removals to maintain compliance
with our SBTi-aligned net zero commitment.
Continue switch to renewable electricity.
Create additional renewable energy capacity to power our sites through on-site
developments and using power purchase agreements (PPA).
Once we have achieved 100% renewable
electricity by 2030 we will focus on moving
towards more on-site/near-site generation.
Packaging: For example: low-carbon glass and aluminium manufacturing; packaging reduction; innovative glass coatings that support light-
weighting, and moving towards circular packaging solutions.
Agriculture: Regenerative agriculture programmes scale-up to reduce the emissions associated with crop growth.
Partnerships: Mobilising the value chain by engaging, inspiring and activating our supplier and customer network to jointly decarbonise e.g.
through the development of renewable energy solutions and increased carbon emission understanding and transparency.
Collaborating across the business: Cross-functional governance structure in place creating shared Scope 3 delivery responsibility.
Focus on progress: We continually test our decarbonisation progress through reports that assess the sufficiency of our plans to deliver our in-year, 2030 and 2050
targets. Decarbonisation plans are in place across our site footprint and we monitor them through performance management and strategic business reviews.
Through Diageo Sustainable Solutions (DSS) and supplier collaboration, we identify opportunities to partner and innovate, driving systems change within the
beverage industry. We may need to use high-quality certified carbon offsets to neutralise hard-to-abate residual emissions, though we anticipate these being no
more than 5-10% of our baseline.
(1)
This is an estimate based on current management expectations; the underlying assumptions and future developments may change over time, which would cause changes to management
expectations and this information. See pages 73-78 for more about the potential impact of climate change on Diageo and our current plans to manage and mitigate risks.
Our risk assessment and scenario analysis show us that consumer behaviour is an important transition risk, and companies who don’t decarbonise
their operations will suffer as consumers increasingly demand more sustainable products. Also, decarbonisation requires investment. But by working
with suppliers to innovate in low-carbon manufacturing techniques for glass production, for example, we help to accelerate towards a low-carbon
world while benefitting from the experience that comes from early innovation.
(2)
Four carbon-neutral facilities have been assessed and certified using PAS2060 – Carbon Neutrality Standard and Certification (Scope 1&2, Direct Operations boundary) as reducing
emissions aligned to an equivalent net zero trajectory with <5-10% of residual emissions neutralised using purchase of carbon offsets.
80
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
81
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Emissions from our direct operations
Target by 2030
Become net zero carbon in our direct operations (Scopes 1 and 2)
Percentage reduction in absolute carbon
emissions (direct and indirect carbon
emissions by weight (market/net based))
from the prior year
5.4%Δ
14.7%
2020
2023
Target 100%
2030
In fiscal 23, as part of our ambition to decarbonise our operations to
decouple growth from emissions, we continued to reduce our absolute
carbon emissions (direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight
(market/net based)), achieving a further 5.4% reduction on last fiscal
year and a cumulative 14.7% improvement from our fiscal 20 baseline.
The main factor in reducing our emissions in fiscal 23 was our
continued investment in renewable energy. We commissioned biomass
facilities at sites in Kenya and Uganda, bringing significant emissions
reductions of approximately 42,000 tonnes CO2e over the course of
the year. We increased on-site bioenergy use at facilities in Scotland
and Turkey and also replaced fossil fuel with liquid biofuels at two of
our whisky distilleries in Scotland. We have also implemented
continuous improvement initiatives across a number of sites, and
continued to use certificate-backed renewable natural gas at facilities
in the UK and Canada.
To reach our 2030 SBTi-approved near-term target for direct
operations, we must reduce our emissions by more than 95% from our
2020 baseline. We continue to invest in carbon-neutral facilities, in
addition to our four carbon-neutral distilleries1 in Scotland and North
America. We are designing new sites in Mexico, Canada, Ireland and
China to be as efficient and low-emitting as possible.
Target by 2030
Use 100% renewable energy across all our direct operations
by 2030
Change in percentage of renewable energy
across our direct operations in fiscal 23
1.9%
2020
45%
2023
Target 100%
2030
This year, 45% of all the energy consumed at our facilities came from
renewable sources, an increase of 1.9% on last year. To achieve this,
we have increased the use renewable electricity, fuel and heat. Our
improved performance in fiscal 23 was driven largely by the
electrification of our sites, our efforts to source renewable electricity and
our investment in biomass technology.
As a signatory of the RE100 initiative, with a target to reach 100%
electricity from renewable sources by 2030, we are proud that we are
already ahead of our 2025 target of 50% renewable electricity,
reaching 86.7% this year, up from 85.6% in fiscal 22. We have
invested in 100% renewable electricity sites like our Lebanon all-electric
distillery in North America. Comprising approximately 8,000 panels
that will add 4.1MW of renewable electricity generation capacity. As
well as reaching 100% renewable electricity ourselves, we encourage
our suppliers to use more electricity through power purchase
agreements (PPAs) and support additional power generation
opportunities in our markets.
This year we have increased our use of renewable thermal energy by
1.3% compared to last year across our global operations. The start up
of three biomass facilities at our sites in Kenya and Uganda produced
our biggest single increase in renewable thermal energy use, a 25%
increase in renewable fuel and heat across our Africa market
compared to fiscal 22. We also increased energy output from on-site
biomass and biogas plants and introduced renewable biofuel at two
sites in Scotland. As we make renewable energy advances across our
operations, we have reduced our usage of certificate backed
renewable gas.
We are a significant enabler of the generation of biomethane in
Scotland through the supply of Diageo distillery co-products. This is
used by third parties as a feedstock to generate green gas, which is
injected into the natural gas network. We then reuse the resulting
renewable gas in our distilleries, with 23% of the green gas used by our
sites in Scotland derived from our own feedstocks this year.
Emissions from across our value chain
Target by 2030
Reduce our value chain (Scope 3) carbon emissions by 50%
Percentage reduction in absolute
greenhouse gas emissions (ktCO2e) from the
prior year
1.2%
(20.7)%
2022 2023
2020 baseline
Target 50%
2030
We continue to refine our understanding of our baseline and footprint,
including our supplier network, after reviewing our total value chain
footprint and associated emissions in 2023. This year our Scope 3 CO2e
emissions decreased by 1.2% but we remain behind our 2020 baseline
by 20.7%.
Our emissions derived from packaging decreased due to reductions in
volumes, as well as decarbonisation activities including glass light-
weighting, carton removals, and switching to lower-carbon materials.
This was partly offset by increased emissions attributed to capital
goods, including investments in plants that enable our low-carbon
transition.
We are navigating the complexities of Scope 3 to ensure we achieve
our reduction targets, and enable impactful change up and down the
value chain by working with our suppliers, our peers and the wider
beverage industry.
As well as reducing Scope 3 emissions by 50% by 2030, we want to
achieve a net zero value chain by 2050 or sooner. To achieve these
targets, in common with many multinationals, we are working with
global GHG accounting bodies and our suppliers to get more detailed
Scope 3 data. As we refine our value chain data, we can be more
specific about our GHG footprint, including refined categories of
upstream and downstream Scope 3 emissions.
(1)
Four carbon-neutral facilities have been assessed and certified using PAS2060 –
Carbon Neutrality Standard and Certification (Scope 1&2, Direct Operations
boundary) as reducing emissions aligned to an equivalent net zero trajectory with
<5-10% of residual emissions neutralised using purchase of carbon offsets.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited
assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting
methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by
region by year
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net based)
(1,000 tonnes CO2e)
Region
North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America and Caribbean
Africa
Diageo (total)
2020
127
152
32
22
137
470
2021
125
129
10
27
154
445
2022
100
144
10
38
132
424
2023
83
194
9
26
89
401
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
(SECR)
Total Global energy
consumption (MWh)
Total market based (net)
intensity ratio of GHG emissions
(g CO2e per litre of packaged
product)
Total UK energy consumption
(MWh)
2020
2021
2022
2023
3,310,388 3,392,923 3,557,760 3,507,733
139
122
105
105Δ
1,056,931 1,064,795 1,091,153 1,249,306
Direct (MWh)
Indirect (MWh)
924,022 927,917 951,302 1,102,403
132,910
136,878
139,851 146,903
Total UK direct and indirect
carbon emissions (kt CO2e)
Scope 1
Scope 2
86
86
—
71
71
—
84
84
—
136
136
—
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited
assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting
methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Moving towards regenerative agricultural
sourcing
Our supply chain connects us to communities around the world. This
gives us the chance to make a positive social and environmental
impact by enhancing livelihoods and promoting regenerative
agriculture.
One of the foundations of our regenerative agriculture strategy is our
Sustainable Agriculture Guidelines (SAG), which set out the principles
we expect our agricultural raw materials suppliers to adopt to make
farming more regenerative. We work with suppliers and farmers across
our supply chains to implement, assess and scale regenerative
practices.
This work also helps make our supply chain more resilient. Our
assessments show the possible impacts of climate change on
agricultural commodities, and that they are vulnerable to climate
hazards including water stress, temperature rises and flooding,
particularly where the commodities only grow in one country.
We work with communities to help them adapt and build resilience
through our 'Preserve Water for Life' strategy, implementing
regenerative agricultural practices and developing climate-resistant
variants of agricultural crops. We are also exploring alternative crops
to build diversity and enhance resilience in crop systems and across
our raw materials portfolio. By working with farmers in this way, and by
giving them skills and resources, we make them and their communities
economically, environmentally and socially stronger, as well as
strengthening our own supply chain.
Positive partnerships
Target by 2030
Develop regenerative agriculture pilot programmes in
five key sourcing landscapes
Number of regenerative agriculture pilot
programmes initiated
1
2023
2022
1
Target 5
2030
We are committed to partnerships with farmers to help them
implement projects to test new regenerative farming approaches and
practices, measure the results and share what we learn. By following
regenerative practices, agriculture can restore soil health and fertility,
boost biodiversity, protect watersheds and promote ecological
resilience. By focussing on life above and below ground, everyone
benefits from regenerative agriculture from the farmer to the
ecosystem.
We also continue to build our understanding of the agronomic context
across our key crops and sourcing regions, working with agronomic
partners and our suppliers, growers and farmers. We are currently
conducting assessments in the United Kingdom, United States, India,
Brazil, Mexico and East Africa for barley, wheat, corn, rice, sugarcane,
agave and sorghum production systems.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Guinness barley programme
Discovering how to lower farming's footprint
In Ireland, our programme looking for ways to lower-carbon
emissions of barley production for Guinness is in its second year,
with 45 farmers now participating. Data from 1,125 soil samples
showed that three quarters of the soil’s carbon footprint is from
nitrogen fertilisers. This shows there’s potential to reduce
emissions by at least 30% from the baseline year through
regenerative practices and low-carbon fertilisers.
We also supplied barley farmers with cover crops, which fix
nitrogen and carbon in soil, and quantified biomass they
generate.
Local sourcing
Target by 2030
Provide all local sourcing communities with agricultural skills and
resources, building economic and environmental resilience
(supporting 150,000 smallholders)
Number of smallholder farmers in our supply
chain supported by our smallholder farmer
programme in fiscal 23
12.9k
12.9k
2022
2023
Target 150k
2030
Where low yields and quality issues threaten smallholders’ income, we
work with suppliers, research organisations and other partners to build
more resilient local supply chains. This has included developing more
climate-resistant and higher-yielding varieties of sorghum adapted for
Kenya and Ghana.
We are on course to reach our target of supporting 150,000
smallholders by 2030, after supporting nearly 13,000 farmers in fiscal
23 with sustainable development.
82
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
83
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
We have worked mainly in Kenya to test and learn from our approach
to support our smallholders before expanding to the network of
smallholders we source from. The programme focuses on training and
enabling knowledge transfer for the transition to more resilient
agriculture production systems. We trained smallholders on improving
soil health, working with technical and implementation partners on the
ground. We have also supported our smallholders with essential
resources such as high-quality, certified seeds, distributing more than
100 tonnes of input at a subsidised rate to smallholder farmers.
Last year, we partnered with an agricultural technology provider to
digitise our smallholder value chains. Starting with our primary crop for
smallholder farmers, sorghum, we have rolled the technology platform
out across Ghana, Kenya and Uganda in fiscal 23. We aim to broaden
this to Nigeria and Tanzania. The technology acts as a valuable data
source. We aim to use it to tailor our offering to smallholders based on
their needs, while monitoring changes to baseline data to make sure
our interventions have an impact on the ground. To help accelerate
change for smallholders, we launched challenges through Diageo
Sustainable Solutions, encouraging innovators to pitch ideas relating to
soil biodiversity, carbon (relating to soil health) and water.
To clarify farming communities’ needs, we have used the main
communication method in our sourcing regions: radio. Working with
local agricultural radio shows and Farm Radio International, we are
looking to understand farmers’ challenges to help us target our
support. Together, we ran a six-week series on ‘Farming as a Business’,
discussing challenges to women in agriculture and the support
available to farmers. Listeners could freephone to submit views in their
local dialect across eight radio stations in Ghana and Uganda.
Making packaging more sustainable
Consumers are rightly demanding more sustainable products and
legislation continues to drive industry changes. We are committed to
reducing our value chain's carbon footprint by reducing packaging
and increasing the recycled content in the packaging we produce. We
are also developing circular business models and designs, which allow
for more reusable and refillable packaging.
By becoming sustainable by design in packaging, we reduce our
carbon footprint, by using fewer materials in production and by limiting
emissions when the packaging reaches the end of its life. We buy most
of our packaging materials, so partnerships are crucial to achieving
our ambitions. An example is Diageo Sustainable Solutions (DSS),
where we partner with technology innovators, customers, suppliers and
researchers to spot potential technology breakthroughs and pilot them,
with the ultimate aim of scaling them to increase their impact.
Examples of how we are reducing our packaging footprint include:
• Pioneering net-zero glass bottles – In December 2022, we
announced our partnership with Encirc, a leading glass
manufacturer and co-packer, to create the world's first net zero
glass bottles at scale by 2030. The new furnace at Encirc’s plant in
Cheshire, United Kingdom, will reduce carbon emissions by 90%
with an energy mix of green electricity and low-carbon hydrogen.
We expect that carbon capture technology will capture the
remaining carbon emissions by 2030. The furnaces are expected to
be fully operational by 2027 and to produce up to 200 million
Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Gordon’s and Tanqueray bottles a year
by 2030.
• Leading the way to sustainable aluminium – We have invested in a
groundbreaking project to create a circular economy for aluminium
in the United Kingdom. We are funding a new consortium (BACALL
– British Aluminium Consortium for Advanced Alloys), which will
build a plant to provide recycled aluminium for more than 400
million cans of Guinness and pre-mixed Gordon’s and tonic,
significantly reducing our carbon emissions while also creating jobs
in the United Kingdom.
Reducing packaging weight and increasing
recycled content
Target by 2030
Continue our work to reduce total packaging and increase recycled
content in our packaging (delivering a 10% reduction in packaging
weight and increasing the percentage of recycled content in our
packaging to 60%)
Percentage reduction of total
packaging (by weight) in fiscal 23
4.4%
(14.9)%
Target 10%
2022
2023
2020 baseline
2030
In fiscal 23, we reduced packaging weight by 4.4% compared to fiscal
22, but this was 14.9% above our 2020 baseline because we have
increased production from fiscal 20 to fiscal 22. In fiscal 23, we
removed 141 million cartons from some of our Johnnie Walker and
scotch brands. We have reduced weight in our primary scotch portfolio
by moving some of our bottles into standard, more lightweight formats,
allowing us to take some heavier formats out of the portfolio. These
changes have saved almost 4,000 tonnes of glass and 9,170 tonnes of
board in fiscal 23. From fiscal 24, we will continue to embed our Design
for Sustainability packaging guidelines, emphasising use of lightweight
glass and recycled content. We also continue to encourage bars,
restaurants and other on-trade outlets to support the reuse of packaging.
Change in percentage of recycled
content (by weight) in fiscal 23
(1.2) %
2020
39%
2023
39%
Target
60%
2030
Recycled content now makes up 39% of our packaging, down 1.2% on
fiscal 22. This is because of a shortage of cullet, a feedstock for
recycled glass, in the United Kingdom and North America. We
continue to face challenges in sourcing quality recycled glass and PET
(polyethylene terephthalate), though we are working with suppliers and
industry peers to strengthen recycling infrastructure.
Despite the challenges, we have made positive changes, moving
Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve from 0% recycled content to 40%
and trialling Johnnie Walker core sizes with increased recycled content.
We also launched Talisker x Parley: Wilder Seas in the brand’s first
100% recycled bottle.
Pioneering a lighter bottle
In 2021, we launched a challenge to develop lightweight bottles
through Diageo Sustainable Solutions. This led to us working with
glass industry consultants EXXERGY, which has developed an
innovative glass coating technology that could enable us to use
lighter glass for bottles, without reducing their strength. We
invited strategic supply chain partner Ardagh Group to
collaborate, and they engaged manufacturing software specialist
Dassault Systèmes to support with testing the EXXERGY coating.
We have been testing the coating through industry-first lab-based
and virtual trials. Virtual trials allow us to develop innovations
using real-time digital representations of products and processes,
which reduces time, cost, energy and raw materials. After the
trials, we will test the thinner glass on our Johnnie Walker bottles.
Through this collaboration, we hope to significantly reduce the
raw materials needed to create a bottle, and the overall weight,
so it takes less carbon to transport our bottles.
Target by 2030
Ensure 100% of our packaging is widely recyclable (or reusable/
compostable)
Percentage of packaging recyclable (by
weight)
97.9%
2020
Target 100%
97.9%
2023
2030
In fiscal 23, 97.9% of our packaging was technically recyclable, using
the same fiscal 22 methodology.
We have an ambition to adjust our recyclability metrics in line with
market-differentiated recycling frameworks in the future.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Recycled content and recyclability of plastic
Target by 2025
Ensure 100% of our plastics are designed to be widely recyclable or
reusable/compostable
Percentage of recyclable (or reusable/
compostable) plastic used in fiscal 23
11.2%
2020
72%
83%
Target 100%
2022
2023
2025
In fiscal 23, we achieved 83.2% recyclability for plastics, an increase of
11.2% from last year. We continue to use the ‘technically recyclable’
definition. The remaining non-recyclable components are currently not
replaceable, although we continue to explore alternatives.
Target by 2030
Achieve 40% recycled content in our plastic bottles by 2025, and
100% by 2030
Percentage of recycled content in our
plastic bottles used
2020
7%
3.2%
7%
Interim target 40%
Target 100%
2022
2023
2025
2030
In fiscal 23, we started projects in North America, Europe and Africa to
increase recycled content in plastic bottles, particularly single-use
formats, and achieved 7% recycled content in plastic bottles.
This year, in the United Kingdom we have moved our Johnnie Walker
Red Label 1.75L bottles to 30% recycled PET. Our North America
business achieved 26% recycled content in plastic bottles and in Africa
we trialled 40% recycled content. In Ghana, we have partnered with
the Mohinani Group to introduce the first bottle-to-bottle recycling plant
in the country. In fiscal 23, 2,000 metric tonnes of plastic have been
collected, with the aim of the plant being fully operational in fiscal 24.
The plant will have a capacity to recycle 15,000 metric tonnes of plastic
per year.
Also, our largest packaging site in Scotland has removed single-use
shrink-wrap across a range of products, saving 67 metric tonnes of
plastic per year, and delivering shrink-wrap-free drink flasks to 47
countries.
We will see these shifts continue in fiscal 24; sourcing recycled PET
remains a priority.
84
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
85
PIONEER GRAI N-TO-GLASS SUSTAI NABILITY continued
Reusing and reducing waste
We manage around one million tonnes of waste each year. This
includes ‘co-products’ from our production processes in the form of
spent grain and other agricultural commodities. These co-products
return to agriculture in the form of animal feed and fertiliser and are
also used as feedstocks for biomass facilities. This helps reduce the
environmental footprint of our agricultural supply chain and supports
our regenerative agriculture programmes. By reusing scarce resources,
we help improve the system that produces our key ingredients. In
addition, we aim to divert all waste from landfill, so it is recycled or
reused.
Reducing waste to landfill
Target by 2030
Achieve zero waste in our direct operations and zero waste to landfill
in our supply chain
Percentage reduction in total waste sent to
landfill from the prior year
35.5%Δ
200 Tonnes
180 tonnes
279 tonnes
2023: Target Met
2022
Globally, the total volume of waste diverted from our direct operations
to landfill was 180 tonnes this year (vs 279 tonnes in fiscal 22), which is
below our zero waste to landfill de minimis threshold of 200 tonnes.
We recycle, reuse and recover more than 99.98% of waste from our
global operations either for our own reuse or in partnership with local
agricultural communities and energy and waste handlers. Our
performance in fiscal 23 means we have achieved a key milestone in
fulfilling our 2030 direct operations zero-waste commitments.
In the second half of fiscal 23, we launched an initiative with our
suppliers and KPMG to fully understand the waste in our supply base.
The project will look for ways to change how we approach waste
management across our Tier 1 supply chain by avoiding waste to
landfill and recovering and recycling more waste by 2030. Our
commitment to a more sustainable and less wasteful supply chain is
also reflected in our marketing, where our point-of-sale (POS) project is
working towards guidelines for sourcing better materials for
experiential marketing, as well as designing POS and campaign props
for reuse.
Last year, we reported that a third-party contractor at one of our
facilities in Australia had incorrectly diverted waste material to landfill.
This prompted a global review in fiscal 23 of more than 350 waste
handlers and our own internal waste management practices, aiming to
strengthen our controls and avoid similar issues in the future. This
hadn’t been possible during the Covid-19 pandemic because of
restrictions on site visits. The review of waste handlers identified 111
metric tonnes of waste that hadn’t been accounted for in fiscal 22,
taking the total volume of waste sent to landfill to 279 tonnes. We have
now included this in waste-to-landfill volumes for fiscal 22, representing
0.028% of the 984,057 tonnes we handled in that year. We’ll continue
to assess our waste handlers regularly and improve our internal
controls to maintain our zero waste to landfill status.
We consider we have achieved zero waste to landfill if we have
disposed of less than 0.2% of baseline waste-to-landfill volume during
the year. This volume equates to 200 tonnes and excludes any waste
we are required to send to landfill under local regulations.
(Δ) Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's (PwC) independent assurance
reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see
pages 242-266.
How we have reported consistent with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)
In preparing our disclosures, we have taken into consideration the TCFD all sector guidance.
TCFD recommendation
GOVERNANCE See page 72
Compliance
a. Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.
b. Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and
Yes. See page 72.
opportunities.
RISK MANAGEMENT See pages 73-78
a. Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related
risks.
b. Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks.
c. Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related
risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management.
STRATEGY See pages 78-86
Yes. See pages 73-78. Having completed comprehensive risk
assessments our focus is now on ensuring appropriate adaptation plans
are in place for all risks identified.
a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified
over the short, medium, and long term.
b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s
businesses, strategy, and financial planning.
c. Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration
different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario.
We have described risks and opportunities for our business in >95% of
our operating locations, as well as the impact of those risks and
opportunities on our strategy. We have modelled the resilience of our
strategy under three climate-related scenarios. See pages 243-245. As a
next step we are exploring the further development of our scenario
analysis capability and associated tools.
METRICS & TARGETS See pages 79-86
a. Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and
Yes. See pages 79-86.
opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process.
b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions and the related risks.
Yes for Scope 1 and 2. See page 82. We are working with global GHG
accounting bodies and our suppliers to get more detailed Scope 3 data.
As we refine our value chain data, we can be more specific about our
GHG footprint, including refined categories of upstream and
downstream Scope 3 emissions.
c. Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and
Yes. See pages 79-86.
opportunities and performance against targets.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
86
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
87
OUR PRI NCI PAL RISKS AND RI SK MANAGEMENT
Effective risk
management
Our approach
We believe that effective risk management starts with the right
conversations to drive better business decisions. Our primary focus is to
identify and embed mitigating actions for material risks that could
impact our current or future performance, and/or our reputation. Our
risk management efforts aim to be holistic and integrated, bringing
together risk management, internal controls and business integrity,
ensuring that our activities across this agenda focus on the risks that
could have the greatest impact. We have recently reviewed and
refreshed our principal risks, our risk appetite, and our approach to risk
management. Our approach is also structured to ensure that we take
all reasonable steps to mitigate, but not necessarily eliminate, our
principal risks in this context.
Accountability for managing risk is embedded into our management
structures, an annual risk assessment establishes mitigation plans and
monitors risk on a continual basis.
Our Executive Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) regularly assesses risk,
and the Audit Committee, acting for the Board, independently reviews
the assessment. The ARC meets quarterly and receives regular reports
on the risks faced across the business and the effectiveness of the
actions taken to mitigate these risks. We use internal and external data
to monitor our risks and to make proactive interventions. We also
establish cross-functional working groups and use expert advice where
necessary to ensure significant risks are effectively managed and,
where appropriate, escalated to the ARC and Audit Committee for
consideration.
Further details about our risk management approach are described
in the Corporate governance report on page 108 and in the Audit
Committee report on pages 117-122.
Our principal risks
The Audit Committee considers principal risks to be the most significant
risks faced by the group, including those that are the most material to
our performance and that could threaten our business model or future
long-term performance, solvency or liquidity. They do not comprise all
the risks associated with our business and are not set out in priority
order. Additional risks not known to management, or currently deemed
to be less significant, may also have an adverse effect on the business.
Well-managed risk-taking lies at the heart of
our Performance Ambition. Effective risk
management drives better commercial
decisions, protects our assets and supports a
growing, resilient and sustainable business.
Risk appetite
The ARC and the Audit Committee have defined the group’s risk
appetite across our risk categories (Strategic, Financial, Operational
and Regulatory). A three-point risk appetite scale (Averse, Cautious
and Open) and appetite ratings have been applied, using both
quantitative and qualitative criteria that align to the delivery of our
Performance Ambition. This category-led approach enables practical
application of risk appetite thresholds to all business risks, which
informs the level of mitigation required. Examples of risks for which we
have an averse appetite include risks that could: harm our people;
impact product quality; cause us to market irresponsibly or act without
integrity; and be non-compliant with laws and regulations, including
those relating to financial reporting.
Risks that can be partially mitigated through insurance are also
identified and evaluated. We focus our insurance resources on the
most critical areas or where there is a legal requirement, seeking a
balance between retained risk and risk transfer. As insurance markets
are getting tighter, this is an area we continue to monitor.
Emerging risks
The ARC and Audit Committee formally review emerging risks. Our
Strategy and Global Audit and Risk teams undertake horizon-scanning
to monitor any potential disruptions that could dramatically change our
industry and/or our business, from both a risk and opportunity
perspective, for the Executive Committee to understand the changing
landscape and take appropriate actions.
We are currently monitoring a number of emerging risks across the
business. There is a risk to our brands emerging from consumers
making brand choices which reflect their increasingly polarised socio-
political views. Macro-economic and financial risk has also increased
since last year as persistently high levels of inflation and interest rate
hikes have resulted in cost-of-living crises and instability in financial
markets across many countries in which we operate. We are in the first
year of a five-year global programme to transform and digitalise
processes. As a result, the scale of the impact on our business,
resources, and ways of working represents an emerging risk as we
navigate through the programme.
This list does not include all of our risks, and the risks listed are not set out in order of priority.
Gross Risk Movement refers to the gross movement in the risk, before mitigations and controls, from the prior year.
Mitigation plans
Core mitigations:
• The cross-functional Climate Risk Steering Group sets our strategy for ongoing climate risk
assessment, and manages associated opportunities and risks, while continuing to develop our
approach to climate change risk reporting (see page 71). Resource-scarcity issues have been
identified and mitigated, especially within agricultural ingredient sourcing, and manufacturing,
water and energy.
• Physical risk exposures have been identified for sites assessed in North America and Scotland,
Africa, Mexico, India, and Turkey and being built into site and category risk footprints.
• ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ ambition was launched and operationalised to deliver against
key targets and longer-term goals.
• Water blueprint was defined and operationalised in water-stressed locations.
• Communication programmes are in place to share impact, strengthen reputation and support
advocacy platform.
• Carbon pricing is being assessed as an internal mechanism to drive deeper understanding of the
impact of our energy choices.
• Our TCFD modelling and mitigation plans incorporate the risk of a 4-5°C climate change
scenario, which may arise as a result of collective climate action failure.
Developments in F23:
• Progress against our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ targets (see pages 79 - 86).
• Further multi-year climate change risk assessments and scenario analysis performed in Latin
America and Caribbean, Asia Pacific, and Europe to evaluate short and long-term impacts from
physical and transition risks.
• We have further increased resource dedicated to the mitigation of climate impact within our
sustainability, sourcing, and finance teams.
• Our response includes mitigations, (action to reduce our impact on climate change), and
adaptations, (action to reduce the impact of climate change on our operations).
Gross Risk Movement
Increasing:
Climate action failure,
extreme weather and
biodiversity loss top the list
of the globe’s highest risks,
with regulations and
government interventions
expected to continue to
increase.
Transition climate risk is
expected to increase in
likelihood due to the
acceleration of regulatory
efforts to control global
warming. In addition,
transition risks associated
with increased customer
and consumer awareness
and action on climate
change are likely to
accelerate.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Core mitigations:
• We run multi-year public policy campaigns to minimise risk and unlock tax, trade and regulatory
opportunities.
• We have active involvement with the United Kingdom, the European Union and the United States
authorities to prevent escalation of tariff tensions and promote free new trade agreements.
• Our positive drinking programmes are supported by a global industry platform to promote
responsible drinking and tackle spirits discrimination.
• We practice evidence-based engagement to build trust and reputation with governments, health
ministries and other stakeholders.
Developments in F23:
• We have continued to prioritise the execution of public policy campaigns in all markets, to
minimise risks and unlock tax, trade and regulatory opportunities.
Increasing:
Pressures on public finances
and public health concerns
are increasing.
This has resulted in an
increasing likelihood of
changes in regulations,
trade barriers or indirect tax
to mitigate increased
inflation and debt crises.
Risk and impact
1. Climate change
and sustainability
EG
CVC
CT
EP
V
Physical and transition climate
change risks, including water
stress, extreme weather events,
temperature rises and
increased regulation, may
result in increased volatility in
the supply of raw materials,
production costs, capacity
constraints and higher costs of
compliance.
The failure of the business to
meet our sustainability goals
could result in loss of licence to
operate, financial loss and
reputational damage amongst
customers, consumers,
investors and other
stakeholders.
The collective climate action
failure to meet sustainability
goals may result in severe
warming of 4-5°C as per IPCC
scenario RCP8.5 modelling.
2. Regulation, trade
barriers and
indirect tax
EG
CVC
CT
V
Post pandemic, we see risks
associated with geopolitical
tensions, global inflation and
debt crises which cause
pressures on public finances,
resulting in the need to raise
new tax revenue.
In addition, public health
concerns may lead regulators
in major markets to ban or
restrict the marketing or sale of
alcohol, while increased trade
tensions and/or fiscal
pressures may prompt the
introduction of additional
trade barriers and/or
disproportionate tax increases,
all of which may result in
financial loss.
88
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
89
Strategic outcomes
EG
Efficient growth
CVC
Consistent value
creation
CT
Credibility and trust
EP
Engaged people
V
Risk included in
viability assessment
Gross Risk Movement
Increasing
Decreasing
Stable
OUR PRI NCI PAL RISKS AND RI SK MANAGEMENT continued
Mitigation plans
Core mitigations:
• We have global policies in place to prioritise the health and safety of our people.
• There is a Global Business Continuity Programme in place, including training, to enhance our
Gross Risk Movement
Stable:
New risk categorisation.
capability to react effectively to a crisis and minimise disruption.
• Global supply chain risk programmes improve our ability to maintain operational processes
through volatility, thereby increasing our resilience.
• Multi-channel product availability enables consumers to flexibly continue to purchase our
products.
• Insurance policies are in place to protect against the financial consequences of covered events.
• Our Global Corporate Security Policy ensures appropriate security measures are in place across
all markets and sites.
• Global ‘Flex Philosophy’ on working patterns and home working are well-embedded and support
business continuity.
Developments in F23:
• WHO declaration that the global health emergency was over, and restrictions were widely lifted.
• The business has reacted to manage the impact of the Ukraine conflict, which included closing
down our Russia business unit, supporting employee safety in Ukraine, and continuing to monitor
for potential escalation and broader impacts.
• The geopolitical situation in Europe, with the Russian invasion of Ukraine, has continued to impact
business. We announced that we would wind down our business in Russia in June 2022.
Stable:
New risk categorisation.
Core mitigations:
• We monitor locally and globally key business drivers and performance to prepare for rapid
changes in the external environment.
• Central hedging and currency monitoring take place to manage volatility which arises.
• Group-level strategic analysis and scenario planning is managed at both a global and a local
level, to strengthen market strategies and risk management across the business.
• We have multi-country investment and local sourcing strategies.
• There are dedicated cross-functional steering groups to manage acute issues including inflation.
Developments in F23:
• Advanced analytics have been introduced to scenario plan volume ranges over a longer time
period, allowing better mitigation against changes in the external landscape.
• Scenario-planning has been embedded into Executive and Board meetings and integrated into
the strategic planning cycle.
• Inflation has remained high and has reduced more slowly than expected in many countries. High
levels of inflation are expected to continue in the short to medium-term.
• Foreign exchange volatility has increased across several of our markets.
Risk and impact
3. Geopolitical
volatility and
business
interruption
EG
CVC
CT
EP
V
Geopolitical forces, primarily
driven by the Russia/Ukraine
conflict (but also several other
vectors globally), coupled with
macro-economic stress,
increase the likelihood of
international and domestic
tensions, disputes, conflict,
unrest, and crime.
A significant interruption to our
business due to external
events or a global health
emergency could restrict
access to our products,
negatively affect our
operations and brands, or
pose a threat to the safety of
our employees; any of which
could have a negative impact
on our commercial and
financial performance.
Upcoming election cycles in
key markets including the US,
UK and Europe are likely to
lead to increased volatility.
4. Macro-economic
and financial
volatility
EG
CVC
V
Failure to react quickly enough
to changing macro-economic
conditions and financial
volatility could erode
consumer confidence and
adversely impact financial
performance.
Macroeconomic conditions
include inflationary pressures,
unemployment and global
trade tensions.
Financial volatility risk could
arise from variability in
financial markets, interest rate
fluctuations and currency
instability.
Mitigation plans
Core mitigations:
• We monitor and, where appropriate, express views on the formulation of tax laws either directly
Gross Risk Movement
Stable:
or through trade associations or similar bodies.
• We continuously monitor the international tax landscape for new taxes and tax legislation
introduced and work on improving tax processes, data, and system capabilities to enable us to
ensure compliance.
• We are continuing the implementation of our tax transformation programme, to standardise,
centralise and automate tax activities and controls where possible.
• We continue to review and adapt our global transfer pricing policies to ensure profits are taxed in
line with business activities and economic substance.
Developments in F23:
• We continue to monitor tax laws, and progress the implementation of our tax transformation
programme. The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Developments (OECD) work on
digitalisation will likely impact how and where multinationals are taxed, for example, through the
implementation of a global agreement on a minimum effective tax rate under the Pillar Two rules.
• The risk of unilateral tax measures (increased rates, new taxes, new extra-territorial measures)
may increase if the OECD isn’t successful in generating the consensus required to implement its
proposals at scale.
Core mitigations:
• We have aligned our operating strategy across the supply chain.
• We have enhanced our digital infrastructure through the use of Artificial Intelligence and
Stable:
automation to simplify decision-making.
• The use of real time analytics and insights has enabled us to proactively respond to changes in
consumer demand.
• Integrated Business Planning has been implemented, ensuring end-to-end decision-making.
• We have worked with our suppliers to create ecosystems to ensure continued service and
minimal disruption, moving away from single supplier models.
• The number of packing operations and hubs that are closer to the markets has increased,
creating more flexibility and responsiveness.
Developments in F23:
• We have focused on segmentation and the implementation of differentiated supply strategies.
• We have secured additional capacity on key packaging components and with our ports, carriers
and third-party logistics providers.
• In addition, we have secured additional ocean capacity, moving 20% of shipments from
Scotland from ocean to rail transport, and established visibility on lead times that have given us
increased accuracy and visibility.
• We continue to manage our product portfolio to drive harmonisation and simplification.
• We have enhanced our digital infrastructure and capability through artificial intelligence and
advanced automation roadmap.
• We have incorporated both upside and downside scenario planning for better risk mitigation.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Risk and impact
5. International
direct tax
EG
CVC
CT
V
Changes in the international
tax environment may lead to
an increased cost of
compliance, an increase in our
effective tax rates and/or
unexpected tax exposures and
additional uncertainty, which
could result in financial loss.
6. Supply chain
disruption
EG
CVC
CT
V
Supply chain disruptions can
be induced by a range of
reasons, including and not
limited to, geopolitical tension,
changes in commodity
markets, increasing likelihood
of severe weather events,
cybersecurity threats across
the end-to-end supply chain,
macro-economic instability
(such as inflation) impacting
the responsiveness from our
suppliers, regulatory changes
and changes in customer and
consumer behaviours.
Supply chains are likely to be
expected to operate in this
‘never normal’ for the near to
mid-term.
The occurrence of these events
are likely result in impacts to
supply chain lead times and
sufficiency of supply and
therefore may have a
negative impact on our
commercial and
financial performance.
90
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
91
Strategic outcomes
EG
Efficient growth
CVC
Consistent value
creation
CT
Credibility and trust
EP
Engaged people
V
Risk included in
viability assessment
Gross Risk Movement
Increasing
Decreasing
Stable
OUR PRI NCI PAL RISKS AND RI SK MANAGEMENT continued
Risk and impact
7. Cyber and IT
resilience
EG
CVC
CT
V
There is a rise in cyber attacks
which impact supply chain
operations and the
manufacturing industry.
Sophisticated cyber and IT
threats (both within our
network and at third parties),
including those facilitated
through breaches of internal
policies and unauthorised
access continue to be
prevalent, and could lead to
theft, loss and
misappropriation of critical
assets, such as personal and
consumer data, and
operational / production
systems.
Inadequate IT resilience
arrangements and integration
with legacy systems and our
increasing dependence on
third-party IT services and
solutions could cause
disruption to core business
operations, including
manufacturing and supply,
resulting in financial loss and
reputational damage.
8. Business ethics
and integrity
EG
CT
EP
There are increased regulatory
expectations with new legal
regimes being imposed, and a
heightened enforcement
stance being adopted across
different markets.
Lack of an embedded
business integrity culture or
any breach of our policies,
relevant laws or regulations
(including but not limited to
anti-corruption, money
laundering, global
competition, human rights,
data protection and economic
sanctions) could result in
significant penalties, financial
loss and reputational damage.
Mitigation plans
Core mitigations:
• Enterprise-wide cyber risk management processes and policies are in place.
• We run a cyber security training and awareness outreach program, including regular phishing
exercises.
• We have an identity and access management framework.
• IT and Operations Technology (OT) disaster recovery and business continuity testing takes place
across key systems.
• We monitor internal systems and respond to cyber threats.
• We have information management and data resiliency measures across systems.
• Assurance is in place over IT controls for key third-party managed systems.
Developments in F23:
• We have enhanced our cyber security operations and OT cyber capabilities across sites.
• We are upgrading our enterprise resource planning system and associated processes to ensure
they remain resilient.
Gross Risk Movement
Increasing:
Geopolitical tensions are
growing, and there is an
increased likelihood of a
more sophisticated cyber
threat which could affect any
organisation.
Core mitigations:
• Our Code of Business Conduct and supporting policies and standards set out compliance
requirements which are then embedded throughout Diageo via regular training,
communications, annual certification, and risk-based global and local engagement activities.
• Robust whistleblower mechanisms for complaints to be raised, properly investigated and
remedial actions taken.
• Risk management process and assessment framework to identify, assess, mitigate, and monitor
business and compliance risks.
• Well-embedded control assurance programme and centralised second line of defence.
• Third-party due diligence process supported by technology and central oversight.
• Utilisation of data and analytics tools to proactively support risk identification, assessment, and
ongoing governance.
Increasing:
Across the different markets
in which we operate there
are increasing regulations
from the governing bodies,
and the value of financial
penalties imposed is also
growing. This has resulted
in an increase in both the
likelihood and impact of
the risk.
Developments in F23:
• Significant updates have been made to our third-party due diligence by shifting core aspects of
the process to a centralised team, which will leverage expertise, centralise oversight, and shorten
on-boarding time frames.
• We have updated our Code of Business Conduct and Countering Corruption policy to address
anti-fraud more fully.
• Values-based training and engagement have been deployed across all levels, with a particular
focus on anti-retaliation, anti-bullying and leading with integrity.
• New guidance has been developed around screening of third parties to address our growing
Direct to Consumer business opportunities.
• We have continued to enhance our governance processes around global human rights to ensure
that human rights considerations are strengthened across all business operations and reflect
emerging human rights regulations across the globe.
Risk and impact
9. Consumer
demand disruption
EG
CVC
CT
V
Consumer demand is
increasingly disrupted as a
result of heightened macro-
economic volatility, with
inflation and cost-of-living
crises across many countries
adversely impacting prices
and consumer spending
power.
Consumer patterns are also
being disrupted by, but not
limited to, digital technology,
health and lifestyle priorities,
altered consumption
behaviour, and new formats
and technologies.
Inability to respond and adapt
our products or processes to
these disruptive market forces
could impact our ability to
effectively service our
customers and consumers with
the required agility, and result
in financial loss.
10. Product quality
and counterfeit
EG
CT
Accidental or malicious
contamination of raw
materials or finished product,
and/or ineffective brand
protection and intervention to
address counterfeiting of our
products supplied to market,
could cause harm to
consumers, damage our
corporate and brand
reputation and pose potential
threats to our people due to
the illicit nature of
organisations involved in
counterfeiting activities.
Gross Risk Movement
Stable:
Mitigation plans
Core mitigations:
• We have a highly diversified portfolio of brands sold across the world, to ensure broad
coverage of consumer occasions, geographies, trends and price points.
• We operate a rigorous process of strategy development and governance at corporate and
market level, using a suite of propriety and third-party data tools, including our Brand
Guidance System, Global Performance Suite and Consumer Choice Framework.
• We perform a systematic review of emerging consumer and route to consumer trends at
market and brand level.
• We focus our innovation on our strategic priorities and the biggest consumer opportunities,
through global brand extensions and new-to-world products.
• Our Demand Radar system provides enhanced demand forecasting capability at market
and category level, allowing us to optimise marketing investment.
• Using our Volatility Tracker tool, we can review changes in consumer attitudes and
spending, both within our category and across the wider consumer economy.
Developments in F23:
• Consumer behaviour and drivers of choice are fragmented, as consumers increasingly
make product choices reflecting their personal socio-political values.
• We are investing in our social listening capability to improve our understanding and
semantic analysis of online consumer signals.
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Core mitigations:
• We use food safety system standards (FSSC 22000) in place for our owned brewing and
packaging sites. The majority of these sites are certified, with the exceptions being newly
acquired and redeveloped sites, where we are upgrading the systems to meet the
standards.
• We monitor the FSSC 22000 certification of third-party sites and exercise our right to audit
Stable:
where necessary.
• Regular risk assessments are undertaken against our food fraud and food threat standards.
• We have also initiated a programme to strengthen and expand our global quality standards
to bring further rigour to our quality ways of working for specific categories of products. The
initial focus of this work is non-alcoholic and ready to drink products where we are
harmonising our quality standards.
• Anti-counterfeiting measures embedded in our packaging deter against reuse, making our
products more difficult to copy and enabling rapid authentication.
• We operate an active programme to identify high-risk areas, engage with customs and law
enforcement authorities, and participate in industry initiatives to monitor and prevent
counterfeiting activity, pursuing enforcement and prosecution where possible.
• We run an online monitoring and takedown programme across high-risk e-commerce and
social media platforms, and directly engage with many platforms to create awareness and
stop counterfeit listings.
Developments in F23:
• The geopolitical risk in Eastern Europe (including Russia) brings increased risk of counterfeit
as it creates porous borders; while the growth of tequila has seen a rise in counterfeit tequila
cases in a number of markets.
• Our Global Track and Trace Standards have been strengthened and rolled out across
Supply. Annual tests and audits are in place.
• The risk of a product quality issue remains stable, though material sourcing challenges mean
that we need to maintain and implement our standards effectively to mitigate this additional
risk. The number of food safety alerts raised by regulatory authorities is rising.
• We have further developed and standardised our approach to monitoring known and
emerging food safety risks associated with the spirits category, by expanding our global
spirits product integrity testing programme.
• We have strengthened our investigation capabilities, with a new vendor wholly focussed on
identifying the source of counterfeit packaging impacting cross-border counterfeit trade.
• We continued the roll-out of upgraded liquid authentication machines.
• We have upgraded our approach to identifying the source of counterfeit packaging and
authentication.
92
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
93
Strategic outcomes
EG
Efficient growth
CVC
Consistent value
creation
CT
Credibility and trust
EP
Engaged people
V
Risk included in
viability assessment
Gross Risk Movement
Increasing
Decreasing
Stable
VIABI LI TY STATEMENT
Viability statement
The Directors have reviewed the long-term prospects of the group in
order to assess its viability. This review considered the activities and
principal risks of the group, together with factors likely to affect the
group’s future performance, financial position, cash flows, liquidity
position and borrowing facilities, as described in this Annual Report.
Assessment
In order to report on the long-term viability of the group, the Directors
reviewed the overall funding capacity and headroom available to
withstand severe and plausible downside events, and carried out a
robust assessment of the relevant principal risks facing the group,
including those that would threaten its business model, future
performance, solvency, or liquidity. This assessment also included the
review and understanding of mitigating factors for each principal risk.
The risks and mitigating factors are summarised in this Annual Report.
The viability assessment has three parts
First, the Directors considered the period over which they have a
reasonable expectation that the group will continue to operate and
meet its liabilities. A three-year period is considered appropriate for this
viability assessment as this period is covered by the group’s strategic
plan and carries a high level of confidence in assessing viability.
Risk scenarios modelled
Description and severity
Second, they considered the potential impact of severe but plausible
scenarios over this period, each of which contain a combination of
principal risks. None of the scenarios individually or in aggregate
would cause Diageo to cease to be viable. A summary of the severe
and plausible risks modelled, and the level of severity reviewed is
included below.
Thirdly, they considered the group’s sources of liquidity to fund both the
strategic plan and the impact of the severe scenarios over this period.
Diageo has continuous access to the debt capital markets and
committed facilities over the viability period, including the ability to
refinance any maturing debt, or meet new funding requirements at
commercially acceptable terms. The group’s liquidity is supported by a
healthy balance of short-term and long-term debt programmes and
£2.7 billion of committed credit facilities, if required. The group also has
flexibility in reducing discretionary spending, including acquisitions and
capital expenditure, as well as temporarily suspending/reducing its
return of capital to shareholders (dividends or share buybacks).
Global economic
downturn
Prolonged global stagflation compounded by heightened geopolitical tensions and sharp economic challenges,
including large interest rate hikes, sustained foreign exchange volatility and instability in the financial markets. This
results in lost sales, through reduced consumer confidence, greater volatility amongst our customers and suppliers, and
heightened price sensitivity. Cost-of-living increases lead to rising industrial unrest at supply sites and increases in
interest rates result in financial institution and/or credit market-related failures.
Sales: Reduction in volumes across the three-year period, and consumer downtrading, with reduced price increases.
Increased geo-
political tensions
Increased geopolitical tensions result in a spike in cyber attacks, impacting supply operations across multiple Diageo
sites and resulting in production downtime. Heightened tensions also result in disruptions to Diageo's route to market
and adversely impact on consumer demand for and/or availability of Diageo products, negatively affecting sales.
Sales: Lost sales from adverse impact on consumer demand/availability, production downtime and route to market
disruption.
Consumer choice
changes and
regulatory impact
Climate change and
natural hazard
Consumer preferences move away from alcohol consumption driven by changing lifestyle priorities and social habits.
Consumer demand becomes more fragmented as consumers make product choices reflecting their personal socio-
political values, and as a result of a perceived misalignment with Diageo or its products, consumers do not purchase
our products, thereby negatively impacting our sales and profitability. In parallel, large public debt levels and/or
increased anti-alcohol pressure lead governments in major markets to impose significant excise increases, restrictive
trade measures or other excessive regulatory measures.
Sales: Loss of sales to the non and low-alcohol segment, and reduced sales growth due to the fragmentation of
consumer demand.
Increasing global temperatures impact our ability to make products due to constrained water supply, leading to a
rotational short-term shutdown occurring across some of our water-stressed sites. Climate change drives increasing
costs of raw materials, while the acceleration of taxation against carbon use increases our operational costs. Extreme
weather events occur more frequently, impacting our supply facilities, causing production outages. The assumptions
associated with this scenario are based upon our TCFD scenario modelling, and applied to a three-year period.
Sales: Loss of sales due to operational outages as a result of disruption to production at water-stressed sites, and the
impact of extreme weather events.
Combined scenarios The highly unlikely event of the combination of all of the above scenarios occurring at the same time.
Principal risks
Geopolitical volatility
and business
disruption
Supply chain
disruption
International direct
tax
Cyber and IT
resilience
Geopolitical volatility
and business
disruption
Consumer demand
disruption
Regulation, trade
barriers and indirect
tax
Consumer demand
disruption
Climate change and
sustainability
Supply chain
disruption
Geopolitical volatility
and business
disruption
Management has prepared cash flow forecasts which have also been
sensitised to reflect severe but plausible downside scenarios, taking into
consideration the group's principal risks. In the base case scenario,
management has included assumptions for mid-single digit net sales
growth, operating margin improvement and global TBA market share
growth. Even under the severe downside scenarios, the group’s cash
position is still expected to remain strong. Mitigating actions, should
they be required, are all within management’s control and could
include reductions in discretionary spending, such as acquisitions and
capital expenditure, as well as a temporary suspension of the share
buyback programme and dividend payments in the next 12 months, or
drawdowns on committed facilities. Having considered the outcome of
these assessments, the Directors are comfortable that the company is a
going concern for at least 12 months from the date of signing the
group's consolidated financial statements.
Conclusion
On the basis described above, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period of their
assessment.
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAI NABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT
Our ESG reporting approach
Reporting transparently on the ESG issues that affect our business, and that our business creates, plays a vital role in delivering our strategy. It helps
us to manage ESG risks, take opportunities and promote sustainable development everywhere we live, work, source and sell.
Our ESG reporting suite aims to provide comprehensive and comparable disclosures for a broad range of stakeholders. As well as publishing our
integrated Annual Report and ESG Reporting Index each year, we also submit non-financial information to benchmarking and index organisations,
including those listed on the Awards and ranking page of our website.
The non-financial reporting space is evolving quickly. We are committed to continually evaluating and improving our approach and to actively
tracking emerging ESG regulation, frameworks and good practice.
How we report to our stakeholders – our reporting suite
S
T
R
A
T
E
G
I
C
R
E
P
O
R
T
Annual Report Where we present our
most material disclosures and describe how
our strategy delivers value for our business
and other stakeholders. The performance of
non-financial KPIs are integrated into the
relevant focus area sections. The document
also includes detailed non-financial
reporting boundaries and methodologies.
Diageo.com Where, through the ‘Society
2030: Spirit of Progress‘ section, we give
more details of our approach and
performance, with examples of our strategy
in action.
ESG Reporting Index Where we give
additional disclosures in line with the GRI
Standards and the UNGC advanced reporting
criteria index, plus our response to the
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board
(SASB). This document also includes detailed
non-financial reporting boundaries and
methodologies.
Who are our stakeholders? Everyone who is affected by our business, and everyone who affects it, is a stakeholder. A detailed description of our
stakeholder engagement process is on pages 110-113 of this Annual Report.
Non-financial and sustainability information statement
Focus area
Description of Diageo’s business model
Relevant policies and standards
Society 2030: Spirit of Progress'
Promote positive drinking
Champion inclusion and diversity
Our people and culture
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures
• Global Marketing and Digital Marketing Policy(1)
• Global Employee Alcohol Policy(1)
• Position papers(1)
• Code of Business Conduct(1)
• Great Britain and Scotland Gender Pay Gap Report
2022
• Republic of Ireland Gender Pay Gap Report 2022
• Global Human Rights Policy(1)
• Global Environment Policy(1)
• Sustainable Agriculture Guidelines(1)
• Sustainable Packaging Commitments(1)
• Partnering with Suppliers Standard(1)
• Deforestation Guidelines
Human rights
Health and safety
Anti-bribery and corruption
• Global Human Rights Policy(1)
• Modern Slavery Statement(2)
• Global Brand Promoter Standard(1)
• Global Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy(1)
• Code of Business Conduct(1)
Read more in this report
Page
• Business model
• 'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress'
• Promote positive drinking including
performance of the relating metrics
• Champion inclusion and diversity including
performance of the relating metrics
• Our people and culture
• Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability including
managing climate risks and opportunities
and performance of the related metrics
• Our principal risks and risk management
• Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability including
managing climate risks and opportunities
and performance of the related metrics
• Our principal risks and risk management
• Doing business the right way
• Our principal risks and risk management
• Health and Safety
• Doing business the right way
• Our principal risks and risk management
24-25
57
58-60
32-35
67-70
63-64
71-87
88-93
71-87
88-93
61-62
88-93
65-66
61-62
88-93
https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance/code-of-business-conduct/policies-and-standards
(1)
(2) https://www.diageo.com/en/esg/doing-business-the-right-way-from-grain-to-glass/modern-slavery-statement
This Strategic Report, which has been approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors, was signed on its behalf
by Tom Shropshire, the Company Secretary, on 31 July 2023.
94
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
95
Governance report
Contents
Letter from the Chairman of the Board of Directors
Governance at a glance
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Corporate governance report
Audit Committee report
Nomination Committee report
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ report
98
99
100
104
106
117
123
126
154
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
96
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
97
LETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE
Enabling our Ambition through Leadership
Governance at a glance
evolving to changing circumstances, as well as resilient and
committed to our strategy, values and purpose. It is the
responsibility of the Board to provide direction for management,
setting the strategic aims and performance ambition of the
company, centred on Diageo's strong culture. The Board is also
responsible for ensuring that the company has effective
operational leadership to implement its strategy of investing for
long-term sustainable growth. We were therefore very pleased
to welcome Debra Crew back to the Board as Chief Executive in
June.
A particular focus of the Board this past year has been on
ensuring that Diageo is well-positioned for future growth. This
includes managing appropriate allocation of capital such as
investing in fast-growing categories, actively managing our
footprint and brand portfolio through selective acquisitions and
disposals, and investing in the capacity and environmental
sustainability of our facilities and supply chain. It also includes
ensuring that Diageo is resourced adequately, with performance
enabled by highly engaged and motivated employees and a
collaborative, values-based and inclusive culture.
We know that achieving this is dependent on the Board
providing effective leadership, enabling swift execution of our
clear strategy, and we look forward to working with Debra in
guiding Diageo to move towards the next phase of delivering
sustainable long-term value for our shareholders and other
stakeholders.
Javier Ferrán (Chairman)
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to
present the corporate governance report for
the year ended 30 June 2023, which
summarises how the Board and our
governance has provided leadership over
the year in support of the long-term
sustainable success of Diageo.
Diageo's business has grown consistently over the last few years
under the leadership of Sir Ivan Menezes, despite the challenges of
the pandemic, instability in the global political and economic
environment and continued inflationary pressures. We remain
deeply grateful for his transformational leadership as we reflect on
his sad passing.
Delivering our ambition in such a challenging and turbulent
environment requires leadership which is agile and creative,
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Board considers that for the year ended 30 June 2023, Diageo has fully applied the Principles and complied with the Provisions of the UK
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the Code) except for the pension alignment required under Provision 38, where full compliance was
achieved from 1 January 2023 when company pension contributions for the then Chief Executive were aligned to that of the wider workforce
as explained on page 143.
The table below details where key content on the compliance with the Code can be found in this report.
Board Leadership & Company Purpose
• Section 172 statement – page 6
• Board of Directors – pages 100-103
• 2023 Governance at a glance – page 99
• Purpose, values and culture – page 114
Composition, Succession and Evaluation
• Leadership and experience – pages 100-103
• Performance evaluation – page 113
• Nomination Committee report – pages 123-125
• Board activities – page 109
Division of Responsibilities
• Corporate governance structure and division of responsibilities – pages 106
Audit, Risk and Internal Controls
• Audit Committee report – pages 117-122
and 108
• Board and committee attendance – page 99
• Director independence – page 108
Remuneration
• Remuneration Committee report – pages 126-153
Board
composition
Non-executive
director tenure
Board gender
diversity
Board ethnic
diversity
ò Chairman
ò Executive director
ò Non-executive director
ò 0 – 3 years
ò 3 – 6 years
ò 6 – 9 years
Fiscal 23 highlights
ò Male
ò Female
ò Directors of colour
ò White European
Board composition and changes
Annual General Meeting
• Diageo ranked as the leading FTSE 100 company in the FTSE
• This year's AGM was held on 6 October 2022 at etc.venues St
Women Leaders Review in February 2023 for the third year running,
with 63.6% female representation on the Board.
• Debra Crew rejoined the Board as Chief Executive and Executive
Director on 8 June 2023 following the sad passing of Sir Ivan
Menezes.
Board attendance
• During fiscal 23, there were seven scheduled meetings of the Board
which Directors attended either physically or remotely using video
conference facilities.
• Directors' attendance record at the last AGM, scheduled Board and
Board Committee meetings, for fiscal 23 is set out in the table
below. Attendance is expressed as the number of scheduled
meetings attended out of the number that each Director was eligible
or invited to attend.
Paul's, 200 Aldersgate, London.
• It was held as a hybrid meeting with over 130 people attending
physically, including shareholders, proxies, corporate
representatives and guests, and with the ability for others to attend
remotely or by virtual means using an online platform.
• All Directors attended the AGM either physically or remotely.
• During the AGM, the Chief Executive gave a review of the
performance of the company during fiscal 22, following which the
Chairman took questions from shareholders which were responded
to by the Chairman and other Directors.
• The vote procedure was carried out by way of poll as authorised by
the Articles of Association. All resolutions contained in the Notice of
Meeting were passed.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Javier Ferrán
Debra Crew(2)
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Susan Kilsby
Melissa Bethell
Karen Blackett
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet
Sir John Manzoni
Lady Mendelsohn
Alan Stewart
Ireena Vittal
Former Directors
Sir Ivan Menezes(3)
(1) Attended by invitation.
(2) Appointed to the Board on 8 June 2023.
(3) Ceased being a director on 6 June 2023.
Annual General
Meeting 2022
ü
N/A
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
Board
(maximum 7)
7/7
Audit Committee
(maximum 5)
5/5(1)
Nomination Committee
(maximum 6)
6/6
0/0
5/5(1)
5/5
4/5
4/5
4/5
5/5
5/5
5/5
4/5
0/0
0/0
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
6/6
Remuneration
Committee
7/7(1)
1/1(1)
1/1(1)
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
6/7
7/7
7/7
2/5(1)
4/5(1)
4/6(1)
0/0
6/6
7/7
7/7
6/7
6/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
5/6
98
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
99
BOARD OF D I RECTORS
Leadership and experience
1
3
5
2
4
6
Javier Ferrán
1.
Chairman
Nationality: Spanish
Appointed: Chairman and Chairman of the Nomination Committee:
January 2017 (Appointed Chairman Designate and Non-Executive
Director: July 2016)
N
4. Susan Kilsby
Senior Independent Director
Nationality: American/British
Appointed: Senior Independent Director: October 2019 (Appointed Non-
Executive Director: April 2018 and Chairman of the Remuneration
Committee: January 2019)
A N R
Key strengths: Brings extensive board-level experience from the drinks
and consumer products industry, including at chief executive level, and
has a wealth of experience in consumer goods through his venture capital
activities to draw from in his role as Chairman and leader of the Board
Key strengths: Brings wide-ranging corporate governance and board level
experience across a number of industries, including a consumer goods
sector focus, with particular expertise in mergers and acquisitions,
corporate finance and transaction advisory work
Current external appointments: Chairman, International Consolidated
Airlines Group, S.A.; Senior Advisor and chairman of investee company
board, BlackRock Long Term Private Capital
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Chair, Fortune Brands
Innovations, Inc.; Non-Executive Director, Unilever PLC, NHS England;
Member, the Takeover Panel
Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director and Senior
Independent Director, Associated British Foods plc; Non-Executive Director,
Coca-Cola European Partners plc; Member, Advisory Board of ESADE
Business School; President and CEO, Bacardi Limited; Non-Executive
Director, SABMiller plc
2. Debra Crew
Chief Executive
Nationality: American
Appointed: Chief Executive and Executive Director: June 2023
Key strengths: Has broad experience in various consumer products sectors
at board, chief executive and management leadership levels, as well as
over four years' experience in non-executive and executive roles at Diageo
E
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Stanley, Black &
Decker, Inc.
Previous Diageo roles: Chief Operating Officer; President, North America;
Non-Executive Director, Diageo plc
Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Newell Brands,
Mondelēz International Inc.; President and CEO, Reynolds American, Inc;
President, PepsiCo North America Nutrition, PepsiCo Americas Beverages,
Western Europe Region; various positions with Kraft Foods, Nestlé, S.A.,
and Mars
3. Lavanya Chandrashekar
Chief Financial Officer
Nationality: American
Appointed: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director: July 2021
Key strengths: Brings broad financial expertise, commercial skills and
strong consumer goods experience to manage the group’s affairs relating
to financial controls, accounting, tax, treasury and investor relations
E
Previous Diageo roles: Chief Financial Officer, Diageo North America and
Global Head of Investor Relations
Previous relevant experience: Vice President Finance, Global Cost
Leadership and Supply Chain, Mondelēz International; VP Finance, North
America, Mondelēz International; VP Finance, Eastern Europe, Middle East
and Africa, Mondelēz International; various senior finance roles at Procter
& Gamble
Previous relevant experience: Senior Independent Director and Chair of
Remuneration Committee, BHP Group Plc, BHP Group Limited; Senior
Independent Director, BBA Aviation plc; Chairman, Shire plc; Chairman,
Mergers and Acquisitions EMEA, Credit Suisse; Senior Advisor, Credit
Suisse; Non-Executive Director, Goldman Sachs International, Keurig
Green Mountain, L’Occitane International, Coca-Cola HBC
A N R
5. Melissa Bethell
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: American/British
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: June 2020
Key strengths: Has extensive international corporate and financial
experience, including in relation to private equity, financial sectors,
strategic consultancy and advisory services, as well as having strong non-
executive experience at board and committee levels across a range of
industries, including retail, consumer goods and financial services
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Tesco PLC, Exor
N.V.; Chair, Ocean Outdoor Limited; Senior Advisor, Atairos
Previous relevant experience: Managing Director and Senior Advisor,
Private Equity, Bain Capital; Non-Executive Director, Atento S.A., Worldpay
plc, Samsonite S.A.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
A N R
6. Karen Blackett
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: British
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: June 2022
Key strengths: Brings expertise in marketing, media and the creative
industries, as well as broad experience in public policy and strategic
initiatives through a number of different government, industry and public
bodies
Current external appointments: UK President, WPP plc; Chancellor,
University of Portsmouth; Founding Trustee, BEO (Black Equity
Organisation); Non-Executive Director, Creative UK, Non-Executive
Director, The Pipeline
Previous relevant experience: UK Race Equality Business Champion, HM
Government; Business Ambassador, Department for International Trade,
HM Government; Chairwoman, MediaCom UK & Ireland; Chief Executive
Officer, GroupM UK; Chief Executive Officer, MediaCom UK; Chief
Operations Officer, MediaCom EMEA; Marketing Director, MediaCom; UK
Country Manager, WPP plc
Board committees
A Audit Committee
E Executive Committee
N Nomination Committee
R Remuneration Committee
Chairman of the committee
100
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
101
BOARD OF D I RECTORS contin ued
7
9
11
8
10
10. Alan Stewart
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: British
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: September 2014 (Appointed Chairman
of the Audit Committee: January 2017)
A N R
Key strengths: Has a strong background in financial, investment banking
and commercial matters, with particular expertise in consumer retail
industries, as well as board and committee level experience at industry
institutions
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director and Chair of the
Remuneration Committee, Reckitt Benckiser Group PLC; Non-Executive
Director and Chair of Audit Committee, Burberry Group plc
Previous relevant experience: Chief Financial Officer, Tesco PLC; Non-
Executive Director, Tesco Bank; Chief Financial Officer, Marks & Spencer
Group plc, AWAS; Non-Executive Director, Games Workshop plc; Group
Finance Director, WH Smith PLC; Chief Executive, Thomas Cook UK
A N R
Ireena Vittal
11.
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: Indian
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: October 2020
Key strengths: Brings a wealth of FMCG experience from a career in
executive consulting with a focus on consumer sectors and emerging
markets, including India, as well as broad experience in non-executive
board roles in the UK and India
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Compass Group
PLC; Non-Executive and Lead Independent Director, Godrej Consumer
Products Limited; Non-Executive Director, Asian Paints Limited
Previous relevant experience: Head of Marketing and Sales, Hutchinson
Max Telecom; Partner, McKinsey and Company; Non-Executive Director,
Wipro Limited, Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited, Titan
Company Limited, Tata Global Beverages Limited, Tata Industries,
GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
A N R
7. Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: French
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: January 2021
Key strengths: Brings strong experience and expertise in the luxury
consumer goods sector, having spent her career in the industry working in
a number of international markets, including developed and emerging
markets, and as a former CEO in the premium drinks industry
Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Lead Independent
Director and Chair of Governance Committee, Danone S.A.; Non-
Executive Director, Acné Studios A.B., Agrolimen S.A., Nextstage S.C.A.,
Jacobs Holding AG; Vice Chairman, Sofisport
Previous relevant experience: Chief Executive Officer, Rémy Cointreau
S.A.; President and CEO for the Americas, Louis Vuitton, LVMH Group;
President and CEO for North America, Louis Vuitton, LVMH Group;
President South Europe, Louis Vuitton, LVMH Group; President and CEO,
Louis Vuitton Taiwan, LVMH Group; President, Luxury Product Division for
the USA, L’Oréal Group
A N R
8. Sir John Manzoni
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: British
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: October 2020
Key strengths: Has strong commercial executive experience as a former
CEO in the energy sector and non-executive board level experience,
including in the alcoholic beverage industry, as well as more recent
expertise in public policy and government affairs
Current external appointments: Chairman, SSE plc; Chairman, Atomic
Weapons Establishment; Non-Executive Director, KBR Inc.
Previous relevant experience: Chief Executive of the Civil Service and
Permanent Secretary of the Cabinet Office, HM Government; President
and Chief Executive Officer, Talisman Energy; Chief Executive, Refining &
Marketing, BP p.l.c.; Chief Executive, Gas & Power, BP p.l.c.; Non-Executive
Director, SABMiller plc
A N R
9. Lady Mendelsohn
Non-Executive Director
Nationality: British
Appointed: Non-Executive Director: September 2014
Key strengths: Has specialist knowledge and understanding of consumer-
facing emerging technologies, privacy and data issues, as well as wide
experience of board and committee level appointments across diverse
commercial, governmental and charitable institutions, as well as advisory
roles in advertising and production of consumer goods
Current external appointments: Head of the Global Business Group, Meta
Platforms Inc.; Co-President, Norwood; Member, Mayor’s Business
Advisory Board; Chair, Follicular Lymphoma Foundation
Previous relevant experience: Executive Chairman, Karmarama; Deputy
Chairman, Grey London; Board Director, BBH, Fragrance Foundation;
President, Institute of Practitioners in Advertising; Director, Women’s Prize
for Fiction; Co-Chair, Creative Industries Council; Member, HMG Industrial
Strategy Council; Board Member, CEW; Trustee, White Ribbon Alliance;
Chair, Corporate Board, Women’s Aid
102
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
103
Board committees
A Audit Committee
E Executive Committee
N Nomination Committee
R Remuneration Committee
Chairman of the committee
EXECUTI V E COMMITTEE
Expertise and diversity
1
4
7
10
2
5
8
11
3
6
9
Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar are also
members of the Executive Committee.
Their biographies can be found on page 101.
Ewan Andrew
1.
President, Global Supply Chain & Procurement and Chief
Sustainability Officer
Nationality: British
Appointed: September 2019
Previous Diageo roles: Supply Director, International Supply Centre; Senior
Vice President, Supply Chain & Procurement, Latin America and
Caribbean; Senior Vice President Manufacturing & Distilling, North
America; various supply chain, operational management and
procurement roles
6. Hina Nagarajan
Managing Director and CEO of United Spirits Limited
Nationality: Indian
Appointed: July 2021
Previous Diageo roles: CEO-Designate, United Spirits Limited; Managing
Director, Africa Regional Markets
Previous relevant experience: Managing Director, China & SVP North Asia,
Reckitt Benckiser; General Manager, Malaysia & Singapore, Reckitt
Benckiser; CEO & MD Mary Kay India; senior marketing and general
management roles, ICI Paints India and Nestlé India
Current external appointments: Member, Scotch Whisky Association
Council, Scottish Business Climate Collaboration Board, One Planet
Business for Biodiversity Board
7. Dayalan Nayager
President, Africa
2. Soraya Benchikh
President, Europe
Nationality: French
Appointed: January 2023
Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Northern Europe
Previous relevant experience: Brand CEO and Area Director, East and
Southern Africa, President, France and Regional Finance Director, Europe,
British American Tobacco
3. Alvaro Cardenas
President, Latin America and Caribbean
Nationality: Colombian
Appointed: January 2021
Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Andean Region; Director, End-
to-End Global Commercial Processes; Finance Director, South East Asia
Region, PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil) Region, Andean Region,
Colombia
4. Cristina Diezhandino
Chief Marketing Officer
Nationality: Spanish
Appointed: July 2020
Previous Diageo roles: Global Category Director, Scotch & Managing
Director, Reserve Brands; Managing Director, Caribbean and Central
America; Marketing & Innovation Director, Diageo Africa; Category
Director, Scotch Portfolio & Gins; Global Brand Director, Johnnie Walker
Previous relevant experience: Corporate Marketing Director, Allied
Domecq Spain; marketing roles, Unilever HPC US, UK and Spain
5. Daniel Mobley
Global Corporate Relations Director
Nationality: British
Appointed: June 2017
Previous Diageo roles: Corporate Relations Director, Europe
Previous relevant experience: Regional Head of Corporate Affairs, India &
South Asia, Regional Head of Corporate Affairs, Africa, Group Head of
Government Relations, Standard Chartered; extensive government
experience including in HM Treasury and Foreign & Commonwealth
Office
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Nationality: South African/British
Appointed: July 2022
Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Great Britain and Justerini &
Brooks, Ireland and France, Global Travel; Regional Director, Global
Travel Europe; Commercial Director, South Africa; Customer Marketing
Director, South Africa; Key Account Director, South Africa
Previous relevant experience: Various positions, Heinz, Mars and Pick n
Pay Retailers
8. John O'Keeffe
President, Asia Pacific & Global Travel
Nationality: Irish
Appointed: July 2015
Previous Diageo roles: President, Africa & Beer; CEO and Managing
Director, Guinness Nigeria; Global Head, Innovation; Global Head, Beer
and Baileys; Managing Director, Russia and Eastern Europe; various
management and marketing positions
9. Louise Prashad
Chief HR Officer
Nationality: British
Appointed: January 2022
Previous Diageo roles: Global Talent Director; Talent Director, Africa; HR
Director, Europe, West Latin America and Caribbean, Global Functions
Previous relevant experience: various HR roles, Stakis Group and Hilton
Hotels
10. Claudia Schubert
President, North America
Nationality: American
Appointed: October 2022
Previous Diageo roles: President, US Spirits and Canada; General
Manager, Continental Europe; President, US Controls States and Canada;
President, Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines
Previous relevant experience: Boston Consulting Group
11. Tom Shropshire
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Nationality: American/British
Appointed: July 2021
Current external appointments: Member of the Court (Non-Executive
Director), The Bank of England; Trustee, New York University School of
Law; Member of the Steering Committee, The Parker Review; Trustee,
Charity Projects Limited (Comic Relief); Director, Comic Relief Limited
Previous relevant experience: Partner & Global US Practice Head,
Linklaters LLP
104
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
105
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
Enabling our ambition
Corporate governance structure and division of responsibilities
Non-Executive Directors
Melissa Bethell, Valérie
Chapoulaud-Floquet, Sir John
Manzoni, Lady Mendelsohn, Alan
Stewart, Ireena Vittal and Karen
Blackett
The Non-Executive Directors, all of
whom the Board has determined
are independent, experienced and
influential individuals from a
diverse range of industries,
backgrounds and countries.
• Constructively challenge the
Executive Directors
• Develop proposals on strategy
• Scrutinise the performance of
management
• Satisfy themselves on the
integrity of the financial
information, controls and
systems of risk management
• Set the levels of remuneration
for Executive Directors and
senior management
• Make recommendations to the
Board concerning appointments
to the Board
• Devote such time as is
necessary to the proper
performance of their duties
A summary of the terms and
conditions of appointment of the
Non-Executive Directors is available
at https://www.diageo.com/en/
our-business/corporate-
governance.
Nomination
Committee
Audit
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
s
r
e
v
i g ht and rigoro
u
s c
Board of Directors
h
a
l
l
e
n
g
e
ependent o
d
In
Chief Executive has
delegated authority to
these Committees
Leaders h i p
Executive
Committee
Filings
Assurance
Committee
Finance
Committee
Audit & Risk
Committee
Business unit risk
management
Senior Independent Director
Susan Kilsby
• Acts as a sounding board for the
Chairman and serves as an
intermediary for the other
Directors where necessary
• Together with the other Non-
Executive Directors, leads the
review of the performance of the
Chairman, taking into account
the views of the Executive
Directors
• Available to shareholders if they
have concerns where contact
through the normal channels has
failed
Company Secretary
Tom Shropshire
• The Board is supported by the
Company Secretary who ensures
information is made available to
Board members in a timely
fashion
• Supports the Chairman in setting
Board agendas, designing and
delivering Board inductions and
Board evaluations, and co-
ordinates post-evaluation action
plans, including risk review and
training requirements for the
Board
• Advises on corporate
governance matters
• Is a member of the Executive
Committee as General Counsel
Chief Executive
Debra Crew
• Develops the group’s strategic direction
for consideration and approval by the
Board
• Implements the strategy agreed by the
Board
• Leads the Executive Committee
• Manages the company and the group
• Along with the Chief Financial Officer,
leads discussions with investors
• Is supported in her role by the Executive
Committee
• Is supported by the Finance Committee
and Filings Assurance Committee in the
management of financial reporting of
the company
Chairman
Javier Ferrán
• Responsible for the operation,
leadership and governance of the
Board
• Ensures all Directors are fully informed
of matters and receives precise, timely
and clear information sufficient to
make informed judgements
• Sets Board agendas and ensures
sufficient time is allocated to ensure
effective debate to support sound
decision-making
• Ensures the effectiveness of the Board
• Engages in discussions with
shareholders
Chief Financial Officer
Lavanya Chandrashekar
• Manages all aspects of the group's
financial affairs
• Responsible for the management of
the capital structure of the company
• Contributes to the management of the
group's operations
• Along with the Chief Executive, leads
discussions with investors
• Is supported by the Finance
Committee and Filings Assurance
Committee in the management of the
financial affairs and reporting of the
company
• Is a member of the Executive
• Meets with the Non-Executive Directors
Committee
independently of the Executive
106
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Board of Directors
Composition of the Board
The Board comprises the Non-Executive Chairman, two Executive
Directors, the Senior Independent Director, and seven independent
Non-Executive Directors. The biographies of all Directors are set out in
this Annual Report on pages 101 and 103. Debra Crew was appointed
Chief Executive and Director, effective 8 June 2023.
Inclusion and diversity
The Board sees championing inclusion and diversity as one of the key
enablers for achieving Diageo’s ambition. It is also a core principle of
the company’s global Human Rights Policy which applies to all
employees, subsidiaries and third-party contractors and which has been
implemented as part of our Code of Business Conduct programme. Our
objective is to maintain and sustain an inclusive and diverse business,
across all levels, functions and geographies, in order to create a better
working environment and a better performing business. As part of this,
the Board has adopted a written Board Diversity Policy alongside
Diageo’s Code of Business Conduct and associated global policies,
which set out Diageo’s broader commitment to inclusion and diversity.
Diageo strongly supports diversity within its Board of Directors, including
gender, ethnicity, age and professional diversity, as well as diversity of
thought. The Board is comprised of individuals from a diverse range of
skills, industries, backgrounds and nationalities, which enables a broad
evaluation of all matters considered by the Board and contributes to a
culture of collaborative and constructive discussion. The Board’s
objective, as set out in its Diversity Policy, is that it shall include no less
than 40% female representation (with the ultimate goal being parity
between males and females on the Board) and at least one Director
from a minority ethnic group. As at 26 July 2023, women make up 73%
of the Board and there are four Directors (36%) who self-disclose as
being from minority ethnic groups. Further information about diversity at
Board and senior executive levels can be found on page 125 and in the
‘Our people and culture’ and ‘Champion inclusion and diversity’
sections of the Strategic Report on pages 63-64 and 67-70 respectively.
The Board's Diversity Policy is available at https://www.diageo.com/
en/our-business/corporate-governance/board-diversity.
Outside interests and conflicts
The Board has adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest,
with Directors' outside interests being regularly reviewed and
responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest reserved for the Board.
In the case of a potential conflict, the Nomination Committee considers
the circumstances, appropriate controls and protocols, and makes a
recommendation to the Board. The Board confirmed that it was not
aware of any situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the
interests of the company, other than those that may arise from Directors’
other appointments as disclosed in their biographies.
Duties of the Board
The Board manages overall control of the company’s affairs with
reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board for
decision. The schedule was last reviewed in July 2023 and is available
at https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance.
In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for Directors to seek
both independent advice and the advice and services of the Company
Secretary, who is responsible for advising the Board on all governance
matters. The Board considers a number of factors when making
decisions, including the potential impact of those decisions on various
stakeholder groups and on the Company's ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress‘ and other non-financial targets, including in respect of
environmental sustainability. Further information on the Board and the
Audit Committee's roles in climate risk governance can be found on
page 72. The terms of reference of Board Committees are reviewed
regularly, most recently in July 2023, and are available at
https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Corporate governance requirements
The principal corporate governance rules applying to Diageo (as a UK
company listed on the London Stock Exchange) for the year ended 30
June 2023 are contained in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
(the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules,
which require us to describe, in our Annual Report, our corporate
governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with our
application of the Code’s main principles and the second dealing
specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code’s provisions. The
two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of
governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good
practice. A copy of the Code is publicly available on the website of the
Financial Reporting Council (FRC), www.frc.org.uk. Diageo’s statement
as to compliance with the Code during the year ended 30 June 2023
can be found on page 98. Diageo must also comply with corporate
governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules and certain related provisions in the Companies Act
2006 (the Act). Diageo is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE), and as such is subject to the applicable rules of this exchange
and jurisdiction. For example, Diageo is subject to the listing
requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the US Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC), as they apply to foreign private issuers.
Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(SOX), as it applies to foreign private issuers, is continually monitored.
Compliance with US corporate governance rules
Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE’s corporate governance
rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in
which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by
US companies under NYSE listing standards. Diageo believes the
following to be the significant areas in which there are differences
between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate
governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also
provided on the company’s website at www.diageo.com.
• Basis of regulation: UK listed companies are required to include in
their annual report a narrative statement of (i) how they have
applied the principles of the Code and (ii) whether or not they have
complied with the best practice provisions of the Code. NYSE listed
companies must adopt and disclose their corporate governance
guidelines. Certain UK companies are required to include in their
annual report statements as to (i) how directors have complied with
Section 172 of the Act, which requires directors to promote the
success of the company for the benefit of the members as a whole,
having regard to the interests of stakeholders and (ii) how directors
have engaged with and taken account of the views of the
company’s workforce and other stakeholder groups. Diageo
complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the
Code and the disclosure requirements noted above, other than as
described on page 98.
• Director independence: The Code requires at least half the Board
(excluding the Chairman) to be independent Non-Executive
Directors, as determined by affirmatively concluding that a Director is
independent in character and judgement and determining whether
there are relationships and circumstances which are likely to affect,
or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. The Code
requires the Board to state its reasons if it determines that a director
is independent notwithstanding the existence of relationships or
circumstances which may appear relevant to its determination. NYSE
rules require a majority of independent directors, according to the
NYSE’s own ‘brightline’ tests and an affirmative determination by the
Board that the Director has no material relationship with the listed
company. Diageo’s Board has determined that, in its judgement and
without taking into account the NYSE brightline tests, all of the Non-
Executive Directors are independent. As such, currently nine of
Diageo’s eleven Directors are independent. Further details of this
determination in relation to Alan Stewart, Non-Executive Director and
Chairman of the Audit Committee, are set out on page 108.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
107
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued
• Chairman and Chief Executive: The Code requires these roles to be
separate. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies.
Diageo has a separate Chairman and Chief Executive.
• Non-Executive Director meetings: NYSE rules require Non-
Management Directors to meet regularly without management and
independent directors to meet separately at least once a year. The
Code requires Non-Executive Directors to meet without the Chairman
present at least annually to appraise the Chairman’s performance.
During the year, Diageo has complied with these requirements with
independent Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman,
meeting without the Executive Directors present four times and
independent Non-Executive Directors meeting without the Chairman
or Executive Directors present twice.
• Board committees: Diageo has a number of Board committees that
are similar in purpose and constitution to those required by NYSE
rules. Diageo’s Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees
consist entirely of independent Non-Executive Directors. Under NYSE
standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate
governance committee, which develops and recommends a set of
corporate governance principles and is composed entirely of
independent directors. The terms of reference for Diageo’s
Nomination Committee, which comply with the Code, do not contain
such a requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the
Code, Diageo has disclosed on page 113 the results and means of its
annual evaluation of the Board, its Committees and the Directors,
and it provides extensive information regarding the Directors’
compensation in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages
126-153 .
• Code of ethics: NYSE rules require a Code of Business Conduct and
Code of Ethics to be adopted for directors, officers and employees
and disclosure of any waivers for executive directors or officers.
Diageo has adopted a Code of Business Conduct for all Directors,
officers and employees, as well as a Code of Ethics for Senior
Financial Officers in accordance with the requirements of SOX. See
page 121 for further details.
• Compliance certification: NYSE rules require chief executives to
certify to the NYSE their awareness of any NYSE corporate
governance violations. Diageo is exempt from this as a foreign
private issuer but is required to notify the NYSE if any executive
officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with NYSE corporate
governance standards. No such notification was necessary during
the period covered by this report.
Structure and division of responsibilities
The Board is committed to the highest standards of corporate
governance and risk management, which is demonstrated in its
established corporate governance framework, illustrated on page 106.
This includes the three Board Committees (Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee), as well as
management committees which report to the Chief Executive or Chief
Financial Officer (Executive Committee, Finance Committee, Audit &
Risk Committee and Filings Assurance Committee). There is a clear
separation of the roles of the Chairman, the Senior Independent
Director and the Chief Executive which has been clearly established, set
out in writing and approved by the Board. A copy of this is available at
https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance. No
individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making processes.
Further details on the Board Committees can be found in the separate
reports from each committee on pages 117-153, and details of the
Executive Committee can be found on pages 104-105
Board skills and experience
Having an appropriate mix of experience, expertise, diversity and
independence is essential for Diageo's Board. Such diverse attributes
enable the Board as a whole to provide informed opinions and advice
on strategy and relevant topics, thereby discharging its duty of
oversight. The Board skills matrix helps to identify the experience and
expertise of existing Directors, required skill sets or competencies, and
the strategic requirements of the company. Key strengths and relevant
experience of each Director are set out on pages 101 and 103, and a
matrix of the Board’s current skills and experience is set out below.
Banking and corporate finance
Commercial matters
Consumer products
Corporate governance
Emerging markets
Finance
Food and beverages
Government and public policy
General management
M&A
Media
Sales and marketing
Strategy
Sustainability
Technology
Transaction advisory
Independence
The Code requires the Board to state its reasons for concluding that a
director is independent notwithstanding the existence of certain
relationships or circumstances which are likely to impair or appear to
impair the director's independence. A non-exhaustive list of such
circumstances is set out in provision 10 of the Code and include,
amongst other things, the fact that a director has served on the board
for more than nine years. In September 2023, Alan Stewart will have
served for nine years on the Board since he was first appointed in
September 2014. Alan has also served as Chairman of the Audit
Committee since January 2017. The Board has requested and Alan has
agreed to extend the term of his appointment to enable a smooth
transition of the role of Chair of the Audit Committee at a time when the
company is commencing a significant business change programme to
upgrade its financial systems and technology in order to enhance the
company's reporting and controls environment, as further described on
page 112. The Board believes that, given the critical role of the Audit
Committee in supervising this programme, this additional period will
help preserve the level of knowledge and experience on and help
support a successful transition to a successor, who is expected to be
appointed prior to the 2024 AGM. It was further considered to be in the
best interests of the company that Alan continues in this role to provide
further continuity in light of other changes to the Board and, in
particular, the recent transition in Chief Executive. The Board has also
considered the matter of Alan's independence in light of this extension
and concluded that, notwithstanding his serving for more than nine
years, he continues to make high-quality contributions to Board and
committee meetings, providing effective and constructive challenge to
management and demonstrating objective and independent judgment.
In light of this assessment, the Board has determined that Alan Stewart
remains independent.
Board and Committee attendance
Directors’ attendance record at the last AGM, scheduled Board
meetings and Board Committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June
2023 is set out in the table shown on page 99. Directors are expected to
attend all meetings of the Board and its Committees and the AGM, but
if unable to do so they are encouraged to give their views to the Chair
of the meeting in advance. The 2022 AGM was held as a combined
physical and electronic meeting via a live webcast with all Directors
attending either physically or by video link. For Board and Board
Committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of
meetings attended of the number that each Director was eligible to
attend.
Re-appointment at AGMs
The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive Directors standing
for re-appointment at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively,
both individually and collectively as a Board, and that each Non-
Executive Director demonstrates commitment to their roles and
continues to provide constructive challenge, strategic guidance and
offer specialist advice, as well as holding management to account. As
can be seen from the attendance records set out on page 99, Directors’
attendance levels have been consistently high throughout the year
ended 30 June 2023.
Board activities
Details of the main areas of focus of the Board and its Committees during the year include those summarised below:
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Strategic priority
Strategic outcome
Stakeholders
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
1
4
5
6
2
3
6
EG
CVC
EG
CVC
EP
CVC
CT
EP
EG
CVC
CT
Areas of focus
Strategic
matters
• Held a two-day Annual Strategy Conference (ASC) focussing on key strategic matters,
including implementation of strategy across regions, convenience, China, ESG performance
and supply chain strategy
• Regularly reviewed the group’s performance against the strategy
• Received reports on the financial performance of the group as against the annual plan
• Reviewed the group’s tax strategy and policy
• Received reports on the macro-economic environment, socio-political matters and emerging
trends
• Carried out deep dives into key strategic topics including the group's scotch whisky portfolio
and strategy, tequila strategy, consumer insights, Latin America and Caribbean region,
culture and capabilities, China, health and wellness, and volatility scenario planning
Operational
matters
• Reviewed and approved the group's three-year plan and annual funding plan, insurance,
banking and capital expenditure requirements
• Reviewed the group's long-term demand forecasting processes, global business operations
and shared service centre arrangements
• Regularly reviewed and approved the group’s M&A and business development activities,
reorganisations and various other projects
• Reviewed the group's supply chain activities, including supply footprint
• Approved capital expenditure investments, and various significant procurement, systems and
other contracts, having taken into consideration financial, operational, sustainability and
other ESG related factors
• Initiated a global business transformation programme and systems upgrade
• Reviewed the company’s capital allocation, funding and liquidity positions, and those of its
pension schemes, and approved interim and final dividends
• Reviewed and approved the company’s share buyback programme
• Approved the appointment of a new Chief Executive, including as an Executive Director
• Acting through the Nomination Committee, reviewed the company’s succession planning and
talent strategy
• Increased focus on ESG matters throughout the year, including conducting a deep dive in
relation to the company's approach to ESG matters and its 'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress'
programme at the ASC
• Reviewed approach and methodologies used in relation to non-financial targets
• Received reports on workforce engagement over the year
• Received regular investor reports
• Received regular updates on ESG matters and progress towards ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress‘ targets
• Completed actions identified following the previous evaluation of the Board's performance
and carried out an internal evaluation of the Board’s performance
• Reviewed schedule of matters reserved for the Board and terms of reference of its Committees
ESG matters
Assurance
and risk
management
• Received reports in relation to material legal matters, including disputes, regulatory and
governance developments, and areas of legal or regulatory risk
• On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, approved the company’s risk footprint,
including reviewing and updating the principal risks
• On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, approved the company’s filings, financial
and non-financial reporting including interim and preliminary results announcements, US
filings and Annual Report
Key
Strategic priorities
Strategic outcomes
Stakeholders
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sustain quality growth
EG
Efficient growth
Embed everyday efficiency
CVC
Consistent value creation
Invest smartly
Promote positive drinking
CT
EP
Credibility and trust
Engaged people
Champion inclusion and diversity
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
People
Consumers
Customers
Suppliers
Communities
Investors
Governments and regulators
108
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
109
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued
Stakeholder engagement
We aim to maintain open and positive dialogue
with all our stakeholders, considering their key
interests in our decision-making and
communicating with them on a regular basis.
This dialogue helps us build trust and respect
and make choices as a business that help shape
the role we play in society.
The development of strong and positive relationships between Diageo
and its external stakeholders is an intrinsic part of our purpose and
culture. Our stakeholders include not only business partners such as
suppliers and customers, our people and workforce, but also
government, consumers and the wider communities in which we
operate. As noted in the company’s statement on Section 172 of the
Companies Act 2006 set out on page 9, in making their decisions and
in discharging their duties to promote the success of the company, the
Directors must have regard to the interests of its stakeholders. We have
summarised below why our stakeholders are important to us, what we
believe their principal interests are and how the Board and company
seeks to engage and respond.
Stakeholder and why we engage
Our people
• People are at the core of our business
• We aim to build a trusting, respectful and inclusive
culture where people feel engaged and fulfilled
• We want our people to be treated with dignity at
work and their human rights respected
What we believe matters most to them
Prioritisation of health, safety and well-being
•
Learning and development opportunities
•
Purpose, culture and benefits
•
• Contributing to the growth of our brands and performance
•
•
Promotion of inclusion and diversity
Sustainability and societal credentials
How the Board seeks to engage
• Active dialogue maintained throughout the year as part of the
Board's ongoing workforce engagement programme
• Direct engagement through visits to offices, production and supply
•
chain sites during the year
Indirect engagement through feedback from works councils,
employee and workforce forums, community groups, Your Voice
and pulse surveys and townhall meetings
What we believe matters most to them
• Choice of brands for different occasions, including no- and lower-
Consumers
• Understanding our consumers is critical for our
business’ long-term growth
• Consumer motivations, attitudes and behaviours
form the basis of our business strategy, brand
marketing and innovation
• We want consumers to enjoy our products
responsibly and for them to ‘drink better, not more’
Customers
• Our customers are a broad range of businesses,
large and small, on-trade and off-trade, retailers,
wholesalers and distributors, digital and e-
commerce
• We want to nurture mutually beneficial
relationships to deliver joint value and great
consumer experiences
•
•
alcohol
Innovation in heritage brands and creation and nurturing of new
brands
Responsible marketing
•
• Great experiences
Product quality
•
Sustainability and societal credentials
•
Price
•
•
•
How the Board seeks to engage
• Monitoring consumer behaviours, motivations and insights
•
Responding to and anticipating emerging consumer trends as part
of strategic sessions, including the Annual Strategy Conference
Regular review of business development opportunities, including
active brand portfolio management
Review of innovation pipeline as part of the Annual Strategy
Conference
•
•
What we believe matters most to them
• A portfolio of leading brands that meets evolving consumer
preferences
Identification of opportunities that offer profitable growth
Insights into consumer behaviour and shopper trends
Trusted product quality
Innovation, promotional support and merchandising
•
•
•
•
• Availability and reliable supply and stocking
•
•
•
Technical expertise
Joint risk assessment and mitigation
Sustainability and societal credentials
How the Board seeks to engage
•
Regular review of innovation pipeline and inorganic opportunities to
ensure a broad portfolio at multiple price points
Review of supply chain footprint to ensure efficient delivery of
products to customers
•
Reporting to the Board
•
Regular reports from workforce
engagement activities
Feedback through employee surveys,
including annual group-wide Your
Voice survey
•
• Culture and capabilities session at
Board meeting led by Chief HR Officer
Upcoming priorities
• Maintaining focus on simplifying
internal processes, including
upgrading and transforming business
operations and systems
Evolving workforce engagement
programme
•
Reporting to the Board
•
Regular performance updates by the
Chief Executive, including on key
consumer trends
Papers prepared by strategy team on
evolving consumer behaviours in
advance of Annual Strategy
Conference
Regular updates by Business
Development and Innovation teams
on organic and inorganic
opportunities and portfolio choices
Upcoming priorities
• Ongoing review of portfolio and
category participation opportunities
• Developing pipeline of innovation
informed by consumer insights
Enhancing marketing effectiveness
through detailed understanding of
consumer motivation
•
Reporting to the Board
•
Regular performance updates by the
Chief Executive, including customer
and route-to-consumer concerns
• Deep dive reviews on key regions or
markets, including for example during
fiscal 23 in relation to Latin America
and Caribbean, include consideration
of customer relationships
Upcoming priorities
•
Scheduling face-to-face meetings for
Directors to meet representatives of
key customers during market visits
Enhancing relationships between the
company and its customers through
engagement opportunities
Stakeholder and why we engage
Suppliers
• Our suppliers, service providers and agencies are
experts in their fields
• We rely on them to deliver high-quality products
and market responsibly
• We collaborate with them to improve our collective
impact, ensure sustainable and resilient supply
chains, and make positive contributions to society
•
•
What we believe matters most to them
Strong, mutually beneficial partnerships
•
Strategic alignment and growth opportunities
•
•
Fair contract and payment terms
• Collaboration to realise innovation
• Consistent performance measures
•
•
Joint risk assessment and mitigation
Sustainability and societal credentials
How the Board seeks to engage
•
Periodic review of supply chain footprint in key markets to ensure
resilience and flexibility, monitoring environmental impacts and
efficiencies
Review and approval of material supply and procurement contracts
including for critical raw materials
Supporting management in improving supplier relationships
through fair contract and payment terms, compliance with Diageo's
'Partnering with Suppliers Standard' and working collaboratively to
mitigate environmental impacts and achieve ESG goals
Communities
• We aim to create long-term value for the
communities in which we live, work, source and sell
• We can help build thriving communities and
strengthen our business through empowering
people, increasing access to opportunities and
championing inclusion and diversity
Investors
• We want to enable equity and debt investors to
have an in-depth understanding of our strategy,
our operational, financial and holistic
performance, so that they can more accurately
assess the value of our business and the
opportunities and risks of investing in it
Governments and Regulators
• The regulatory environment is critical to the success
of our business
• We share information and perspectives with those
who influence policy and regulation to enable
them to understand our views on areas that can
impact public health and our business
What we believe matters most to them
•
• Access to skills development, employment and supplier
Impact of our operations on the local economy
opportunities
Inclusion, diversity and tackling inequality in all forms
Responsible use of natural resources, biodiversity and sustainability
Transparency and engagement
•
•
•
How the Board seeks to engage
•
Setting targets and monitoring progress on broader societal
matters, including promoting positive drinking, inclusion and
diversity
• Considering the environmental and social consequences for
communities of its key decisions, including encouraging inclusion
and diversity, equal employment opportunities, skills development
and support for communities and through wider value chains
What we believe matters most to them
Strategic priorities, opportunities and risks
•
•
Financial performance
• Corporate governance
•
•
•
•
Leadership credentials, experience and succession
Executive remuneration policy
Shareholder returns
Environmental, inclusion and diversity, and social commitments and
progress
How the Board seeks to engage
•
Regular engagement between key investors and Chief Executive
and Chief Financial Officer through Investor Relations programme
of events
Participation in investor conferences such as the Consumer Analyst
Group of New York meeting in February 2023
•
• Hosting investor events such as the Diageo Scotch day in June 2023
• Attendance at the Annual General Meeting in October 2022,
including responding to questions from shareholders
What we believe matters most to them
• Compliance with applicable laws and regulations
• Contribution to national and local economic development and
•
•
public health priorities
International trade, excise, regulation and tackling illicit trade
Tackling harmful drinking and the impact of responsible drinking
initiatives
• Climate change and water sustainability agendas, including carbon
reduction, human rights, environmental impacts, sustainable
agriculture, biodiversity and support for communities
How the Board seeks to engage
•
Indirect engagement through periodic updates from Chief
Executive and corporate relations executives
Review of macro-economic and geopolitical developments as part
of strategy sessions
•
• Updates on regulatory developments, including in relation to non-
financial reporting, corporate governance and public policy
•
Reporting to the Board
•
Terms of material contracts with
suppliers are reviewed by the Board
Periodic updates provided to the
Board in relation to supply chain
agility programme rollout
Supply chain sustainability and other
ESG data included in quarterly
'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress'
reports provided to the Board
•
•
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Upcoming priorities
• Continued focus on rollout of supply
chain agility programme
• Monitoring impact of supply chain
disruption on operations, including
through Audit Committee risk reviews
Supervision of initiatives to improve
sustainability and supply chain
resilience
•
Reporting to the Board
• Quarterly reports provided to Board
on progress made in relation to
'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress'
targets
Reports on macro-economic and
socio-political events provided to
Board by management
•
Upcoming priorities
• Monitoring progress in relation to
positive drinking programmes,
including SMASHED and similar
initiatives
Supporting management in advocacy
in relation to water stewardship
ambitions
•
Reporting to the Board
• Monthly reports compiled by Investor
Relations team provided to the Board,
providing details on engagement
sessions with investors and key trends
Biennial survey of investor sentiment
carried out by external consultancy
and report provided to the Board
•
Upcoming priorities
• Continued proactive engagement with
investors through structured
programme of engagement activities
over the year
Preparing for the Annual General
Meeting to be held in September 2023
Engaging directly with investors
through roadshow following
announcement of fiscal 23 results
•
•
Reporting to the Board
•
Reports on socio-political events and
issues periodically provided to the
Board
• Developments in regulatory matters,
including governance and reporting
obligations, are included in biannual
reports to the Board prepared by
management
Upcoming priorities
• Monitoring developments in
regulation and best practice in respect
of non-financial reporting
requirements, corporate governance
and audit regime
Supporting management's advocacy
in relation to key public policy matters
including water stewardship, positive
drinking, inclusion and diversity
• Direct engagement with key customers during market visits
110
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
111
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued
Principal Board decision – Transforming our
business processes and systems
In May 2022, the Board approved the commencement of a multi-year
project with the aim of improving Diageo’s internal processes and
upgrading its financial systems and technology. This project is
expected to be a significant business change programme introducing
more intuitive business processes, powered by technology, to provide
better access to data and information in order to enable quicker and
more informed decision-making. The project, which is expected to be
implemented over a five-year period, has been designed to enhance
Diageo’s business resilience and controls environment through
simplifying and standardising the group’s ways of working across its
functional domains. A key part of the project will be a transition to a
new cloud-based enterprise resource planning platform, SAP S/4
HANA, which will be used to manage Diageo’s day-to-day business
activities, enabling the flow of data between the group’s business
processes in a way which minimises duplication and provides data
integrity. During the course of fiscal 23, the progress of the project has
been monitored by both the Board and Audit Committee due to its
importance to the company’s controls and reporting capabilities. For
example, at its meetings in January 2023 and April 2023 the Audit
Committee reviewed reports from the project team and supervised key
decisions. These included the appropriate timing and phasing of rollout
of the project, the need to ensure standardisation of end-to-end
process ownership through a global process ownership model, the
establishment of appropriate governance structures for the project, and
the selection and engagement of key third-party suppliers and partners
for implementation.
The Board has also considered a number of broader interdependencies
between this project and other matters, including its relationship with
the company’s culture and workforce capabilities, and the impact of
the project on the scope of work of certain other functions. One related
matter was the impact of the change in the company's functional
currency to US dollar which took effect from 1 July 2023, as noted on
page 36. As it was important to ensure that the company's reporting
systems were capable of operating in a different currency, the Board
was kept informed of the work being undertaken to prepare the
company's reporting systems to minimise any disruption and ensure a
smooth transition. As a result, when the functional currency change
took effect, the Board approved go live of the systems change and
approved a change in the company's presentation currency to US
dollar to provide a better alignment of the reporting of Diageo's
performance with its business exposures. The Board has also decided
that commencing with the interim dividend to be declared in January
2024 and paid in April 2024, it intends to declare future dividends
denominated in US dollar but that, subject to the relevant resolutions
being passed at the forthcoming AGM, holders of ordinary shares will
continue to receive their dividends in sterling and will be offered the
option to elect to receive their dividends in US dollar instead while
holders of the company's ADRs will continue to receive dividends in US
dollar as is currently the case.
The potential implications of the project on key stakeholder groups
have been important factors in these considerations, as required under
Section 172 of the Companies Act. These have included:
• the impact of this project on the day-to-day activities and
experience of employees and the wider workforce, including in
particular the importance of simplification and streamlining of
internal processes, as noted by feedback consistently received
through the various engagement structures used by the Board to
understand workforce views;
• the improved capabilities in terms of accessibility and robustness of
data as a result of implementing the new platform, which should
enable quicker reporting both internally but also to external
stakeholders including regulators and authorities;
• the benefits for investors and analysts in better understanding
business performance by minimising foreign exchange volatility
through the presentation of results and declaration of dividends in
US dollars, consistent with the company's functional currency and
more representative of its underlying business;
• the ability to offer choice to shareholders as to which currency in
which to receive payment of dividends; and
• the implications of the new platform for supply chain third parties
and customers, including customer and vendor lifecycle
management processes, product sales reporting and returnable
packaging management.
Wider stakeholder engagement
Diageo has ambitious goals across a variety of social and
environmental targets and has a long track record of working with
stakeholders to achieve these goals. Our ambition to be one of the
best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products
companies in the world can only be achieved through engagement
and partnership with our stakeholders. The Board and its members
have engaged directly and indirectly with a number of its key
stakeholders during fiscal 23, which has seen continued volatility and
uncertainty in many markets and has sought to understand and
respond to stakeholder considerations in making its decisions and
determining the company’s strategy and goals. These include the
following activities:
• During fiscal 23, the Board met and engaged with the company’s
key customers in North America, discussing their experience of
working with Diageo including over the period of the Covid-19
pandemic, how the company’s ‘Raising the Bar’ programme and
other support measures assisted them during this period and the
impact of inflation and cost-of-living pressures on current consumer
trends. Feedback received from customers in different markets is
also reported to the Board by the Chief Executive in her regular
performance summaries. Customer feedback about market trends
and consumer activity, as well as the performance of the company’s
portfolio, is an important input into the company’s consumer insights
tools which are used as guidance for innovation, product
development and marketing initiatives.
• The Board has continued its annual cycle of visits to different Diageo
offices and production sites during fiscal 23. Directors met in
Scotland in November 2022 for a multi-day meeting including an
immersion into our production processes and facilities and a deep
dive into the commercial and marketing aspects of our scotch
whisky business. Meeting a broad group of employees supporting
our production and scotch businesses enabled a deep
understanding of the complexity of long-term forecasting and
demand planning on production and maturation timelines for aged
liquids. This is particularly relevant to recent decisions in relation to
significant capital investment in our supply chain including in
distillation and maturation capacity, where learnings from our
supply sites in Scotland can be applied in relation to developing our
supply capacity in other markets, including for example in respect of
tequila production in Mexico.
• The Board’s workforce engagement programme is a well-
established process with regular engagement sessions held with
different parts of the global workforce over the course of the year,
involving all Non-Executive Directors. These sessions provide Non-
Executive Directors with insights into the company’s culture which
are then fed back to the company’s engagement teams and used
to shape our approach to people. See page 114 for this year’s
workforce engagement statement which includes further details of
the programme.
• Engagement with investors and analysts has remained a focus
during fiscal 23, with a programme of regular meetings, calls and
other engagement activities coordinated by the Investor Relations
function. Highlights include participation by Board members,
including the former and current Chief Executives and the CFO,
alongside other senior executives at the annual Consumer Analyst
Group of New York meeting held in February 2023 in Florida.
Investor representatives and analysts were also invited to attend a
presentation at Johnnie Walker Princes Street in Edinburgh which
focussed on the company’s scotch whisky portfolio and business led
by the current Chief Executive supported by the Chief Marketing
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, which was also webcast.
Materials from these sessions are available on https://
www.diageo.com/en/investors/results-reports-and-presentations.
Further information on our stakeholders, what we think is important to
them and how the Board engages and responds to them can be found
on pages 110-111. A case study summarising how stakeholder
considerations were taken into account by the Board during fiscal 23,
as required by Section 172 of the Companies Act, in respect of one of
its principal decisions is set out on page 112.
Executive direction and control
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee, appointed and chaired by the Chief
Executive, supports her in discharging her responsibility for
implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the
company and the group. It consists of the individuals responsible for
the key operational and functional components of the business: North
America, Europe, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, Asia Pacific,
Supply Chain and Procurement and Corporate. The Executive
Committee focusses its time and agenda to align with the Performance
Ambition and how to achieve Diageo’s financial and non-financial
performance objectives. Performance metrics have been developed to
measure progress. There is also focus on the company’s reputation. In
support, monthly performance delivery calls, involving the managing
directors of each market, focus on current performance. Committees
appointed by the Chief Executive and intended to have an ongoing
remit, including the Audit & Risk Committee, Finance Committee and
Filings Assurance Committee, are shown (with their remits) at https://
www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate governance.
Performance evaluation
With the assistance of the Company Secretary, the evaluation of the
Board's effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the Board's
Committees and Directors, was undertaken from December 2022 to
January 2023. The purpose of the evaluation was to review and
evaluate how the Board and its Committees operate as measured
against current best practice corporate governance principles framed
by reference to Principle L and Provisions 21, 22 and 23 of the Code.
This year's evaluation was an internally managed process, comprising
an online questionnaire for all Directors to complete, designed to
gather an assessment of the level of satisfaction with specific areas and
to enable each Director to express their views on them. The evaluation
focused on Directors' views on three areas, being (i) Board
composition, balance and performance, (ii) Board and Committee
topics, support and provision of information, and (iii) Committees'
effectiveness and performance. Responses to questions were sent to
the Chairman of the Board and responses on the effectiveness of the
Committees were also submitted to the respective Committee
Chairmen. Following receipt of responses on the evaluation on the
Chairman, the Senior Independent Director held a meeting with the
Directors without the Chairman present to provide feedback in relation
to the Chairman, consistent with the requirements of the Code. The
results of the evaluation process were reviewed by the Board at its
meeting in January 2023 at which various actions were agreed to be
taken. It is the Board’s intention to continue to review annually its
performance and that of its Committees and individual Directors, with
such evaluation being carried out by an external facilitator every three
years. The evaluation to be undertaken in 2023 will be carried out by
the end of the calendar year with the assistance of an external
facilitator, which will be engaged in due course following completion of
a tender process. The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive
Directors standing for re-election at this year’s AGM continue to
perform effectively, both individually and collectively as a Board, and
that each demonstrates commitment to their roles. The main
conclusions and key areas for focus highlighted by the December 2022
evaluation are set out in the table below.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Main conclusions
General feedback
• Broad satisfaction with the composition, expertise and performance of the Board and
content of its meetings
• Diversity, inclusivity and openness of the Board are strengths
• Performance of the Committees was felt to be strong and led well by the respective
Chairs
Board composition
• Board members feel well integrated into the Board and company
• Strong focus on succession planning, particularly over the short to mid term
• Transition in Board composition will require continued focus on key areas of expertise
and experience
Strategic focus
• Continued focus on medium and longer-term issues, including tracking of key
strategic decisions and investments
• Regular discussions of culture and values are welcomed
• Continued focus on ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ programme including approach
to reporting in light of changing regulatory environment
Key actions for focus
• Continue to encourage culture of open discussion amongst Board
members and with Executive Committee members
• There remain opportunities for improvement in the interactions
between management and Board members
• Continue focus on Board and management succession planning and
on ensuring pipeline of high-quality, diverse talent
• Identify key areas for additional expertise and focus recruitment and
talent pipeline on these areas in particular
• Increase focus on key strategic matters, emerging trends and medium
to long-term issues, ensuring appropriate allocation of time and
resources
• Schedule post-completion reviews of key strategic decisions
• Identify alternative ways of reporting progress in relation to ongoing
• Opportunities to enhance strategic focus of Board discussions, including in respect of
initiatives and projects
emerging trends over the medium and long term
• The workforce engagement process has been effective and beneficial
Company secretarial support
• Broad recognition of an effective Company Secretarial function and the support
provided to the Board
• Re-design of the Board induction process has been very positive
• Pre-read materials have improved significantly; however, there is a desire for even
greater focus on key issues
• Continue to find opportunities for Board to engage with workforce in
different geographies and to visit production facilities, sites and offices
• Continue to develop and enhance induction process for new Directors
• Continue focus on ensuring high-quality pre-read materials, action
closure and time allocation
112
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
113
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued
Workforce Engagement statement
At Diageo, creating an inclusive culture and an environment where
people can openly share their views and feel listened to is key to
sustaining high levels of engagement and remaining a great place to
work.
To help us understand colleagues’ experience at Diageo, we listen to
their views using formal and informal channels. Diageo’s Workforce
Engagement programme is an important way for the Board to gather
employee insights and feedback on key topics, including culture,
strategy and ways of working. It is also a valued opportunity for teams
to have direct access to members of the Board.
Diageo’s Chairman has acted as Non-Executive Director designated to
workforce engagement over the past four years. In fiscal 23, together
with all Non-Executive Directors, twelve sessions were held with 948
colleagues across all regions, functions and organisational levels.
Sessions have been highly engaging, with the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors valuing open conversations. These have highlighted
many positive aspects of Diageo’s culture, as well as areas of
opportunity.
The themes emerging from these workforce engagement discussions
are:
• Colleagues shared their pride in working for Diageo and attributed
this to the company’s advantaged culture, which connects them
with Diageo’s purpose and brands, as well as the quality of
leadership and management’s focus on performance.
• Diageo’s ongoing commitment to ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘
targets, including a leading approach to inclusion and diversity, as
well as an embedded approach to doing business in the right way
were positive highlights in the discussions.
• The calibre of talent across the business is seen as a strength and
colleagues spoke positively about opportunities for learning and
career development.
• Overly complex systems and processes were highlighted as barriers
that can at times prevent colleagues from operating in the most
efficient way. Improvements are being felt, and colleagues spoke
positively of Diageo’s commitment to invest further in this area,
including Diageo’s recently announced five-year investment into
global digital transformation.
• Colleagues acknowledged positive shifts that are helping to speed
up decisions, such as stronger cross-market collaboration, freedom
to test and learn and quicker decision-making.
These themes were also reflected in this year's strong engagement
results seen in the global employee survey, Your Voice, where
engagement levels grew a further 1% to 84%, and pride in working for
Diageo is at an all-time high at 91%.
Insights gathered from workforce engagement sessions held by the
Board, alongside broader listening tools such as Your Voice survey,
have helped to listen and respond to the perspectives of our
employees, as well as identify specific areas to further enhance our
employee experience.
In this coming year, Karen Blackett has taken over accountability as
the designated Non-Executive Director for workforce engagement.
Karen, along with all other Non-Executive Directors, will continue to
engage in meaningful conversation with a wide range of colleagues to
help shape our culture, policies and ways of working, and ensure these
insights help to inform the Board’s decision-making.
Purpose, values and culture
The Board is responsible for establishing Diageo’s purpose, values and
culture and for monitoring how embedded that culture is within our
business. Diageo has a long-established purpose and set of values
which resonate strongly with our employees, as indicated by the
Board's engagement sessions with Diageo's workforce and our
employee surveys. We are very conscious that Diageo must operate
with the highest standards of governance, doing business the right
way, from grain to glass. This principle is embedded in our Code of
Business Conduct and global policies, aligned with our ‘Society 2030:
Spirit of Progress‘ goals, and reflected in our ways of working. We are
pleased that we have a strong reputation for inclusion and diversity
which reflects our values, attracts the best talent and enables our
people to succeed. In order to improve our pace, agility and resilience,
we continue to look to simplify and streamline our internal processes
including through the launch of a significant business process and
systems transformation project which is implemented in phases over
the next few years, further details of which are set out on page 112.
There are a number of ways in which the Board monitors and assesses
culture, including:
Site visits
Directors are encouraged to visit the group’s offices, production
facilities and sites in different markets and regions so that they can get
a better understanding of the business and interact with employees
and the wider workforce. Over the last year, Directors have visited the
company's headquarters in London on a number of occasions as well
as our offices in New York, meeting and interacting with employees.
There have also been visits to our spirits production facilities, scotch
brand homes and visitor centres in Scotland and a number of Directors
have also travelled or are planning to travel to other locations,
including our tequila operations in Mexico. At these locations, Directors
get the opportunity to meet and discuss issues with employees, to see
how Diageo’s safety and sustainability processes work in practice, to
talk with local management and workforce and to assess how
effectively Diageo’s culture is communicated and embedded at all
levels. As part of the Board's workforce engagement programme, Non-
Executive Directors regularly hold in-person and virtual meetings,
townhalls and question and answer sessions with Diageo employees in
different locations over the course of the year.
Employee surveys
The Board receives reports from the Chief HR Officer on the results of
the company’s global annual ‘Your Voice’ survey, including levels of
employee engagement, employee perceptions of Diageo’s purpose
and of their line managers (including net promoter scores), and any
themes raised. The survey results also give visibility of areas on which
management must continue to focus, including continued simplification
and process improvement work across the business. Results of this
year's 'Your Voice' survey are indicated on pages 40-41.
SpeakUp allegation reporting
The Business Integrity team provides regular reports to the Audit
Committee of allegations of breaches of the Code of Business Conduct
and other group policies, including those received through our
confidential and independent whistleblowing service SpeakUp. These
reports also include analyses of emerging trends, investigation status
reports and closure rates, and summaries of actions taken. These
reports enable the Directors to gain an understanding of common
issues and action planning, as well as providing insights into how
embedded Diageo’s purpose, values and culture are across its markets
and functions.
For more details of the SpeakUp service, see pages 39 and 120.
Viability statement
In accordance with the Code, the Board has also considered the
company’s longer-term viability, based on a robust assessment of its
principal and emerging risks. This was done through the work of the
Audit Committee which recommended the Viability statement to the
Board. For further information about how the Board has reviewed the
long-term prospects of the group, see page 94.
Going concern
Management prepared cash flow forecasts which were also sensitised
to reflect severe but plausible downside scenarios taking into
consideration the group's principal risks. In the base case scenario,
management included assumptions for mid-single digit net sales
growth, operating margin improvement and global TBA market share
growth. In light of the ongoing geopolitical volatility, the base case
outlook and severe but plausible downside scenarios incorporated
considerations for a prolonged global recession, supply chain
disruptions, higher inflation and further geopolitical deterioration. Even
under these scenarios, the group’s liquidity is still expected to remain
strong, as it was protected by issuing €500 million of fixed rate euro
and $2 billion of fixed rate dollar-denominated bonds in the year
ended 30 June 2023. Mitigating actions, should they be required, are
all within management’s control and could include reductions in
discretionary spending such as acquisitions and capital expenditure, as
well as a temporary suspension of the share buyback programme and
dividend payments in the next 12 months, or drawdowns on committed
facilities. Having considered the outcome of these assessments, the
Directors are comfortable that the company is a going concern for at
least 12 months from the date of signing the group's consolidated
financial statements.
Political donations
The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United
Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and
incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made
contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.83 million during
the year (2022 – £0.64 million). These contributions were made almost
exclusively to federal and state candidate committees, state political
parties and federal leadership committees in North America (consistent
with applicable laws), where it is common practice to make political
contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and
contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better
understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as
well as a generally improved business environment.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Workforce engagement programme
Insights drawn from the Board’s annual programme of workforce
engagement are used by the Board to monitor and assess the culture
of the company, with recommendations being fed back to
management regularly with workforce engagement being discussed at
Board meeting sessions twice a year. Over the past few years, the
engagement programme has expanded to enable all Non-Executive
Directors to participate by directly engaging with employees from a
variety of regions, functions and levels in the business. From 1 July
2023, the role of Non-Executive Director with responsibility for
workforce engagement transitioned from the Chairman to Karen
Blackett. For more on workforce engagement, see pages 114.
Additional information
Internal control and risk management
An ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and
managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the
requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and
up to the date the consolidated financial statements were approved and
accords with the guidance issued by the FRC in September 2014, entitled
‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial
and Business Reporting’. The Board confirms that, through the activities of
the Audit Committee described below, a robust assessment of the principal
and emerging risks facing the company, including those that would
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity, has
been carried out. These risks and their mitigations are set out above in the
section of this Annual Report dealing with principal and emerging risks on
pages 88-93.
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company’s
systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing
their effectiveness. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the
Audit Committee described in its report, it has reviewed the
effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk
management. During the year, the Audit Committee considered the
nature and extent of the risks that the Board was willing to take to
achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement
of risk appetite, which had been updated this year by the Executive
Audit & Risk Committee, following which the Audit Committee made a
recommendation to the Board which was then approved. The Audit
Committee reviews the company's principal risks regularly throughout
the year in accordance with a schedule proposed by management
with each such risk being reviewed by management in the Audit & Risk
Committee prior to it being considered by the Audit Committee. The
Board also regularly reviews emerging and disruptive risks as part of its
Annual Strategy Conference, held this year in April in New York, from
which a number of topics are identified for more detailed review by
either the Board or the Audit Committee over the following 12 months.
The company has in place internal control and risk management
systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and
the group’s process for the preparation of consolidated accounts.
Further, a review of the contents of the company's public filings and
disclosures, including its consolidated financial statements and non-
financial disclosures, is completed by management through the Filings
Assurance Committee to ensure that the contents of the company's
interim and preliminary results announcements, Annual Report and
Form 20-F appropriately reflect the non-financial and financial position
and results of the group. Further details of this are set out in the Audit
Committee report on pages 117-122.
114
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
115
Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and financial statements,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s and
parent company’s position and performance, business model and
strategy. Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed
on pages 101 and 103 confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
• the group consolidated financial statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting
standards, IFRSs issued by IASB, give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group;
• the parent company financial statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ and
applicable law, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities,
financial position and profit of the parent company; and
• the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and
performance of the business and the position of the group and
parent company, together with a description of the principal risks
and uncertainties that it faces.
In accordance with section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, each of
the Directors who held office at the date of the approval of the
Directors’ report confirm that, so far as the Director is aware, there is no
relevant audit information of which the group’s and parent company’s
auditors are unaware, and each Director has taken all the steps that
they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the
group's and parent company’s auditors are aware of that information.
The responsibility statement was approved by a duly appointed and
authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 31 July 2023.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continued
Directors' responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report,
Form 20-F and financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the
information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent
company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and
regulation. Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors have
prepared the group consolidated financial statements in accordance
with UK-adopted international accounting standards and the parent
company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and
applicable law). In preparing the group consolidated financial
statements, the Directors have also elected to comply with International
Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting
Standards Board (IFRSs as issued by IASB).
Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view
of the state of affairs of the group and parent company and of the
profit or loss of the group and parent company for that period. In
preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
• state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting
standards, IFRSs issued by IASB have been followed for the group
financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards,
comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ and applicable
law have been followed for the parent company financial
statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements;
• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable
and prudent; and
• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless
it is inappropriate to presume that the group and company will
continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the group
and parent company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The Directors
are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are
sufficient to show and explain the group’s and parent company’s
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the group and parent company and enable them
to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. The Directors are
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and
financial information included on the company’s website. Legislation in
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
Ensuring integrity across the business
The Committee has also supervised progress in relation to a
business transformation project which the company has
commenced this year and which, once implemented, will enhance
the company's internal reporting, systems and data management
capabilities. Further details of this project are set out on page 112.
Over the past few years, we have been closely following proposed
regulatory and reporting changes, including changes to the UK
corporate governance and audit regimes, implications of future EU
reporting requirements with regard to corporate sustainability and
supply chain due diligence, and developments in US disclosure
requirements including in relation to climate change. This year the
Committee has supervised how the company is responding to and
preparing for these changes, in particular focussing on its approach as
to the development of internal processes and capabilities for the
validation and assurance of externally reported information in
anticipation of drafting an audit and assurance policy. The company
has also taken further steps this year to integrate its financial and non-
financial disclosure processes to improve consistency and robustness in
reporting with oversight by the Committee. We have also commenced
an audit services tender process during fiscal 23 which we expect to
complete before the end of the current year.
The performance of the Audit Committee was again evaluated this
year and I am pleased to note that feedback from Directors
indicated very strong satisfaction with the Committee's performance.
The Committee remains committed to continuing to discharge its
duties effectively and diligently during fiscal 24.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Alan Stewart
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am
delighted to present the Committee’s report for
the year ended 30 June 2023.
The Audit Committee has discharged its responsibilities over the
year by providing effective independent oversight, with the support
of management and the external auditors. The Committee has
carried out its role of monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the
company’s financial statements and reporting, its internal control
and risk management processes, its audit and risk activities,
business conduct and integrity, whistleblowing and breach
allegation investigations, and the appointment and performance of
the external auditor. Regular reports on internal audit findings,
business integrity and controls assurance work, breach allegation
and investigation processes were given to and reviewed by the
Committee. The Committee has also reviewed the company's
principal and emerging risks, its approach to risk appetite and
mitigations and has reviewed deep dives into key areas of potential
risk including supply chain disruption, pension funding, cyber
security and IT resilience, climate change, counterfeit and product
quality, pandemics and business interruption, business ethics and
integrity, and international taxation.
Role and composition of the Audit Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is fully described in its terms of
reference, which are available at https://www.diageo.com/en/our-
business/corporate-governance. The members of the Audit Committee
are independent Non-Executive Directors being Alan Stewart
(Committee Chairman), Melissa Bethell, Karen Blackett, Susan Kilsby,
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet, Sir John Manzoni, Lady Mendelsohn and
Ireena Vittal. The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Financial Officer,
the General Counsel & Company Secretary, the Group Controller, the
Head of Global Audit & Risk (GAR), the Chief Business Integrity Officer,
the General Counsel Corporate, the Group Chief Accountant and the
external auditor regularly attend meetings of the Committee. The Audit
Committee met privately with the external auditor, the Chief Business
Integrity Officer and the Head of GAR regularly during the year. During
the course of the year, the Committee met five times and its duly
appointed subcommittee met once. Details of attendance of all Board
and Committee meetings by Directors are set out on page 99.
Reporting and financial statements
During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the interim results
announcement, including the interim financial statements, the Annual
Report and associated preliminary results announcement and Form
20-F, focussing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical
accounting policies, disclosures (including those relating to contingent
liabilities, climate change and principal risks), viability and going
concern assessments, provisioning and any changes required in these
areas or policies. The Audit Committee has also focussed in particular
on the company’s approach to assurance and internal approvals
processes. The company has again looked to develop its non-financial
reporting in a manner that enhances consistency with the financial
reporting and throughout the Strategic Report, including in relation to
compliance with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures.
116
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
117
FRC correspondence
The Committee reviewed a letter to the company from the FRC
following their review of the company's interim results announcement
for the six months ended 31 December 2022. The Committee was
pleased to note that the FRC had no questions or queries to raise
following their review, although their letter did include some matters
which the FRC believed could be improved for the benefit to users. In
its reply to the FRC, the company noted those comments and
confirmed that they would be taken into consideration in future
reporting. The Committee notes that the FRC's review does not provide
assurance that the interim results were correct in all material respects
as the FRC's role is not to verify information but to consider compliance
with reporting requirements.
External auditor
During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the external audit
strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the
interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.
The Audit Committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor
(taking into account the auditor’s effectiveness and independence and
all appropriate guidelines) and makes a recommendation to the Board
accordingly. Any decision to open the external audit to tender is taken
on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. There are no
contractual obligations that restrict the company’s current choice of
external auditor. Following the last tender process, PwC was appointed
as auditor of the company in 2015. Richard Oldfield became the lead
audit partner for the year ended 30 June 2021, following the rotation of
the previous partner, and has been the lead audit partner during the
year ended 30 June 2023. After three years in role, Richard is stepping
down as the lead audit partner at PwC on the conclusion of the audit
for the year ended 30 June 2023. We thank Richard for his conduct of
the audit during his tenure. Richard will be replaced by Scott Berryman.
The selection process for the new lead audit partner was designed to
identify the best qualified partner for the role, to ensure audit quality. A
shortlist of candidates was identified and interviewed by the Chairman
of the Audit Committee and the Chief Financial Officer. The final
selection was based on feedback from those interviews as well as an
assessment of the candidates’ experience and expertise. We look
forward to working with Scott, who has extensive knowledge of UK and
US reporting requirements, and who we believe will continue to ensure
the quality of the audit.
As the company is required to have a mandatory audit tender after 10
years, management has initiated an audit services tender process
which is expected to complete during the year ending 30 June 2024.
The Audit Committee considers that it is appropriate to initiate such a
process at this time in order to prepare for an adequate transition
during 2025 in the event that a new audit firm is selected. The
company has complied with the provisions of The Statutory Audit
Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of
Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities)
Order 2014 (CMA Order) for the year ended 30 June 2023.
AUD I T COMMI TTEE REPORT contin ued
This year the Committee has also had oversight of management's
transformation project to improve Diageo’s internal processes and
upgrading its financial systems and technology, with a particular focus
on its impact on the company’s controls and reporting capabilities. The
impact of the change in the company's functional and presentation
currency, which took effect in July 2023, was also considered by the
Committee. Further details of this project are set out on page 112.
The company has in place internal control and risk management
systems in relation to the company’s financial and non-financial
reporting process including the group’s process for the preparation of
consolidated financial statements. A review of the consolidated
financial statements and the draft Annual Report is completed by the
Filings Assurance Committee (FAC) to ensure that the financial position
and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. In addition
to reviewing draft financial statements for publication at the half and
full year, the FAC is responsible for examining the company’s financial
and non-financial information and disclosures, the effectiveness of
internal controls relating to financial and non-financial reporting and
disclosures, legal and compliance issues and determining whether the
company’s disclosures are accurate and adequate. The FAC comprises
senior executives such as the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial
Officer, the General Counsel & Company Secretary, the General
Counsel Corporate & Deputy Company Secretary, the Group
Controller, the Group Chief Accountant, the Head of Investor Relations,
the Head of GAR and the Chief Business Integrity Officer. The
company’s external auditor also attends meetings of the FAC. The
Audit Committee reviewed the work of the FAC and a report on the
conclusions of the FAC process was provided to the Audit Committee
by the Chief Financial Officer.
Diageo has carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with
the participation of management, including the Chief Executive and
Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation
of Diageo's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the US
Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period
covered by this Annual Report. Based upon that evaluation, Diageo's
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of 30
June 2023, Diageo's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
As part of its review of the company's Annual Report and associated
disclosures, the Audit Committee has considered whether the report is
‘fair, balanced and understandable’ and provides the information
necessary for shareholders to assess the company's position,
performance, business model and strategy, as required by Principle N
of the Code. In doing so, the Committee has noted the guidance
issued by the FRC on this subject as well as best practice
recommendations from external advisors. The Committee has
considered factors such as whether the report includes descriptions of
the business model, strategy and principal risks which are sufficiently
clear and detailed to enable users to understand their importance to
the company, whether the report is consistent throughout with the
narrative reflecting the financial statements and understanding of
directors during the year, that information is presented fairly, without
omission of material information and not in a manner which might
mislead users.
The Committee has also considered the presentation of GAAP and
non-GAAP measures to ensure appropriate prominence is given to
GAAP measures and that non-GAAP measures are presented
consistently and can be clearly reconciled. The Audit Committee has
also considered the governance and processes undertaken by
management in drafting, developing and reviewing the contents of the
Annual Report, which have been designed to ensure the robustness
and adequacy of the information contained in it, including review by
and input from senior executives, the company's advisors and through
the work of the FAC. On this basis, the Audit Committee recommended
to the Board that it could make the required statement that the Annual
Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.
118
Diageo Annual Report 2023
External auditor effectiveness and quality
The Audit Committee assesses the ongoing effectiveness and quality of
the external auditor and audit process through a number of methods,
commencing with identification of appropriate risks by the external
auditor as part of its detailed audit plan presented to the Audit
Committee at the start of the audit cycle. These risks were reviewed by
the Committee and the work performed by the auditor was used to test
management’s assumptions and estimates relating to such risks. The
effectiveness of the audit process in addressing these matters was
assessed through reports presented by the auditor to the Audit
Committee which were discussed by the Committee at both the half-
year, in January, and year-end, in July. Following completion of the
audit process, feedback on its effectiveness was provided through
review meetings with the company’s finance team and management
and completion of questionnaires, in advance of management and the
auditor providing assessments of auditor effectiveness and quality to
the Audit Committee for consideration at its meeting in December. This
year the questionnaire was updated to ensure more focus on the extent
to which the auditor had challenged management. The auditor
assessment is undertaken based on guidance issued to audit
committees by the FRC in April 2016 and draft Minimum Standards for
Audit Committees published by the FRC in November 2022, and
includes consideration of the findings of the FRC's Audit Quality Review
team which published its report on PwC in July 2022, periodic
regulatory review carried out by the PCAOB and the Quality Assurance
Department of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and
Wales, as well as benchmarking of the auditor as against its peers. In
this year's assessment, the overall satisfaction with PwC's performance
was rated as solid, remaining broadly flat as compared to the prior
year. Decreases from the prior year resulted from two issues, being the
audit process in relation to hyperinflation in Turkey and the audit of
certain UK subsidiaries. Consistent strong feedback was provided as to
auditor independence, quality control processes, professional expertise,
business knowledge and quality communication between auditors and
management, which was consistent with the prior year's assessment.
Areas where continued focus was required included timely review and
feedback on audit matters, better alignment in internal communication,
resource continuity and use, pro-activity in driving efficiencies, provision
of best practice examples of processes and controls, and transparency
on audit activities throughout the year. It was concluded that the
relationship between the auditor and management was strong and
open, with open and clear communications on areas and views which
are considered significant.
During the external audit, the auditor challenged management on its
approach taken as to impairment testing, including in relation to the
impact of business projects across a number of markets and economic
conditions in India and Turkey, and other judgemental matters such as
pension valuations and tax assessments. The auditor also challenged
management while preparing the Annual Report in relation to whether
disclosures as to the impact of certain risks in the financial statements
were sufficiently consistent with and linked to the risks and disclosures
set out in the Strategic Report and whether there was sufficient balance
in the Strategic Report. These challenges were assessed by the Audit
Committee which sought additional evidence from management in
support of their assessments, including requesting that independent
legal opinions were provided as to certain tax positions.
External auditor independence
The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the
external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually,
most recently in July 2023. When last reviewed, minor changes were
agreed to be made to the policy’s contents, reflecting the change in
functional currency of the company and certain other administrative
changes. Under the auditor independence policy, any member of the
PwC global network shall provide to the company, its subsidiaries or
any related entity only permissible services, subject to the approval of
the Audit Committee after it has properly assessed through its
governance process the threats to independence and the safeguards
applied in accordance with the FRC Ethical Standard and US Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board rules. These services are set out
in full in the policy and are generally those which the external auditor is
best placed to provide, which may include reporting required by law or
regulation to be performed by the auditor and services where the
services are closely linked to audit work and where the auditor's
understanding of the group is relevant to the services. Any FRC
permissible service to be provided by the auditor, regardless of the size
of the engagement, must be specifically approved by the Audit
Committee or its nominated delegate (being the Chairman of the Audit
Committee) based on a defined scope of pre-approved services. The
policy explicitly specifies the auditor independence review and
approval mechanism process by the Committee for permissible
engagements above the specified threshold of £100,000. Fees paid to
the auditor for audit, audit-related and other services are analysed in
note 3(b) to the consolidated financial statements. The nature and level
of all services provided by the external auditor are factors taken into
account by the Audit Committee when it reviews annually the
independence of the external auditor. During the year, no non-
assurance related services were provided by the external auditor to the
company, its subsidiaries or any related entity other than personal tax
services provided to two Non-Executive Directors and the provision of
services in connection with the issuance of senior notes by a group
company.
'Financial expert’, recent and relevant financial
experience
The Board has satisfied itself that the membership of the Audit
Committee includes at least one Director with recent and relevant
financial experience and has competence in accounting and/or
auditing and in the sector which the company operates, and that all
members are financially literate and have experience of corporate
financial matters. For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule
under SOX, Section 407, the Board has determined that Alan Stewart is
independent and may be regarded as an Audit Committee financial
expert, having recent and relevant financial experience, and that all
members of the Audit Committee are independent Non-Executive
Directors with relevant financial and sectoral competence. See pages
101 and 103 for details of relevant experience of Directors.
Internal audit, controls assurance and risk
The company’s internal GAR team undertakes an annual audit and risk
plan by delivering a series of internal assurance and audit assignments
across a variety of markets, processes, business units and functions. On
the conclusion of each assignment, GAR issues a report on its findings
which may also include an overall rating as to the status of the market,
process or function being audited, detailed reasons for the rating and
actions to be taken within a specific timetable. The Audit Committee
receives regular reports from the Head of GAR on the latest reports
issued.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo Annual Report 2023
119
AUD I T COMMI TTEE REPORT contin ued
This year GAR has undertaken a number of audits of the group's end-
to-end processes and procedures in addition to market and functional
audits. The Audit Committee assesses the effectiveness of GAR by
reviewing its annual audit plan at the start of the financial year,
monitoring its ongoing quality throughout the year, and assessing
completion rates and feedback provided following completion of the
annual audit plan. Having carried out this assessment, the Audit
Committee is of the view that the quality, experience and expertise of
GAR is appropriate for the business. The company operates a global
controls assurance programme for controls in each market and
function, which monitors compliance with and effective operation of
the company’s controls framework. The Audit Committee receives
regular reports on the status of the controls assurance plan, actions
taken to enhance controls design and effectiveness, awareness training
provided to employees, testing results and trends analysis derived from
the company’s integrated risk management system. The Committee
also reviewed and approved changes to the principal risk descriptions
and risk footprint, as well as receiving regular presentations and
reviews of the status of its principal and emerging risks. This year, these
reviews have covered areas including cyber security and IT resilience,
climate change, counterfeit and product quality, pandemics and
business interruption, business ethics and integrity, and international
taxation.
Business Integrity programmes
Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in
accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities
are subject. We hold ourselves to the principles in our Code of Business
Conduct, which is embedded through a comprehensive training and
education programme for all employees. Our employees are expected
to act in accordance with our values, the Code of Business Conduct
and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Audit
Committee monitors compliance with the company’s ethical standards
through the Business Integrity framework, which helps enhance and
protect all aspects of the company’s business. Regular reports are
provided to the Audit Committee by the Chief Business Integrity Officer
on progress in providing guidance, training and tools for all levels in
the business, completion rates for training modules, launch and rollout
of new programmes or policies, monitoring use of whistleblowing
mechanisms and investigating allegations of breaches.
Our Code of Business Conduct, available in 20 languages, sets out
what Diageo stands for as a company and how Diageo operates,
enabling all employees to understand what is required of them in
working for Diageo. Annual training on the Code of Business Conduct
and associated policies is mandatory for all managers and their direct
Reported and substantiated breaches
2021
2022
487
280
191
63
ò Reported
ò Reported through SpeakUp
ò Substantiated breaches
ò Code-related leavers
156
54
reports globally, encompassing over 21,000 eligible employees during
the year ended 30 June 2023. Training is delivered in an easily
accessible e-learning format, with classroom training delivered to those
employees who do not have regular access to a computer. The Code
of Business Conduct and other global policies are available at https://
www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance.
Third-party risk is also managed through our Know Your Business
Partner programme, which is designed to help the company evaluate
the risk of doing business with a third-party before entering and during
a contractual relationship. Business partners are assessed for potential
risks including economic sanctions, bribery and corruption, money
laundering, facilitation of tax evasion, data privacy and other
reputational issues.
Employees and third-party business partners are encouraged to raise
concerns about potential breaches of the Code of Business Conduct or
policies, either to line managers, legal or HR colleagues, risk,
compliance and Business Integrity teams, or to SpeakUp, a confidential
whistleblowing mechanism. SpeakUp is a global service administered
by an independent provider, accessible online or by telephone. Where
legally permitted, it can be used anonymously and reports kept
confidential. Allegations are investigated by independent Diageo
teams, with progress being monitored by the Business Integrity team.
When allegations are substantiated, appropriate disciplinary and
corrective actions are taken. The Audit Committee receives and
reviews regular reports on allegations, including trends information,
root cause analysis and investigation closure rates. Since all of
Diageo's Non-Executive Directors attend the Audit Committee, all Non-
Executive Directors who make up the Board routinely review the
findings of the company's whistleblowing processes in accordance with
the UK Corporate Governance Code.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, 629 allegations of breaches were
reported which was broadly consistent with the prior year. The
substantiation rate of allegations has also remained broadly consistent
compared to last year, with 32% of cases confirmed as breaches
(versus 30% in fiscal 22). As of the end of fiscal 23, 43 people exited
the business as a result of breaches of our Code of Business Conduct or
policies (fiscal 22: 54 people). This is due to a reduction in severity and
type of breaches this year. The number of leavers for fiscal 22 has been
restated due to a number of open cases from fiscal 22 being
concluded this year. At the end of fiscal 23, we had 137 open cases,
which may lead to more people exiting the business. See below a
summary of reported and substantiated breaches over the past three
years.
635
433
2023
158
43
629
419
Senior financial officers’ code of ethics and dealing
code
In accordance with the requirements of SOX and related SEC rules,
Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its Chief Executive,
Chief Financial Officer, and other senior financial officers. During the
year, no waivers were granted in respect of, this code of ethics. The full
text of the code of ethics is available at https://www.diageo.com/en/
our-business/corporate-governance/compliance. Both the Audit & Risk
Committee and the Audit Committee regularly review the strategy and
operation of the Business Integrity programme through the year.
The company has also adopted a dealing code setting out
requirements in relation to dealings in Diageo securities by Directors,
Executive Committee members and certain other employees, which is
designed to ensure compliance with applicable insider trading and
market abuse regulations, in particular the UK Market Abuse
Regulation.
Audit and Assurance Policy
During the year management has reviewed its approach to assurance
in preparation for drafting and adopting an audit and assurance
policy, consistent with the reporting requirements set out in draft
legislation proposed by the UK Department for Business and Trade in
July 2023. The Committee has reviewed and discussed the principles
on which such policy will be based and will continue to monitor
management's development of the policy.
Management’s report on internal control over financial
reporting
Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive and Chief
Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate control over the group’s financial reporting. The Filings
Assurance Committee supports the Chief Executive and Chief Financial
Officer in ensuring the accuracy of the company’s financial reporting,
filings and disclosures. As summarised on page 118, prior to interim
reporting and preliminary reporting each year, the Filings Assurance
Committee examines the company’s financial information and
processes, the effectiveness of its controls in respect of financial
reporting, and the contents of its disclosures.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo’s internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and
15(d)-15(f) under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
based on the framework in the document ‘Internal Control – Integrated
Framework’, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Based on this assessment,
management concluded that, as at 30 June 2023, internal control over
financial reporting was effective. During the period covered by this
report, there were no changes in internal control over financial
reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to
materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting. The same independent registered public accounting firm
which audits the group’s consolidated financial statements has audited
the effectiveness of the group’s internal control over financial reporting,
and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included in the
integrated audit report which is included in the company’s Form 20-F to
be filed with the SEC.
Committee activities
Details of the main areas of focus of the Audit Committee during the year include those summarised below:
Areas of focus
Corporate
reporting
Internal controls
External audit
and assurance
• Half and full year external reporting updates
• Interim and preliminary results review and approval
• Annual Report and consolidated financial statements, Form 20-F review and approval
• Implications of group functional and presentation currency change on reporting
• GAR updates
• Business Integrity updates including breach and reporting update
• Controls testing update and Section 404 assessment
• Implications on controls environment of systems and process changes
• Report on external audit at half and full year periods
• Insights and observations on reporting review
• Auditor independence and non-audit work reviews
• Auditor independence policy review
• Review of management representation letters
• Appointment of auditor and review of terms of engagement and fees
• Auditor performance and effectiveness review and assessment
• Commencement of auditor tender process
• Audit regime reform and approach to assurance, preparatory to drafting an audit and
assurance policy
Strategic priority
Strategic outcome
1
1
1
6
EG
CVC
CT
CT
CT
Risk
management
• Principal and emerging risk reviews and tracking
• Risk updates, including group risk footprint and risk appetite review and approvals
• Supply chain disruption, counterfeit, product quality, climate change and sustainability, energy,
pandemics and business interruption, cyber and IT resilience, pension funding, business
transformation and tax risk reviews
1
6
EG
CVC
CT
Key
Strategic priorities
Strategic outcomes
1
2
Sustain quality growth
Embed everyday efficiency
3
4
Invest smartly
Promote positive drinking
5
6
Champion inclusion and diversity
EG
Efficient growth
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
CVC
Consistent value creation
CT
EP
Credibility and trust
Engaged people
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
120
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
121
AUD I T COMMI TTEE REPORT contin ued
NOMI NATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Significant issues and judgements
Significant issues and judgements that were considered in respect of the 2023 financial statements are set out below. Our consideration of issues
included discussion of the key audit matters as outlined in the appendix to the independent auditors’ report.
Matter considered
The nature and size of any one-off items impacting
the quality of the earnings and cash flows.
How the Audit Committee addressed the matter
The Audit Committee assessed whether the related presentation and disclosure of those items in the financial
statements were appropriate based on management’s analysis, and concluded that they were.
Items that were to be presented as exceptional.
Refer to note 4 of the Financial Statements.
The Audit Committee assessed whether the reporting of those items as exceptional, was in line with the
group’s accounting policy, and that sufficient disclosure was provided in the financial statements, and
concluded that they were.
Whether the carrying value of assets, in particular
intangible assets, was supportable. Refer to notes
6, 9, 10 and 13 of the Financial Statements.
The group’s more significant tax exposures and the
appropriateness of any related provisions and
financial statement disclosures. Refer to page 91 of
'Our principal risks and risk management' and note
7 of the Financial Statements.
The appropriateness of the valuation of post
employment liabilities, and the recognition of any
surplus. Refer to note 14 of the Financial
Statements.
Significant legal matters impacting the group.
Refer to note 19 of the Financial Statements.
Accounting for business combinations. Refer to
note 8 of the Financial Statements.
Functional currency of Diageo plc and presentation
currency of Diageo group.
Whether the Annual Report is fair, balanced and
understandable.
The impact of climate change on the group’s
financial reporting and financial statements. Refer
to pages 71-87 of 'Pioneer grain-to-glass
sustainability' and note 1 and note 9 of the
Financial Statements.
The Audit Committee reviewed the methodology applied in conducting impairment assessments and result of
management's impairment assessments that were performed during the year. The Committee was provided
with information about the carrying amounts and the key assumptions incorporated in management’s
estimate of discounted cash flows of significant assets that are sensitive to key assumptions. The Committee
reviewed the key assumptions used in the impairment testing, including management’s cash flow forecasts,
growth rates and the discount rate used in value in use calculations and agreed they were appropriate.
The Committee agreed with management’s judgements and conclusions, whereby McDowell’s, some smaller
other brands and investments in associates and certain fixed assets have been impaired by £549 million in the
year ended 30 June 2023, out of which £520 million was reported as exceptional operating charge. The
Committee agreed that the recoverable amount of the company’s other assets was in excess of their carrying
value and that appropriate disclosure was provided with respect to assets impaired, and whose value is more
sensitive to changes in assumptions.
The Audit Committee agreed that disclosure of tax risk appropriately addresses the significant change in the
international tax environment, and that appropriate provisions and other disclosure with respect to uncertain
tax positions were reflected in the financial statements.
The measurement of post employment liabilities is sensitive to changes in long-term interest rates, inflation and
mortality assumptions. Having reviewed management’s papers setting out key changes to actuarial
assumptions, the Audit Committee agreed that the assumptions used in the valuation are appropriate. The
Committee reviewed management’s assessment of the economic benefit available as a refund of the surplus
or as a reduction of contribution and the key judgements made in respect of the surplus restriction and
concluded that those judgements were appropriate. The Committee reviewed and concluded that sufficient
disclosures were provided in the financial statements.
The Committee agreed that adequate provision and/or disclosure have been made for all material litigation
and disputes, based on the current most likely outcomes, including the litigation summarised in note 19 of the
Financial Statements.
Diageo acquired Kanlaon Limited and Chat Noir Co. Inc. on 10 March 2023 and completed a number of
other smaller acquisitions during the year ended 30 June 2023, for an aggregate consideration of £397
million. As at the completion date of these acquisitions, Diageo performed valuations of the identifiable assets
and liabilities and the resulting goodwill. The purchase price allocation exercises are subject to management’s
judgement and estimates, including forecast cash flows, buyer specific synergies and the applicable discount
rates used in valuations. The Committee reviewed management’s purchase price allocations and the
disclosures provided in the Financial Statements and concluded they were appropriate.
The Audit Committee agreed that in line with reporting requirements the functional currency of Diageo plc has
changed from sterling to US dollar which is applied prospectively from fiscal 24. This is because the group's
share of net sales and expenses in the US and other countries whose currencies correlate closely with the US
dollar has been increasing over the years, and that trend is expected to continue in line with the group's
strategic focus. Diageo has also decided to change its presentation currency to US dollar with effect from 1
July 2023, applied retrospectively, as it believes that this change will provide better alignment of the reporting
of performance with its business exposures.
The Audit Committee concluded that the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the company’s
performance, business model and strategy and that there is an appropriate balance between statutory
(GAAP) and adjusted (non-GAAP) measures ensuring equal prominence.
The Audit Committee agreed that the disclosures on pages 71-87 made in response to the recommendations
of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures are appropriate and that the assumptions used in
the financial statements are consistent with these disclosures.
Championing our talent strategy
We welcome Debra back to the Board and congratulate her on her
appointment. The Committee was unanimous in deciding that
Debra is the right person to lead Diageo into the next phase of
growth, with her deep understanding of the company and its
stakeholders coupled with her broad experience in other consumer
goods industries.
This year the Committee also managed the evaluation of the
effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, members and processes.
Further details, including the review’s conclusions, recommendations
and actions as presented to the Board in January 2023, are set out
on page 113.
The Committee has also been involved in reviewing talent planning
and succession of Executive Committee membership, with two
changes being implemented or approved during the year. Claudia
Schubert was appointed as President, North America in October
2022 and Soraya Benchikh assumed the role of President, Europe in
January 2023. I congratulate Claudia and Soraya on their
appointments and look forward to working with them.
Javier Ferrán
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to provide the report of the
Nomination Committee for the year ended
30 June 2023.
A key responsibility for the Committee is to ensure adequate
succession planning for Board appointments, maintenance of a
pipeline of strong candidates for potential nomination as directors,
and supervising transitions for new appointments. During this year,
the Committee had oversight of the transition of Chief Executives
with Debra Crew succeeding Sir Ivan Menezes after ten years of
dedicated leadership of the company. This transition was well
underway when Ivan sadly passed away following a brief illness,
with Debra taking over earlier than expected.
Role and composition of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for keeping under review the
composition of the Board and succession to it, reviewing succession
planning for key Executive Committee roles, and succession planning
and overall talent strategy for senior leadership positions, including in
relation to ensuring and encouraging diversity in leadership positions. It
makes recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the
Board. More details on the role of the Nomination Committee are set
out in its terms of reference which are available at
https://www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance.
The Nomination Committee comprises Javier Ferrán (Committee
Chairman), Melissa Bethell, Karen Blackett, Susan Kilsby, Valérie
Chapoulaud-Floquet, Sir John Manzoni, Lady Mendelsohn, Alan
Stewart and Ireena Vittal.
Recruitment and election procedures
The recruitment process for Non-Executive Directors includes the
development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a
professional search agency specialising in the recruitment of high-
calibre candidates. We have engaged executive search companies
Egon Zehnder and Russell Reynolds Associates (neither of which have
a connection with the company other than acting as an executive
search agency) to assist with our current recruitment and pipelining
requirements.
In the case of Executive Director or Executive Committee appointments,
an executive leadership assessment may be carried out by an external
professional agency. Reports on potential appointees are provided to
the Committee, which, after careful consideration, makes a
recommendation to the Board. In determining its recommendations,
the Committee has regard to a broad range of factors including the
candidate's background, skillset and experience, their ability to express
independent judgement and participate across a broad range of
topics, including on sustainability and societal matters, their ability to
devote sufficient time to the company and whether their appointment
would contribute towards the Board’s diversity objectives which are set
out in the Board Diversity Policy. This policy, which applies to the Board
and its Committees, reflects the Board's belief that it is critical that
Board membership includes a diverse range of skills, professional and
industry backgrounds, geographical experience and expertise, gender,
tenure, ethnicity and diversity of thought.
Any new Directors are appointed by the Board and, in accordance with
the company’s articles of association, they must be elected at the next
AGM to continue in office. All existing Directors retire by rotation and
stand for re-election every year. The company’s policy is for all
Directors to attend the AGM, either physically or by video conference
as permitted by the company's Articles of Association. Details of
attendance of all Board and Committee meetings by Directors are set
out on page 99.
122
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
123
NOMI NATI ON COMMITTEE REPORT continued
External appointments
While the Board does not have a written policy as regards the
maximum number of other appointments that Directors should have,
before recommending new appointments to the Board, the Nomination
Committee considers other demands on candidates’ time. As a general
principle, the Committee takes the view that Non-Executive Directors
should have no more than four, and Executive Directors no more than
one, listed mandates in addition to their role as a director of the
company. Once appointed, any proposed additional external
appointments are also reviewed by the Nomination Committee to
ensure that the additional demands on a Director’s time will not impact
on the Director’s ability to perform his or her role as a Director of the
company before the additional appointment is recommended for
approval by the Board. Directors’ interests are reviewed and updated
at each Board meeting. The Board has concluded that each Non-
Executive Director has sufficient time to discharge their duties as a
director of the company, taking into consideration their external
appointments and commitments.
CEO succession
It is the role of the Nomination Committee to have oversight of the
company’s senior leadership development and succession plans,
ensuring that the company has a pipeline of high-quality candidates
for senior roles which is aligned with the company’s long-term strategic
ambitions and diverse leadership requirements. In March 2023, it was
announced that, after ten years in role, Sir Ivan Menezes would retire
as Chief Executive and step down from the Board on 30 June 2023
and that Debra Crew, then Chief Operating Officer, would take over as
Chief Executive effective 1 July 2023. Sir Ivan, who was one of the UK’s
longest serving FTSE 100 chief executives, had led the company
through an outstanding period of change, growth and performance.
As succession planning is an ongoing process, the Nomination
Committee had an established process for identifying the most suitable
person for the role of Chief Executive including a shortlist of potential
successors which was kept under review in anticipation of a transition.
As part of this process, the Nomination Committee conducted a review
of potential candidates including a number of internal candidates on
the company’s internal succession plan as well as external candidates.
The review included candidates who had different backgrounds and
experience, and included diverse candidates. Following this review, the
Nomination Committee made a recommendation to the Board that
Debra Crew was the most suitable successor to Sir Ivan, having been a
highly valued member of the Executive Committee with an impressive
track record at both Diageo and other global consumer goods
companies. Acting on the recommendation of the Nomination
Committee, the Board approved her appointment and announced the
transition on 28 March 2023. With the sad passing of Sir Ivan in early
June 2023 after a brief illness, Debra’s appointment as Chief Executive
and Executive Director took effect earlier than expected, on 8 June 2023.
Set out below are the principal steps taken in relation to the
announcement of the appointment of a new Chief Executive on 28
March 2023:
Prior to fiscal 21 and ongoing thereafter:
• A preliminary assessment of potential internal candidates and their
development plans was reviewed, as part of annual talent and
succession review with the Board.
During fiscal 21:
• An updated role specification for the Chief Executive was prepared,
reviewed and approved by the Nomination Committee. Amongst
other things, this set out the requirements for the role with regards to
leadership capabilities, personal characteristics and key
experiences, within the context of the performance and culture
needed in Diageo.
• The Nomination Committee reviewed the results of an external
talent benchmarking exercise conducted by an executive search
firm, alongside continued assessment of the development of
candidates on Diageo’s internal succession plan.
Commencing during fiscal 21 and subject to ongoing review thereafter:
• A focussed longlist of external candidates was reviewed by the
Nomination Committee, together with internal candidates.
• Internal candidates were invited to take part in a formal assessment
process overseen by the Chairman supported by the Chief HR
Officer.
• A panel of Nomination Committee members met shortlisted
candidates for formal panel interviews with the Chairman and the
Non-Executive Directors.
• Development plans were drawn up for internal candidates to
enable the Nomination Committee to review progress on a periodic
basis.
During fiscal 22:
• Periodic regular review of the development progress of internal
candidates was undertaken by the Nomination Committee.
• The role specification was kept under ongoing review to ensure it
reflected developments in Diageo’s business context and any
emerging requirements.
During fiscal 23:
• Proposed remuneration arrangements for the incoming and
outgoing Chief Executives were reviewed and approved by the
Remuneration Committee.
• The Nomination Committee recommended that the Board approve
the appointment of Debra Crew as Diageo’s next Chief Executive.
The Remuneration Committee approved remuneration
arrangements for the appointment of Debra Crew and the
retirement of Sir Ivan Menezes.
• The Board unanimously approved the appointment and a
regulatory announcement was released on 28 March 2023.
Activities of the Nomination Committee
The principal activities of the Nomination Committee during the year
were:
• the consideration, selection and recommendation as to the
appointment of and transition plan for a new Chief Executive;
• the consideration of the talent pipeline for potential new Non-
Executive Directors and other appointments to the Board;
• the design and conduct of the annual review of Board, Committee
and individual Director effectiveness and performance and a review
of the findings of the review and recommended actions;
• consideration and approval of the report of the Committee in the
company’s Annual Report and consolidated financial statements for
the year ended 30 June 2023;
• consideration and recommendation to the Board of proposed
changes in Directors’ outside interests and any potential conflicts of
interest; and
• a review of the succession plans for Executive Committee roles,
including potential candidates for such roles, their backgrounds and
experience, and how such candidates would contribute towards the
company's diversity objectives.
Evaluation
As part of the annual Board evaluation, all members of the Nomination
Committee participated in an evaluation of the Committee. Feedback
indicated that the Committee was effective and that Directors were
satisfied with its performance, that it had managed the Chief Executive
succession during the year well and that its processes were robust,
transparent and effective. Further details of the evaluation can be
found on page 113.
Induction and training
Our customary induction processes for newly appointed Directors
includes individual meetings with Executive Committee members and
other senior executives, visits to the company’s production facilities and
offices including the company's head office in London and the group's
spirits production facilities, scotch brand homes, visitor centres and
archives in Scotland.
Induction programmes for new Directors are tailored to suit the
particular background and experience of the individual Director, with
the Committee advising on priorities for that individual and tracking
induction activity. These induction processes supplement existing
practices whereby a continuing understanding of the business is
developed through appropriate business engagements for Non-
Executive Directors such as visits to customers, engagements with
employees, and brand events worked into the annual cycle of Board
meetings. Training on specific areas of risk and detailed reviews of
strategic matters are provided by Executive Committee members, other
internal senior leaders and external guest speakers and specialists
through presentations, roundtable discussions and other sessions as
part of the Board’s Annual Strategy Conference and during the year as
part of Board and Audit Committee meetings. In addition, Executive
Committee members and other senior executives are invited, as
appropriate, to Board and strategy meetings to make presentations on
their areas of responsibility. All Directors are also provided with regular
briefings to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal and
governance developments or changes, best practice developments
and changing commercial and other risks.
Diversity
The Board has a longstanding commitment to prioritise diversity and
supports the recommendations of the FTSE Women Leaders Review
(previously the Hampton-Alexander Review) on gender diversity and
the Parker Review on ethnic diversity. The Board Diversity Policy sets out
specific objectives with parity between male and female members of
the Board being the ultimate goal in terms of gender diversity, with a
commitment to have no less than 40% female representation on the
Board, and having at least one Director reflecting ethnic diversity as
defined in accordance with the Parker Review. The Committee is
pleased to confirm that both these objectives have currently been met.
The Board Diversity Policy also sets out the Board’s support for
management’s actions to increase the proportion of senior leadership
roles held by women and by people from minority backgrounds and
other under-represented groups. As at 30 June 2023, the percentage of
women on the Executive Committee and their direct reports is 43%.
Board and Executive Committee reporting on gender identity or sex
Number of Board members
Percentage of the Board
Number of senior positions on
the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and
Chair)
Number in executive
management
Percentage of executive
management
Men
Women
Not specified/prefer not to say
3
8
—
27.3 %
72.7 %
—
1
3
—
7
7
—
50.0 %
50.0 %
—
Board and Executive Committee reporting on ethnic background
White British or other White (including minority-white groups)
Number of Board
members
7
Percentage of the
Board
63.6 %
Number of senior positions on the
Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)
3
Number in executive
management
8
Percentage of executive
management
57.1 %
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other ethnic group, including Arab
Not specified/prefer not to say
—
3
1
—
—
—
27.3 %
9.1 %
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
3
1
2
—
—
21.4 %
7.2 %
14.3 %
—
Board
composition
Non-Executive Director
tenure
Board gender
diversity
Board ethnic
diversity
ò Chairman
ò Executive Director
ò Non-Executive Director
ò 0 – 3 years
ò 3 – 6 years
ò 6 – 9 years
Executive committee nationality
22%
22% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8%
ò British
ò American
ò American/British
ò Colombian
ò French
ò Indian
ò Irish
ò South African/British
ò Spanish
ò Male
ò Female
ò Directors of colour
ò White European
Board diversity data
• Directors are defined as all Non-Executive and Executive Directors
appointed to the Board. Board diversity related data are collated
directly from each Director annually using a questionnaire and are
given on a self-identifying basis.
• Directors of colour are defined in accordance with the Parker
Review definitions as those "who identify as or have evident heritage
from African, Asian, Middle Eastern, Central and South American
regions".
• All Board diversity data above are given as at 30 June 2023.
124
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
125
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT
Annual statement by the Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee
On behalf of the Committee, I engaged with our largest shareholders
and their representatives on the new policy and considered the
feedback received, which was positive. We also reviewed market
practice trends in the FTSE 30 (excluding financial services) and our
global consumer goods peer group. Further, and in line with our
remuneration principles, the Committee considered the remuneration
arrangements for the workforce globally when reviewing the policy
for Executive Directors.
We value the views we have received from our shareholders and the
strong support we have had in recent years. Maintaining both the
dialogue and the support continue to be important to the Committee.
In this year’s report
Remuneration at a glance
Pay for performance at a glance
Remuneration Committee governance
Directors’ remuneration policy
Annual report on remuneration
Looking back on 2023
Single figure of remuneration table
Annual incentive payouts for 2023
Long-term incentives vesting in 2023
Pensions and benefits in 2023
Long-term incentives awarded in 2023
Outstanding share plan interests
Shareholding requirement and share interests
CEO total remuneration and TSR performance
Wider workforce remuneration and CEO pay ratio
Change in pay for Directors and wider workforce
Non-Executive Director pay
Looking ahead to 2024
Salary increases for the year ahead
Annual incentive design for the year ahead
Long-term incentives for the year ahead
129
130
131
132
139
139
140
141
143
144
145
147
148
149
150
151
152
152
152
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Directors' remuneration report for the
year ended 30 June 2023, which contains:
• The updated Directors’ remuneration policy, which shareholders
are being asked to approve at the Annual General Meeting
(AGM) on 28 September 2023; and
• The annual remuneration report, describing how the current
Directors' remuneration policy has been implemented during
2023 and how the policy will be implemented in 2024.
Proposed Directors' Remuneration Policy
The Committee has reviewed the current Directors’ remuneration
policy and determined that it continues to support the company’s
strategy and will do so for the next three years. The Committee is
therefore asking shareholders to approve our current policy, largely
unchanged except for a governance enhancement to the post-
cessation shareholding requirement, which further improves
shareholder alignment. Executive Directors will now be required to
hold 100% of their in-service shareholding level (500% of salary for
the CEO and 400% of salary for the CFO) for two years post-exit.
We have also improved the level of disclosure of our malus and
clawback policy.
As well as submitting an updated Directors’ remuneration policy for
approval at the AGM in September 2023, shareholders are also
being asked to approve the rules of the new Diageo Long-Term
Incentive Plan (LTIP), as it is close to its 10-year expiry. No significant
changes are being proposed to the rules.
During the year, the Committee reviewed the current Directors’
remuneration policy. In doing so, it sought to ensure continued
alignment with the delivery of business strategy, our ongoing ability
to recruit and retain high-quality, international talent and to meet
the expectations of our shareholders and the governance
community. Consideration was given to the global nature of the
business, which includes a large presence in North America and,
therefore, the need to compete for talent in a global pool. Attracting
and retaining key talent in an increasingly competitive talent pool is
critical for our business and, at all levels, Diageo’s talent strategy
involves a global approach to internal talent mobility. Remuneration
is an important aspect of being able to meet our talent objectives.
CEO transition
On 28 March 2023, we announced that Sir Ivan Menezes would retire
on 30 June 2023 and Debra Crew would be appointed as the next
CEO from the start of fiscal 24. Following the announcement on 7 June
2023 that Sir Ivan had sadly passed away, Debra Crew was appointed
to the Board as CEO and Executive Director on 8 June 2023, having
taken over as interim CEO on 5 June due to Sir Ivan’s deteriorating
health.
We set the salary for Debra Crew at $1,750,000, slightly below Sir
Ivan’s salary. The Committee determined that this salary level reflects
Debra’s significant relevant experience, which includes a prior CEO
position in the United States and four years with Diageo, including time
on the Diageo Board as a Non-Executive Director. The Committee
considered both the FTSE 30 pay practices, as well as those of our
global peer group when determining the appropriate level of pay for
our Chief Executive.
The remuneration arrangements for Sir Ivan were approved within the
terms of the Directors’ remuneration policy and application of the plan
rules on death in service. Further details, including exercises of
discretion by the Committee, can be found on page 150.
Business performance and employees
As mentioned elsewhere in the Annual Report, Diageo delivered a
strong set of 2023 results during a period of economic volatility and
continued inflationary pressures. Both organic net sales and organic
operating profit growth were within our medium-term guidance and
follow two consecutive years of double-digit growth and are reflected
in lower annual incentive outcomes this year relative to the prior two
years. Over the year, we gained or held market share in markets that
total 70% of our net sales value, delivered further expansion of organic
operating margin through productivity savings and return on invested
capital was 16.3%.
Colleagues across the business have continued to show resilience,
agility and commitment during this period of sustained uncertainty.
Diageo continues to focus on being market competitive and pro-active
in the ways it supports the wellbeing of employees. Employee
engagement has remained high again this year at 84%, two point
higher than in 2022. Early in fiscal 23, Diageo made a one-time
payment of £1,000 gross (capped at 15% of local equivalent annual
salary) to all employees below Executive Committee level to recognise
their commitment through challenging times. In addition, ongoing
monitoring of the cost-of-living in all our geographies has resulted in
off-cycle salary increases in countries experiencing the highest inflation.
Other measures, such as financial education and progressive benefit
policies have been implemented and more detail can be found on
page 148.
Incentive outcomes
In determining annual and long-term incentive outcomes, the
Remuneration Committee reviews not only the financial outcomes
against targets set but also considers Diageo’s wider business
performance. It assesses market share gains, financial returns relative
to our Alcoholic Beverages and TSR peer groups, progress made
towards our 'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress' goals and employee
engagement, among other factors. It also considers the experience of
shareholders over the applicable performance period, in particular the
company’s TSR performance relative to our peer group.
Annual incentive
For the annual incentive, outcomes under the Net Sales (NSV) and
Operating Profit (OP) measures were at and just under target
respectively and Operating Cash Conversion (OCC) performance fell
short of the minimum threshold required. Further detail is provided on
page 140. Following a holistic review of business performance in the
year, the Committee concluded that the outcome was fair and did
not require any adjustment. Our annual incentive also includes
Individual Business Objectives (IBOs) and the outcomes are
described on page 140.
Once IBO outcomes are included, overall annual incentive payouts
for fiscal 23 were 37% of maximum for Sir Ivan Menezes, 35% of
maximum for Debra Crew and 36% of maximum for Lavanya
Chandrashekar.
Long-term incentives
Strong financial performance over the three-year period, particularly
in respect of growth in organic net sales and profit before exceptional
items and tax (PBET), free cash flow (FCF) and share price growth of
26% resulted in a vesting outcome of 99% of maximum for the 2020
performance share awards for the prior CEO, the CEO and the CFO
and 78% of maximum for the 2020 share options granted to the
prior CEO and the CEO. The 2020 performance share awards were
the first Diageo awards which included an Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) component and the outcomes against these
measures show solid progress towards Diageo’s ‘Society 2030: Spirit
of Progress‘ ambition over this first three-year period.
Prior to confirming the vesting of DLTIP awards, the Committee
considered whether there was a compelling case to change the
formulaic outcome by reviewing overall business performance and
the targets set for these awards. For the 2020 DLTIP awards, the
Committee was especially cognisant of investor concerns around the
potential for windfall gains given the timing of the grant during the
Covid-19 pandemic. The Committee considered various factors,
including the share price used to calculate the 2020 awards relative
to the prior year’s price, the stretch of the targets and the
performance relative to peers (see page 142 for more detail). The
Committee determined that the outcomes were appropriate and
aligned to the assessment of Diageo’s underlying business
performance over the three-year period and made no adjustment to
the vesting levels.
The Committee believes that the incentive plans continue to drive the
desired behaviours to support the company’s values and strategy
and that the Directors’ remuneration policy has operated as intended
in 2023.
The year ahead and alignment of incentives with strategy
The Committee approved a base salary increase of 4% for the CFO,
effective 1 October 2023, having reviewed market practice in the
FTSE 30 and our global consumer goods peer group. This increase is
below the 2023 salary increase budget for employees in the UK,
which was 5%. There will be no increase for the CEO, whose next
review will be in October 2024.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
126
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
127
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
The structure and performance measures for the annual and long-
term incentives remain unchanged for 2024 as these continue to
align with the company’s strategic priorities. The annual incentive
focuses on net sales growth, operating profit (both of which
represent critical measures of growth for Diageo) and operating
cash conversion (which recognises the criticality of strong cash
performance and cash containment, particularly in the current
challenging market conditions) and IBOs add focus on individual
strategic and financial objectives. The long-term incentive
measures reflect key drivers of long-term growth by incorporating
organic net sales, organic profit before exceptional items and tax
(PBET), free cash flow (FCF), TSR and key ESG measures
(greenhouse gas reduction, water efficiency, positive drinking and
gender and ethnic diversity).
We were one of the first companies to include ESG measures in a
long-term plan back in 2020, and consequently, as our practices
evolve, we recognise that KPIs also need to evolve. The Committee
believes in setting targets that incentivise the management team to
make the right long-term decisions for all stakeholders and the
environment. The water efficiency KPI under the 'Society 2030: Spirit
of Progress' goals will, from fiscal 24, use an index approach, which
links directly to the underlying water efficiency of the two production
pillars of distillation and brewing & packaging. This approach
reduces sensitivity to product mix compared to the current measure
and the methodology used for each pillar is more consistent with
what’s used by our industry peers (see page 79 for more detail). The
water efficiency component of the 2023 LTIP awards reflects the
updated water efficiency index KPI.
As described on page 36 we are changing our functional currency
from pounds sterling to US dollars from fiscal 24. The Free Cash
Flow (FCF) targets for the 2023 DLTIP awards have therefore been
set and disclosed in US dollars (see page 153) and the Free Cash
Flow (FCF) targets for the in-flight awards have been translated into
US dollars in accordance with the agreed methodology (see pages
144 and 146).
In summary
Diageo’s resilient performance in another period of broad and
sustained uncertainty is reflected in the incentive outcomes and the
decisions the Committee has made, which it considers are in line
with the company’s philosophy of delivering market competitive pay
in return for high performance against the company’s strategic
objectives.
I hope that you will vote in favour of the proposed Directors’
remuneration policy and the Directors’ remuneration report for fiscal
23 at the AGM on 28 September 2023.
Finally, and importantly, I would like to personally reiterate the
sentiment which has been so well expressed elsewhere in this
Annual Report about the sad and shocking loss of our CEO, Sir Ivan
Menezes, just weeks before his planned retirement. It was a
pleasure and an honour to work with Sir Ivan over the years and my
thoughts continue to be with his family at this time.
Susan Kilsby
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Remuneration principles
The approach to setting executive remuneration continues to be
guided by the remuneration principles set out below. The
Committee considers these principles carefully when making
decisions on executive remuneration in order to strike the right
balance between risk and reward, cost and sustainability, and
competitiveness and fairness.
The company has a strategy to grow and leverage its leaders globally
given the international nature of the business. We also need to have
the right tools in place to source talent globally and the increasingly
restrictive corporate governance environment in the United Kingdom
presents some challenges when considered against the significantly
higher pay norms in the United States and other parts of the world,
particularly given the increasing international mobility of the senior
talent pool.
Long-term value creation for shareholders and pay for
performance remains at the heart of our remuneration policy and
practices. Attracting and nurturing a vibrant mix of international
talent with a range of backgrounds, skills and capabilities
enables Diageo to grow and thrive, and ultimately to deliver our
Performance Ambition. Remuneration remains a key part of
attracting and retaining the best people to lead our global
business, balanced against the need to ensure our packages are
appropriate and fair in the business and wider employee context,
delivering market-competitive pay in return for high performance
against the company’s strategic objectives.
Delivery of business strategy
Short and long-term incentive plans reward the
delivery of our business strategy and Performance
Ambition. Performance measures are reviewed
regularly and stretching targets are set relative to the
company’s growth plans and peer group forecasted
performance. The Committee seeks to embed
simplicity and transparency in the design and delivery
of executive reward.
Creating sustainable, long-term
performance
A significant proportion of remuneration is delivered in
variable pay linked to business and individual
performance, focussed on consistent and responsible
drivers of long-term growth. Performance against
targets is assessed in the context of underlying
business performance and the ‘quality of earnings’.
Winning best talent
Well designed and market-competitive total
remuneration, with an appropriate balance of fixed
reward and upside opportunity, allows us to attract
and retain the best talent from all over the world in a
competitive talent market, which is critical to our
continued business success.
Consideration of stakeholder interests
Executives are focussed on creating sustainable share
price growth. The requirement to build significant
personal shareholdings in Diageo, and to hold shares
acquired from long-term incentive awards for two
years post-vesting aligns executives and shareholders.
Decisions on executive remuneration are made with
consideration of the interests of the wider workforce
and other stakeholders, as well as the external climate.
Remuneration at a glance
Remuneration at a glance
Purpose
Purpose
Salary
Salary
• Supports the attraction
• Supports the attraction
and retention of the
and retention of the
best global talent with
best global talent with
the capability to
the capability to
deliver Diageo’s
deliver Diageo’s
strategy
strategy
Allowances and
Allowances and
benefits
benefits
• Provision of market-
• Provision of market-
competitive and cost-
competitive and cost-
effective benefits supports
effective benefits supports
attraction and retention of
attraction and retention of
talent
talent
Annual incentive
Annual incentive
• Incentivises delivery of
• Incentivises delivery of
Diageo’s financial and
Diageo’s financial and
strategic targets
strategic targets
• Provides focus on key
• Provides focus on key
financial metrics and the
financial metrics and the
individual’s contribution to
individual’s contribution to
the company’s
the company’s
performance
performance
Long-term
Long-term
incentives
incentives
• Rewards consistent long-term
• Rewards consistent long-term
performance in line with
performance in line with
Diageo’s business strategy
Diageo’s business strategy
• Provides focus on delivering
• Provides focus on delivering
superior long-term returns to
superior long-term returns to
shareholders
shareholders
Shareholding
Shareholding
requirement
requirement
• Ensures alignment between
• Ensures alignment between
the interests of Executive
the interests of Executive
Directors and shareholders
Directors and shareholders
Key features of
Key features of
current policy &
current policy &
proposed key
proposed key
policy changes
policy changes
• Normally reviewed
• Normally reviewed
annually on 1 October
annually on 1 October
• Salaries take account
• Salaries take account
of external market and
of external market and
internal employee
internal employee
context
context
• Provision of competitive
• Provision of competitive
benefits linked to local
benefits linked to local
market practice
market practice
• Maximum company
• Maximum company
• Target opportunity is 100%
• Target opportunity is 100%
of salary and maximum is
of salary and maximum is
200% of salary
200% of salary
• Annual grant of performance
• Annual grant of performance
shares and share options
shares and share options
• CEO award up to 500% of
• CEO award up to 500% of
• Performance measures,
• Performance measures,
salary
salary
pension contribution is 14%
pension contribution is 14%
of salary, which is aligned
of salary, which is aligned
to the offering for the wider
to the offering for the wider
workforce in the United
workforce in the United
Kingdom
Kingdom
weightings and stretching
weightings and stretching
targets are set by the
targets are set by the
Remuneration Committee
Remuneration Committee
• Subject to malus and
• Subject to malus and
clawback provisions
clawback provisions
• Executive Directors defer a
• Executive Directors defer a
minimum of one-third of
minimum of one-third of
earned bonus payment
earned bonus payment
into Diageo shares held for
into Diageo shares held for
three years
three years
• Remainder paid out in
• Remainder paid out in
cash after the end of the
cash after the end of the
financial year
financial year
• CFO award up to 480% of
• CFO award up to 480% of
salary
salary
(% of salary for both CEO
(% of salary for both CEO
and CFO described in
and CFO described in
performance share
performance share
equivalents)
equivalents)
• Performance measures,
• Performance measures,
weightings and stretching
weightings and stretching
targets are set annually
targets are set annually
• Three-year performance
• Three-year performance
period plus two-year
period plus two-year
retention period
retention period
• Subject to malus and
• Subject to malus and
clawback provisions
clawback provisions
• Number of awards granted is
• Number of awards granted is
based on a six-month
based on a six-month
average share price to 30
average share price to 30
June preceding grant date
June preceding grant date
Planned for year
Planned for year
ending 30 June
ending 30 June
2024
2024
Implementation
Implementation
in year ended 30
in year ended 30
June 2023
June 2023
• 4% salary increase for
• 4% salary increase for
the CFO, below the
the CFO, below the
annual salary budgets
annual salary budgets
for the wider workforce
for the wider workforce
in the United Kingdom
in the United Kingdom
• New CEO
• New CEO
appointment from 5
appointment from 5
June 2023. No salary
June 2023. No salary
increase in fiscal 24
increase in fiscal 24
• 3% salary increase for
• 3% salary increase for
the CEO and CFO,
the CEO and CFO,
slightly below the
slightly below the
annual salary budgets
annual salary budgets
for the wider workforce
for the wider workforce
in the United Kingdom
in the United Kingdom
and the United States
and the United States
• Allowances and benefits
• Allowances and benefits
unchanged from prior
unchanged from prior
year
year
• Company pension
• Company pension
contributions 14% of
contributions 14% of
salary
salary
• Size of annual incentive
• Size of annual incentive
award opportunity is
award opportunity is
unchanged from prior
unchanged from prior
year. For fiscal 24,
year. For fiscal 24,
measures are net sales
measures are net sales
growth, operating profit
growth, operating profit
growth and operating cash
growth and operating cash
conversion, 80% in total
conversion, 80% in total
weighted equally, with
weighted equally, with
remaining 20% on
remaining 20% on
individual objectives
individual objectives
•
•
•
•
Performance measures are
Performance measures are
net sales growth, relative
net sales growth, relative
TSR, cumulative free cash
TSR, cumulative free cash
flow, profit before
flow, profit before
exceptional items and tax
exceptional items and tax
and ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
and ‘Society 2030: Spirit of
Progress‘ measures
Progress‘ measures
Size of long-term incentive
Size of long-term incentive
award opportunity is
award opportunity is
unchanged from prior year
unchanged from prior year
• Allowances and benefits
• Allowances and benefits
• Payout of 32.5% of
• Payout of 32.5% of
unchanged from prior year
unchanged from prior year
• Company pension
• Company pension
contribution:
contribution:
• CEO 20% of salary until
• CEO 20% of salary until
1 January 2023, which
1 January 2023, which
was then reduced to
was then reduced to
14% of salary
14% of salary
• CFO 14% of salary
• CFO 14% of salary
maximum for the financial
maximum for the financial
elements of the plan
elements of the plan
• Total payout of 37.25% of
• Total payout of 37.25% of
maximum for the prior
maximum for the prior
CEO, 35.38% for the CEO
CEO, 35.38% for the CEO
and 36.0% for the CFO
and 36.0% for the CFO
• Vesting of 2020 performance
• Vesting of 2020 performance
shares at 98.7% of maximum
shares at 98.7% of maximum
for Ivan Menezes, and 98.8%
for Ivan Menezes, and 98.8%
of maximum for Debra Crew
of maximum for Debra Crew
and Lavanya Chandrashekar
and Lavanya Chandrashekar
• Vesting of 2020 share options
• Vesting of 2020 share options
at 77.5% of maximum for
at 77.5% of maximum for
Ivan Menezes and Debra
Ivan Menezes and Debra
Crew. Lavanya
Crew. Lavanya
Chandrashekar did not
Chandrashekar did not
receive share options in 2020
receive share options in 2020
Implementation
Implementation
in year ended 30
in year ended 30
June 2022
June 2022
• 3% salary increase for
• 3% salary increase for
the CEO in line with
the CEO in line with
wider workforce in the
wider workforce in the
United Kingdom and
United Kingdom and
the United States in
the United States in
2021
2021
• CFO appointed 1 July
• CFO appointed 1 July
2021. No salary
2021. No salary
increases post
increases post
appointment in 2021
appointment in 2021
• Allowances and benefits
• Allowances and benefits
• Payout of 100% of
• Payout of 100% of
unchanged from prior year
unchanged from prior year
• Company pension
• Company pension
contribution:
contribution:
• CEO 20% of salary
• CEO 20% of salary
• CFO 14% of salary
• CFO 14% of salary
maximum for the financial
maximum for the financial
elements of the plan
elements of the plan
• Total payout of 93.75% of
• Total payout of 93.75% of
maximum for the CEO and
maximum for the CEO and
90.0% of maximum for the
90.0% of maximum for the
CFO
CFO
• Vesting of 2019 performance
• Vesting of 2019 performance
shares at 59.3% of maximum
shares at 59.3% of maximum
for Ivan Menezes and 59.8%
for Ivan Menezes and 59.8%
of maximum for Lavanya
of maximum for Lavanya
Chandrashekar
Chandrashekar
• Vesting of 2019 share options
• Vesting of 2019 share options
at 61.5% of maximum for
at 61.5% of maximum for
Ivan Menezes. The CFO did
Ivan Menezes. The CFO did
not receive share options in
not receive share options in
2019
2019
• Minimum shareholding
• Minimum shareholding
requirement within five years
requirement within five years
of appointment:
of appointment:
• CEO 500% of salary
• CEO 500% of salary
• CFO 400% of salary
• CFO 400% of salary
• Post-employment
• Post-employment
shareholding requirement for
shareholding requirement for
Executive Directors of 100%
Executive Directors of 100%
of in-employment
of in-employment
requirement in the first year
requirement in the first year
after leaving the company
after leaving the company
and 50% in the second year
and 50% in the second year
after leaving the company
after leaving the company
Proposed policy change:
Proposed policy change:
Post-employment
Post-employment
shareholding requirement for
shareholding requirement for
Executive Directors of 100%
Executive Directors of 100%
of in-employment
of in-employment
requirement to be retained in
requirement to be retained in
full for two years after leaving
full for two years after leaving
the company
the company
• No change to in-employment
• No change to in-employment
shareholding requirement
shareholding requirement
• Post-employment
• Post-employment
shareholding of 100% of in-
shareholding of 100% of in-
year shareholding for two
year shareholding for two
years after leaving the
years after leaving the
company
company
• As at 30 June 2023, Ivan
• As at 30 June 2023, Ivan
Menezes' shareholding was
Menezes' shareholding was
2,728% of salary
2,728% of salary
• As at 30 June 2023, Debra
• As at 30 June 2023, Debra
Crew's shareholding was 1%
Crew's shareholding was 1%
of salary (she has until 8
of salary (she has until 8
June 2028 to meet her
June 2028 to meet her
requirement)
requirement)
• As at 30 June 2023, Lavanya
• As at 30 June 2023, Lavanya
Chandrashekar's
Chandrashekar's
shareholding was 47% of
shareholding was 47% of
salary (she has until 1 July
salary (she has until 1 July
2026 to meet her
2026 to meet her
requirement)
requirement)
• As at 30 June 2022, Ivan
• As at 30 June 2022, Ivan
Menezes' shareholding was
Menezes' shareholding was
3,093% of salary
3,093% of salary
• As at 30 June 2022, Lavanya
• As at 30 June 2022, Lavanya
Chandrashekar's
Chandrashekar's
shareholding was 31% of
shareholding was 31% of
salary (she has until 1 July
salary (she has until 1 July
2026 to meet requirement)
2026 to meet requirement)
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
128
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
129
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Pay for performance at a glance
The charts below show performance outcomes against targets for the long-term and annual incentive plans. Targets under both incentive plans are set with
reference to Diageo’s strategic plan and the historical and forecasted performance of Diageo and its peers.
Long-term incentives (for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023)
Organic growth in net sales
Cumulative free cash flow
CAGR
Threshold
4.0%
Midpoint
6.0%
Maximum
8.0%
Threshold
£6,200m
Midpoint
£7,200m
Maximum
£8,200m
l
Actual 14.5%
l
Actual £8,404m
Organic growth in profit before exceptional items and tax
Relative TSR ranking vs peer group
CAGR
Threshold
4.5%
Midpoint
8.25%
Maximum
12.0%
Threshold
9th (median)
Midpoint
–
Maximum
3rd (upper quintile)
l
Actual 16.5%
l
Actual 7th
ESG measure
Carbon reduction
Water efficiency
Positive drinking
Unit of measurement
Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (cum%)
Improvement in water efficiency (cum%)
Number of people who confirmed changed attitudes on the dangers
of underage drinking following participation in a Diageo supported
education programme
Inclusion & diversity
% female leaders globally
% ethnically diverse leaders globally
Threshold
Midpoint
Maximum
6.3%
5.8%
0.75m
41%
38%
10.3%
8.5%
1.00m
42%
39%
14.3%
11.2%
1.25m
43%
40%
Actual
14.7%
9.4%
2.20m
44%
43%
Annual incentive (for the period 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023)
Net sales growth
Threshold
Maximum
Target
3.5%
6.5%
l
Actual 6.5%
9.5%
Operating cash conversion
Threshold
95%
Target
100%
Maximum
105%
l
Actual 93.3%
Operating profit growth
Midpoint
Threshold
2.5%
7.5%
Maximum
12.5%
l
Actual 7.0%
Diageo's share price growth over
the period 30 June 2020 to 30 June
2023
26%
Growth in dividend distribution
to shareholders in year ended to
30 June 2023
5%
2023
2020
£33.79
£26.82
2023
2022
80.00p
76.18p
Historic reward outcomes under the annual and long-term incentive plans over the past five years are shown below. Vesting outcomes under the long-
term incentive plan are shown against annualised total shareholder return for the three-year period ended in the year of vesting (i.e. annualised TSR for
the three years ended 30 June 2023 is shown against the vesting outcome for the 2020 long-term incentive awards vesting in 2023). Outcomes against
annual incentive financial measures are shown against organic operating profit growth for each respective financial year, as disclosed in prior-year
annual reports.
5-year vesting outcomes of long-term incentives
Executive Director vesting outcome (% of maximum)
Annualised TSR %
5-year history of annual incentive payouts
Payout (% of maximum)
Operating profit growth %
%
9
8
%
3
7
100
80
60
40
20
0
%
5
.
7
2
%
0
1
%
3
9
2
.
%
0
1
%
3
9
5
.
%
5
.
1
6
%
7
.
8
9
%
5
.
7
7
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
30
24
18
12
6
0
100
80
60
40
20
0
%
0
6
2019
%
0
0
1
%
0
0
1
%
5
2
3
.
2021
2022
2023
%
0
2020
30
24
18
12
6
0
-20
ò Performance shares
ò Share options
ò Annualised total shareholder return over three-year long-term
incentive performance period
ò Annual incentive payout (financial measures
excluding individual business objectives)
ò Organic operating profit growth (% on prior year)
Remuneration Committee Governance
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee consists of the following independent
Non-Executive Directors: Susan Kilsby, Melissa Bethell, Valérie
Chapoulaud-Floquet, Sir John Manzoni, Lady Mendelsohn, Alan
Stewart, Ireena Vittal and Karen Blackett. Susan Kilsby is the Chair of
the Remuneration Committee and also the Senior Independent
Director. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive are
invited to attend Remuneration Committee meetings, except when their
own remuneration is being discussed. The Chief Human Resources
Officer and Global Performance and Reward Director are also invited
by the Remuneration Committee to provide their views and advice. The
Chief Financial Officer may also attend to provide performance context
to the Committee during its discussions about target setting and
incentive outcomes. The Remuneration Committee's terms of reference
are available in the corporate governance section of the company's
website and on request from the Company Secretary.
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for all executive
remuneration decisions throughout the year, which includes setting
financial targets for the annual and long-term incentive plans and the
outcomes under these plans. During fiscal 23, the Remuneration
Committee also reviewed the Directors' remuneration policy and
consulted with Diageo's largest investors in preparation for seeking
shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM, as well as the CEO transition
arrangements and the death-in-service remuneration arrangements
following the sad passing of Sir Ivan Menezes. The Committee
considered the remuneration policy and practices in the context of the
principles of the Corporate Governance Code, as follows:
Clarity – the Committee engages regularly with executives,
shareholders and their representative bodies in order to explain the
approach to executive pay;
Simplicity – the purpose, structure and strategic alignment of each
element of pay has been laid out in the remuneration policy;
Risk – there is an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, and
financial and non-financial objectives, and there are robust measures
in place to ensure alignment with long-term shareholder interests,
including the DLTIP post-vesting retention period, shareholding
requirement, bonus deferral into shares and malus and clawback
provisions. The Committee also considers the impact on behaviour of
both the measures and targets set;
Predictability – the pay opportunity under different performance
scenarios is set out on page 136 of this report;
Proportionality – executives are incentivised to achieve stretching
targets over annual and three-year performance periods, and the
Directors’ remuneration policy(1)
Directors' remuneration report (excluding
the policy)(2)
Total number of votes
Percentage of votes cast
Total number of votes
Percentage of votes cast
(1) As shown on pages 89–94 of the 2020 Annual Report.
(2) As shown on pages 106–112 and 119-131 of the 2022 Annual Report.
Committee assesses performance holistically at the end of each period,
taking into account underlying business performance and the internal
and external context. The Committee may exercise discretion to ensure
that payouts are appropriate; and
Alignment with culture – non-financial objectives may be incentivised
under the individual business objective element of the annual incentive
plan and ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ (ESG) priorities are
incentivised under the long-term incentive plan, which reinforces the
company’s purpose and values. The design of remuneration and the
measures used, reflect Diageo's culture.
External advisors
During the year ended 30 June 2023, the Remuneration Committee
received advice on Directors' remuneration from both Deloitte and FIT.
FIT was appointed as the Committee’s new external advisor in October
2022.
The fees paid to Deloitte in fiscal 23 (until the end of their appointment)
for advice provided to the Committee were £33,900. The fees paid to
FIT in fiscal 23 since their date of appointment were £114,265. All fees
were determined on a time and expenses basis.
The Committee is satisfied that FIT's (and previously Deloitte's)
engagement partners, and the teams that provide remuneration
advice to the Committee, have no connections with Diageo that may
impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for
conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards
against such conflicts. Deloitte provided and continues to provide
unrelated services to the company in the areas of immigration and
management consultancy. FIT does not provide Diageo with any other
services. Deloitte and FIT are founder members of the Remuneration
Consultants Group (RCG) which is responsible for developing and
maintaining the Code of Conduct for Consultants to Remuneration
Committees of UK listed companies. FIT attended Remuneration
Committee meetings during the year following their appointment and
the Committee is satisfied that the advice it has received has been
objective and independent.
Statement of voting
The following table summarises the details of votes cast in respect of
the resolutions on the Directors’ remuneration policy at the 2020 AGM
and the Directors' remuneration report (excluding the policy) at the
2022 AGM.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
For
Against
Total votes cast
1,644,443,671
121,538,951
1,765,982,622
93.12%
6.88%
100%
Abstentions
3,321,427
n/a
1,612,245,424
88,630,650
1,700,876,074
28,285,201
94.79%
5.21%
100%
n/a
130
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
131
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Directors' remuneration policy
This section of the report sets out the 2023 Directors' remuneration
policy which will be put to a binding vote at the AGM on 28 September
2023 and, if approved, will apply with effect from 1 July 2023.
The current policy, which was approved by shareholders in September
2020, can be found on the company’s website at https://
www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance/
remuneration-at-diageo.
The Remuneration Committee discussed the details of the policy over a
series of meetings, taking into account the strategic priorities of the
business and evolving market practice. An external perspective was
provided by the Remuneration Committee’s advisor and the
Remuneration Committee Chair engaged with the company’s 20
largest shareholders and their representatives regarding the policy
proposals. As referenced in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter,
the Committee believes the current policy continues to support the
business strategy and therefore the new policy being put forward for
shareholder approval remains largely the same. The key change from
the current policy relates to the increase in post-cessation shareholding
requirement which requires 100% of the in-service shareholding
requirement (or, if lower, their actual shareholding on cessation) to be
held for two years after leaving (from 100% in the first year and 50% in
the second year under the current policy). We have improved
disclosures by providing more detail on our malus and clawback
policy, the shareholding requirements and the enforcement mechanism
for the post-cessation shareholding requirements. Some minor editorial
changes have also been made.
The Committee reserves the right to make minor changes to the policy,
where required for regulatory, tax or administrative reasons.
Base salary
Purpose and link to strategy
Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with the capability to deliver Diageo’s strategy and performance goals.
Operation
• Normally reviewed annually or following a change in responsibilities with any increases usually taking effect from 1 October.
• The Remuneration Committee considers the following parameters when reviewing base salary levels:
• Pay increases for other employees across the group.
• Economic conditions and governance trends.
• The individual’s performance, skills and responsibilities.
• Base salaries (and total remuneration) at companies of similar size and international scope to Diageo, with roles typically benchmarked against
the FTSE 30 excluding financial services companies, or against similar comparator groups in other locations dependent on the Executive
Director’s home market as well as global consumer goods companies.
Opportunity
Salary increases will be made in the context of the broader employee pay environment, and will normally be in line with those made to other
employees in the relevant markets in which Diageo operates, typically the United Kingdom and the United States, unless there is a change in role or
responsibility or other exceptional circumstances.
Benefits
Purpose and link to strategy
Provides market-competitive and cost-effective benefits as part of remuneration packages designed to attract and retain the best global talent.
Operation
• The provision of benefits typically depends on the country of residence of the Executive Director and may include but is not limited to a company
car or travel allowance, the provision of a contracted car service or equivalent, product allowance, life insurance, accidental death and disability
insurance, medical and dental cover, tax support and tax return preparation costs.
• The Remuneration Committee has discretion to offer additional allowances, or benefits, to Executive Directors, if considered appropriate and
reasonable. These may include, but are not limited to, relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees where a Director is asked to
relocate from his/her home location as part of their appointment. Where appropriate, for example in relation to relocation benefits, the company
may also meet the tax costs associated with the benefit provision.
Opportunity
• The benefits package is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers:
• provides an appropriate level of benefits depending on the role and individual circumstances;
• is appropriate in the context of the benefits offered to the wider workforce in the relevant market; and
• is in line with comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market.
Post-retirement provision
Purpose and link to strategy
Provides competitive post-retirement benefits which are part of remuneration packages designed to attract and retain the best global talent.
Operation
• Provision of market-competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.
Opportunity
• The maximum pension contribution, or cash alternative allowance, for Executive Directors is 14% of salary. The current CEO and CFO receive a
pension contribution of 14% of salary, in line with the UK workforce.
Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)
Purpose and link to strategy
Incentivises delivery of Diageo’s annual financial targets and the achievement of key individual objectives which are chosen to align with the
business strategy and create a platform for sustainable longer-term performance. Compulsory deferral of a minimum of one-third of any annual
incentive earned into shares for three years promotes longer-term alignment of Executive Directors' interests with shareholders’ interests.
Operation
• Performance measures, weightings and targets are set by the Remuneration Committee. Appropriately stretching targets are set by reference to
the operating plan and historical and projected performance for the company and its peer group.
• The level of award is determined with reference to Diageo’s overall financial and strategic performance and individual performance.
• A minimum of one-third of the actual earned bonus payment is normally deferred into a share award (pre-tax deferral) or owned shares (post-
tax deferral) under the Deferred Bonus Share Plan, to be held for a minimum period of three years, other than in exceptional circumstances. The
remainder of the bonus payment is paid out in cash after the end of the financial year.
• The Remuneration Committee has discretion to adjust the level of payment if it is not deemed to reflect appropriately the individual’s
contribution or the overall business performance. Any discretionary adjustments will be detailed in the following year’s annual report on
remuneration.
• The Remuneration Committee has discretion to apply malus or clawback to bonus as detailed in the 'Malus and Clawback' section below.
• In the case of pre-tax deferral, notional dividends accrue on deferred bonus share awards, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the
Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period (on post-tax deferral into owned shares, actual dividends are payable).
Opportunity
For threshold performance, up to 50% of salary may be earned, with up to 100% of salary earned for on-target performance and a maximum of
200% of salary payable for outstanding performance. The maximum includes the deferred share element but excludes dividend equivalents
payable in respect of deferred share awards.
Performance conditions
Annual incentive plan awards are normally based 70%-100% on financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of sales,
profit and cash, and 0%-30% on broader objectives based on strategic goals and/or individual contribution.
The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance measures in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do
so, e.g. in cases of accounting policy changes, merger and acquisition activities or disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and
explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.
Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP)
Purpose and link to strategy
Provides a long-term incentive to achieve key performance measures which support the company’s strategy, and to align interests with
shareholders.
Operation
• An annual grant of performance shares and/or market-price share options which vest subject to a performance test and continued
employment, normally over a period of three years.
• Measures and stretching targets are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee for each new award.
• The Remuneration Committee has the authority to exercise discretion to adjust the vesting outcome based on its assessment of the overall
business performance over the performance period. This may include the consideration of factors such as holistic performance relative to peers,
stakeholder outcomes and significant investment projects, for example.
• Following vesting, there is normally a further retention period of two years. Executive Directors are able to exercise an option or sell sufficient
shares to cover any tax liability when an award vests, provided they retain the net shares arising for the two-year retention period.
• Notional dividends accrue on performance share awards to the extent that the performance conditions have been met, delivered as shares or
cash at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period.
• The Remuneration Committee has discretion to apply malus or clawback to bonus as detailed in the 'Malus and Clawback' section below.
Opportunity
• The maximum annual grants for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are 500% and 480% of salary in performance share
equivalents respectively (where a market-price option is valued at one-third of a performance share). Included within that maximum, no more
than 375% of salary will be awarded in face-value terms in options, with the balance awarded in performance shares, to any Executive Director
in any year.
• Awards vest at 20% of maximum for threshold performance and 100% of maximum if the performance conditions are met in full. The vesting
schedule related to the levels of performance between threshold and maximum, including whether or not this will include an interim stretch
performance level, will be determined by the Remuneration Committee on an annual basis and disclosed in the relevant remuneration report
for that year. There is a ranking profile for the vesting of the part of the award based on relative total shareholder return, starting at 20% of
maximum for achieving the threshold.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
132
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
133
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) continued
Performance conditions
The vesting of awards is linked to a range of measures which may include, but are not limited to:
• a growth measure (e.g. net sales growth, operating profit growth);
• a measure of efficiency (e.g. operating margin, cumulative free cash flow, return on invested capital);
• a measure of Diageo’s performance in relation to its peers (e.g. relative total shareholder return); and
• a measure relating to our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ (environmental, social or governance) priorities.
Measures that apply to performance shares and market-price options may differ, as is the case for current awards. Weightings of these measures
may also vary year on year.
The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance conditions in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do
so, e.g. in cases of accounting policy changes, merger and acquisition activities or disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and
explained in the following year’s annual report on remuneration.
Malus and Clawback
Under the AIP and DLTIP, the Remuneration Committee has discretion to apply malus and clawback in the circumstances specified in the
applicable malus and clawback policy from time to time in place, for example:
• Material misstatement of results or an error resulting in overpayment.
• Risk failure resulting in material financial loss or any business area being the subject of a regulatory investigation or in breach of regulation.
• Employee misconduct/disciplinary action.
• Employee accountability for material reputational damage to the group which could have been avoided.
• In respect of the application of malus, deterioration in the financial situation of the Group which limits the ability to fund incentive awards.
• Any other matter which, in the reasonable opinion of the Remuneration Committee, is required to be considered to comply with prevailing legal
and/or regulatory requirements.
The malus and clawback provisions may be invoked for one year following an AIP cash payment and two years following a DLTIP vesting. Where
the Remuneration Committee determines that malus and/or clawback will apply, the Remuneration Committee has discretion to determine the
basis of application and the means by which malus and/or clawback will be implemented.
The malus and clawback policy will be reviewed from time to time to ensure that the policy is compliant with any regulatory requirements, such as
the NYSE listing rules.
All-employee share plans
Purpose and link to strategy
To encourage broader employee share ownership through locally approved plans.
Operation
• The company operates tax-efficient all-employee share acquisition plans in various jurisdictions.
• Executive Directors’ eligibility may depend on their country of residence, tax status and employment company.
Opportunity
• Limits for all-employee share plans are set by the tax authorities. The company may choose to set its own lower limits.
Performance conditions
• Under the UK Share Incentive Plan, the annual award of Freeshares may be based on Diageo plc financial measures which may include, but
are not limited to, measures of sales, profit and cash.
Shareholding requirement
Purpose and link to strategy
• Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.
Operation
• The minimum in-employment shareholding requirement is 500% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 400% of base salary for any other
Executive Directors.
• Executive Directors are normally expected to build up their in-employment shareholding within five years of their appointment to the Board.
• Shares that count towards these minimum shareholding requirements are shares beneficially held by the Executive Director and their connected
persons, including Deferred Bonus Share Plan (DBSP) shares within the three-year deferral period, on a net (if post-tax deferral)/notional net (if
pre-tax deferral) of tax basis.
• Executive Directors are restricted from selling more than 50% of shares which vest under the long-term incentive plan or deferred bonus share
plan (excluding the sale of shares to cover tax on vesting and other exceptional circumstances to be specifically approved by the Chief
Executive and/or Chairman), until the shareholding requirement is met.
• In order to provide further long-term alignment with shareholders, Executive Directors will normally be expected to maintain a Diageo
shareholding of 100% of the in-employment shareholding requirement (or, if lower, their actual shareholding on cessation) for two years after
leaving the company.
• The Executive Directors enter into a deed undertaking to comply with the requirement and committing to hold the required number of shares in
a specified nominee account.
134
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Chairman of the Board and Non-Executive Directors' fees
Purpose and link to strategy
• Supports the attraction and retention of world-class talent and reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience.
Operation
• Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are normally reviewed every year.
• A proportion of the Chairman’s annual fee may be used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until
the Chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a Director.
• Fees are reviewed in light of market practice in the FTSE 30, excluding financial services companies, and anticipated workload, tasks and
potential liabilities.
• The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the company’s incentive plans nor do they receive pension
contributions or benefits. Their travel and accommodation expenses in connection with attendance at Board meetings (and any tax thereon)
are paid by the company.
• The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a product allowance or cash equivalent at the same level as the
Executive Directors.
• All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at
www.diageo.com. The Chairman of the Board, Javier Ferrán, was re-appointed on 6 October 2022 for a three-year term, terminable on three
months’ notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of three months’ fees in lieu of notice.
Opportunity
• Fees for Non-Executive Directors are within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, with an aggregate limit of £1,750,000, excluding
the Chairman’s fees.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Diageo Annual Report 2023
135
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Policy considerations
Performance measures
Further details of the performance measures under the fiscal 24 annual
incentive plan and measures and targets for DLTIP awards to be made
in September 2023, are set out in the annual report on remuneration,
on page 153. Annual incentive targets will be disclosed retrospectively
in next year’s annual report on remuneration as they are deemed by
the Board to be commercially sensitive until after the end of the fiscal
year.
Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, and take
into account the company’s strategic priorities and business
environment. The Remuneration Committee sets targets based on a
range of reference points, including the corporate strategy and broker
forecasts for both Diageo and its peers.
Projected total remuneration scenarios
The graphs below illustrate scenarios for the projected total
remuneration of Executive Directors at four different levels of
performance: minimum, target, maximum, and maximum including
assumed share price appreciation of 50%. The impact of potential
share price movements is excluded from the other three scenarios.
These charts reflect projected remuneration for the year ending 30
June 2024.
Debra Crew
Minimum
100%100%
Target
21%21%
20%20%
59%59%
Maximum
13%13%
25%25%
62%62%
Maximum plus 50%
share price increase
10%10%
19%19%
Total $2,028 (£1,690)
Total $9,028 (£7,523)
Total $14,278 (£11,898)
71%71%
Total $18,653 (£15,544)
$’000
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
Salary, benefits and pension
Annual incentive
Long-term incentives
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Minimum
100%100%
Target
23%23%
20%20%
57%57%
Maximum
15%15%
25%25%
60%60%
Maximum plus 50%
share price increase
12%12%
19%19%
Total $1,235 (£1,029)
Total $5,287 (£4,406)
Total $8,337 (£6,947)
69%69%
Total $10,843 (£9,036)
$’000
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
Salary, benefits and pension
Annual incentive
Long-term incentives
Basis of calculation and assumptions:
The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary
for the year ending 30 June 2024, value of benefits received in the year
ended 30 June 2023, or the projected annual benefit value for year
ending 30 June 2024 in the case of the newly appointed CEO, and the
pension benefits to be accrued over the year ending 30 June 2024.
These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration
packages that are not subject to performance conditions.
The ‘Target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as described above,
plus a target payout of 50% of the maximum annual incentive and a
midpoint payout of 60% of the maximum long-term incentive awards.
The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full payout of
annual and long-term incentives.
The ‘Maximum plus share price growth’ scenario reflects fixed
remuneration, plus full payout of annual and long-term incentives,
including, for the latter, an assumed 50% share price appreciation
over the performance period.
For long-term incentives, the awards are treated as though they were
granted entirely as performance share awards.
The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative
weighted average exchange rate for the year ended 30 June 2023 of
£1 = $1.20.
Approach to recruitment remuneration
Diageo is a global organisation selling its products in more than 180
countries around the world. The ability to recruit and retain the best
talent from all over the world is critical to the future success of the
business. People diversity in all its forms is a core element of Diageo’s
global talent strategy and, managed effectively, is a key driver in
delivering Diageo’s Performance Ambition.
The Remuneration Committee’s overarching principle for recruitment
remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract an
Executive Director of the calibre required to shape and deliver Diageo’s
business strategy, recognising that Diageo competes for talent in a
global marketplace. The Committee will seek to align any
remuneration package with Diageo’s remuneration policy, but retains
the discretion to offer a remuneration package which is necessary to
meet the individual circumstances of the recruited Executive Director
and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and
expertise. However, the maximum short-term and long-term incentive
opportunity will follow the policy, although awards may be granted
with different performance measures and targets in the first year. On
appointment of an external Executive Director, the Committee may
decide to compensate for variable remuneration elements the
individual forfeits when leaving their current employer. In doing so, the
Committee will ensure that any such compensation would have a fair
value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, and would generally
be determined on a comparable basis taking into account factors
including the form in which the awards were granted, performance
conditions attached, the probability of the awards vesting (e.g. past,
current and likely future performance), as well as the vesting schedules.
Depending on individual circumstances at the time, the Committee has
the discretion to determine the type of award (i.e. cash, shares or
options), holding period and whether or not performance conditions
would apply.
Any such award would be fully disclosed and explained in the
following year’s annual report on remuneration. When exercising its
discretion in establishing the reward package for a new Executive
Director, the Committee will carefully consider the balance between the
need to secure an individual in the best interests of the company
against the concerns of investors about the quantum of remuneration
and, if considered appropriate at the time, will consult with the
company’s biggest shareholders. The Remuneration Committee will
provide timely disclosure of the reward package of any new Executive
Director.
Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office (including takeover provisions)
Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, details of which are set out below. These are available for inspection at the company’s registered
office.
Executive Director
Debra Crew
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Date of service contract
28 March 2023
13 January 2021
Notice period
Mitigation
Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)
2020 Deferred Bonus Share Plan
(DBSP)
Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan
(DLTIP)
Repatriation/other
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
The contracts provide for a period of six months’ notice by the Executive Director or 12 months’ notice by the
company, the same as would apply for any newly-appointed Executive Director. A payment may be made in lieu
of notice consisting of a sum equivalent to the base salary which the Executive Director would have received for
any notice period outstanding on the date employment ends and the cost to the company of providing
contractual benefits for this period (including pension contributions but excluding incentive plans).
If, on the termination date, the Executive Director has exceeded their accrued holiday entitlement, the value of
such excess may be deducted by the company from any sums due to them. If the Executive Director, on the
termination date, has accrued but untaken holiday entitlement, the company will, at its discretion, either require
the Executive Director to take such unused holiday during any notice period or make a payment to them in lieu of
it, provided that if the employment is terminated for cause then the Executive Director will not be entitled to any
such payment.
The Remuneration Committee requires (or may exercise its discretion to require) a proportion of the termination
payment to be paid in instalments and, upon the Executive Director commencing new employment, to be subject
to mitigation.
Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury,
redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion
during the financial year, the Executive Director is usually entitled to an incentive payment pro-rated for the period
of service during the performance period, which is typically payable at the usual payment date unless the
Committee decides otherwise. Where the Executive Director leaves for any other reason, no payment or bonus
deferral will be made. The amount is subject to performance measures being met and is at the discretion of the
Committee. The Committee has discretion to determine an earlier payment date, for example, on death in
service. The bonus may, if the Committee decides, be paid wholly in cash.
Where the Executive Director leaves for any reason other than dismissal, they are entitled to retain any deferred
bonus shares, which vest in full on departure, subject to any holding requirements under the post-employment
shareholding policy. It is not considered necessary for the bonus deferral to continue to apply after leaving, since
the bonus is already earned based on performance, and there is a post-employment shareholding requirement
that ensures the Executive Director continues to be invested in the company’s longer-term interests. On a
takeover, awards vest in full. On other corporate events, the Remuneration Committee may allow awards to vest
in full.
Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury,
redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion
during the financial year, awards continue in effect. Awards will vest on the original vesting date with the
exception of death in service, when awards will vest on the date of death, in each case unless the Remuneration
Committee decides otherwise. When an Executive Director leaves for any other reason, all unvested awards
generally lapse immediately. The applicable retention period for vested awards continues for all leavers (other
than in cases of disability, ill-health or death in service, where the retention period will end on the date of death or
leaving employment), unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise. Where awards were granted in the
form of options, on vesting they are generally exercisable for 12 months (or six months for approved options).
The proportion of the award released depends on the extent to which the performance condition is met. The
number of shares is reduced on a pro-rata basis reflecting the length of time the Executive Director was employed
by the company during the performance period, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise (for
example, in the case of death in service).
Where an Executive Director leaves within one month of the normal vesting date of the award, awards are not
time pro-rated, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.
On a takeover or other corporate event, awards vest subject to the extent to which the performance conditions
are met and, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise, the awards are time pro-rated. Otherwise
the Committee, in agreement with the new company, may decide that awards should be swapped for awards
over shares in the new company.
In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the United Kingdom and has been relocated to
the United Kingdom as part of their appointment, the company may pay reasonable repatriation costs for leavers
at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion. The company may also pay for reasonable costs in relation to the
termination, for example, tax, legal and outplacement support, where appropriate.
136
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
137
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Non-Executive Directors’ unexpired terms of
appointment
All Non-Executive Directors are on three-year terms which are expected
to be extended up to a total of nine years. The date of initial
appointment to the Board and the point at which the current letter of
appointment expires for Non-Executive Directors are shown in the table
below.
Non-Executive Directors
Date of appointment to the
Board
Current letter of
appointment expires
Javier Ferrán
Susan Kilsby
Melissa Bethell
22 July 2016
4 April 2018
30 June 2020
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet
1 January 2021
Sir John Manzoni
Lady Mendelsohn
Alan Stewart
Ireena Vittal
Karen Blackett
1 October 2020
1 September 2014
1 September 2014
2 October 2020
1 June 2022
AGM 2025
AGM 2024
AGM 2023
AGM 2024
AGM 2023
AGM 2023
AGM 2023
AGM 2023
AGM 2025
Payments under previous policies
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments
and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that they are not in line
with the policy set out above, where the terms of the payment were
agreed (i) under a previous policy, in which case the provision of that
policy shall continue to apply until such payments have been made; (ii)
before the policy or the relevant legislation came into effect; or (iii) at a
time when the relevant individual was not a director of the company
and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in
consideration for the individual becoming a director of the company.
Approach to stakeholder engagement
Shareholder engagement
The Committee is interested in the views of investors and maintains an
ongoing dialogue with a broad group of shareholders and institutional
advisors on remuneration matters. In advance of finalising our
proposed policy to be approved at the 2023 AGM, the Chair of the
Remuneration Committee consulted with the company's largest
shareholders and their representatives about the policy and the
implementation plan for fiscal 24. The responses received from
shareholders were supportive of the proposed change to enhance the
post-cessation shareholding requirement, as well as the planned
implementation for fiscal 24.
Employee engagement on executive remuneration
The Chairman of the Board led global workforce engagement sessions
throughout the year and there were focus group sessions led by other
Non-Executive Directors (more information can be found in the
corporate governance section on page 110). As part of this
engagement, there was a session where the Chairman shared
information with employees about executive remuneration, including
the Directors' remuneration policy, the role of the Remuneration
Committee, executive remuneration principles and structure and how
executive pay aligns with pay for the wider workforce.
Diageo also runs annual employee engagement surveys, which gives
employees the opportunity to give feedback and express their views on
a variety of topics, including remuneration. Any comments relating to
Executive Directors' remuneration are fed back to the Remuneration
Committee.
These activities ensure that shareholder views and interests, as well as
the all-employee reward context at Diageo, are considered when
making executive remuneration decisions.
Consideration of wider workforce remuneration
When reviewing Executive Directors’ salaries, the Committee takes into
account the company’s salary budgets for key geographies and, each
year, the Committee has a session reviewing various aspects of
workforce remuneration to deepen its understanding of employee pay
arrangements. There is clear alignment in the approach to pay for
executives and the wider workforce in the way that remuneration
principles are followed, as well as the mechanics of the salary review
process and incentive plan design, which are broadly consistent
throughout the organisation. The performance measures under the
annual incentive plan and long-term incentive plan are the same for
executives and other eligible employees. The key differences are that a
larger percentage of Executive Directors' remuneration is performance
related than that of other employees and salary, benefits and incentive
participation levels vary according to role, seniority and business
priorities.
When reviewing the Directors’ remuneration policy, the Committee
considered the remuneration arrangements for the workforce globally,
as well as market practice in the FTSE 30 (excluding financial services)
and Diageo’s global consumer peer group. The Chairman also
explains the Directors’ remuneration policy to employees and seeks
their feedback as part of the workforce engagement sessions, as
described above. Given the minimal changes proposed for the 2023
Directors’ remuneration policy, employees were not specifically
consulted on this.
Annual report on remuneration
The following section provides details of how the company’s 2020 remuneration policy was implemented during the year ended 30 June 2023, and
how the Remuneration Committee intends to implement the proposed remuneration policy in the year ending 30 June 2024.
Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)
The table below details the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2023.
Ivan Menezes(1) (2)
Debra Crew(1) (2)
Lavanya Chandrashekar(1)
2023
£ '000
2023
$ '000
2022
£ '000
2022
$ '000
2023
£ '000
2023
$ '000
2022
£ '000
2022
$ '000
2023
£ '000
2023
$ '000
2022
£ '000
2022
$ '000
Fixed pay
Salary (3)
Benefits (4)
Pension(5)
Total fixed pay(9)
Performance
related pay
Annual incentive(6)
Long-term
incentives(7)
Other incentives (8)
Total variable
pay(9)
Total single figure
of remuneration(9)
£1,403
$1,683
£1,277
$1,699
£105
$126
£124
$149
—
—
£133
£209
$177
$278
£4
£10
£1,527
$1,832
£1,619
$2,153
£120
$5
$13
$145
£1,019
$1,223
£2,413 $3,209
£79
$95
£8,036 $9,643
£3,312 $4,405
£204
$245
—
—
—
—
—
—
£9,055
$10,866
£5,724
$7,613
£284
$340
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
£831
£53
£110
$997
$63
$133
£733
$975
£429
£103
$571
$138
£993
$1,193
£1,265
$1,684
n/a
£603
$723
£1,320
$1,755
n/a
n/a
£286
$343
£3
$4
£121
n/a
$161
n/a
n/a
£892
$1,070
£1,440
$1,916
£10,582
$12,698
£7,343 $9,767
£403
$485
n/a
n/a
£1,885
$2,263
£2,706 $3,599
Notes
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Exchange
rate
CEO
transition
The amounts shown in US dollars are converted to sterling using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year
ended 30 June 2023, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.20 and for the year ended 30 June 2022, the exchange rate was £1 = $1.33. Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew
and Lavanya Chandrashekar are paid in US dollars.
Ivan Menezes' pay and benefits reflects time served in fiscal 2023 up to and including the date of his death-in-service, which was also his last day of
employment (6 June 2023). Debra Crew's pay and benefits reflect the period 5 to 30 June 2023 only, following her appointment as interim CEO on 5 June
2023 and CEO and Executive Director on 8 June 2023.
Salary
Ivan Menezes' salary figure includes an amount of £42k in respect of untaken annual leave.
Benefits
The benefits numbers include the gross value of all taxable benefits. For Ivan Menezes, these include medical insurance (£17k), company car allowance (£17k),
contracted car service (£19k), tax return preparation (£68k), product allowance, life and long-term disability cover. Debra Crew's benefits for the period 5 to 30
June include flexible benefits allowance (£1.2k), travel allowance (£798), tax return preparation (£1.4k), product allowance and life and long-term disability
cover. Lavanya Chandrashekar's benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£20k), travel allowance (£11k), tax return preparation (£14.4k), product allowance
and life and long-term disability cover.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Pension benefits earned during the year represents the increase in the pension fund balances over the year in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans
over and above the increase due to inflation. Ivan Menezes was a deferred member of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) since 31 January 2012 and the
pension amount that accrued in excess of inflation over each of 2022 and 2023 under this scheme was nil. Debra Crew started to accrue benefits in the
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) from 1 October 2022. Lavanya Chandrashekar started accruing benefits in the SERP from 1 July 2021. The
company pension contribution has been 14% of salary from 1 January 2023 for all Executive Directors, aligned to the rate for the UK workforce.
The performance achieved under the fiscal 23 annual incentive plan resulted in an outcome of 32.5% of maximum for the financial elements of the plan, which
represented 80% of the maximum incentive opportunity. Taking account of performance against Individual Business Objectives (IBOs), the annual incentive
payout is 37.25% of maximum for Ivan Menezes, 35.38% of maximum for Debra Crew and 36.0% of maximum for Lavanya Chandrashekar. For Debra Crew,
the 2023 amount reflects the period 5 to 30 June 2023 (as a proportion of the financial year).
In accordance with their elections to defer post-tax, one-third of the annual incentive for fiscal 23 shown in the table above for Debra Crew (which relates to the
period 5 to 30 June 2023) and Lavanya Chandrashekar will be deferred into owned shares which are held for three years in a nominee account. The annual
incentive for Ivan Menezes will be paid entirely in cash, the Committee having exercised discretion to waive the one-third deferral into shares (see page 150 for
more details.
Long-term incentives represent the estimated gain (based on the average three-month ADR price to 30 June 2023 of $178.52) delivered through share options
and performance shares where performance conditions have been met in the respective financial year. It also includes the value of additional shares earned in
lieu of dividends on these vested performance shares. For Ivan Menezes, the 2023 long-term incentives amount comprises performance shares and share
options awarded in 2020 and vesting at 98.7% and 77.5% of maximum respectively. For Debra Crew, the 2023 amount reflects the period 5 to 30 June (as a
proportion of the three-year performance period). The 2020 performance shares and share options were granted before she became an Executive Director,
and due to a slightly different vesting schedule for awards granted below the Board, vested at 98.8% and 77.5% of maximum respectively. Lavanya
Chandrashekar's 2020 performance share award was also granted before she became an Executive Director and vested at 98.8% of maximum.
Of the 2023 long-term incentive amounts shown in the table above, £2,954k for Ivan Menezes, £67k for Debra Crew and £72k for Lavanya Chandrashekar
related to share price appreciation over the fiscal 21 to fiscal 23 performance period.
For 2022, long-term incentives comprise performance shares and share options awarded in 2019 that vested in September 2022 at 59.3% and 61.5% of
maximum respectively for Ivan Menezes and performance shares that vested at 59.8% for Lavanya Chandrashekar, including dividend equivalents on
performance shares. 2020 long-term incentive amounts have been restated to reflect the ADR share price on the vesting date of $175.09 instead of the average
three-month ADR share price used in last year’s report of $190.22.
Other incentives include the grant face value of awards made under the all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.
Page
143
Page
140
Page
141
(5)
Pension
(6)
Annual
incentive
(7)
Long-term
incentives
Other
incentives
(8)
(9)
Totals
Some figures and sub-totals add up to slightly different amounts than the totals due to rounding.
138
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
139
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Looking back on 2023
Annual incentive plan (AIP) payouts for 2023 (audited)
AIP payout for the year ended 30 June 2023
AIP payouts for all of the Executive Directors serving during the year are based 80% on performance against the group financial measures and
20% on performance against Individual Business Objectives (IBOs), as assessed by the Remuneration Committee and summarised in the table
below.
Group financial measures(1)
Measure
Payout opportunity (% maximum)
Net sales (% growth)(2)
Operating profit (% growth)(2)
Operating cash conversion(3)
Full year performance for 1 July 2022 - 30 June 2023
Individual business objectives
Measure (IBOs equally weighted) and target
Ivan Menezes Chief Executive
Weighting Result
20.00 %
Weighting
Threshold
Maximum
Actual
25%
3.5%
2.5%
Target
50%
6.5%
7.5%
100%
9.5%
12.5%
95.0%
100.0%
105.0%
6.5%
7.0%
93.3%
26.67%
26.67%
26.67%
80.00%
10.00 % • We gained or held total trade market share in markets that total 70% of our
net sales in fiscal 23(6)
Payout
(% of total AIP
opportunity)
13.34%
12.67%
—
26.00%
Payout
(% of total AIP
opportunity)
11.25%
5.00%
10.00 % Positive drinking targets for fiscal 23 have been exceeded as set out below:
6.25%
• By the end of fiscal 23, we had educated just under 2 million people on the
dangers of underage drinking, far exceeding the target.
• The 2030 target of reaching 1 billion people with dedicated responsible
drinking messaging has been met several years earlier than planned.
• Significant achievement with Diageo markets across the world reaching 31,600
people with business and hospitality skills training.
Lavanya Chandrashekar Chief Financial Officer
20.00 %
10.00 % • Achieved a performance level just below AOP for fiscal 23.
10.00%
3.75%
10.00 % There has been over delivery on the finance transformation milestones for fiscal 23
6.25%
as follows:
• Delivered a new integrated customer account solution into six markets making
customer set up time faster than the target of 10 business days.
• Delivered finance productivity savings of greater than £18m.
• Closure of 100% of all audit management actions, where these were required.
• SLA improvement target exceeded for high priority incidents and just under
target for critical incidents.
Global market share performance
• Grow or hold total trade market share in 2/3rds
of total net sales in measured markets.
Positive drinking
Continued improvement in Positive Drinking in
fiscal 23
• Educate 809,000 people on the dangers of
underage drinking.
• Progress towards a cumulative total of 1 billion
people with dedicated responsible drinking
messaging by 2030.
• Help create a thriving hospitality sector post
Covid-19 where responsible drinking is the norm
by reaching 19,400 people by the end of fiscal
23 through skills building programmes.
Global operating margin
• Deliver Operating Margin in line with fiscal 23
Annual Operating Plan (AOP).
Finance Transformation
• Reduce time taken to set up customers in
specified markets, thereby increasing speed to
market and supporting growth.
• Reduce finance organisation costs (people and
indirect) by £10 million.
• Close 80% of audit management action plans
on time.
• Improve Service Level Agreement(SLA)
performance by resolving 80% of both critical
and high priority incidents within the specified
SLA timeframe.
Payout
Ivan Menezes(4),(5)
Debra Crew(4),(5)
Lavanya Chandrashekar(4),(5)
Group
(weighted 80%)
IBO
(weighted 20%)
Total
(% max)
Total
(% annual salary)
Total
(’000)4 GBP
Total
(’000) USD
26.00%
26.00%
26.00%
11.25%
9.38%
10.00%
37.25%
35.38%
36.00%
69.40%
5.40%
72.00%
£1,019
$1,223
£79
£603
$95
$723
(1) Performance against the AIP measures is calculated using 2023 budgeted exchange rates and is measured on a currency-neutral basis.
(2) For AIP purposes, Net Sales Value (NSV) growth and Operating Profit (OP) growth are calculated on budgeted currency exchange rates, after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals
and incorporates the organic treatment of hyperinflationary economies.
(3) For AIP purposes, Operating Cash Conversion (OCC) is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items,
dividends, maturing inventories and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment
and exceptional items. The measure incorporates the organic treatment of hyperinflationary economies. The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the year.
(4) AIP payments are calculated using base salary as at 30 June 2023, in line with the global policy that applies to other employees across the company. For Ivan Menezes, the payment
reflects time employed in fiscal 23 up to and including 6 June 2023. For Debra Crew, the payment disclosed reflects the period 5 to 30 June, covering the period from appointment as
interim CEO on 5 June 2023 to the end of the fiscal year and is based on her CEO salary which applied from 5 June 2023.
(5) In accordance with the 2020 remuneration policy and their individual elections to defer post tax, one-third of Debra Crew's and Lavanya Chandrashekar's after tax AIP payout disclosed
in the table above will be deferred into Diageo shares, which will be held for three years in a nominee account. These shares will be acquired in September 2023 and the number of
shares will be disclosed in the 2024 remuneration report. The Committee waived the deferral requirement in respect of Ivan Menezes.
(6) Market share reflects internal estimates incorporating Nielsen, Association of Canadian Distillers, CGA, Dichter and Neira, Frontline, Intage, IRI, ISCAM, NABCA, Scentia, State
Monopolies, TRAC, Ipsos and other third-party providers.
(7) No discretion was exercised by the Remuneration Committee in determining the AIP outcome.
Long-term incentive plans (LTIPs) vesting in 2023 (audited)
Long-term incentive awards are made under the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP), which was approved by shareholders at the AGM in
September 2014, which will be presented for shareholder renewal at the AGM in September 2023. Awards are designed to incentivise Executive
Directors and senior managers to deliver long-term sustainable performance and are subject to performance conditions measured over a three-year
period. Awards are granted on an annual basis in both performance shares and share options. Awards granted to Executive Directors vest at 20%
of maximum for threshold performance, and 100% of the award will vest if the performance conditions are met in full, with a straight-line payout
between threshold and maximum.
Share options – granted in September 2020, vesting in September 2023 (audited)
In September 2020, Ivan Menezes and Debra Crew (although not an Executive Director at the time of grant) received share option awards over
ADRs under the DLTIP, with an exercise price of $133.88. The award was subject to a performance condition assessed over a three-year period
based on the achievement of the following equally weighted performance measures:
• Relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranked against the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies; and
• Cumulative free cash flow (FCF)
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
The vesting profile for grants to Executive Directors for relative TSR is shown below:
TSR ranking (out of 17)
Vesting (% max)
TSR ranking (out of 17)
Vesting (% max)
TSR peer group (16 companies)
1st, 2nd or 3rd
4th
5th
6th
100
95
75
65
7th
8th
9th
10th or below
55
45
20
0
AB Inbev
Brown-Forman
Carlsberg
Heineken
Pernod Ricard
Kimberly-Clark
Procter & Gamble
L'Oréal
Reckitt Benckiser
The Coca-Cola Company Mondelēz International Unilever
Colgate-Palmolive
Groupe Danone
Nestlé
PepsiCo
Performance shares – awarded in September 2020, vesting in September 2023 (audited)
In September 2020, Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar (Ms Crew and Ms Chandrashekar were not Executive Directors at the
time of grant) received performance share awards under the DLTIP. Awards vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of three
performance conditions outlined below:
• Organic Net Sales Value (NSV) growth (weighted 40%);
• Profit Before Exceptional items and Tax (PBET) growth (weighted 40%); and
• ESG measures (water efficiency, carbon reduction, positive drinking & diversity & inclusion) weighted 20%.
Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares on the number of shares which vest.
Notes
The AIP payout for Debra Crew is based 80% on performance against the group financial measures as noted in the table at the top of this page
and 20% on performance against IBOs. Debra Crew's IBOs for fiscal 23 related to her role as Chief Operating Officer (COO), prior to appointment
as CEO late in the financial year following the death in service of Ivan Menezes. The first of two equally weighted IBOs for the COO role (growing or
holding total trade market share in 2/3rds of total net shares in measured markets) was aligned to Ivan Menezes's goal and was achieved. Ms
Crew's second IBO for the COO role was to grow value market share in North America Total Beverage Alcohol, whilst driving operating margin in
line with Annual Operating Plan (AOP) targets and there was satisfactory delivery under this IBO. The resulting overall IBO outcome was 9.38% out
of a total of 20%.
140
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
141
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Vesting outcome for 2020 performance share and share option awards in September 2023 (audited)
The 2020 performance share award vested at 98.7% of maximum for Ivan Menezes and 98.8% of maximum for Debra Crew and Lavanya
Chandrashekar. The 2020 share options vested at 77.5% of maximum for Ivan Menezes and Debra Crew, as detailed below:
Vesting of 2020 DLTIP(5)
Weighting
Threshold
Midpoint
Maximum
Actual
Vesting if performance achieved (% maximum)
Organic net sales growth (NSV)(1)
Profit before exceptional items and tax (PBET) growth(2)
Carbon reduction (ESG)
Water efficiency (ESG)
Positive drinking (ESG)
Inclusion & diversity - % female leaders globally (ESG)
Inclusion & diversity - % ethnically diverse leaders
globally (ESG)
Vesting of performance shares (% maximum)
Cumulative free cash flow (FCF)(3)
Relative total shareholder return(4)
Vesting of share options (% maximum)
20%/25% 60%/62.5%
40.0%
40.0%
5.0%
5.0%
5.0%
2.5%
4.0%
4.5%
6.3%
5.8%
0.75m
41.0%
6.0%
8.25%
10.3%
8.5%
1.0m
100%
8.0%
12.0%
14.3%
11.2%
1.25m
14.5%
16.5%
14.7%
9.4%
2.2m
42.0%
43.0%
44.0%
2.5%
38.0%
39.0%
40.0%
43.0%
50.0% £6,200m
£7,200m £8,200m £8,404m
50.0%
9th
–
3rd
7th
Ivan Menezes
vesting
(% maximum)(5)
Debra Crew vesting
(% maximum)(5)(6)
Lavanya
Chandrashekar
vesting
(% maximum)(5)(6)
40.0%
40.0%
5.0%
3.7%
5.0%
2.5%
2.5%
98.7%
50.0%
27.5%
77.5%
40.0%
40.0%
5.0%
3.8%
5.0%
2.5%
2.5%
98.8%
50.0%
27.5%
77.5%
40.0%
40.0%
5.0%
3.8%
5.0%
2.5%
2.5%
98.8%
n/a
n/a
n/a
(1) Net Sales Value (NSV) growth is calculated on budgeted currency exchange rates, after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals and incorporates the organic treatment of
hyperinflationary economies.
(2) Profit before exceptionals and tax growth is presented on a constant currency basis and it excludes the impact of acquisitions and disposals. The impact of hyperinflation on operating
profit is considered under the same organic methodology as for net sales while the impact on other lines (primarily on finance charges) is excluded. This metric also includes adjustment
to exclude the fair value remeasurement of contingent considerations, earn out arrangements and biological assets and to exclude post-employment credits. Furthermore, the metric
excluded the interest on current year’s share repurchase program (SRP) and excludes the year-over-year change of M&A related interest.
(3) Cumulative FCF is based on the outcome for each of the three years within the performance period, measured before exceptional items and on an FX neutral basis by adjusting actual
outcomes back to the base year exchange rates, and incorporates the organic treatment of hyperinflationary economies. Furthermore, the cash flow impact of any material business
development activities such as share repurchase programmes, acquisitions and disposals, which were not known and planned at the beginning of the vesting period, are excluded from
the 3-year performance.
(4) Relative total shareholder return (TSR) is measured as the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) compared to the
TSR of a peer group of 16 international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR calculations are based on an averaging period of 6 months and converted to a common currency
(US dollars). Calculation is performed and provided by FIT.
(5) No discretion was exercised by the Remuneration Committee in determining the long-term incentive outcomes.
(6) At the time of grant of the 2020 awards, Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar were not Executive Directors. The vesting schedule for awards granted to executives below the Board
has a threshold vesting of 25% of maximum (62.5% at midpoint). Vesting at threshold for awards granted to Executive Directors is 20% of maximum (60.0% at midpoint). No options
were granted to Lavanya Chandrashekar in 2020 as she was not on the Executive Committee at the time of grant.
Summary of performance share awards and options vesting (audited)
Ivan Menezes
Performance shares
03/09/2020
Award
Award Date
Share options
03/09/2020
Debra Crew
Performance shares
03/09/2020
Lavanya
Chandrashekar
Share options
03/09/2020
Performance shares
03/09/2020
Awarded
(ADRs)
43,377
43,377
1,176(2)
714(2)
1,827
Vesting
(% Max)
Vesting
(ADRs)
Option price
ADR price
Dividend
equivalent
share
Estimated
value
($'000)(1)
Estimated
value
(£'000)
98.7%
42,813
—
$178.52
2,796
$8,142
£6,785
77.5%
33,617
$133.88
$178.52
98.8%
1,161
$178.52
—
75
77.5%
553
$133.88
$178.52
98.8%
1,805
—
$178.52
117
$343
$1,501
£1,251
$221
$25
£184
£21
£286
Pensions and benefits in the year ended 30 June 2023
Benefits provisions for the Executive Directors are in accordance with the information set out in the Directors’ remuneration policy.
Pension arrangements (audited)
Ivan Menezes was a member of the Diageo North America Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP), with an accrual rate of 20% of
base salary until 1 January 2023 when it was reduced to 14% of base salary, until his date of death of 6 June 2023. Debra Crew and Lavanya
Chandrashekar are members of the SERP with an accrual rate of 14% of base salary respectively during the year ended 30 June 2023. The SERP is
an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest
credits. Under the rules of the SERP, Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar can withdraw the balance of the plan six months after leaving service
or age 55, if later and the balance may be withdrawn in either a lump sum or five equal annual instalments, depending on the size of the balance.
Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar participated in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefit Supplemental Plan (BSP), until
August 2012, 30 September 2022 and June 2021 respectively, and have accrued benefits under both plans. The Cash Balance Plan is a qualified
funded pension arrangement. Employer contributions were 10% of pay capped at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limit. The BSP is a non-qualified
unfunded arrangement; notional employer contributions were 10% of pay above the IRS limit. Interest (notional for the BSP) is credited quarterly on
both plans.
Ivan Menezes was also a member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999.
The accrual of pensionable service ceased in 1999 but the linkage to salary remained until January 2012.
Upon death in service on 6 June 2023, a life insurance benefit of $3 million became payable by the insurance provider for Ivan Menezes. In the
event of death in service, a lump sum of six times base salary is payable to Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar.
The table below shows the pension benefits accrued by each Executive Director as at year end (or to 6 June 2023 in the case of Ivan Menezes). The
accrued United Kingdom benefits for Ivan Menezes are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew
and Lavanya Chandrashekar are one-off cash balance amounts.
Executive Director
Ivan Menezes(1)
Debra Crew(2)
Lavanya Chandrashekar(3)
30 June 2023
30 June 2022
UK pension
£'000 p.a.
75
Nil
Nil
US benefit
£'000
9,563
761
413
UK pension
£'000 p.a.
75
Nil
Nil
US benefit
£'000
9,251
761
302
(1)
Ivan Menezes' US benefits are higher at 6 June 2023 than at 30 June 2022 by £312k. The breakdown of this relates to £452k of which is due to pension benefits earned over the year
(none of which is over and above the increase due to inflation – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see page 139), £103k of which is due to interest earned on his deferred
US benefits until his death in service and a reduction of (£243k) which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(2) Debra Crew's US benefits are the same at 30 June 2023 than at the date of her appointment to interim CEO and Executive Director and CEO. The breakdown of this relates to £10k of
which is due to pension benefits earned over the year (all of which is over and above the increase due to inflation – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see page 139), £1k of
which is due to interest earned on her deferred US benefits over the year and a reduction of (£11k) of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(3) Lavanya Chandrashekar's US benefits are higher at 30 June 2023 than at 30 June 2022 by £111k. The breakdown of this relates to £122k of which is due to pension benefits earned over
the year (£110k of which is over and above the increase due to inflation – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see page 139), £7k of which is due to interest earned on her
deferred US benefits over the year and a reduction of (£18k) of which is due to exchange rate movements over the year.
The Normal Retirement Age applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme, as outlined below.
Executive Director
Ivan Menezes
Debra Crew
Lavanya Chandrashekar
UK benefits
(DPS)
US benefits
(Cash Balance Plan)
US benefits
(BSP)
US benefits
(SERP)
60
n/a
n/a
65
65
65
6 months after leaving service
6 months after leaving service
6 months after leaving service, or age 55 if later
6 months after leaving service, or age 55 if later
6 months after leaving service, or age 55 if later
6 months after leaving service, or age 55 if later
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
(1) The total long-term incentives value shown in the single figure of remuneration on page 139 is split between performance shares and share options in the table above and is based on an
average ADR price for the last three months of the fiscal year ($178.52).
(2) The value of performance share awards and options awarded and vesting included in the table above for Debra Crew are pro-rata amounts reflecting the period from 5 to 30 June as a
proportion of the three-year performance period, as shown in the single figure of remuneration on page 139. The 1,176 pro-rata performance shares awarded comprises 714 performance
shares granted under the DLTIP (total award of 30,076 ADRs) and 462 performance shares granted under the DESAP (total award of 19,494 ADRs), which was granted in recognition of
equity which was forfeited on joining Diageo. The pro-rata share options number reflects 714 share options granted under the DLTIP (total award of 30,076 ADRs)
In considering the vesting outcome of the 2020 DLTIP awards, the Remuneration Committee was especially cognisant of investor concerns around
the potential risk of windfall gains following volatility in global stock markets at the time of grant as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic. The
Committee considered a number of factors including share price movement over the performance period (up 26%), Diageo's underlying financial
performance, historical award and vesting levels and absolute award value. The Committee noted that the 2020 DLTIP awards were made in
September 2020 and, in line with usual Diageo practice, the number of awards granted was determined using a six-month average share price up
to 30 June. This helps to smooth out share price volatility and, at $143.63 for the 2020 grants, the price used to calculate the awards was only
around 10% lower than the prior year's price. The Committee considered Diageo’s overall business performance and value created for shareholders
and other relevant factors over the period and determined that the outcomes were fair and appropriate and made no adjustment to the payouts. It
also considered the level of difficulty of the targets set at a time of uncertainty and determined that the vesting outcome was consistent with Diageo's
long-term performance and returns to shareholders. Diageo's compound annual growth in net sales and profit over this period have also been at
the top end of the global peer group.
142
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
143
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Long-term incentive awards made during the year ended 30 June 2023 (audited)
Outstanding share plan interests (audited)
On 3 September 2022, Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar received awards of performance shares and market-priced share
options under the DLTIP based on a percentage of base salary as outlined below. Ms Crew was not an Executive Director at the time of grant. The
three-year period over which performance will be measured is 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2025.
The performance measures and targets for awards made in September 2022 are outlined below. Net sales and profit before exceptional items and
tax are key levers for driving top and bottom line growth. The free cash flow measure was selected because it represents a robust measure of cash
performance consistent with typical external practice and is a key strategic priority. Total shareholder return, the only relative performance measure
under the plan, provides good alignment with shareholder interests and increases the leverage based on share price growth. Finally, the
environmental, social and governance (ESG) measure (20% of total performance share award), which was introduced in 2020, reinforces the
stretching and strategically important goals under the ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress’ ambition, Diageo’s 10-year action plan to help create an
inclusive and sustainable world. The definition of the ESG measures was set out on page 130 of the annual remuneration report for fiscal 22.
Performance shares
Share options
Organic profit
before
exceptional items
and tax growth
Organic net
sales growth
Reduction in
greenhouse gas
emission Water efficiency
Changed
attitudes on
dangers of
underage
drinking
% Female
leaders
% Ethnically
diverse leaders
Cumulative free cash flow(1)
40%
40%
5%
5%
5%
2.5%
2.5%
50%
2022 DLTIP
Weighting
Relative TSR
50%
Target range 4.5% - 8.5%
5% - 12% 10.7% - 17.6% 6.3% - 12.1% 2.6m - 4.0m 45% - 47% 42% - 44% $10,175m - $12,569m Median - upper quintile
(1)
The cumulative free cash flow (FCF) targets have been restated in USD following the change in reporting currency from fiscal 24 onwards (original GBP target range was £7,650m -
£9,450m). More details can be found on page 36.
20% (25% for Ms Crew as the awards were made before she became an Executive Director) of DLTIP awards will vest at threshold, with vesting in a
straight line up to 100% if the maximum level of performance is achieved. As explained in the remuneration policy, one performance share is
deemed equal in value at grant to three share options.
Executive Director
Ivan Menezes
Ivan Menezes
Debra Crew
Debra Crew
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Date of grant
Plan
02/09/2022 DLTIP - share options
02/09/2022 DLTIP - performance shares
02/09/2022 DLTIP - share options
02/09/2022 DLTIP - performance shares
02/09/2022 DLTIP - share options
02/09/2022 DLTIP - performance shares
Share type
Awards made
during the year
Exercise
price
Face value
$'000
Face value
(% of salary)
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
33,845
33,845
$176.95
—
26,629
$176.95
26,629
18,512
18,512
—
$176.95
—
$6,610
$6,610
$5,200
$5,200
$3,615
$3,615
375 %
375 %
360 %
360 %
360 %
360 %
The proportion of the awards outlined above that will vest is dependent on the achievement of performance conditions and continued employment,
and the actual value received may be nil. The vesting outcomes will be disclosed in the 2025 annual remuneration report.
In accordance with the plan rules, the number of performance shares and share options granted under the DLTIP was calculated by using the
average closing ADR price for the last six months of the preceding financial year ($195.29). This price is used to determine the face value in the table
above. In accordance with the plan rules, the exercise price was calculated using the average closing ADR price of the three days preceding the
grant date ($176.95).
Plan name
Date of
award
Performance
period
Year of
vesting
Award
calculation
share price
Exercise price
Number of
shares/
options at 30
June 2022 (1)
Granted
Vested/
exercised
Dividend
equivalent
Shares
released
Number of
shares/
options at 30
June 2023
Lapsed
2021
2022
2020
Sep 2017
Sep 2018
Sep 2019
2018-2021
2017-2020
2019-2022
Sep 2020 2020-2023
Ivan Menezes
DLTIP – share options(3)
DLTIP – share options(3)
DLTIP – share options(3)
Total vested but unexercised share options in Ordinary shares(2)
DLTIP - share options(4) (5) (9)
DLTIP – share options(6) (9) (11)
DLTIP - share options(7) (9) (11)
Total unvested share options subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
2019-2022
DLTIP - performance shares
DLTIP - performance shares(4) (5) (9) Sep 2020 2020-2023
DLTIP - performance shares(6) (9)
DLTIP - performance shares(7) (9)
Total unvested shares subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
2022-2025
2022-2025
2021-2024
2021-2024
Sep 2022
Sep 2022
Sep 2019
Sep 2021
Sep 2021
2025
2024
2023
2022 $160.46
2023 $143.63
2024 $174.97
2025 $195.29
2023
Sep 2021
2021-2024
2024
2025
Sep 2020 2020-2023
Sep 2020 2020-2023
Sep 2021
Sep 2022
2021-2024
2022-2025
Debra Crew
DLTIP - share options(4) (5)
DLTIP – share options(6) (11)
DLTIP - share options(7) (11)
Total unvested share options subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
DLTIP - performance shares(4) (5)
DLTIP - performance shares(6)
DLTIP - performance shares(7)
2022-2025
DESAP - performance shares(4)(5)(8) Sep 2020 2020-2023
DESAP - performance shares(8)
DESAP - performance shares(8)
DESAP - performance shares(8)
Total unvested shares subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
DESAP – restricted stock units (8)
DESAP – restricted stock units (8)
DESAP – restricted stock units (8)
Total unvested shares not subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2), (8)
2024-2026
2023-2025
2025-2027
Mar 2022
Mar 2022
Mar 2022
Mar 2022
Mar 2022
Mar 2022
Sep 2022
2023 $143.63
2024 $174.97
2025 $195.29
2023 $143.63
2026 $197.06
2027 $197.06
2028 $197.06
2027 $197.06
2028 $197.06
2029 $197.06
2021
2021
2024
Sep 2021
Sep 2018
Sep 2018
Sep 2022
2018-2021
2018-2021
2021-2024
Lavanya Chandrashekar
DLTIP – share options(3)
DLTIP – share options(3)
Total vested but unexercised share options in Ordinary shares(2)
DLTIP – share options(6) (11)
DLTIP – share options(7) (11)
Total unvested share options subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
DLTIP – performance shares
DLTIP – performance shares(4) (5)
DLTIP – performance shares(6)
DLTIP – performance shares(7)
Total unvested shares subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2)
DLTIP – restricted stock units (10)
DLTIP – restricted stock units (10)
Total unvested shares not subject to performance in Ordinary shares(2),(10)
Sep 2020 2020-2023
Sep 2020 2020-2023
Sep 2019 2019-2022
2022-2025
2022-2025
2019-2022
2021-2024
Sep 2022
Sep 2019
Sep 2021
2025
2022 $160.46
2023 $143.63
2024 $174.97
2025 $195.29
2022 $160.46
2023 $143.63
$134.06
14,098
$140.89
4,284
$170.28
38,827
$133.88
43,377
$194.75
36,675
$176.95
33,845
14,949
12,248
22,574
38,827
43,377
36,675
33,845
23,024
1,476
15,803
12,248
22,574
$133.88
$194.75
$176.95
30,076
27,019
26,629
26,629
30,076
27,019
19,494
8,796
8,930
8,930
8,796
8,930
8,930
$140.89
$140.89
3,832
1,064
$194.75
20,060
$176.95
18,512
1,444
1,827
20,060
1,567
2,635
863
55
581
18,512
1,567
1,567
Share
type
ADR
ADR
ADR
14,098
4,284
23,878
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
169,040
ORD
43,377
24,427
11,271
ADR
ADR
ADR
316,300
ORD
0
43,377
24,427
11,271
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
316,300
ORD
30,076
27,019
26,629
334,896
30,076
27,019
26,629
19,494
8,796
8,930
8,930
519,496
8,796
8,930
8,930
106,624
3,832
1,064
19,584
20,060
18,512
154,288
—
1,827
20,060
18,512
161,596
—
2,635
10,540
ADR
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ADR
ADR
ORD
ADR
ADR
ORD
144
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
145
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
(1) For unvested awards, this is the number of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options. All share options have an expiry date
of 10 years after the date of grant.
(2) ADRs have been converted to ORDs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares) for the purpose of calculating the total number of vested and unvested shares and options.
(3) The total number of share options granted under the DLTIP in September 2017, 2018 and 2019 showing as outstanding as at 30 June 2023 are vested but unexercised share options.
(4) Performance shares and share options granted under the DLTIP in September 2020 and due to vest in September 2023 are included here as unvested share awards subject to
performance conditions, although the awards have also been included in the single figure of remuneration table on page 139, since the performance period ended during the year
ended 30 June 2023.
(5) Details of the performance conditions attached to DLTIP and DESAP awards of performance shares and share options granted in 2020 are organic net sales growth (4%-8%), organic
growth in profit before exceptional items and tax (4.5%-12%), reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (6.3% - 14.3%), improvement in water efficiency (5.8%-11.2%), changing attitudes
on dangers of underage drinking (0.75m-1.25m), % of female leaders (41%-43%), % of ethnically diverse leaders (38%-40%), cumulative free cash flow (£6,200m-£8,200m) and
relative total shareholder return (median-upper quintile).
(6) Details of the performance conditions attached to DLTIP awards of performance shares and share options granted in 2021 are organic net sales growth (5%-9%), organic growth in profit
before exceptional items and tax (6.5%-13.5%), reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (19.1%-27.1%), improvement in water efficiency (6.3%-12.1%), changing attitudes on dangers of
underage drinking (2.3m-3.7m), % of female leaders (44%-46%), % of ethnically diverse leaders (39%-41%), cumulative free cash flow ($10,058m-$12,488m) and relative total
shareholder return (median-upper quintile).
(7) Details of the performance conditions attached to DLTIP awards of performance shares and share options granted in 2022 are organic net sales growth (4.5%-8.5%), organic growth in
profit before exceptional items and tax (5.0%-12.0%), reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (10.7%-17.6%), improvement in water efficiency (6.3%-12.1%), changing attitudes on
dangers of underage drinking (2.6m-4.0m), % of female leaders (45%-47%), % ethnically diverse leaders (42%-44%), cumulative free cash flow ($10,175m-$12,569m) and relative total
shareholder return (median-upper quintile).
(8) The performance shares awarded to Debra Crew in 2020 under the Diageo Exceptional Stock Award Plan (DESAP) were granted in recognition of equity which was forfeited on joining
Diageo in 2020 and have the same performance measures and targets as the 2020 DLTIP performance shares (see footnote 5). Debra Crew was granted a number of performance
shares and restricted stock units under the DESAP in March 2022 for incentive and retention purposes. The DESAP performance shares will vest based on a performance hurdle of winning
or holding market share in at least 2/3rs of total NSV in measured markets over the respective three-year performance periods (F23-F25 for awards due to vest in September 2026, F24-
F26 for awards due to vest in September 2027 and F25-F27 for awards due to vest in September 2028). The DESAP restricted stock units vest subject to continued employment up to the
vesting date.
In accordance with the policy and plan rules treatment on death-in-service, the 2020, 2021 and 2022 awards for Ivan Menezes vested early on 2 August 2023 based on an assessment of
performance as at 30 June 2023. Further information can be found on page 150.
(9)
(10) Lavanya Chandrashekar was granted a number of restricted stock units prior to her appointment as CFO and joining the Board.
(11) The Free Cash Flow (FCF) performance targets for both the 2021 and 2022 DLTIP awards have been restated in USD following the change in functional currency. More details can be
found on page 36.
Directors’ shareholding requirement and share interests (audited)
The beneficial interests of the Directors who held office during the year ended 30 June 2023 (and their connected persons) in the ordinary shares (or
ordinary share equivalents) of the company are shown in the table below.
Chairman
Javier Ferrán(7)
Executive Directors
Ivan Menezes(4),(7)
Debra Crew(7),(8)
Lavanya Chandrashekar (5),(6),(7)
Non-Executive Directors
Susan Kilsby(7)
Melissa Bethell
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet
Sir John Manzoni
Lady Nicola Mendelsohn
Alan Stewart
Ireena Vittal
Karen Blackett
Ordinary shares or equivalent(1),(2)
30 June 2023
(or date of
cessation, if
earlier)
30 June 2022
(or date of
appointment if
later)
26 July 2023
310,720
310,468
307,288
1,141,234
1,141,234
1,078,566
260
11,113
2,600
2,668
2,098
2,929
5,000
7,269
—
—
260
11,109
2,600
2,668
2,098
2,929
5,000
7,269
—
—
n/a
6,228
2,600
2,668
2,055
2,870
5,000
7,120
—
—
Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)(3)
Shareholding at
25 July 2023
(% salary)(3)
Shareholding requirement met
500%
500%
400%
2,728%
1%
47%
Yes
No - to be met by June 2028
No - to be met by July 2026
Notes
(1) Each person listed beneficially owns less than 1% of Diageo’s ordinary shares. Ordinary shares held by Directors have the same voting rights as all other ordinary shares.
(2) Any change in shareholding between the end of the financial year on 30 June 2023 and the last practicable date before publication of this report, being 26 July 2023, is outlined in the
table above.
(3) Both the shareholding requirement and shareholding at 26 July 2023 are expressed as a percentage of base salary on 30 June 2023 and calculated using a three-month average share
price for period ending 30 June 2023 of £35.11.
(4) In addition to the number of shares reported in the table above, Ivan Menezes' estate holds 169,040 vested but unexercised share options.
(5) Lavanya Chandrashekar's 2022 Deferred Bonus Plan Shares (1,698 ADRs) are included in the total share interests shown above.
(6) In addition to the number of shares reported in the table above, Lavanya Chandrashekar holds 19,584 vested but unexercised share options.
(7) Javier Ferrán, Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew, Lavanya Chandrashekar and Susan Kilsby have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares). The share interests in
the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.
(8) Debra Crew joined Diageo in 2020 and her first tranche of Diageo share awards will vest in September 2023.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The graphs below illustrate the relative importance of spend on pay (total remuneration of all group employees) compared with distributions to
shareholders (total dividends plus the share buyback programme but excluding transaction costs), and the percentage change from the year ended
30 June 2022 to the year ended 30 June 2023. There are no other significant distributions or payments of profit or cash flow.
Distributions to shareholders
(21.5)%
2023
2022
3,129
3,986
Staff pay
1.9%
2023
2022
1,830
1,795
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
146
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
147
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
CEO total remuneration and TSR performance
The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo plc and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2013 and demonstrates the relationship
between pay and performance for the Chief Executive, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE 100 Index
has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom.
Diageo
Diageo
FTSE 100
FTSE 100
Chief Executive
Chief Executive
total remuneration
total remuneration
Total shareholder return –
Total shareholder return –
value of hypothetical £100 holding
value of hypothetical £100 holding
Chief Executive total remuneration
Chief Executive total remuneration
(includes legacy LTIP awards) (£'000)
(includes legacy LTIP awards) (£'000)
400
400
360
360
320
320
280
280
240
240
200
200
160
160
120
120
80
80
40
40
0
0
40,000
40,000
36,000
36,000
32,000
32,000
28,000
28,000
24,000
24,000
20,000
20,000
16,000
16,000
12,000
12,000
8,000
8,000
4,000
4,000
0
0
June 2013
June 2013
June 2014
June 2014
June 2015
June 2015
June 2016
June 2016
June 2017
June 2017
June 2018
June 2018
June 2019
June 2019
June 2020
June 2020
June 2021
June 2021
June 2022
June 2022
June 2023
June 2023
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F14
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F15
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F16
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F17
Ivan
Menezes1
£'000
F18
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F19
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F20
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F21
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F22
Ivan
Menezes(1)
£'000
F23
Debra
Crew(1)
£'000
F23
Chief Executive total remuneration
(includes legacy DLTIP awards)
Annual incentive(2)
Share options(2)
Performance shares(2)
7,312
3,888
4,156
3,399
8,995
11,776
2,273
6,019
7,343
10,582
403
9.0%
44.0%
65.0%
68.0%
70.0%
61.0%
0.0%
93.8%
93.8%
37.3%
35.4%
71.0%
0.0%
55.0%
33.0%
0.0%
31.0%
0.0%
0.0%
60.0%
73.1%
70.0%
89.3%
27.5%
10.0%
10.0%
61.5%
77.5%
77.5%
29.3%
59.3%
98.7%
98.8%
(1) To enable comparison, Ivan Menezes’ and Debra Crew's single total figure of remuneration has been converted into sterling using the average weighted exchange rate for the relevant
financial year. The figure represented in the graph for fiscal 23 is the combined single figure total for Ivan Menezes and Debra Crew.
(2) % of total maximum opportunity.
Remuneration for the wider workforce and CEO pay ratio
Alignment of Executive pay with the wider workforce
There is clear alignment in the approach to pay for executives and the wider workforce in the way that remuneration principles are followed, as well
as the mechanics of the salary review process and incentive plan design, which are broadly consistent throughout the organisation. There is a strong
focus on performance-related pay, and the performance measures under the annual incentive plan and long-term incentive plan are the same for
executives and other eligible employees. The reward package for Executive Directors is consistent with that of the senior management population,
however, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business performance, compared to the rest of the
employee population. The Chairman also explains the Directors' remuneration policy to employees and seeks their feedback as part of the
workforce engagement sessions.
The structure of our reward packages is based on the principle that it should enable Diageo to attract and retain the best talent globally within our
broader industry. It is driven by local market practice, as well as the level of seniority and accountability, reflecting the global nature of our business.
Diageo is committed to fostering an inclusive and diverse workplace, and creating a culture where every individual can thrive. Reflective of this, pay
parity and consistency of treatment for all employees are critical to the reward practices across the organisation. The reward framework is regularly
reviewed to ensure employees are rewarded fairly and appropriately, in line with the business strategy, performance outcomes, competitive paid
market practice and our diversity agenda.
During the year, the Chairman explained the directors' remuneration policy and alignment with wider workforce pay to employees as part of the
workforce engagement sessions.
Remuneration Committee review of wider workforce pay
Each year, the Remuneration Committee has a detailed session reviewing wider workforce remuneration. In fiscal 23, the review focussed on the
prior year’s annual reward cycle outcomes, including improvements made to base pay competitive positions, the level of differentiation across our
reward programmes, gender pay equity analysis, how cost-of-living challenges were addressed and how we have used reward structures to attract
talent in key skills areas. The all-employee reward priorities for the coming year were also reviewed by the Committee. Information on wider
workforce reward is also provided as required throughout the year to enable the Committee to consider the broader employee context when
making executive remuneration decisions, for example the annual salary increase budgets by country.
Supporting our employees
We continue to focus on all aspects of the wellbeing of our employees. Early in fiscal 2023, we made a one-time recognition payment of £1,000
gross (capped at 15% of local equivalent annual salary) to thank employees for their ongoing efforts and support them with the rising cost of living
in many locations. Since then, the Executive Committee has continued to monitor the cost-of-living in all our geographies using a formal monitoring
process and has implemented actions as required, for example off-cycle salary increases in 16 high-inflation geographies. We have also provided
financial education to all employees to support them in managing their personal finances more effectively.
Other reward based initiatives include the roll out of a new recognition platform into North America and the UK, with more regions planned for fiscal
24. We have deployed global support for menopause, including a global app for employees.
We continue to innovate with market leading benefit policies that support and demonstrate our commitment to diversity and inclusion, including
increasing the provision of fertility support and personal counselling. We have continued to evolve our flexible working policy, creating guidelines to
empower employees and leaders to decide how, when and where they create their best work, making sure our people consider what works best for
the individual's and team's success.
The renewed focus on our employee assistance programmes continued with the deployment of a global mental health online tool in November
2022. This enables employees to proactively manage their mental health and covers key topics like sleep, diet, relationships and managing stress.
To date the tool has been downloaded by over 4.7k employees, which is 19% of the global population.
CEO pay ratio
In accordance with The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018, the table below sets out Diageo’s CEO pay ratios for the year
ended 30 June 2023. These CEO pay ratios provide a comparison of the Chief Executive’s total remuneration, comprising the sum of both Ivan
Menezes and Debra Crew's total single figure of remuneration, converted into sterling, with the equivalent remuneration for the employees paid at
the 25th (P25), 50th (P50) and 75th (P75) percentile of Diageo’s workforce in the United Kingdom. Also shown are the salary and total remuneration
for each quartile employee.
Year
2023
2023
2023
2022 (1)
2021
2020
2019
Method
Option A(2)
Total pay and benefits
Salary
Option A(2)
Option A(2)
Option A(2)
Option A(2)
25th percentile pay ratio
Median pay ratio
75th percentile pay ratio
232:1
£47,295
£33,137
146:1
127:1
50:1
265:1
178:1
£61,733
£44,398
114:1
100:1
38:1
208:1
137:1
£80,159
£54,679
90:1
79:1
31:1
166:1
(1) 2022 CEO pay ratios have been updated to reflect the value of the updated 2022 single figure which incorporates long-term incentives based on the actual share price at vesting, rather
than the average share price in the last three months of the financial year which had been used for the 2022 disclosure.
(2) Only people employed in the United Kingdom and with the same number of contractual working hours throughout the full 12-month period have been included in the calculation.
Inclusion of employees outside of this group would require a complex simulation of full-time annual remuneration based on a number of assumptions and would not have a meaningful
impact on the ratio.
Methodology
Consistent with the approach for Diageo’s disclosure in previous years, the methodology used to identify the employees at each quartile for 2023 is
Option A, as defined in the regulations. We believe this is the most robust and accurate approach, and is in line with shareholder expectations.
Total full-time equivalent remuneration for employees reflects all pay and benefits received by an individual in respect of the relevant year and has,
other than where noted below, been calculated in line with the methodology for the ‘single figure of remuneration’ for the Chief Executive (shown on
page 139 of this report). The total remuneration calculations were based on data as at 30 June 2023. Actual remuneration was converted into the
full-time equivalent for the role and location by pro-rating earnings to reflect full-time contractual working hours and these figures were then ranked
to identify the employees sitting at the percentiles. To ensure that the total remuneration for the selected median, 25th and 75th percentile employee
is sufficiently representative of those positions, we calculated the total remuneration for a number of employees above and below each of the
selected median, 25th and 75th percentile UK employees and used the median value. In light of financial performance outcomes being signed off
close to the publication of the Annual Report, the Diageo Group business multiple, which is applicable to the majority of UK employees, has been
used to calculate all payments under the annual incentive, although some employees may receive a variation on this multiple in practice. Pension
values for each employee are not calculated on an actuarial basis as for the Chief Executive, but rather as the notional cost of the company’s
pension contribution during the financial year, according to the relevant section of the pension scheme for each individual. This approach allows
meaningful data for a large group of people to be obtained in a more efficient way.
Points to note for the year ended 30 June 2023
Diageo has delivered a strong set of results for fiscal 23 during a period of volatility, however payouts under the annual incentive plan both for
Diageo’s Chief Executive and the wider UK workforce are lower than the prior two years which saw double digit growth in organic net sales and
operating profit. The annual incentive plan outcome is directly linked to awards made under the Freeshares scheme, which all UK employees are
eligible to participate in. The median remuneration and resulting pay ratio for 2023 are consistent with the pay and progression policies for Diageo’s
UK employees as a whole and reflect the impact of performance-related pay on total remuneration for the year. As the Chief Executive has a larger
proportion of their total remuneration linked to business performance than other employees in the UK workforce, the ratio has increased versus last
year due to a significantly higher performance outcome under the 2020 long-term incentives which vested this year, compared to the 2019 awards
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
148
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
149
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
which vested last year which has more than made up for the lower bonus outcome this year and resulted in a higher value used for the Chief
Executive's remuneration. However, total remuneration for employees is reduced by the lower bonus outcome for fiscal 23 relative to fiscal 22.
Change in pay for Directors compared to wider workforce
The table below shows the percentage change in Directors’ remuneration and average remuneration of employees on an annual basis. Given the
small size of Diageo plc’s workforce, data for all employees of the group has also been included.
Plc employee average(1)
Average global employee(2)
Executive Directors(3)
Ivan Menezes(6)
Debra Crew(5)
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Non-Executive Directors(4)
Melissa Bethell (7)
Karen Blackett (5)
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet (7)
Javier Ferrán (Chairman)
Susan Kilsby (7)
Sir John Manzoni (7)
Lady Mendelsohn
Alan Stewart
Ireena Vittal (7)
2023
2022
Salary
Bonus
Benefits
Salary
Bonus
Benefits
9.0%
(61.3%)
(7.2%)
11.1%
25.8%
10.5%
2021
Bonus
N/A(5)
Salary
5.1%
2020
Benefits
Salary
Bonus
Benefits
38.8%
7.5%
(100.0%)
12.9%
(41.6%)
17.0%
6.4%
38.4%
11.7%
—
278.8%
12.6%
5.3%
(67.8)
9.0%
6.9%
—
N/A(5)
—
N/A(5)
2.3%
(58.8%)
2.3%
—
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
(89.4%) N/A(5)
4.4%
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
59.5%
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
3.0%
N/A(5)
3.0%
2.3%
2.6%
3.0%
3.0%
3.2%
3.0%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10.1%
N/A(5)
2.3%
N/A(5)
108.5%
(22.4%)
125.7%
20.0%
0.0%
0.0%
734.0%
—
8.3%
3.8%
—
2.3%
4.7%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16.0%
N/A(5)
—
28.8%
300.0%
—
0.0%
0.0%
—
0.7%
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
—
N/A(5)
0.0%
9.6%
—
3.2%
2.4%
—
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
(10.7) %
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
2.7%
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
(100.0) %
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
0.8%
N/A(5)
N/A(5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.0%
0.0%
(87.7%)
37.3%
—
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
—
3.3%
2.5%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.0%
68.9%
—
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
(1) Around 60 UK-based employees are employed by Diageo plc. Their remuneration has been calculated in line with the approach used for the CEO pay-ratio calculation and the average
year-on-year change has been reported. Only those employed during the full financial year have been included in calculations.
(2) Calculated by dividing staff cost related to salaries, bonus and benefits by the average number of employees on a full-time equivalent basis, as disclosed in note 3c to the financial
statements under staff costs and average number of employees on page 178, but reduced to account for the inclusion of Executive Directors in reported figures. The salary, bonus and
benefits cost data used for calculation are subsets of the Wages and salaries figure disclosed in this note. The salary data used for this calculation has been adjusted to exclude costs
related to severance payments which are included in staff costs, and last year’s disclosure has been updated in line with this for consistency. In line with the approach for Directors, the
bonus values used for the calculation reflect the bonus earned in relation to performance during the relevant financial year.
(3) Calculated using the data from the single figure table in the annual report on remuneration (page 139) in US dollars, reflecting payment currency for Ivan Menezes, Debra Crew and
Lavanya Chandrashekar.
(4) Calculated using the fees and taxable benefits disclosed under Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration in the table on page 151. Taxable benefits for Non-Executive Directors comprise a
product allowance as well as expense reimbursements relating to attendance at Board meetings, which may vary year-on-year.
(5) N/A refers to a nil value in the previous year or an incomplete prior year, meaning that the year-on-year change cannot be calculated.
The year-on-year percentage change for Ivan Menezes for 2023 is not included as we are not reporting full year values for 2023.
(6)
The increase in benefits value in fiscal 23 relates to an increase in travel expenses due to more in-person meetings taking place in fiscal 23.
(7)
Payments to former Directors (audited)
There were no payments to former Directors in the year ended 30 June 2023.
Payments for loss of office (audited)
Details of Sir Ivan Menezes' salary, benefits and bonus payable up to and including the date of his death, which was also his last day of
employment (6 June 2023) are set out in the single total figure table on page 139. The time pro-rated bonus is based on full year performance and is
payable at the normal time entirely in cash, the Committee having exercised its discretion to waive the one-third payment in deferred shares. Sir
Ivan’s deferred bonus shares from fiscal 21 and fiscal 22 vested on the date of death in accordance with the plan rules.
Sir Ivan’s unvested long-term incentive awards granted in 2020, 2021 and 2022 vested early on 2 August 2023 in accordance with the treatment
under the plan rules on death-in-service, subject to an assessment against the performance measures and time pro-rating. The Committee exercised
its discretion under the policy to slightly extend the time pro-rating from 6 to 30 June 2023 on compassionate grounds to reflect the full fiscal 23 year.
The 2020 award vested based on actual performance measured over the full three-year period to 30 June 2023 as disclosed on pages 141 and 142.
The 2021 and 2022 awards vested subject to an assessment by the Committee against the performance measures as at 30 June 2023. Sir Ivan was
originally awarded 36,675 PSP and 36,675 SESOP options in 2021 which were each time pro-rated to 24,427 awards. The 2021 PSP award vested at
81.2% and the 2021 SESOP award vested at 10.0%. The 2022 awards (33,845 PSP awards and 33,845 SESOP awards) were each time pro-rated to
11,271 awards and vested at 48.0% (PSP) and 0.0% (SESOP). The total vesting value of the 2021 and 2022 awards was $3,693k and $987k
respectively, calculated based on the average Diageo ADR share price over the three months from 1 April 2023 to 30 June 2023 of $178.52. The
Committee has chosen not to disclose the detail of performance relative to the targets set for each performance measure for the 2021 and 2022
awards, measured over the shortened period, on the basis that the information is regarded as commercially sensitive. SESOP options will be
exercisable for 24 months from the date of death (already vested options) and the date of vesting (options vesting early on 2 August 2023), the
Committee having exercised discretion to extend from 12 months to give the estate sufficient time to exercise the options. The two-year post-vesting
holding periods will not apply and the post-employment shareholding requirement falls away.
Sir Ivan’s 2006 employment contract provided for lifetime medical cover for Sir Ivan and his spouse on a cost sharing basis with the company. The
lifetime medical cover will continue for Sir Ivan’s surviving spouse, the company cost of which for the first year is $12,381, based on 2023 rates. The
company will continue to provide tax support up to a maximum annual amount of £28,000 (excl. VAT) for fees incurred in connection with UK and
US tax return submissions up to and including the 2023 US tax return and the 2023/24 UK tax return, which are the final returns required to be
submitted on behalf of Sir Ivan before tax filings become a matter for his estate. Upon death-in-service, a life assurance benefit of $3 million became
payable by the insurance provider and Sir Ivan’s pension benefits will be treated in accordance with the terms of the relevant pension plans.
Non-Executive Directors
Fee policy
Javier Ferrán’s fee as non-executive Chairman was increased by 3% from £650,000 per annum to £670,000 on 1 October 2022. The Chairman’s
fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE 30 companies excluding financial services. The Executive Directors and the
Chairman also approved an increase in the base fee for Non-Executive Directors of 3% (from £101,000 to £104,000), effective 1 October 2022.
Per annum fees
Chairman of the Board
Non-Executive Directors
Base fee
Senior Non-Executive Director
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors’ (audited)
2023
£'000
670
104
30
35
35
2022
£'000
650
101
30
35
35
Chairman
Javier Ferrán(2)
Non-Executive Directors
Melissa Bethell
Karen Blackett(3)
Valérie Chapoulaud-Floquet
Susan Kilsby
Sir John Manzoni
Lady Mendelsohn
Alan Stewart
Ireena Vittal
Fees £'000
2023
Taxable benefits £'000(1)
Total £'000(4)
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
665
650
103
103
103
168
103
103
138
103
100
8
100
164
100
100
134
100
1
2
1
10
11
2
1
1
10
2
1
—
5
5
1
1
1
1
666
652
105
104
113
179
105
104
139
113
102
9
105
169
102
102
135
102
(1) Taxable benefits include a product allowance and expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with attendance at Board meetings during
the year, which are deemed by HMRC to be taxable in the United Kingdom. The amounts in the single total figure of remuneration table above include any tax gross-ups on the benefits
provided by the company on behalf of the Directors. Non-taxable expense reimbursements have not been included in the single figure of remuneration table above.
(2) £100,000 of Javier Ferrán’s net remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2023 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which will be retained until he retires from the
company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.
(3) Karen Blackett was appointed to the Board on 1 June 2022.
(4) Some figures add up to slightly different totals due to rounding.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
150
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
151
DIRECTORS' REMU NERATI ON REPORT continued
Looking ahead to 2024
Salary increases for the year ending 30 June
2024
The Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries for Executive
Committee members and agreed the following increase for the Chief
Financial Officer, effective 1 October 2023.
Debra Crew's salary for the CEO role became effective when she was
appointed as interim CEO on 5 June 2023. Her next salary review will
be in October 2024.
Debra Crew
Lavanya Chandrashekar
Salary at 1 October ('000)
Base salary
2023
$1,750
% increase (over previous year)
n/a
2022
n/a
n/a
2023
$1,044
2022
$1,004
4 %
3 %
Annual incentive design for the year ending
30 June 2024
The measures and targets for the annual incentive plan are reviewed
annually by the Remuneration Committee and are carefully chosen to
drive financial and individual business performance goals related to
the company’s short-term strategic operational objectives. The plan
design for Executive Directors for the year ending 30 June 2024 will
comprise the following performance measures and weightings (no
change from last year), with targets set for the full financial year:
• net sales (% growth) (26.67% weighting): a key performance
measure of year-on-year top line growth;
• operating profit (% growth) (26.67% weighting): stretching profit
targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns
that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share
price and dividend income not including exceptional items or
exchange;
• operating cash conversion (26.67% weighting): ensures focus on
efficient cash delivery by the end of the year; and
• individual business objectives (20% weighting): measurable
deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focussed on
supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.
The Committee has discretion to adjust the payout to reflect underlying
business performance and any other relevant factors.
Details of the targets for the year ending 30 June 2024 will be disclosed
retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, by which
time they will no longer be deemed commercially sensitive by the
Board.
The annual incentive opportunity for Executive Directors will remain
consistent with prior years, equal to 100% of base salary at target, with
a maximum opportunity of 200% of base salary.
Long-term incentive awards to be made in the
year ending 30 June 2024
The long-term incentive plan measures are reviewed annually by the
Remuneration Committee and are selected to reward long-term
consistent performance in line with Diageo’s business strategy and to
create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. The
Committee has ensured that the incentive structure for senior
management does not raise environmental, social and governance
risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.
As per last year, DLTIP awards to be made in September 2023 will
comprise awards of both performance shares and share options,
based on stretching targets against the key performance measures as
outlined in the table on page 153, assessed over a three-year
performance period. The relative total shareholder return measure is
based on the same constituent group and vesting schedule as outlined
on page 141.
The performance share element of the DLTIP applies to the Executive
Committee and the top level of senior leaders across the organisation
worldwide, whilst the share option element is applicable to a much
smaller population comprising only members of the Executive
Committee. One market price performance-based option is valued at
one-third of a performance share.
The ESG measures in the DLTIP comprise four goals reflecting the
‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ strategy, to make a positive impact on
the environment and society. Each goal is weighted equally:
• reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in our direct operations
(scope 1&2);
• improvement in the water efficiency index;
• number of people who confirm changed attitudes to the dangers of
underage drinking after participating in a Diageo-supported
education programme; and
• inclusion and diversity (percentage of female leaders globally and
percentage of ethnically diverse leaders globally).
From fiscal 24, the water efficiency KPI under the 'Society 2023: Spirit of
Progress' goals will use an index approach which links directly to the
underlying water efficiency of the two production pillars of distillation
and brewing & packaging. This methodology is described further on
page 79 and the water efficiency component of the 2023 DLTIP awards
reflects the updated 'Society 2030: Spirit of Progress' KPI.
Awards are calculated on the basis of a six-month average share price
for the period ending 30 June 2023.
It is intended that a DLTIP award to the equivalent of 500% of base
salary will be made to Debra Crew in September 2023, comprising
375% of salary in performance shares and the equivalent of 125% of
salary in market price performance-based share options. It is intended
that a DLTIP award to the equivalent of 480% of salary will be made to
Lavanya Chandrashekar in September 2023, comprising 360% of
salary in performance shares and the equivalent of 120% of salary in
market price share options. In performance share equivalents, one
market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share.
The table below summarises the annual DLTIP awards to Debra Crew
and Lavanya Chandrashekar to be made in September 2023.
Grant value (% salary)
Performance shares
Share options
Total
Chief Executive
Chief Financial Officer
Performance share equivalents (1 share: 3 options)
375 %
125 %
500 %
360 %
120 %
480 %
Performance conditions for long-term incentive awards to be made in the year ending 30 June 2024
Organic net
sales (CAGR)
Organic profit
before
exceptional items
and tax (CAGR)
Greenhouse
gas reduction
Weighting (% total)
Maximum
Midpoint
Threshold
40%
8.0%
6.0%
4.0%
40%
11.5%
8.0%
4.5%
5%
25.9%
21.9%
17.9%
Performance shares
Environmental, social & governance (ESG)
Water
efficiency
index (1)
5%
8.3%
6.0%
3.7%
Positive
drinking
% Female
leaders
5%
4.2m
3.5m
2.8m
2.5%
49%
48%
47%
% Ethnically
diverse
leaders
2.5%
46%
100%
45%
44%
60%
20%
Share options
Vesting
schedule
Relative Total
Shareholder
Return
Cumulative free
cash flow ($m) (2)
Vesting schedule
50.0%
3rd and
above
—
9th and
above
50.0%
$12,600
$11,000
$9,400
100%
60%
20%
(1) For more information on the water efficiency index, see pages 152 and 79.
(2) The cumulative free cash flow targets are shown in USD following the change in functional currency from GBP to USD from fiscal 24. More details on this can be found on page 36.
Additional information
Key management personnel related party
transactions (audited)
Key management personnel of the group comprises the Executive and
Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and
the Company Secretary.
Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the Directors and the
Company Secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses
and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors
or Company Secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more
of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June
2023.
Other than disclosed in this report, no Director had any interest,
beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save
as disclosed above, no Director has or has had any interest in any
transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was
significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any
member of the group during the financial year, or which having been
effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect
outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions
during the last three years to which any Director or officer, or 3% or
greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party.
There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from
any Directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
Statutory and audit requirements
This report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board
of Directors and was signed on its behalf on 31 July 2023 by Susan
Kilsby who is Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
The Board has followed the principles of good governance as set out in
the UK Corporate Governance Code and complied with the
regulations contained in the Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations
2008, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and the
relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006.
The Companies Act 2006 and the Listing Rules require the company’s
auditor to report on the audited information in their report and to state
that this section has been properly prepared in accordance with these
regulations.
PwC has audited the report to the extent required by the regulations,
being the sections headed Single total figure of remuneration for
Executive Directors (and notes), Payments to former Directors,
Payments for loss of office, Annual incentive plan (AIP) payouts for
2023, Long-term incentive plans (DLTIPs) vesting in 2023, Pensions and
benefits, Directors’ shareholding requirement and share interests,
Outstanding share plan interests, Non-Executive Directors’
remuneration and Key management personnel related party
transactions.
The annual remuneration report is subject to an advisory vote by
shareholders at the AGM on 28 September 2023. The Directors'
remuneration policy is subject to a binding vote by shareholders at the
AGM on 28 September 2023. Terms defined in this Directors'
remuneration report are used solely herein.
152
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
153
DIRECTORS' REPORT
Directors’ report
The Directors present the Directors’ report for the year ended 30 June
2023.
Company status
Diageo plc is a public limited liability company incorporated in
England and Wales with registered number 23307 and registered office
and principal place of business at 16 Great Marlborough Street,
London W1F 7HS, United Kingdom. The company's telephone number
is +44 (0) 20 7947 9100. The Company's agent in the United States is
General Counsel, Diageo North America, Inc., 175 Greenwich Street, 3
World Trade Center, New York, NY 10007, United States. The company
was incorporated on 21 October 1886. It is the ultimate holding
company of the group, a full list of whose subsidiaries, partnerships,
associates, joint ventures and joint arrangements is set out in note 10 to
the financial statements set out on pages 224-229.
Directors
The Directors of the company who currently serve are shown in the
section ‘Board of Directors’ on pages 101 and 103 and in accordance
with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all the Directors will retire by
rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election. Further details
of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of
the company at 30 June 2023 are given in the Directors’ remuneration
report. The Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and
Diageo’s articles of association. The Directors may exercise all the
company’s powers provided that Diageo’s articles of association or
applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be
exercised by the members.
Auditor
The auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is willing to continue in office
and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will
be submitted to the AGM.
Disclosure of information to the auditor
In accordance with Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006, the
Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report
confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the company’s auditor is unaware; and each
Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit
information and to ensure that the company’s auditor is aware of that
information.
Corporate governance statement
The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with
rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual
Report: the ‘Corporate governance report’, the ‘Audit Committee
report’ and the ‘Additional information for shareholders’.
Significant agreements – change of control
The following significant agreements contain certain termination and
other rights for Diageo’s counterparties upon a change of control of the
company. Under the partners agreement governing the company’s
34% investment in Moët Hennessy SAS (MH) and Moët Hennessy
International SAS (MHI), if a Competitor (as defined therein) directly or
indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes,
would occur if such Competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting
rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis
Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its interests in MH
and MHI to LVMH.
The master agreement governing the operation of the group’s market-
level distribution joint ventures with LVMH states that if any person
154
Diageo Annual Report 2023
acquires interests and rights in the company resulting in a Control
Event (as defined) occurring in respect of the company, LVMH may
within 12 months of the Control Event either appoint and remove the
chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master
agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each
distribution joint venture entity to be wound up. Control Event for these
purposes is defined as the acquisition by any person of more than 30%
of the outstanding voting rights or equity interests in the company,
provided that no other person or entity (or group of affiliated persons
or entities) holds directly or indirectly more than 30% of the voting
rights in the company.
Related party transactions
Transactions with related parties are disclosed in note 21 to the
consolidated financial statements.
Major shareholders
At 30 June 2023, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the
company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified
to the company:
Shareholder
BlackRock Investment
Management (UK) Limited
(indirect holding)
Capital Research and
Management Company
(indirect holding)
Massachusetts Financial
Services Company (indirect
holding)
Number of
ordinary shares
Percentage
of issued ordinary
share (excluding
treasury shares)
Date of notification of
interest
147,296,928
5.89% 3 December 2009
124,653,096
4.99%
28 April 2009
114,036,646
4.95%
1 June 2022
(1) On 3 February 2023, BlackRock Inc. filed an Amendment to Schedule 13G with the
SEC in respect of the calendar year ended 31 December 2010, reporting that, as of
December 31, 2022, 190,024,658 ordinary shares representing 8.4% of the issued
ordinary share capital were beneficially owned by BlackRock Inc. and its subsidiaries
(including BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited).
(2) On 8 February 2023, Massachusetts Financial Services Company filed an Amendment
to Schedule 13G with the SEC in respect of the calendar year ended 31 December
2018, reporting that, as of December 31, 2022, 118,813,187 ordinary shares representing
5.2% of the issued ordinary share capital were beneficially owned by Massachusetts
Financial Services Company.
The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in
its securities since 30 June 2023. The company’s substantial
shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is
known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled
by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no
arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result
in a change of control of the company.
As at the close of business on 26 July 2023, 324,354,320 ordinary
shares, including those held through American Depositary Shares
(ADSs), were held by approximately 2,678 holders (including American
Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders) with registered addresses in the
United States, representing approximately 14.43% of the outstanding
ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 81,014,846
ADSs were held by 2,224 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such
ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former Grand
Metropolitan PLC or Guinness plc ADR holders who have not re-
registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative
of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary
shares held by them.
Employment policies
A key strategic imperative of the company is to attract, retain and grow
a pool of diverse, talented employees. Diageo recognises that a
diversity of skills and experiences in its workplace and communities will
provide a competitive advantage. To enable this, the company has
various global employment policies and standards, covering such
issues as resourcing, data protection, human rights, dignity at work,
health, safety and wellbeing. These policies and standards seek to
ensure that the company treats current or prospective employees justly,
solely according to their abilities to meet the requirements and
standards of their role and in a fair and consistent way. This includes
giving full and fair consideration to applications from prospective
employees who are disabled, having regard to their aptitudes and
abilities, and not discriminating against employees under any
circumstances (including in relation to applications, training, career
development and promotion) on the grounds of any disability. In the
event that an employee, worker or contractor becomes disabled in the
course of their employment or engagement, Diageo aims to ensure
that reasonable steps are taken to accommodate their disability by
making reasonable adjustments to their existing employment or
engagement.
Trading market for shares
Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange
(LSE). Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each,
are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Diageo plc
completed the voluntary delisting of its shares from the Dublin Euronext
and Paris Euronext Exchanges by 30 May 2023. The principal trading
market for the ordinary shares is the LSE. Diageo shares are traded on
the LSE’s electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are
displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are
automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders
match with corresponding buy or sell orders. Only member firms of the
LSE, or the LSE itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or
delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders
are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all
trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless
of size, must be reported within three minutes of execution, but may be
eligible for deferred publication.
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for
delayed publication of large trades with a sliding scale requirement
based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of
consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover
(ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/
consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be
eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of
trade to three trading days after time of trade. Fluctuations in the
exchange rate between sterling and the US dollar will affect the US
dollar equivalent of the sterling price of the ordinary shares on the LSE
and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In
addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by
holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds
sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.
American depositary shares
Fees and charges payable by ADR holders
Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (Depositary) for Diageo’s ADS
programme. Pursuant to the deposit agreement dated 14 February
2013 between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs
(the Deposit Agreement), ADR holders may be required to pay various
fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any
service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been
paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit
Agreement, shall charge a fee of up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction
thereof) relating to the issuance of ADSs; delivery of deposited
securities against surrender of ADSs; distribution of cash dividends or
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
other cash distributions (i.e. sale of rights and other entitlements);
distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free stock
distributions, or exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs;
distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase
additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares); and depositary services. Citibank
N.A. is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013,
United States. In addition, ADR holders may be required under the
Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (a) taxes (including
applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;
(b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission
and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges incurred by the
Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and
expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with
compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory
requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary,
the custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or
delivery of ADSs. The Depositary may (a) withhold dividends or other
distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order
to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (b) deduct from any
cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses
incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other
governmental charges on account.
Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary
The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in
connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the
Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services
to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard
fees associated with the administration of the programme. Under the
contractual arrangements with the Depositary, Diageo has received
approximately $2.6 million arising out of fees charged in respect of
dividends paid during the year and a fixed contribution to the
company’s ADR programme costs. These payments are received for
expenses associated with non-deal road shows, third-party investor
relations consultant fees and expenses, Diageo’s cost for administration
of the ADR programme not absorbed by the Depositary and related
activities (e.g. expenses associated with the AGM), travel expenses to
attend training and seminars, exchange listing fees, legal fees, auditing
fees and expenses, the SEC filing fees, expenses related to Diageo’s
compliance with US securities law and regulations (including, without
limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and other expenses incurred by
Diageo in relation to the ADR programme.
Articles of association
The company is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is
registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307. The
following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo’s articles
of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General
Meeting on 28 September 2020) and applicable English law
concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 26
July 2023. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association. Investors can
obtain copies of Diageo’s articles of association by contacting the
Company Secretary at the.cosec@diageo.com. Any amendment to the
articles of association of the company may be made in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special
resolution.
Directors
Diageo’s articles of association provide for a board of directors,
consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of
shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25
directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of
Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a
general meeting or appointed by the Board. At each annual general
meeting, all the directors shall retire from office and may offer
themselves for re-election by members. There is no age limit
Diageo Annual Report 2023
155
A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class
meeting in respect of any share held by them if they have been served
with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association)
after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in
those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.
Pre-emption rights and new issues of shares
While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under
Diageo’s articles of association, the ability of the Directors to cause
Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to
shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is
restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are,
with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without
express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles
of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but
which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the
Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise
than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an
offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same
or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective
shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution
of the shareholders.
Repurchase of shares
Subject to authorisation by special resolution, Diageo may purchase its
own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which
have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so
held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase,
thereby reducing the amount of Diageo’s issued share capital.
Restrictions on transfers of shares
The Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo
share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or
otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from
stamp duty, and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and
such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may
reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if
to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.
Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in
the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as
defined in Diageo’s articles of association) and where, in the case of a
transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the
uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.
The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo’s
certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in
Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with
a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after
failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those
shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the
transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s-length sale
(as defined in Diageo’s articles of association).
DIRECTORS' REPORT contin ued
requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed
before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Acts.
Voting rights
Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of the company is by
a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands,
(a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting,
and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a
general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of
shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the
proxy), and
(b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed
by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number
of shareholders who have appointed him/her or the number of shares
held by those shareholders, unless he/she has been instructed to vote
for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the
resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he/she has one
vote for and one vote against the resolution.
On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has
one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or
proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his/her votes or
cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights
by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).
A poll may be demanded by any of the following:
• the chairman of the general meeting;
• at least three shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution
and present in person or by proxy at the meeting;
• any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and
representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total
voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant
resolution; or
• any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and
holding shares conferring a right to vote on the relevant resolution
on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to
not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares
conferring that right.
Diageo’s articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for
matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the
proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:
• ordinary resolutions, which include resolutions for the election, re-
election and removal of directors, the declaration of final dividends,
the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor, the
remuneration report and remuneration policy, the increase of
authorised share capital and the grant of authority to allot shares;
and
• special resolutions, which include resolutions for the amendment of
Diageo’s articles of association, resolutions relating to the
disapplication of pre-emption rights, and resolutions modifying the
rights of any class of Diageo’s shares at a meeting of the holders of
such class.
An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority
of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is
a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by
those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order
to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a
minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and
entitled to vote.
Other information
Other information relevant to the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:
Information (including that required by UK Listing Authority Listing Rule 9.8.4) Location in Annual Report
Agreements with controlling shareholders
Not applicable
Contracts of significance
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Directors’ indemnities and compensation
Dividends
Not applicable
Directors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration report - Additional information; Consolidated financial
statements - note 21 Related party transactions
Group financial review; Consolidated financial statements - Unaudited financial
information
Engagement with employees
Corporate governance report - Workforce engagement statement
Engagement with suppliers, customers and others
Corporate governance report - Stakeholder engagement
Events post 30 June 2023
Financial risk management
Future developments
Greenhouse gas emissions
Interest capitalised
Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash (including in respect of major
unlisted subsidiaries)
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
Consolidated financial statements - note 23 Post balance sheet events
Consolidated financial statements - note 16 Financial instruments and risk
management
Chairman’s statement; Chief Executive’s statement; Our market dynamics
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability; Non-Financial and sustainability information
statement
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Political donations
Corporate governance report
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
Not applicable
Publication of unaudited financial information
Unaudited financial information
Purchase of own shares
Research and development
Review of the business and principal risks and uncertainties
Repurchase of shares; Consolidated financial statements - note 18 Equity
Other Additional Information - Research and development; Consolidated financial
statements - note 3 Operating costs
Chief Executive’s statement; Our principal risks and risk management; Pioneer grain-
to-glass sustainability; Business reviews
Share capital - structure, voting and other rights
Share capital - employee share plan voting rights
Shareholder waivers of dividends
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
Sustainability and responsibility
Waiver of emoluments by a director
Waiver of future emoluments by a director
Consolidated financial statements - note 18 Equity
Consolidated financial statements - note 18 Equity
Consolidated financial statements - note 18 Equity
Consolidated financial statements - note 18 Equity
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
Not applicable
Not applicable
The Directors’ report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2023 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under
‘Directors’, ‘Corporate governance statement’ and ‘Other information’ above, which are incorporated into the Directors’ report by reference.
In addition, certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors’ report have been incorporated into the ‘Strategic report’ as set out in ‘Other
information’ above.
The Directors’ report, which has been approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors, was signed on its behalf
by Tom Shropshire, the Company Secretary, on 31 July 2023.
G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E
R
E
P
O
R
T
156
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
157
Introduction
The group's consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with international accounting
standards in conformity with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS) adopted by the UK (UK-adopted
International Accounting Standards) and IFRSs as issued by
the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), give a
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position
and profit of the group.
The financial statements of Diageo plc (the company) are
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and in
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced
Disclosure Framework (FRS 101).
Financial statements
Contents
Independent auditors' report to the members of Diageo plc
Primary statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Accounting information and policies
1. Accounting information and policies
Results for the year
2. Segmental information
3. Operating costs
4. Exceptional items
5. Finance income and charges
6. Investments in associates and joint ventures
7. Taxation
Operating assets and liabilities
8. Acquisition and sale of businesses and brands and
purchase of non-controlling interests
9. Intangible assets
10. Property, plant and equipment
11. Biological assets
12. Leases
13. Other investments
14. Post employment benefits
15. Working capital
Risk management and capital structure
16. Financial instruments and risk management
17. Net borrowings
18. Equity
Other financial statements disclosures
19. Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
20. Commitments
21. Related party transactions
22. Principal group companies
23. Post balance sheet events
Financial statements of the company
160
168
169
170
171
172
173
175
178
179
181
182
183
186
189
193
194
194
195
195
200
202
210
211
215
217
217
218
218
219
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
158
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
159
INDEPEND ENT AU DITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF DIAGEO PLC
Independent auditors' report to the members of Diageo plc
1. Our unmodified opinion
In our opinion:
• Diageo plc’s (“Diageo”) group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the
state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 30 June 2023 and of the group’s profit and the group’s cash flows for the year then ended;
• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
• the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board;
• the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.
What we audited
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report 2023 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the consolidated and
company balance sheets as at 30 June 2023; the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the
consolidated statement of cash flows, and the consolidated and company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to
the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.
Basis for our opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under
ISAs (UK) are further described in ”The scope of an audit and our responsibility” section of this report. We believe that the audit evidence we have
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Our independence
We remained independent of Diageo in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK,
which includes the Financial Reporting Council’s (“FRC”) Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our
other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in note 3(b) to the group financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to Diageo or its controlled
undertakings in the period under audit.
PwC was initially appointed by you on 15 October 2015 and has acted for eight uninterrupted years. This is the third and final year that Richard
Oldfield has acted as your Senior Statutory Auditor, with other changes in senior audit team members reflecting required partner rotation in
Australia, Scotland, and over the group’s Treasury, Tax and technology functions.
Our independence, including the nature and size of non-audit services provided, was reviewed during the year by the Audit Committee.
2. Our audit
The scope of an audit and our responsibility
An audit has an important role in providing confidence in the financial statements that are provided by companies to their members. The scope of
an audit is sometimes not fully understood. We believe that it is important that you understand the scope and the concept of materiality in order to
understand the assurance that this opinion provides. A description of the scope of an audit is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities; we recommend that you read this description carefully. It is also important that you understand the inherent limitations of the
audit, for example:
• the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may
involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion; and
• our audit testing includes, in a limited number of cases, testing of complete populations of certain transactions and balances, predominantly
using data auditing techniques, e.g. the testing of manual journals and the deactivation of leaver accounts on key applications. However, in most
cases it involves selecting a limited number of items for testing. In some situations, we target particular items for testing based on their size or risk
characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is
selected. An approach based upon sampling may not identify all issues.
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error, and to issue a report to you that includes our opinion. This opinion is not over any particular number or disclosure. Reasonable
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence the economic decisions you take on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We designed procedures in line with our
responsibilities, capable of detecting material misstatements caused by such irregularities, albeit these are subject to the inherent limitations
discussed above. We focused on any known and potential instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that could give rise to a material
misstatement in the financial statements, including, but not limited to, the Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules, international tax legislation and
anti-bribery legislation. Examples of the procedures which we performed included:
• gaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to Diageo and the alcoholic beverage industry, and considering the
risk of acts by Diageo which are contrary to applicable laws and regulations, including fraud;
• performing inquiries of senior management, including but not limited to members of the Group Executive and regional and market chief financial
officers, to identify areas of possible breaches of laws and regulations;
• reviewing correspondence with regulators, including the FRC, Securities and Exchange Commission and the tax authorities in Diageo’s key
markets;
• assessing matters reported through the group’s whistleblowing programme and the results of management’s investigation in so far as they
related to the financial statements;
• challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in its significant accounting estimates, in particular in relation to key audit
matters;
• agreeing the financial statement disclosures to underlying supporting documentation; and
• inspecting correspondence with legal advisors and internal audit reports in so far as they related to the financial statements.
We also evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements, including the risk of
management override of internal controls. We determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries to, for
example, suppress expenses such as trade spend to improve financial performance, and management bias in accounting estimates. We did not
identify any key audit matters specific to irregularities, including fraud.
How we structured the audit scope
Partners and staff from 12 countries across the PwC network have spent more than 85,000 hours supporting this report, which in addition to the
opinion provides amongst other things, information on how we approached the audit and how it changed from the previous year.
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the alcoholic beverage industry.
There were three important aspects of our work; in which they operate.
1) Audit work performed on individual business units
We received opinions from nine PwC member firms which had been appointed as the auditors of twenty-two group business units, either in relation
to all of the financial information or specific accounts and balances. This included eighteen operating business units and four treasury business units.
We also obtained reporting from a non-PwC member firm over the financial information of Moët Hennessy, the group’s principal associate.
In September 2022, we hosted in London an in-person meeting for senior staff from PwC member firms involved in the audit. At this meeting we
considered developments specific to Diageo, key audit matters and changes to the audit necessitated by the macro-economic instability
experienced during the financial year. We heard from key members of management and the Chair of the Audit Committee.
We issued formal, written instructions to each business unit audit team setting out the work to be performed by each of them. We were in active
dialogue throughout the year with the teams responsible for these audits; this included consideration of how they planned and performed their work.
Senior team members visited the business unit audit teams in Great Britain, Hungary, Ireland, India, Mexico, Turkey and the United States. We also
visited the audit team in China to further our understanding of the group’s businesses. These gave us an opportunity to discuss the audit with local
teams, but also to meet directly with management to hear about the market and Diageo opportunities and challenges. Senior team members also
attended via video conference the final audit meetings for certain business units, including Great Britain, Turkey, and the United States. During these
meetings, the findings reported by each of the audit teams were discussed. We evaluated the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained through
discussions with each team and a review of the audit working papers.
2) Audit work performed at shared service centres
A significant number of operational processes which are critical to financial reporting are undertaken in the GBO captive shared business service
centres in Colombia, Hungary, India and the Philippines. PwC teams in these locations tested controls and transactions which supported the
financial information for many of the twenty-one business units in scope, to ensure that adequate audit evidence was obtained.
3) Audit procedures undertaken at a group level and on the company
We ensured that appropriate further audit work was undertaken at a group level and for the company. This work included auditing, for example,
the consolidation of the group’s results, the preparation of the financial statements, certain disclosures within the Directors’ Remuneration Report,
litigation provisions and exposures and management’s entity level and oversight controls relevant to financial reporting. We also performed work
centrally for the audit of technology and IT general controls, goodwill and intangible assets, taxation, and one-off transactions, including acquisitions
and disposals, undertaken during the year. This work was supported by team members who are based in Budapest and Bangalore.
Collectively, these three areas of work covered 73% of group net sales, 82% of group total assets, and 71% of group profit before exceptional
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
items and tax (PBET (as defined in note 4)).
In planning our audit, we continued to embrace technology and innovation in the audit process to drive quality and efficiency. We continued to
expand the deployment of technology solutions on our audit and for the first time relied on data auditing of revenue for Diageo Great Britain, testing
the full population by tracing sales orders through to delivery note, invoice and ultimately the general ledger and cash. We also used artificial
intelligence in the testing of some cash balances, and continued using our technology tools to enhance our scoping and risk assessment, with more
targeted testing and real time reporting by our global team.
Changes to the audit in 2023
The audit approach remained broadly unchanged.
We considered the changing relative contribution of individual business units in determining which ones should be included within the audit
scope, with the only change being the removal of the group’s business in Kenya.
As required by auditing standards, our team undertook procedures which were deliberately unexpected and could not have reasonably been
predicted by Diageo’s management. As an example, performing procedures over balances and transactions which otherwise wouldn’t have been
subject to audit procedures due to their size such as the group’s acquisition of Balcones Distilling and rotating the inventory count locations and
approach year on year. The results of these procedures were consistent with our expectations.
In executing our audit, we were particularly mindful of the changing economic and political conditions. Whilst the group delivered continued
growth during the year benefiting from price increases and productivity savings, this growth has not been consistent across all business units or
160
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
161
INDEPEND ENT AU DITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF DIAGEO PLC continued
INDEPEND ENT AU DITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF DIAGEO PLC continued
achieved evenly over the year. We considered how these factors were included in future cash flows used in management’s models supporting key
achieved evenly over the year. We considered how these factors were included in future cash flows used in management’s models supporting key
audit areas and management's assessment of going concern.
audit areas and management's assessment of going concern.
Materiality
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of the concept of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These,
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of the concept of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These,
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on
the individual financial statement line items (“FSLIs”) and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements.
the individual financial statement line items (“FSLIs”) and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Group
Group
Company
Company
Overall materiality
Overall materiality
£251m (2022: £239m).
£251m (2022: £239m).
£273m (2022: £278m).
£273m (2022: £278m).
For the purposes of the group audit, we increased materiality to
For the purposes of the group audit, we increased materiality to
£40m (2022: £20m), other than for those balances which were
£40m (2022: £20m), other than for those balances which were
eliminated on consolidation.
eliminated on consolidation.
How we determined it
How we determined it
5% of the PBET
5% of the PBET
This approach has not changed compared to the prior year.
This approach has not changed compared to the prior year.
0.5% of the net assets.
0.5% of the net assets.
This approach has not changed compared to the prior year.
This approach has not changed compared to the prior year.
Why we believe this is
Why we believe this is
appropriate
appropriate
In assessing Diageo’s performance, you exclude items identified
In assessing Diageo’s performance, you exclude items identified
by management as exceptional. Therefore, we have used PBET
by management as exceptional. Therefore, we have used PBET
which is a generally accepted auditing benchmark.
which is a generally accepted auditing benchmark.
We consider a net asset measure to reflect the nature of the
We consider a net asset measure to reflect the nature of the
company, which primarily acts as a holding company for the
company, which primarily acts as a holding company for the
group’s investments and holds certain liabilities on the balance
group’s investments and holds certain liabilities on the balance
sheet.
sheet.
The results of procedures performed over balances and
The results of procedures performed over balances and
transactions contributing to the group’s overall results were used
transactions contributing to the group’s overall results were used
to support our group opinion.
to support our group opinion.
We asked each of the teams reporting on the individual business units to work to assigned materiality levels which reflected the size of the
We asked each of the teams reporting on the individual business units to work to assigned materiality levels which reflected the size of the
operations they audited. This materiality will differ from that used in any external audit of the separate financial statements for these business units,
operations they audited. This materiality will differ from that used in any external audit of the separate financial statements for these business units,
for example the materiality used for the company balance sheet and reported profit was lowered to £40m for the group audit as described in the
for example the materiality used for the company balance sheet and reported profit was lowered to £40m for the group audit as described in the
table. The range of materiality allocated across the business unit audits was between £25m (Diageo Investment Corporation) and £155m (North
table. The range of materiality allocated across the business unit audits was between £25m (Diageo Investment Corporation) and £155m (North
America).
America).
When planning the audit, we considered if multiple misstatements may exist which, when aggregated, could exceed our overall materiality level.
When planning the audit, we considered if multiple misstatements may exist which, when aggregated, could exceed our overall materiality level.
In order to reduce the risk of multiple misstatements which could aggregate to this amount we used a lower level of materiality, known as
In order to reduce the risk of multiple misstatements which could aggregate to this amount we used a lower level of materiality, known as
performance materiality, to identify the individual balances, classes of transactions and disclosures that were subject to audit. Our performance
performance materiality, to identify the individual balances, classes of transactions and disclosures that were subject to audit. Our performance
materiality was £188m (2022: £179m) for the group and £205m (2022: £209m) for the company, being 75% of overall materiality for both the group
materiality was £188m (2022: £179m) for the group and £205m (2022: £209m) for the company, being 75% of overall materiality for both the group
and company financial statements. In determining this amount, we considered a number of factors - the history of low levels of misstatements, our
and company financial statements. In determining this amount, we considered a number of factors - the history of low levels of misstatements, our
risk assessment and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
risk assessment and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
Where the audit identified any items that were not reflected appropriately in the financial information, we considered these items carefully to
Where the audit identified any items that were not reflected appropriately in the financial information, we considered these items carefully to
assess if they were individually or in aggregate material. We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified
assess if they were individually or in aggregate material. We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified
which were qualitatively significant or which exceeded £12m (2022: £11m). This amount was £14m for the company (2022: £10m). The Audit
which were qualitatively significant or which exceeded £12m (2022: £11m). This amount was £14m for the company (2022: £10m). The Audit
Committee was responsible for deciding whether adjustments should be made to the financial statements in respect of those items. The Directors
Committee was responsible for deciding whether adjustments should be made to the financial statements in respect of those items. The Directors
concluded that all items which remained unadjusted were not material to the financial statements, either individually or in aggregate. We agreed
concluded that all items which remained unadjusted were not material to the financial statements, either individually or in aggregate. We agreed
with their conclusion.
with their conclusion.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters
We attended each of the five Audit Committee and sub-Committee meetings held during the year. Part of each meeting involved a private
We attended each of the five Audit Committee and sub-Committee meetings held during the year. Part of each meeting involved a private
discussion without management present. We also met with the Chair of the Audit Committee on an ad-hoc basis. During these various conversations
discussion without management present. We also met with the Chair of the Audit Committee on an ad-hoc basis. During these various conversations
we discussed our observations on a variety of accounting matters, for example the accounting for acquisitions, disposals and changes in
we discussed our observations on a variety of accounting matters, for example the accounting for acquisitions, disposals and changes in
assumptions used in the group’s impairment assessment over goodwill and brand intangibles assets, and observations on controls over financial
assumptions used in the group’s impairment assessment over goodwill and brand intangibles assets, and observations on controls over financial
reporting. In December, the Audit Committee discussed and challenged the audit plan. The plan included the matters which we considered
reporting. In December, the Audit Committee discussed and challenged the audit plan. The plan included the matters which we considered
presented the highest risk to the audit (the key audit matters) and other information on our audit approach such as our approach to specific
presented the highest risk to the audit (the key audit matters) and other information on our audit approach such as our approach to specific
balances, the audit of journals and where the latest technology would be used to obtain better quality audit evidence.
balances, the audit of journals and where the latest technology would be used to obtain better quality audit evidence.
The areas of highest risk for the group audit and where we focused most effort and resources are substantially unchanged from the prior year.
The areas of highest risk for the group audit and where we focused most effort and resources are substantially unchanged from the prior year.
They were;
They were;
• Valuation of goodwill and brand intangible assets;
• Valuation of goodwill and brand intangible assets;
• Uncertain tax positions in respect of direct and indirect taxes in India and Brazil; and
• Uncertain tax positions in respect of direct and indirect taxes in India and Brazil; and
• Valuation of post-employment benefit assets and liabilities.
• Valuation of post-employment benefit assets and liabilities.
To help you understand their impact on the audit, we have listed them in order of decreasing audit effort. Most of these areas are common with
To help you understand their impact on the audit, we have listed them in order of decreasing audit effort. Most of these areas are common with
other international beverage companies. The key audit matters above are consistent with last year.
other international beverage companies. The key audit matters above are consistent with last year.
We have included in an appendix to this report an explanation of each item, why it was discussed and how the audit approach was tailored to
We have included in an appendix to this report an explanation of each item, why it was discussed and how the audit approach was tailored to
address the concerns.
address the concerns.
As the sponsoring company for the United Kingdom schemes, valuation of post-employment benefit schemes was also identified as a key audit
As the sponsoring company for the United Kingdom schemes, valuation of post-employment benefit schemes was also identified as a key audit
matter for the company.
matter for the company.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
The impact of climate risk on our audit
As explained in the “Non-financial and sustainability information statement” section of the Strategic Report, the group has also performed a risk
As explained in the “Non-financial and sustainability information statement” section of the Strategic Report, the group has also performed a risk
assessment to understand the potential impacts of climate change upon key selected businesses, in particular how increasing global temperatures
assessment to understand the potential impacts of climate change upon key selected businesses, in particular how increasing global temperatures
are likely to impact operations due to water scarcity and policy changes impacting input costs. As part of our audit, we made enquiries of
are likely to impact operations due to water scarcity and policy changes impacting input costs. As part of our audit, we made enquiries of
management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate change on the group’s business and the financial statements, including
management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate change on the group’s business and the financial statements, including
reviewing management’s climate change risk assessment and climate change scenarios which were prepared with support from an external expert.
reviewing management’s climate change risk assessment and climate change scenarios which were prepared with support from an external expert.
We used our knowledge of the group and we engaged with our own climate change experts to evaluate the risk assessment performed by
We used our knowledge of the group and we engaged with our own climate change experts to evaluate the risk assessment performed by
management, and to understand the scenarios considered.
management, and to understand the scenarios considered.
By their nature financial statements present historical information which does not fully capture future events. We did determine that the key areas
in the financial statements that are more likely to be materially impacted by climate change are those areas that are based on estimated future cash
flows. As a result, we considered in particular how climate risks and the impact of the ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ commitments would impact
the assumptions made in the forecasts prepared by Diageo used in the group’s impairment analysis (see also key audit matter on Valuation of
goodwill and brand intangibles) and for going concern purposes. We challenged how longer term physical chronic risks had been considered such
as water scarcity from water stress together with the impacts of chronic weather on agricultural supply chains, and shorter-term transitional risks such
as the introduction of carbon taxes. Our procedures did not identify any material impact on our audit for the year ended 30 June 2023. We ensured
that the assumptions used in preparation of the financial statements are consistent with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(“TCFD”) disclosure.
The accuracy of Diageo’s progress against its ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ metrics set out on pages 57 - 87 is not included within the scope of
this audit. We were engaged separately to provide independent limited assurance to the Directors over some of these metrics marked with the
symbol ∆. The independent limited assurance report, which explains the scope of our work and the limited procedures undertaken is included in the
Annual Report 2023 on page 263. Limited assurance varies significantly and is substantially less in scope than that of our financial audit, which
provides reasonable assurance.
3. Our conclusions relating to going concern
Based on the work we have performed, which included understanding and evaluating the group’s financial forecasts and the stress testing of
liquidity, assessing and testing risk factors that could impact the going concern basis of accounting such as the impacts of an inflationary
environment and testing the amounts of debt maturing during the assessment period, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the
financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's and the company's
ability to continue as a going concern.
In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”), we have nothing material to
add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
4. Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The
directors are responsible for the other information, which includes reporting based on the TCFD recommendations. Our opinion on the financial
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly
stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude
whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we
have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to
report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006
have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as
described below.
Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors' report for the
year ended 30 June 2023 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' report.
Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act
2006.
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate
governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.
Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other
information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance
statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add
or draw attention to in relation to:
• The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
• The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an
explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
162
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
163
INDEPEND ENT AU DITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF DIAGEO PLC continued
• The directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting
in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of
at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;
• The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period
is appropriate; and
• The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in operation and meet its
liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or
assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group and company was substantially less in scope than an audit
and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
• The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the
information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's position, performance, business model and strategy;
• The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and
• The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s compliance with the
Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.
5. Exception reporting required by the Companies Act 2006
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
• we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not
visited by us; or
• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
• the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting
records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
6. Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors' responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report, Form 20-F and financial statements set out on page 116, the
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that
they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either
intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors are also responsible for the other information referenced above.
7. Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16
of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or
to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Richard Oldfield (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
31 July 2023
Appendix: Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and
include the most significant assessed risks of potential material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us. They include those which
had the greatest effect on; the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the audit team. These
matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Valuation of goodwill and brand intangible assets
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
Impacted FSLIs
Goodwill
Brands
2023
£2,227m
£7,520m
2022
£2,287m
£7,896m
Goodwill and brand assets have been recognised as a result of acquisitions, in the current and prior years. Diageo is required to perform testing of
the recoverable amounts of these assets at least annually because they are deemed to have an indefinite life and are therefore not amortised.
Testing was primarily performed by Diageo over goodwill on a number of cash generating units (CGUs) and brands in May and impairment
triggers considered up to the balance sheet date. The testing, with supporting sensitivity analyses, calculated the value in use (VIU) and fair value
less cost of disposal and compared this amount to the carrying value. VIU was predominantly used, unless management believed that fair value
less cost of disposal would result in a higher recoverable amount for any CGU or brand.
Certain CGUs and brands were identified as being sensitive to reasonable changes in significant assumptions and are required to be disclosed in
the Annual Report.
The methodology in the models is dependent on various assumptions, both short term and long term in nature. These assumptions, which are
subject to estimation uncertainty, are derived from a combination of management’s judgement, experts engaged by management and market
data. The significant assumptions that we focused our audit on were those with greater levels of management judgement and for which variations
had the most significant impact on the recoverable amounts. Specifically, these included Diageo’s strategic plans for fiscal years 2024 to 2026
including long-term growth rates, discount rates, and forecasts for volume, revenue and operating profit growth.
The discussion with the Audit Committee
We discussed with the Audit Committee the methodologies and significant assumptions used to determine the recoverable values of the goodwill
in India and Turkey, the Yeni Raki brand, and the portfolio of USL (India) brands.
These discussions covered:
• the macroeconomic environment;
• the consistency of assumptions of the impact of climate change with the impacts discussed in the unaudited disclosures on pages 71-87 in
response to the recommendations of the Task Force for Climate related Financial Disclosures;
• reasonably possible alternatives for significant assumptions for example, the appropriateness of discount rates relative to our independently
calculated ranges; and
• the disclosures made in relation to goodwill and brand intangibles, including the use of sensitivity analysis to explain estimation uncertainty and
the conditions that would result in an impairment being recognised.
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
We validated the appropriateness of the CGUs selected.
We evaluated the design and operation of controls in place over the methodologies and calculation of fair value less cost of disposal and VIU
for each CGU and selection of the significant assumptions used.
We agreed the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, to estimate the VIU.
In respect of the significant assumptions, our testing included the following:
• challenging the achievability of management’s strategic plan and the prospects for Diageo’s businesses for the specific CGUs and brands. We
paid particular attention to achievement of the strategic plan and margin improvements through productivity initiatives in light of historical
ability to achieve these and the current elevated inflationary environment;
• obtaining and evaluating evidence where available for critical data relating to significant assumptions of forecasted growth, from a
combination of historic experience, external market (e.g. IWSR, the leading source of data and analysis on the global beverage alcohol
market) and other financial information;
• assessing whether the cash flows included in the model were in accordance with the accounting standard IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”;
• independently assessing the sensitivity of the VIU to reasonable variations in significant assumptions, both individually and in aggregate; and
• determining a reasonable range for the discount rate used within the model, with the assistance of PwC valuation experts, and comparing it to
the discount rate used by management.
We evaluated and tested the disclosures made in the Annual Report in relation to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, and considered them to
be reasonable.
Relevant references in Annual Report
Note 1(e) - Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Note 4 - Exceptional items
Note 9 - Intangible assets
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
164
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
165
INDEPEND ENT AU DITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF DIAGEO PLC continued
Uncertain tax positions in respect of direct and indirect taxes in India and Brazil
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
Impacted FSLIs
Current tax assets
Current tax liabilities
2023
£232m
£135m
2022
£149m
£252m
Provision for tax uncertainties
£156m
The group operates across a large number of jurisdictions and in the normal course of business is subject to periodic challenges by tax authorities
on a range of matters, including transfer pricing, direct and indirect taxes, and transaction related matters. In common with all alcohol beverage
companies, taxation is particularly challenging because of specific alcohol duties and the international distribution of certain brands.
£173m
Diageo makes judgements in assessing the likelihood of potentially material exposures, develops estimates to determine provisions where
required, and considers whether contingent liability disclosures should be made. Of particular significance are direct and indirect tax assessments
in developing markets and assessments relating to financing and transfer pricing arrangements. The impact of a more aggressive tax stance by
tax authorities to deal with government financing requirements following the Covid pandemic, and, in certain instances, changes in local tax
regulations together with ongoing inspections by local tax and customs authorities and international bodies could materially impact the amounts
recorded in the group financial statements.
The discussion with the Audit Committee
We discussed with the Audit Committee the judgements taken by management in assessing the risk of a potentially material exposure, and the
significant assumptions used by management in determining the level of direct and indirect tax provisioning. Our discussions specifically covered
matters in Brazil and India. We also discussed the disclosures, including those made in note 7 and note 19 to the Annual Report.
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
We evaluated the design and implementation of controls to identify uncertain tax positions related to direct and indirect taxes, and the related
accounting policy for providing for and disclosing tax exposures.
PwC tax specialists gained an understanding of the current status of tax assessments and investigations and monitored developments in
ongoing disputes. We read recent rulings and correspondence with tax authorities, as well as external advice provided by the group’s tax experts
and legal advisors to satisfy ourselves that the tax provisions had been appropriately recorded or adjusted to reflect the latest developments.
Where the basis for the conclusion reached was less clear, we challenged the advice from legal advisors and tax experts on how their view was
reached. We also challenged management’s key assumptions.
We agreed the mathematical accuracy of the provision calculation.
We evaluated and tested the related disclosures in relation to uncertain tax positions and considered them to be reasonable.
Relevant references in Annual Report
Note 1(e) - Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Note 4 - Exceptional items
Note 5 - Finance income and charges
Note 7 - Taxation
Note 15 - Working capital
Note 19 - Contingent liabilities and legal
proceedings
Valuation of post employment benefit schemes
Nature of the Key Audit Matter
Impacted FSLI
Post-employment benefit plan assets (Group)
Post-employment benefit plan assets (Company)
Post employment benefit plan liabilities (Group)
Post employment benefit plan liabilities (Company)
2023
£6,846m
£4,578m
£6,252m
£4,041m
2022
£8,399m
£6.041m
£7,234m
£4,897m
The most significant post-employment schemes are within the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States; all of which are in a net surplus
position as at 30 June 2023.
Within the UK and Ireland pension schemes, the group invests in pension investment vehicles (PIVs) which are increasingly complex to value
and in the current environment are experiencing a significant amount of volatility.
The valuation of pension plan liabilities is dependent on a number of actuarial assumptions. Management uses external actuaries to assist in
determining these assumptions, and to determine the valuation of the defined benefit obligation. The experts use valuation methodologies that
require a number of market-based inputs and other financial and demographic assumptions, including salary increases, mortality rates, discount
rates, inflation levels and the impact of any changes in individual pension plans. The significant assumptions that we focused our audit on were
those with greater levels of management judgement, and for which variations had the most significant impact on the liabilities.
Specifically, these included the discount rates, inflation rates and mortality rates.
The discussion with the Audit Committee
We discussed with the Audit Committee the methodologies and significant assumptions used by management to determine the value of the
defined benefit assets and liabilities for the significant plans. We have performed our procedures over the following:
• the valuation of pension investment vehicles by sending confirmation requests to investment managers and custodians and reperforming the
asset valuation calculations; and
• the methodology used by management’s experts to update key assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit obligations, including
changes to discount rates reflecting inflationary pressure in the year and updates to mortality assumptions for the UK and Irish schemes in line
with the Continuous Mortality Investigation (“CMI”) model published at the year end.
How our audit addressed the Key Audit Matter
We evaluated the design and implementation of controls in place over both the pension investments and defined benefit pension obligations.
We also evaluated the objectivity and competence of Diageo’s experts involved in the valuation of the defined benefit obligations.
We have confirmed the year end valuation of pension assets, including investments in pension investment vehicles, with both investment
managers and custodians, and reperformed the year end valuation calculations of these assets. In addition, we have reviewed the latest service
organisation reports for the investment managers in order to determine the effectiveness of controls they operate related to investment valuation.
Our actuarial experts assessed the appropriateness of the methodology used to estimate the liabilities, and to review the calculations prepared
by Diageo’s actuarial experts. They also understood the judgments made by Diageo and their actuarial experts in determining the significant
assumptions, and compared these assumptions to our independently compiled expected ranges based on market observable indices, relevant
national and industry benchmarks, and our market experience, for the significant plans.
Based on our procedures, we considered management’s significant assumptions to be within reasonable ranges. We evaluated and tested the
related disclosures in relation to the defined benefit obligation, and considered them to be reasonable.
Relevant references in Annual Report
Note 1(e) - Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Note 14 - Post employment benefits
(Group)
Note 6 - Post employment benefits
(Company)
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
166
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
167
FINANCI AL STATEMENTS
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Sales
Excise duties
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Marketing
Other operating items
Operating profit
Non-operating items
Finance income
Finance charges
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit for the year
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the parent company
Non-controlling interests
Weighted average number of shares
Shares in issue excluding own shares
Dilutive potential ordinary shares
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Year ended
30 June 2023
Year ended
30 June 2022
Year ended
30 June 2021
Notes
2
3
2
3
3
3
4
5
5
6
7
£ million
23,515
£ million
22,448
(6,402)
(6,996)
17,113
(6,899)
10,214
(3,051)
(2,531)
4,632
328
340
(934)
370
4,736
15,452
(5,973)
9,479
(2,721)
(2,349)
4,409
(17)
497
(919)
417
4,387
(970)
(1,049)
3,766
3,338
3,734
32
3,766
million
2,264
7
2,271
pence
164.9
164.4
3,249
89
3,338
million
2,318
7
2,325
pence
140.2
139.7
£ million
19,153
(6,420)
12,733
(5,038)
7,695
(2,163)
(1,801)
3,731
14
278
(651)
334
3,706
(907)
2,799
2,660
139
2,799
million
2,337
8
2,345
pence
113.8
113.4
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement
Net remeasurement of post employment benefit plans
Group
Associates and joint ventures
Non-controlling interests
Tax on post employment benefit plans
Changes in the fair value of equity investments at fair value through other comprehensive income
Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Group
Associates and joint ventures
Non-controlling interests
Net investment hedges
Exchange (gain)/loss recycled to the income statement
On disposal of foreign operations
On step acquisitions
Tax on exchange differences – group
Tax on exchange differences – non-controlling interests
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Hedge of foreign currency debt of the group
Transaction exposure hedging of the group
Hedges by associates and joint ventures
Commodity price risk hedging of the group
Recycled to income statement – hedge of foreign currency debt of the group
Recycled to income statement – transaction exposure hedging of the group
Recycled to income statement – commodity price risk hedging of the group
Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Hyperinflation adjustments
Tax on hyperinflation adjustments
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax, for the year
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the parent company
Non-controlling interests
Total comprehensive income for the year
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Year ended
30 June 2023
Year ended
30 June 2022
Year ended
30 June 2021
Notes
£ million
£ million
£ million
14
14
6
8
7
18
(643)
13
—
161
(4)
(473)
(876)
(59)
(148)
416
(18)
(1)
(2)
—
6
273
24
(56)
54
(13)
(33)
(39)
182
(39)
(329)
(802)
3,766
2,964
3,080
(116)
2,964
616
5
(1)
(123)
(12)
485
1,128
60
171
(623)
63
—
(6)
—
233
(172)
(15)
78
(239)
42
(46)
32
365
(74)
997
1,482
3,338
4,820
4,561
259
4,820
16
3
—
(46)
—
(27)
(1,233)
(240)
(173)
810
—
—
(9)
(1)
(298)
101
(1)
41
175
10
(2)
(6)
(17)
5
(838)
(865)
2,799
1,934
1,969
(35)
1,934
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
168
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
169
FINANCI AL STATEMENTS contin u ed
Consolidated balance sheet
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Biological assets
Investments in associates and joint ventures
Other investments
Other receivables
Other financial assets
Deferred tax assets
Post employment benefit assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Corporate tax receivables
Assets held for sale
Other financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings and bank overdrafts
Other financial liabilities
Share buyback liability
Trade and other payables
Liabilities held for sale
Corporate tax payables
Provisions
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Other financial liabilities
Other payables
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Post employment benefit liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Non-controlling interests
Total equity
30 June 2023
30 June 2022
Notes
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
Other reserves
Retained earnings/(deficit)
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
11,512
6,142
156
3,829
57
31
394
141
960
7,661
2,720
232
—
347
1,439
(1,701)
(359)
—
(5,300)
—
(135)
(119)
(14,801)
(747)
(368)
(243)
(2,183)
(373)
712
1,351
1,861
3,898
9
10
11
6
13
15
16
7
14
15
15
7
8
16
17
17
16
15
8
7
15
17
16
15
15
7
14
18
18
11,902
5,848
94
3,652
37
37
345
114
1,553
23,222
23,582
12,399
35,621
12,934
36,516
7,094
2,933
149
222
251
2,285
(1,522)
(444)
(117)
(5,887)
(61)
(252)
(159)
(7,614)
(8,442)
(14,498)
(703)
(380)
(258)
(2,319)
(402)
723
1,351
2,174
3,550
(18,560)
(27,002)
9,514
7,798
1,716
9,514
(18,715)
(26,329)
9,292
7,822
1,470
9,292
At 30 June 2020
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Employee share schemes
Share-based incentive plans
Share-based incentive plans in respect of
associates
Tax on share-based incentive plans
Purchase of non-controlling interests
Associates' transactions with non-controlling
interests
Change in fair value of put option
Share buyback programme
Dividend declared for the year
At 30 June 2021
Adjustment to 2021 closing equity in respect of
hyperinflation in Turkey
Adjusted opening balance
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the year
Employee share schemes
Share-based incentive plans
Share-based incentive plans in respect of
associates
Tax on share-based incentive plans
Share-based payments and purchase of own
shares in respect of subsidiaries
Unclaimed dividend
Change in fair value of put option
Share buyback programme
Dividend declared for the year
At 30 June 2022
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
Employee share schemes
Share-based incentive plans
Share-based incentive plans in respect of
associates
Tax on share-based incentive plans
Share-based payments and purchase of own
shares in respect of subsidiaries
Purchase of non-controlling interests
Associates' transactions with non-controlling
interests
Unclaimed dividend
Change in fair value of put option
Share buyback programme
Dividend declared for the year
At 30 June 2023
Share
capital
£ million
Share
premium
£ million
Notes
742
1,351
Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million
3,201
Hedging
and
exchange
reserve
£ million
(929)
Other
Own
retained
shares
earnings
£ million
£ million
(1,936) 4,343 2,407
Total
£ million
Equity
attributable to
parent
company
shareholders
£ million
6,772
Non-
controlling
interests
£ million
1,668
Total equity
£ million
8,440
18
8
18
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
(652)
(652)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 2,660 2,660
2,660
139
2,799
—
(39)
(39)
(691)
(174)
(865)
—
59
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,621
2,621
1,969
(10)
49
3
9
49
49
3
9
49
49
3
9
(35)
—
—
1,934
49
49
—
—
3
9
(15)
(15)
(15)
(27)
(42)
(91)
(2)
(91)
(2)
(91)
(2)
(200)
(200)
(200)
—
—
—
(91)
(2)
(200)
— (1,646) (1,646)
(1,646)
(72)
(1,718)
741
1,351
3,202
(1,581)
(1,877) 5,061 3,184
6,897
1,534
8,431
—
—
—
—
—
251
251
251
—
251
741
1,351
3,202
(1,581)
(1,877) 5,312 3,435
7,148
1,534
8,682
—
535
535
— 3,249 3,249
3,249
89
3,338
—
777
777
1,312
170
1,482
— 4,026 4,026
4,561
259
4,820
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
59
4
9
(11)
3
89
59
4
9
(11)
3
(34)
(34)
— (2,310) (2,310)
— (1,720) (1,720)
723
1,351
3,220
(1,046)
(1,838) 5,388
3,550
(18)
—
18
18
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
(11)
—
712
3,734
3,734
(330)
(330)
(654)
—
24
3,404
24
3,404
48
49
49
6
6
3
6
6
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
—
—
(324)
(324)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(111)
(111)
(111)
(35)
(146)
(7)
(7)
1
1
(16)
(16)
(7)
1
(16)
(1,273) (1,273)
(1,762) (1,762)
(1,273)
(1,762)
—
—
—
—
(7)
1
(16)
(1,273)
(97)
(1,859)
1,351
3,231
(1,370)
(1,814) 5,712
3,898
7,822
1,470
9,292
89
59
4
9
(11)
3
(34)
(2,310)
(1,720)
7,798
3,734
3,080
48
49
6
6
3
—
—
—
—
(6)
1
—
—
89
59
4
9
(17)
4
(34)
(2,310)
(72)
(1,792)
1,716
32
(148)
(116)
—
—
—
—
2
9,514
3,766
(802)
2,964
48
49
6
6
5
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
These consolidated financial statements have been approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on
31 July 2023 and were signed on its behalf by Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar, Directors.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
170
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
171
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the year
Taxation
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures
Net finance charges
Non-operating items
Operating profit
Increase in inventories
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables and provisions
Net (increase)/decrease in working capital
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
Dividends received
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit
Other items
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Taxation paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software
Movements in loans and other investments
Sale of businesses and brands
Acquisition of subsidiaries(1)
Investments in associates and joint ventures(1)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Share buyback programme
Net sale of own shares for share schemes
Purchase of treasury shares in respect of subsidiaries
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests
Proceeds from bonds
Repayment of bonds
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests
Cash inflow from other borrowings
Cash outflow from other borrowings
Equity dividends paid
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net decrease in net cash and cash equivalents
Exchange differences
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank overdrafts
Year ended 30 June 2023
Year ended 30 June 2022
Year ended 30 June 2021
Notes
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
3,766
970
(370)
594
(328)
(675)
121
(621)
1,066
219
(25)
62
131
(685)
(1,201)
13
(1,180)
(57)
462
(342)
(93)
3,338
1,049
(417)
422
17
4,632
4,409
(179)
982
5,212
(1,277)
3,935
(1,175)
1,322
4,779
(1,755)
3,024
(740)
(378)
939
828
190
(89)
53
110
(438)
(949)
17
(1,097)
(72)
82
(206)
(65)
2,799
907
(334)
373
(14)
(443)
(446)
1,220
447
290
(30)
88
89
(440)
(852)
13
(626)
(4)
14
(450)
(38)
8
8
8
3,731
331
795
4,857
(1,203)
3,654
(1,197)
(1,341)
(1,091)
18
(1,381)
29
—
(97)
2,229
(1,340)
(146)
433
(374)
(1,761)
17
17
8
17
17
17
(2,284)
18
(15)
(81)
2,263
(1,521)
—
503
(424)
(1,718)
(109)
49
—
(77)
1,031
(1,247)
(42)
34
(787)
(1,646)
(2,408)
(581)
(227)
2,211
1,403
1,439
(36)
1,403
(3,259)
(665)
239
2,637
2,211
2,285
(74)
2,211
(2,794)
(231)
(285)
3,153
2,637
2,749
(112)
2,637
(1) For the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021, the previously reported line item of 'Acquisition of businesses' has been replaced with 'Acquisition of subsidiaries' and 'Investments in
associates and joint ventures' to show separately the amounts which had previously been shown combined.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Accounting information and policies
Introduction
This section describes the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the group’s accounting policies that are applicable to
the financial statements as a whole. Accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements specific to a note are included in the note to
which they relate. Furthermore, the section details new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that the group has adopted in the
current financial year or will adopt in subsequent years.
1. Accounting information and policies
(a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements
of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRSs) adopted by the UK (UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards) and IFRSs, as issued by the IASB, including
interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. IFRS as
adopted by the UK differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the
IASB. The differences have no impact on the group’s consolidated
financial statements for the years presented. The consolidated financial
statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical
cost convention, unless stated otherwise in the relevant accounting
policy.
The income statements and cash flows of non-sterling entities are
translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, except
for subsidiaries in hyperinflationary economies that are translated with
the closing rate at the end of the year and for substantial transactions
that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange
differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the
exchange reserve.
functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are
presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent
company, Diageo plc. The functional currency of Diageo plc is
determined by using management judgement that considers the parent
company as an extension of its subsidiaries.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements,
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(b) Going concern
Management prepared cash flow forecasts which were also sensitised
to reflect severe but plausible downside scenarios taking into
consideration the group's principal risks. In the base case scenario,
management included assumptions for mid-single digit net sales
growth, operating margin improvement and global TBA market share
growth. In light of the ongoing geopolitical volatility, the base case
outlook and severe but plausible downside scenarios incorporated
considerations for a prolonged global recession, supply chain
disruptions, higher inflation and further geopolitical deterioration. Even
under these scenarios, the group’s liquidity is still expected to remain
strong, as it was protected by issuing €500 million of fixed rate euro
and $2 billion of fixed rate dollar-denominated bonds in the year ended
30 June 2023. Mitigating actions, should they be required, are all within
management’s control and could include reductions in discretionary
spending such as acquisitions and capital expenditure, as well as a
temporary suspension of the share buyback programme and dividend
payments in the next 12 months, or drawdowns on committed facilities.
Having considered the outcome of these assessments, the Directors are
comfortable that the company is a going concern for at least 12 months
from the date of signing the group's consolidated financial statements.
(c) Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the results of the
company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable
share of the results of associates and joint ventures. A subsidiary is an
entity controlled by Diageo plc. The group controls an investee when it is
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the
investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power
over the investee. Where the group has the ability to exercise joint
control over an entity but has rights to specified assets and obligations
for liabilities of that entity, the entity is included on the basis of the
group’s rights over those assets and liabilities.
(d) Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of the group’s subsidiaries,
associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the
primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its
Assets and liabilities are translated at closing rates. Exchange
differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening
balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve,
as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and
financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent
that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are
also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in
the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the
foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the
income statement. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at
the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.
The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of
financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2023, expressed
in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:
US dollar
Income statement and cash flows(1)
Assets and liabilities(2)
Euro
Income statement and cash flows(1)
Assets and liabilities(2)
2023
2022
2021
1.20
1.26
1.15
1.17
1.33
1.21
1.18
1.16
1.35
1.39
1.13
1.17
(1) Weighted average rates
(2) Closing rates
The group uses foreign exchange hedges to mitigate the effect of
exchange rate movements. For further information, see note 16.
(e) Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Details of critical estimates and judgements which the Directors consider
could have a significant impact on the financial statements are set out
in the related notes as follows:
• Exceptional items – management judgement whether exceptional or
not – page 179
• Taxation – management judgement whether a provision is required
and management estimate of amount of corporate tax payable or
receivable, the recoverability of deferred tax assets and expectation
on manner of recovery of deferred taxes – pages 183 and 216
• Brands, goodwill, other intangibles and contingent considerations –
management judgement whether the assets and liabilities are to be
recognised and synergies resulting from an acquisition.
Management judgement and estimate are required in determining
future cash flows and appropriate applicable assumptions to support
the intangible asset and contingent consideration value – pages 184
and 206
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
172
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
173
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
• Post employment benefits – management judgement whether a
surplus can be recovered and management estimate in determining
the assumptions in calculating the liabilities of the funds – page 195
• Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings – management
judgement in assessing the likelihood of whether a liability will arise
and an estimate to quantify the possible range of any settlement;
and significant unprovided tax matters where maximum exposure is
provided for each – page 215
(f) Hyperinflationary accounting
The group applied hyperinflationary accounting for its operations in
Turkey, Venezuela and Lebanon. Turkey has been a hyperinflationary
economy where cumulative inflation for the three years ended 30 June
2022 exceeded 100%. Consequently, since March 2022, the group
applies hyperinflationary accounting for its Turkish operations. The
group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended 30 June
2023 and 30 June 2022 include the results and financial position of its
Turkish operations restated to the measuring unit current at the end of
each period, with hyperinflationary gains and losses in respect of
monetary items being reported in finance income and charges.
Comparative amounts presented in the consolidated financial
statements were not restated. Hyperinflationary accounting needs to be
applied as if Turkey has always been a hyperinflationary economy,
hence, as per Diageo’s accounting policy choice, the differences
between equity at 30 June 2021 as reported and the equity after the
restatement of the non-monetary items to the measuring unit current at
30 June 2021 were recognised in retained earnings. Such restatement
includes impairment of TRL 2,133 million (£177 million) recognised on the
goodwill in the Turkey cash-generating unit and TRL 1,627 million (£135
million) in respect of the Yenì Raki brand, as a result of the increased
carrying values for those due to hyperinflation adjustments. When
applying IAS 29 on an ongoing basis, comparatives in stable currency
are not restated and the effect of inflating opening net assets to the
measuring unit current at the end of the reporting period is presented in
other comprehensive income. The inflation rate used by the group is the
official rate published by the Turkish Statistical Institute. The movement
in the publicly available official price index for the year ended 30 June
2023 was 38% (2022 – 79%).
Venezuela is a hyperinflationary economy where the government
maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign
currency rate systems. The exchange rate used to translate the results of
the group’s Venezuelan operations was VES/£ 3,807 for the year ended
30 June 2023 (2022 – VES/£ 759). This rate reflects management’s
estimate of the exchange rate considering inflation and the most
appropriate official exchange rate. Movement in the price index for the
year ended 30 June 2023 was 382% (2022 – 268%). The inflation rate
used by the group is provided by an independent valuer because no
reliable, officially published rate is available for Venezuela.
The following table presents the contribution of the group’s
Venezuelan operations to consolidated net sales, operating profit,
operating cash flow and assets for the years ended 30 June 2023 and
30 June 2022 and with the amounts that would have resulted if the
official reference exchange rate had been applied:
Year ended 30 June 2023
Year ended 30 June 2022
At estimated
exchange rate
3,807 VES/£
£ million
At official
reference
exchange rate
36 VES/£
£ million
At estimated
exchange rate
759 VES/£
£ million
—
—
9
—
(2)
(212)
—
6
(3)
657
—
(1)
1
—
41
At official
reference
exchange rate
7 VES/£
£ million
15
(1)
157
(5)
4,606
Net sales
Operating loss
Other finance
(charges)/income -
hyperinflation
adjustment
Net cash outflow from
operating activities
Net assets
174
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Sterling amounts presented at the official reference exchange rate are
results of simple mathematical conversion.
The impact of hyperinflationary accounting for Lebanon was immaterial
both in the current and comparative periods.
(g) New accounting standards and interpretations
The following amendments to the accounting standards, issued by the
IASB and endorsed by the UK, were adopted by the group from 1 July
2022 with no impact on the group’s consolidated results, financial
position or disclosures:
• Amendments to IFRS 3 Updating a Reference to the Conceptual
Framework
• Amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds
before Intended Use
• Amendments to IAS 37 Onerous Contracts - Cost of Fulfilling a
Contract
• Amendments to Annual improvements 2018-2020 - IFRS 9 - Fees in
the '10 per cent' Test, IFRS 16 - Lease incentives, IAS 41 - Taxation in
Fair Value Measurements
• Amendments to IAS 12 International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model
Rules
The following standard and amendments issued by the IASB have been
endorsed by the UK and have not been adopted by the group:
• IFRS 17 – Insurance contracts (effective from the year ending 30 June
2024) is ultimately intended to replace IFRS 4. Based on a
preliminary assessment, the group believes that the adoption of IFRS
17 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated results or
financial position.
• Amendments to IAS 12 - Income taxes (effective from the year ending
30 June 2024) requires an entity to recognise deferred tax on initial
recognition of particular transactions to the extent that the
transaction gives rise to equal amounts of deferred tax assets and
liabilities. The proposed amendments would apply to transactions
such as leases and decommissioning obligations for which an entity
recognises both an asset and a liability. The group believes that the
adoption of these amendments will not have a significant impact on
its consolidated results and financial position.
There are a number of other amendments and clarifications to IFRSs,
effective in future years, which are not expected to significantly impact
the group’s consolidated results or financial position.
(h) Climate change considerations
The impact of climate change assessment and the net zero carbon
emission target for Diageo's direct operations (Scope 1 & 2) for 2030
have been considered as part of the assessment of estimates and
judgements in preparing the group's consolidated financial statements.
The climate change scenario analyses performed in 2023 –
conducted in line with TCFD recommendations (‘Transition
Scenario’ (RCP 2.6), a ‘Moderate Warming’ Scenario (RCP 4.5) and a
‘Severe Warming Scenario’ (RCP 8.5)) – identified no material financial
impact to these financial statements.
The following considerations were made in respect of the financial
statements:
• The impact of climate change on factors (like residual values, useful
lives and depreciation methods) that determine the carrying value of
non-current assets.
• The impact of climate change on forecasts of cash flows used
(including forecast depreciation in line with capital expenditure plans
for Diageo's net zero carbon emission commitment) in impairment
assessments for the value-in-use of non-current assets including
goodwill (see note 9).
• The impact of climate change on post-employment assets.
Results for the year
Introduction
This section explains the results and performance of the group for the three years ended 30 June 2023. Disclosures are provided for segmental
information, operating costs, exceptional items, finance income and charges, the group's share of results of associates and joint ventures, taxation.
For associates, joint ventures and taxation, balance sheet disclosures are also provided in this section.
2. Segmental information
Accounting policies
Sales comprise revenue from contracts with customers from the sale of goods, royalties and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods
includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes duties and taxes collected on behalf of third parties, such as
value added tax. Sales are recognised as or when performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of a good or service to the
customer, which is determined by considering, among other factors, the delivery terms agreed with customers. For the sale of goods, the
transfer of control occurs when the significant risks and rewards of ownership are passed to the customer. Based on the shipping terms
agreed with customers, the transfer of control of goods occurs at the time of dispatch for the majority of sales. Where the transfer of control is
subsequent to the dispatch of goods, the time between dispatch and receipt by the customer is generally less than five days. The group
includes in sales the net consideration to which it expects to be entitled. Sales are recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a
significant reversal will not occur. Therefore, sales are stated net of expected price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain
promotional activities and similar items. Generally, payment of the transaction price is due within credit terms that are consistent with industry
practices, with no element of financing.
Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In the majority of countries, excise duties are
effectively a production tax which becomes payable when the product is removed from bonded premises and is not directly related to the
value of sales. It is generally not included as a separate item on external invoices; increases in excise duty are not always passed on to the
customer and where a customer fails to pay for products received the group cannot reclaim the excise duty. The group therefore recognises
excise duty, unless it regards itself as an agent of the regulatory authorities, as a cost to the group.
Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a
right of access to the goods or services acquired.
Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. Diageo also owns a number of investments in associates and joint
ventures, as set out in note 6.
The segmental information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the Executive Committee (the chief operating
decision-maker).
The Executive Committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective based on the location of third-party sales and the
business analysis is presented by geographical segment. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the
Executive Committee is the Supply Chain and Procurement (SC&P) segment, which manufactures products for other group companies and includes
the production sites in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy, Guatemala and Mexico, as well as comprises the global procurement function.
The group's operations also include the Corporate segment. Corporate costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, marketing,
corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that are not allocable to the
geographical segments or to the SC&P.
Diageo uses shared services operations to deliver transaction processing activities for markets and operational entities. These centres are located
in India, Hungary, Colombia and the Philippines. These captive business service centres also perform certain central finance activities, including
elements of financial planning and reporting, treasury and HR services. The costs of shared services operations are recharged to the regions.
For planning and management reporting purposes, Diageo uses budgeted exchange rates that are set at the prior year's weighted average
exchange rate. In order to ensure a consistent basis on which performance is measured through the year, prior period results are also restated to the
budgeted exchange rate. Segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items are reported on a consistent basis with
management reporting. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the
group’s reported results are shown in the tables below. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the
current year’s budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective year.
In addition, for management reporting purposes, Diageo presents the result of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year
separately from the results of the geographical segments. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed
under the appropriate geographical segments in the tables below at budgeted exchange rates.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
Diageo Annual Report 2023
175
2023
Sales
Net sales
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
Hyperinflation
Net sales
Operating profit/(loss)
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Fair value remeasurements
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
Hyperinflation
2022
Sales
Net sales
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
Hyperinflation
Net sales
Operating profit/(loss)
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Fair value remeasurements
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
Hyperinflation
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(a) Segmental information for the consolidated income statement
North
America
Europe
Asia
Pacific
Latin
America
and
Caribbean
Africa
SC&P
Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
Total
operating
segments
Corporate
and other
Total
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
7,382
5,996
5,403
2,260
2,386
3,073
(3,073) 23,427
88
23,515
6,052
3,377
3,084
1,642
20
8
678
—
20
38
(41)
175
35
8
73
—
3
9
145
—
1,631
104
3
(39)
—
2,942
(2,876)
15,852
87
15,939
—
(66)
197
—
—
—
(197)
—
182
—
816
175
—
—
1
—
182
—
817
175
6,758
3,569
3,200
1,799
1,699
3,073
(3,073)
17,025
88
17,113
886
5
597
—
(6)
(3)
2,337
1,076
(18)
3
87
280
—
(13)
(24)
25
18
23
—
20
—
1
66
—
661
—
661
347
27
(2)
—
(152)
—
220
(44)
176
(32)
—
32
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,211
(292)
4,919
1
—
113
232
23
(6)
—
—
(28)
—
(5)
—
113
204
23
5,580
(326)
5,254
(622)
—
(622)
4,958
(326)
4,632
328
(594)
370
4,736
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items
2,689
1,105
905
Exceptional operating items
Operating profit/(loss)
Non-operating items
Net finance charges
Share of after tax results of associates and joint
ventures
Profit before taxation
(97)
(8)
(473)
2,592
1,097
432
North
America
Europe
Asia
Pacific
Latin
America
and
Caribbean
Africa
SC&P
Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
Total
operating
segments
Corporate
and other
Total
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
6,682
5,740
5,624
1,945
2,403
2,010
(2,010) 22,394
54 22,448
5,955
3,258
2,879
1,486
1,699
2,095
(2,016)
15,356
55
15,411
34
9
23
46
97
(304)
—
189
—
9
(4)
—
3
12
24
—
15
3
(35)
—
—
(79)
(6)
—
—
—
6
—
75
—
(222)
189
—
—
(1)
—
75
—
(223)
189
6,095
3,212
2,884
1,525
1,682
2,010
(2,010)
15,398
54
15,452
2,388
1,086
703
528
(28)
(1)
32
63
—
11
(18)
36
(108)
10
—
(2)
—
10
—
—
—
(8)
18
—
346
(10)
(1)
—
(20)
—
315
—
315
(22)
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5,029
(256)
4,773
(27)
—
60
(37)
10
—
—
—
18
—
(27)
—
60
(19)
10
5,035
(238)
4,797
(388)
—
(388)
4,647
(238)
4,409
(17)
(422)
417
4,387
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items
2,454
1,017
711
538
(1)
(146)
2,453
871
(241)
470
—
538
Exceptional operating items
Operating profit/(loss)
Non-operating items
Net finance charges
Share of after tax results of associates and joint
ventures
Profit before taxation
176
Diageo Annual Report 2023
North
America
Europe
Asia
Pacific
Latin
America
and
Caribbean
Africa
SC&P
Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
Total
operating
segments
Corporate
and other
Total
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
5,803
4,795
5,146
1,369
2,020
1,537
(1,537)
19,133
20
19,153
5,527
2,579
2,561
1,176
1,541
1,627
(1,548)
13,463
20
13,483
28
9
(355)
2
45
(68)
—
9
—
13
5
3
(82)
(143)
(137)
—
(79)
(11)
—
—
11
35
—
(785)
—
—
—
35
—
(785)
5,209
2,558
2,488
1,046
1,412
1,537
(1,537)
12,713
20
12,733
2021
Sales
Net sales
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
Net sales
Operating profit/(loss)
At budgeted exchange rates(1)
Acquisitions and disposals
SC&P allocation
Fair value remeasurement of contingent consideration
Retranslation to actual exchange rates
2,469
728
628
422
228
(18)
(30)
(9)
(175)
(3)
(32)
(27)
(31)
—
(5)
—
(15)
—
(27)
—
(92)
303
—
—
(3)
—
(54)
171
—
171
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items
2,237
635
608
Exceptional operating items
—
(15)
—
Operating profit/(loss)
Non-operating items
Net finance charges
Share of after tax results of associates and joint
ventures
Profit before taxation
2,237
620
608
303
(97)
—
97
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,378
(218)
4,160
(21)
—
(36)
—
—
—
(21)
—
(36)
(367)
10
(357)
3,954
(208)
3,746
(15)
—
(15)
3,939
(208)
3,731
14
(373)
334
3,706
(1)
(i)
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and SC&P segments.
The net sales figures for SC&P reported to the Executive Committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental
analysis. Apart from sales by the SC&P segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.
(ii) The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.
(iii) Approximately 38% of annual net sales occurred in the last four months of calendar year 2022.
(b) Other segmental information
2023
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer
software
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation
Exceptional impairment of tangible assets
Exceptional impairment of intangible assets
2022
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer
software
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation
Exceptional impairment of tangible assets
Exceptional impairment of intangible assets
2021
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer
software
Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation
North
America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
SC&P
£ million
Corporate
and other
£ million
Total
£ million
197
(95)
(52)
(29)
230
(80)
—
—
209
(98)
2
166
(61)
(22)
(25)
(444)
187
(93)
(3)
(96)
146
(93)
—
(240)
121
(18)
—
—
128
(16)
—
—
126
(80)
—
—
139
(81)
—
—
356
(134)
—
—
256
(116)
—
—
5
(10)
—
—
11
(10)
—
—
1,180
(496)
(72)
(498)
1,097
(489)
(3)
(336)
153
(76)
23
(31)
56
(60)
20
(16)
125
(79)
125
(126)
124
(59)
626
(447)
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
Diageo Annual Report 2023
177
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(c) Category and geographical analysis
The average number of employees on a full-time equivalent basis
(excluding employees of associates and joint ventures) was as follows:
4. Exceptional items
Category analysis
Geographic analysis
Spirits
£ million
Beer
£ million
Ready to
drink
£ million
Other
£ million
Total
£ million
United
States
£ million
India
£ million
Great
Britain
£ million
Rest of
World
£ million
Total
£ million
19,004
3,355
899
257
23,515
6,972
5,816
2,751
1,798
2,138
2,909
11,654
11,204
23,515
21,727
18,164
3,128
882
274
22,448
6,327
3,219
2,142
10,760
22,448
North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Latin America and Caribbean
Africa
SC&P
5,899
2,396
2,413
10,861
21,569
Corporate and other
2023
2,884
2,789
6,856
1,495
3,526
6,934
5,753
2022
2,811
3,014
6,500
1,500
4,061
5,025
5,076
2021
2,562
3,237
6,474
1,505
4,016
5,085
4,687
30,237
27,987
27,566
2023
Sales(1)
Non-current assets(2), (3)
2022
Sales(1)
Non-current assets(2), (3)
2021
Sales(1)
Non-current assets(2), (3)
At 30 June 2023, on a full-time equivalent basis, the group had 30,269
(2022 – 28,558; 2021 – 27,783) employees. The average number of
employees of the group, including part-time employees, for the year
was 30,419 (2022 – 28,137; 2021 – 28,025).
(d) Exceptional operating items
Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
Brand and goodwill impairment
498
336
Tangible asset impairment and accelerated
depreciation
Staff costs
Other external charges
Other operating income
Total exceptional operating items (note 4)
Cost of sales
Other operating expenses
72
10
60
(18)
622
67
555
—
—
52
—
388
—
388
—
—
5
13
(3)
15
—
15
Accounting policies
Critical accounting judgements
Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement
need to be disclosed separately. Such items are included within
the income statement caption to which they relate. Management
believes that separate disclosure of exceptional items and the
classification between operating and non-operating further helps
investors to understand the performance of the group.
Changes in estimates and reversals in relation to items
previously recognised as exceptional are presented consistently
as exceptional in the current year.
Operating items
Exceptional operating items are those that are considered to be
material and unusual or non-recurring in nature and are part of
the operating activities of the group, such as one-off global
restructuring programmes which can be multi-year, impairment
of intangible assets and fixed assets, indirect tax settlements,
property disposals and changes in post employment plans.
Non-operating items
Gains and losses on the sale or directly attributable to a
prospective sale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step
up gains and losses that arise when an investment becomes an
associate or an associate becomes a subsidiary and other
material, unusual non-recurring items, that are not in respect of
the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks,
are disclosed as exceptional non-operating items below
operating profit in the income statement.
Taxation items
Exceptional current and deferred tax items comprise material
and unusual or non-recurring items that impact taxation.
Examples include direct tax provisions and settlements in respect
of prior years and the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and
liabilities following tax rate changes.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
15,634
2,562
741
216
19,153
5,441
3,011
1,822
8,879
19,153
4,320
2,561
2,119
10,063
19,063
The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third-party customers.
(1)
(2) The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets,
investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.
(3) The management information provided to the chief operating decision-maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.
3. Operating costs
Excise duties
Cost of sales
Marketing
Other operating items
Comprising:
Excise duties
India
Great Britain
United States
Other
Increase in inventories
Raw materials and consumables
Marketing
Other external charges
Staff costs
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
Gains on disposal of properties
Net foreign exchange losses
Other operating income
2023
£ million
6,402
6,899
3,051
2,531
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
6,996
6,420
5,973
5,038
2,721
2,349
2,163
1,801
18,883
18,039
15,422
1,625
1,095
687
2,995
(513)
4,328
3,051
2,747
1,830
1,066
(4)
10
(34)
2,182
1,172
614
2,127
1,018
589
3,028
2,686
(909)
4,017
2,721
2,597
1,795
828
(2)
10
(14)
(293)
3,126
2,163
1,978
1,586
447
(1)
22
(26)
18,883
18,039
15,422
(b) Auditors fees
Other external charges include the fees of the principal auditors of the
group, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates (PwC) and are
analysed below.
Audit of these financial statements
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services(1)
Total audit fees (Audit fees)
Other assurance services (Audit related
fees)(2)
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
5.2
5.7
2.7
13.6
1.2
14.8
4.2
6.1
2.5
3.8
4.4
2.6
12.8
10.8
0.7
13.5
0.8
11.6
(1) Audit related assurance services are in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the review of the interim financial information.
(2) Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related
services that are not reported under ‘total audit fees’.
(i) Disclosure requirements for auditors fees in the United States are different from those
required in the United Kingdom. The terminology by category required in the United
States is disclosed in brackets in the above table.
Audit services provided by firms other than PwC for the year ended 30
June 2023 were £0.1 million (2022 – £0.1 million; 2021 – £0.1 million).
Further PwC fees for audit services in respect of post employment plans
were £0.3 million for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022 – £0.2 million;
2021 – £0.2 million).
(c) Staff costs and average number of employees
(a) Other external charges
Other external charges include research and development expenditure
in respect of new drinks products and package design of £53 million
(2022 – £43 million; 2021 – £40 million) and maintenance and repairs of
£143 million (2022 – £136 million; 2021 – £107 million).
Aggregate remuneration
Wages and salaries
Share-based incentive plans
Employer’s social security
Employer’s pension
Defined benefit plans
Defined contribution plans
Other post employment plans
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
1,548
1,557
1,336
48
115
67
44
8
59
107
36
33
3
50
83
82
25
10
1,830
1,795
1,586
178
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
179
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
Exceptional operating items
Brand and goodwill impairment (1)
(498)
(336)
Supply chain agility programme (2)
Distribution termination fee (3)
Winding down Russian operations (4)
Other exceptional operating items (5)
Non-operating items
Sale of businesses and brands
Guinness Cameroun S.A. (6)
Archers brand (7)
USL Popular brands (8)
USL businesses (9)
Tyku brand (10)
Picon brand (11)
Meta Abo Brewery (12)
Windsor business (13)
Step acquisition - Mr Black (14)
Other non-operating exceptional items (15)
(100)
(44)
20
—
—
—
(50)
(2)
(622)
(388)
310
20
4
1
(3)
—
—
—
(8)
4
—
—
—
—
—
91
(95)
(19)
—
6
328
(17)
—
—
—
—
(15)
(15)
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
—
11
14
Exceptional items before taxation
Tax on exceptional items (note 7 (b))
(294)
(405)
186
31
(1)
(84)
(4) In the year ended 30 June 2023, Diageo released unutilised
provisions of £20 million from the £50 million exceptional charge taken
in the year ended 30 June 2022, in respect of winding down its
operations in Russia.
(5) Other exceptional operating items include subsequent gains and
charges of items that were originally recognised as exceptional at
inception. In the year ended 30 June 2022, other exceptional operating
items resulted in a loss of £2 million driven by the reinvestment of
'Raising the Bar' corporate tax benefits. In the year ended 30 June 2021,
other exceptional operating items were a loss of £15 million mainly
driven by the charge of the ongoing litigation in Turkey.
(6) On 26 May 2023, Diageo announced the completion of the sale of
its wholly owned subsidiary in Cameroon, Guinness Cameroun S.A., to
the Castel Group for an aggregate consideration of £384 million
resulting in an exceptional gain of £310 million, including cumulative
translation gain in the amount of £17 million recycled to the income
statement.
(7) On 26 October 2022, Diageo completed the sale of its Archers
brand. The transaction resulted in an exceptional gain of £20 million.
(8) On 30 September 2022, Diageo announced the completion of the
sale of the Popular brands of its United Spirits Limited (USL) business.
The transaction resulted in an exceptional gain of £4 million.
(9) Certain subsidiaries of USL were sold in the year ended 30 June
2023. The sale of these subsidiaries resulted in an exceptional gain of
£1 million (2022 – nil; 2021 – £3 million).
(10) In the year ended 30 June 2023, Diageo sold its Tyku brand. The
transaction resulted in an exceptional loss of £3 million.
(108)
(374)
(85)
(11) In May 2022, Diageo sold its Picon brand. The sale resulted in an
exceptional non-operating gain of £91 million, net of disposal costs.
Total exceptional items
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the parent company
Non-controlling interests
Total exceptional items
33
(141)
(271)
(103)
(86)
1
(108)
(374)
(85)
(1) In the year ended 30 June 2023, an impairment charge of
£498 million was recognised in exceptional operating items mainly
driven by the McDowell's brand in India.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, an impairment charge of £336 million
was recognised in exceptional operating items in respect of the
McDowell's brand (£240 million), the Bell's brand (£77 million) and
goodwill related to Smirnov (£19 million).
For further information, see note 9 (d).
(2) In the year ended 30 June 2023, an exceptional charge of £100
million was accounted for in respect of the supply chain agility
programme announced in July 2022. With this five-year spanning
programme, Diageo expects to strengthen its supply chain, improve its
resilience and agility, drive efficiencies, deliver additional productivity
savings and make its supply operations more sustainable. Total
implementation cost of the programme is expected to be up to £500
million over the five-year period, which will comprise non-cash items
and one-off expenses, the majority of which are expected to be
recognised as exceptional operating items. The exceptional charge for
the year ended 30 June 2023 was primarily in respect of accelerated
depreciation, being additional depreciation of assets in the period
directly attributable to the programme, and impairment of property,
plant and equipment in respect of North America and India.
Restructuring cash expenditure was £12 million in the year ended 30
June 2023.
(3) In the year ended 30 June 2023, Diageo agreed with one of its
distributors in Africa to terminate the distribution license of one of its
spirits brands, in respect of which a provision of £44 million was
provided for and was recognised as an operating exceptional charge.
No payment was made in the period.
180
Diageo Annual Report 2023
(12) In the year ended 30 June 2022, a loss of £95 million was
recognised as a non-operating item attributable to the sale of Meta Abo
Brewery Share Company in Ethiopia.
(13) On 25 March 2022, Diageo agreed to the sale of its Windsor
business in Korea. At 30 June 2022, assets and liabilities attributable to
Windsor business were classified as held for sale and were measured at
the lower of their cost and fair value less cost of disposal. In the year
ended 30 June 2022, a loss of £19 million was recognised as a non-
operating item, mainly in relation to transaction and other costs directly
attributable to the prospective sale of the business. The conditional
agreement was terminated in the year ended 30 June 2023 as the
buyer was unable to meet certain conditions to completion.
(14) On 29 September 2022, the group acquired the part of the entire
issued share capital of Mr Black Spirits Pty Ltd, owner of Mr Black, the
Australian premium cold brew coffee liqueur, that it did not already
own. As a result of Mr Black becoming a subsidiary of the group in the
year ended 30 June 2023, a loss of £8 million arose, being the
difference between the book value of the associate prior to the
transaction and its fair value plus transaction costs.
(15) Other exceptional non-operating items include subsequent gains
and charges of items that were originally recognised as exceptional at
inception. In the year ended 30 June 2023, other exceptional non-
operating items resulted in a net gain of £4 million (2022 – £6 million;
2021 – £11 million), mainly driven by the deferred consideration received
in respect of the sale of United National Breweries.
For further information on acquisition and sale of businesses and
brands, see notes 8 (a) and 8 (b).
Cash payments and receipts included in net cash inflow from operating
activities in respect of exceptional items were as follows:
Thalidomide (note 15 (d) (i))
Winding down Russian operations
Supply chain agility programme
Donations
Indirect tax in Korea
Ongoing litigation in Turkey
Substitution drawback
Total cash payments
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
(14)
(13)
(12)
—
—
—
—
(16)
(13)
—
(37)
—
—
—
(39)
(66)
(15)
—
—
(50)
(10)
(1)
60
(16)
5. Finance income and charges
Accounting policies
Net interest includes interest income and charges in respect of
financial instruments and the results of hedging transactions
used to manage interest rate risk.
Finance charges directly attributable to the acquisition,
construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset
that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready
for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset.
Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised in the
income statement using the effective interest method. All other
finance charges are recognised primarily in the income
statement in the year in which they are incurred.
Net other finance charges include items in respect of post
employment plans, the discount unwind of long-term obligations
and hyperinflation charges. The results of operations in
hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes
in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before
being translated to sterling.
The impact of derivatives, excluding cash flow hedges that
are in respect of commodity price risk management or those that
are used to hedge the currency risk of highly probable future
currency cash flows, is included in interest income or interest
charge.
Interest income
Fair value gain on financial instruments
Total interest income(1)
Interest charge on bank loans, bonds and
overdrafts
Interest charge on leases
Interest charge on other borrowings
Fair value loss on financial instruments
Total interest charges(1)
Net interest charges
Net finance income in respect of post
employment plans in surplus (note 14)
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of
Turkey (note 1 (f))
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of
Venezuela (note 1 (f))
Interest income in respect of direct and
indirect tax
Unwinding of discounts
Total other finance income
Net finance charge in respect of post
employment plans in deficit (note 14)
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of
Turkey (note 1 (f))
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of
Venezuela (note 1 (f))
Hyperinflation adjustment and foreign
exchange revaluation of monetary items
in respect of Lebanon (note 1 (f))
Unwinding of discounts
Interest charge in respect of direct and
indirect tax
Change in financial liability (Level 3)
Guarantee fees
Other finance charges
Total other finance charges
Net other finance income/(charges)
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
160
103
263
(470)
(15)
(271)
(102)
(858)
(595)
59
10
—
8
—
77
127
341
468
(371)
(12)
(92)
(346)
(821)
(353)
22
—
1
2
4
29
119
124
243
(365)
(16)
(84)
(126)
(591)
(348)
18
—
2
15
—
35
(15)
(12)
(13)
—
(34)
(2)
—
—
(13)
(25)
(8)
(1)
(12)
(76)
1
(3)
(11)
(16)
(20)
(1)
(1)
(98)
(69)
—
—
(8)
(20)
(11)
(7)
(1)
—
(60)
(25)
(1)
Includes £81 million interest income and £(522) million interest charge in respect of
financial assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value through income
statement (2022 – £27 million income and £(417) million charge; 2021 – £28 million
income and £(429) million charge).
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
Diageo Annual Report 2023
181
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
6. Investments in associates and joint ventures
Accounting policies
An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long-term
equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant
influence. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties
that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net
assets of the arrangement. The group’s interest in the net assets of
associates and joint ventures is reported in investments in the
consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results (net of tax)
is included in the consolidated income statement below the group’s
operating profit. Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at
cost including transaction costs. Investments in associates and joint
ventures are reviewed for impairment whenever events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value
with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the
higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the
group’s share of the associate’s future cash flows and its fair value
less costs of disposal.
Diageo’s principal associate is Moët Hennessy of which Diageo owns
34%. Moët Hennessy is the wines and spirits division of LVMH Moët
Hennessy Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is
listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in
France and is a producer and exporter of champagne and cognac
brands.
A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established
with LVMH in Asia Pacific and France, principally covering distribution of
Diageo’s Scotch whisky and gin premium brands and Moët Hennessy’s
champagne and cognac premium brands. Diageo and LVMH have
each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities
competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain
certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a non-controlling
shareholder in Moët Hennessy.
(a) An analysis of the movement in the group’s investments in
associates and joint ventures is as follows:
Cost less provisions
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Additions
Share of profit/(loss) after tax
Dividends
Share of movements in other
comprehensive income and equity
Impairment charged during the year
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Additions
Share of profit/(loss) after tax
Step acquisition
Dividends
Share of movements in other
comprehensive income and equity
Transfer
Impairment charged during the year
At 30 June 2023
Moët
Hennessy
£ million
Others
£ million
Total
£ million
3,128
180
3,308
48
—
425
(186)
(6)
—
12
65
(8)
(4)
—
(2)
60
65
417
(190)
(6)
(2)
3,409
243
3,652
(51)
—
379
—
(214)
36
—
—
3,559
(8)
93
(9)
(17)
(5)
—
1
(28)
270
(59)
93
370
(17)
(219)
36
1
(28)
3,829
(i)
(ii)
Investment in associates includes loans given to and preference shares invested in
associates of £168 million (2022 – £163 million).
If certain performance targets are met by associates in the Distill Ventures programme,
an additional £27 million (2022 – £22 million) will be invested in those associates.
(b) Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS as
endorsed by the EU in euros to 31 December each year. The results were
adjusted for alignment with Diageo accounting policies and were
translated at £1 = €1.15 (2022 – £1 = €1.18; 2021 – £1 = €1.13).
Income statement information for the three years ended 30 June
2023 and balance sheet information as at 30 June 2023 and 30 June
2022 of Moët Hennessy are as follows:
Sales
Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income
2023
£ million
6,003
1,117
1,161
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
5,553
4,819
1,250
1,269
985
999
Non-current assets
Current assets
Total assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
2023
£ million
6,774
9,155
2022
£ million
5,957
8,447
15,929
14,404
(2,108)
(1,791)
(3,160)
(2,415)
(5,268)
(4,206)
10,661
10,198
(i)
Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy’s
brands and translated at £1 = €1.17 (2022 – £1 = €1.16).
(c) Information on transactions between the group and its associates
and joint ventures is disclosed in note 21.
(d) Investments in associates and joint ventures comprise the cost of
shares less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of
£1,384 million (2022 – £1,340 million), plus the group’s share of post
acquisition reserves of £2,445 million (2022 – £2,312 million).
(e) The associates and joint ventures have not reported any material
contingent liabilities in their latest financial statements.
7. Taxation
Accounting policies
Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different from accounting profit due to temporary differences between
accounting and tax treatments, and due to items that are never taxable or tax deductible. Tax treatments are not recognised unless it is
probable that a tax authority will accept the treatment. Once considered to be probable, tax treatments are reviewed each year to assess
whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the treatment on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or
litigation with the relevant tax authorities. Tax provisions are included in current liabilities. Penalties and interest on tax liabilities are included
in operating profit and finance charges, respectively.
Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and their value for tax purposes, except for deferred tax provision arising on goodwill from business combinations. The amount of
deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying
amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets
are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in
respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is
probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. Management is required to estimate the
amount that should be recognised as a tax liability or tax asset in many countries which are subject to tax audits which by their nature are
often complex and can take several years to resolve; current tax balances are based on such estimations. Tax provisions are based on
management’s judgement and interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However, the actual tax liabilities
could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could
have a material impact on the group’s profit for the year.
The evaluation of deferred tax asset recoverability requires estimates to be made regarding the availability of future taxable income. For
brands with an indefinite life, management’s intention is to recover the book value through a potential sale in the future, and therefore the
deferred tax on the brand value is generally recognised using the appropriate country capital gains tax rate. To the extent brands with an
indefinite life have been impaired, management considers this to be an indication of recovery through use and in such a case deferred tax
on the brand value is recognised using the appropriate country corporate income tax rate.
(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year
United Kingdom
Rest of world
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
2023
£ million
Total
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
Current tax
Current year
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Changes in tax rates
Adjustments in respect of prior years
160
33
193
25
—
6
31
174
10
184
—
2
—
2
100
1
101
13
46
8
67
879
(39)
840
(70)
11
(35)
(94)
Taxation on profit
224
186
168
746
867
16
883
21
1
(42)
(20)
863
684
1,039
28
712
(6)
1,033
1,041
26
1,067
18
32
(23)
27
739
(45)
11
(29)
(63)
21
3
(42)
(18)
970
1,049
907
784
29
813
31
78
(15)
94
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
182
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
183
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(b) Exceptional tax (credits)/charges
The taxation charge includes the following exceptional items:
Brand impairment(1)
US guarantee fee claim(2)
Supply chain agility programme
Distribution termination fee
Disposal of businesses and brands(3)
Winding down Russian operations
Tax rate change in the United Kingdom(4)
Tax rate change in the Netherlands(5)
Other items
2023
£ million
(124)
(57)
(23)
(11)
29
—
—
—
—
(186)
2022
£ million
(55)
—
—
—
23
3
—
—
(2)
(31)
2021
£ million
—
—
—
—
—
—
46
42
(4)
84
(1)
(2)
(3)
In the year ended 30 June 2023, an exceptional tax credit of £124 million was recognised mainly in respect of the impairment of the McDowell's brand. In the year ended 30 June 2022,
the exceptional tax credit of £55 million consists of tax impact on the impairment of the McDowell's and Bell's brands for £35 million and £20 million, respectively.
In the year ended 30 June 2023, an exceptional tax credit of £57 million was recognised in respect of the deductibility of fees paid to Diageo plc for guaranteeing externally issued debt
of US group entities. Following engagement with the tax authorities, guarantee fees for the periods ended 30 June 2012 to 30 June 2022 are fully deductible.
In the year ended 30 June 2023, the exceptional net tax charge of £29 million mainly comprised of a tax charge of £42 million in respect of the sale of Guinness Cameroun S.A., partly
offset by a tax credit of £10 million in respect of the sale of certain USL businesses. In the year ended 30 June 2022, a £23 million exceptional tax charge was recognised in respect of the
gain on the sale of the Picon brand.
(4) On 24 May 2021, legislation was substantively enacted in the UK to increase the corporate tax rate to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023. As a result of the change, an exceptional tax
charge of £46 million was recognised for the year ended 30 June 2021 in relation to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities. In addition, there was a one-off charge of
£48 million to other comprehensive income and equity, mainly in respect of the remeasurement of the deferred tax liabilities on the post employment assets.
(5) On 15 December 2020, legislation was substantively enacted in the Netherlands to maintain the headline corporate tax rate at 25%, reversing a previously enacted reduction in the
corporate tax rate to 21.7% from 2021. As a result of the change, an exceptional tax charge of £42 million was recognised for the year ended 30 June 2021 in relation to the
remeasurement of deferred tax liabilities. In the year ended 30 June 2022, the Dutch Senate enacted an increased tax rate of 25.8%. The remeasurement of deferred tax liabilities was
recognised as an underlying tax charge.
(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges
Profit before taxation
Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate
Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint
ventures
Differences in overseas tax rates
Disposal of businesses and brands
Other items not chargeable
Impairment
Other items not deductible
Irrecoverable withholding taxes
Movement in provision in respect of uncertain tax positions(1)
Changes in tax rates(2)
Adjustments in respect of prior years(3)
Taxation on profit
Tax rate before exceptional items
2023
£ million
4,736
971
(76)
95
(42)
(63)
(2)
71
38
27
11
(60)
970
—
2023
%
20.5
(1.6)
2.0
(0.9)
(1.3)
—
1.5
0.8
0.6
0.2
(1.3)
20.5
23.0
2022
£ million
4,387
833
(79)
161
21
(49)
36
58
39
42
3
(16)
1,049
—
2022
%
19.0
(1.8)
3.7
0.5
(1.1)
0.8
1.3
0.9
0.9
0.1
(0.4)
23.9
22.5
2021
£ million
3,706
704
(63)
128
(2)
(52)
—
67
25
1
78
21
907
—
2021
%
19.0
(1.7)
3.5
(0.1)
(1.4)
—
1.8
0.7
—
2.1
0.6
24.5
22.2
(1) Movement in provision in respect of uncertain tax positions includes both current and prior year uncertain tax position movements.
(2) Changes in tax rates for the year ended 30 June 2021 are mainly due to the tax rate change in the Netherlands and the United Kingdom.
(3) Excludes prior year movement in provisions. Also included an exceptional tax credit of £57 million in respect of the deductibility of fees paid to Diageo plc for guaranteeing externally
issued debt of its US group entities.
The table above reconciles the notional taxation charge calculated at the UK tax rate, to the actual total tax charge. As a group operating in
multiple countries, the actual tax rates applicable to profits in those countries are different from the UK tax rate. The impact is shown in the table
above as differences in overseas tax rates. The group’s worldwide business leads to the consideration of a number of important factors which may
affect future tax charges, such as the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax
regime reforms, acquisitions, disposals, restructuring activities, and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.
Significant ongoing changes in the international tax environment and an increase in global tax audit activity means that tax uncertainties and
associated risks have been gradually increasing. In the medium term, these risks could result in an increase in tax liabilities or adjustments to the
carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. See note 19 (f).
The group has a number of ongoing tax audits worldwide for which provisions are recognised in line with the relevant accounting standard,
taking into account best estimates and management’s judgements concerning the ultimate outcome of the tax audits. For the year ended 30 June
2023, ongoing audits that are provided for individually are not expected to result in a material tax liability. The current tax asset of £232 million (30
June 2022 – £149 million) and tax liability of £135 million (30 June 2022 – £252 million) include £173 million (30 June 2022 – £156 million) of
provisions for tax uncertainties.
The cash tax paid in the year ended 30 June 2023 amounts to £1,201 million (30 June 2022 – £949 million) and is £231 million higher than the
current tax charge (30 June 2022 – £100 million lower). This arises as a result of timing differences between the accrual of income taxes, the
movement in the provision for uncertain tax positions and the actual payment of cash.
In December 2021, the OECD released a framework for Pillar Two Model Rules which will introduce a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15%
applicable to multinational enterprise groups with global revenue over €750 million. The legislation implementing the rules in the UK was
substantively enacted on 20 June 2023 and will apply to Diageo from the financial year ending 30 June 2025 onwards. Diageo is reviewing this
legislation and also monitoring the status of implementation of the model rules outside of the UK to understand the potential impact on the group.
Diageo has applied the temporary exception under IAS 12 in relation to the accounting for deferred taxes arising from the implementation of the
Pillar Two rules.
(d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax recognised in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax (liabilities)/assets:
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Recognised in income statement
Reclassification
Recognised in other comprehensive loss and equity
Tax rate change – recognised in income statement
Tax rate change – recognised in other comprehensive loss and equity
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Sale of businesses
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Recognised in income statement
Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity
Tax rate change – recognised in income statement
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Transfer from asset held for sale
Sale of businesses
At 30 June 2023
Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million
(381)
(21)
(42)
2
(20)
(1)
—
—
(5)
Intangible
assets
£ million
(1,636)
(155)
(3)
40
(104)
(3)
—
(31)
—
(468)
(1,892)
33
(30)
(6)
(1)
—
(2)
10
113
93
(30)
(12)
(71)
(37)
—
(464)
(1,836)
Post
employment
plans
£ million
Tax losses
£ million
Other
temporary
differences(1)
£ million
(129)
3
(10)
—
(103)
—
(22)
—
—
(261)
(3)
2
152
(1)
—
—
(1)
(112)
57
244
3
2
—
—
1
—
—
—
63
1
(15)
—
—
—
—
—
49
17
74
(7)
20
—
2
—
3
353
(10)
24
(50)
3
—
5
(4)
321
Total
£ million
(1,845)
(153)
21
35
(207)
(3)
(20)
(31)
(2)
(2,205)
134
74
66
(11)
(71)
(34)
5
(2,042)
(1) Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes hyperinflation, fair value movement on cross-currency swaps, interest and finance costs, share-based payments and intra-group
sales of products.
After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities that relate to taxes
levied by the same taxation authority on the same taxable fiscal unit,
the net deferred tax liability comprises:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
2023
£ million
141
2022
£ million
114
(2,183)
(2,319)
(2,042)
(2,205)
Deferred tax assets of £141 million include £65 million (2022 – £47
million) arising in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses, primarily in
Germany and Brazil. It is considered more likely than not that there will
be sufficient future taxable profits to realise these deferred tax assets,
which for the most part arose on losses from a historic one-off
transaction, and on existing provisions. The majority of deferred tax
assets can be carried forward indefinitely. From the total recognised tax
losses of £49 million, it is expected that £10 million will be utilised in the
year ending 30 June 2024.
(e) Unrecognised deferred tax assets
The following table shows the tax value of tax losses which has not been
recognised due to uncertainty over their utilisation in future periods. The
gross value of those losses is £632 million (2022 – £674 million).
Capital losses – indefinite
Trading losses – indefinite
Trading and capital losses – expiry dates up to 2032
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
98
24
39
161
98
25
46
169
Additionally, no deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of
certain temporary differences arising from brand valuations, as the
group is not planning to sell those brands thus the benefit from the
temporary differences is unlikely to be realised.
(f) Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities
Relevant legislation largely exempts overseas dividends remitted from
tax. A tax liability is more likely to arise in respect of withholding taxes
levied by the overseas jurisdiction. Deferred tax is provided where there
is an intention to distribute earnings, and a tax liability arises. It is
impractical to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax
liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.
The aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of
investments in subsidiaries, branches, interests in associates and joint
ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is
approximately £19.8 billion (2022 – £21.0 billion).
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
184
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
185
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Operating assets and liabilities
Introduction
This section describes the assets used in the group’s operations and the liabilities incurred. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are
included in section ‘Risk management and capital structure’ and balance sheet information in respect of associates, joint ventures and taxation are
covered in section ‘Results for the year’. This section also provides detailed disclosures on the group’s recent acquisitions and disposals, performance
and financial position of its defined benefit post employment plans.
8. Acquisition and sale of businesses and brands and purchase of non-controlling interests
Accounting policies
The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of
the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to,
the date that control passes.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are
measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent
consideration. Among other factors, the group considers the nature of, and compensation for the selling shareholders' continuing
employment to determine if any contingent payments are for post-combination employee services, which are excluded from consideration.
On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of
acquisition, are attributed to the net assets, including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable
acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.
The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder’s
proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.
Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling
interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling
interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability in respect of put options are recognised in retained earnings.
Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in retained earnings.
For all entities in which the company directly or indirectly owns equity, a judgement is made to determine whether it controls and therefore
should fully consolidate the investee. An assessment is carried out to determine whether the group has the exposure or rights to the variable
returns of the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. To establish control, an analysis is carried
out of the substantive and protective rights that the group and the other investors hold. This assessment is dependent on the activities and
purpose of the investee and the rights of the other shareholders, such as which party controls the board, executive committee and material
policies of the investee. Determining whether the rights that the group holds are substantive, requires management judgement.
Where less than 50% of the equity of an investee is held, and the group holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder
or organised group of vote holders, this may be an indicator of de facto control. An assessment is needed to determine all the factors
relevant to the relationship with the investee to ascertain whether control has been established and whether the investee should be
consolidated as a subsidiary. Where voting power and returns from an investment are split equally between two entities then the
arrangement is accounted for as a joint venture.
On an acquisition, fair values are attributed to the assets and liabilities acquired. This may involve material judgement to determine these
values.
(a) Acquisition of businesses
Fair value of net assets acquired and cash consideration paid in respect of the acquisition of subsidiaries in the three years ended 30 June 2023
were as follows:
Brands and other intangibles
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Other working capital
Deferred tax
Borrowings
(Overdraft)/Cash
Fair value of assets and liabilities
Goodwill arising on acquisition
Settlement of pre-existing relationship
Step acquisitions
Consideration payable
Satisfied by:
Cash consideration paid
Contingent consideration payable
Deferred consideration payable
Don Papa
£ million
293
1
6
(2)
(67)
—
(1)
230
64
—
—
294
(218)
(72)
(4)
(294)
Net assets acquired and consideration
Other
£ million
2023
£ million
45
24
21
(1)
(4)
—
1
86
28
—
(11)
103
(98)
(4)
(1)
(103)
338
25
27
(3)
(71)
—
—
316
92
—
(11)
397
(316)
(76)
(5)
(397)
2022
£ million
120
2021
£ million
334
—
6
3
(31)
—
1
99
70
(1)
(6)
162
(88)
(70)
(4)
(162)
15
12
(3)
(15)
(8)
4
339
274
—
—
613
(358)
(253)
(2)
(613)
Cash consideration paid in respect of the acquisition of businesses and
purchase of shares of non-controlling interests in the three years ended
30 June 2023 were as follows:
Acquisitions in the year - subsidiaries
Cash consideration paid
Cash acquired
Prior year acquisitions - subsidiaries
Contingent consideration paid for
Casamigos
Other consideration
Investments in associates
Cash consideration paid
Capital injection
Net cash outflow on acquisition of
businesses
Purchase of shares of non-controlling
interests
Total net cash outflow
Consideration
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
(316)
(88)
(358)
—
—
(26)
(14)
(79)
1
4
(83)
(36)
(4)
(61)
(89)
(7)
—
(38)
(435)
(271)
(488)
(146)
(581)
—
(42)
(271)
(530)
Acquisitions in the year
On 10 March 2023, Diageo completed the acquisition of Kanlaon
Limited and Chat Noir Co. Inc., (the owner of Don Papa Rum) to
support Diageo’s participation in the super-premium dark rum segment
for upfront cash consideration of €246 million (£218 million), deferred
consideration of €4 million (£4 million) and contingent consideration of
up to €178 million (£158 million) through to 2028 subject to certain
financial performance targets, reflecting the brand’s expected growth
potential. The fair value of the contingent consideration of €82 million
(£72 million) was estimated by calculating the present value of the
future expected cash flows which is dependent on management’s
estimates in respect of the forecasting of future cash flows and the
discount rates applicable to the future cash flows. The goodwill arising
on the acquisition of Don Papa Rum represents expected revenue
synergies and the acquired workforce. Don Papa Rum contributed
£10 million to net sales and £15 million operating loss to the period, out
of which £15 million is related to acquisition transaction and integration
costs in the year ended 30 June 2023. The fair value measurement of
assets and liabilities acquired is in progress. The fair values of assets
and liabilities acquired are provisional and will be finalised in the year
ending 30 June 2024.
Diageo completed further acquisitions in the year ended 30 June
2023: (i) on 29 September 2022, the acquisition of the remaining issued
share capital of Mr Black Spirits Pty Ltd, owner of Mr Black, the
Australian premium cold brew coffee liqueur, that it did not already
own; and (ii) on 2 November 2022, the acquisition of the entire issued
share capital of Balcones Distilling, a Texas craft distiller and one of the
leading producers of American single malt whiskey in the United States.
The aggregate up-front cash consideration paid on completion of these
transactions in the year ended 30 June 2023 was £98 million.
Prior year acquisitions
On 31 March 2022, Diageo acquired 100% equity interest in 21Seeds, to
support Diageo's participation in the super premium flavoured tequila
segment, for a total consideration of £62 million upfront in cash and a
contingent consideration of up to £61 million linked to performance
targets.
Diageo completed further acquisitions in the year ended 30 June
2022, including (i) on 27 January 2022, the acquisition of Casa UM, to
expand Reserve portfolio with premium artisanal mezcal brand, Mezcal
Unión and (ii) on 29 June 2022, the acquisition of Vivanda, owner of the
technology behind 'What's your Whisky' platform and the Journey of
Flavour experience at Johnnie Walker Princes Street, to support
Diageo's ambition to provide customised brand experiences across all
channels. The aggregate upfront cash consideration paid on
completion of these transactions in the year ended 30 June 2022 was
£26 million. In addition, these transactions included provision for further
contingent consideration of up to £18 million in aggregate, linked to
performance targets and a further deferred consideration of £4 million.
On 30 September 2020, Diageo completed the acquisition of
Aviation Gin LLC (Aviation Gin) and Davos Brands LLC (Davos Brands)
to support Diageo's participation in the super-premium gin segment for
a total consideration of $337 million (£263 million) upfront in cash and
contingent consideration of up to $275 million (£214 million) linked to
performance targets.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
186
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
187
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Diageo also completed a number of additional acquisitions in the year
ended 30 June 2021, comprising: (i) in February 2021, the acquisition of
Chase Distillery Limited, to further support Diageo's participation in the
premium-plus gin segment in the United Kingdom; (ii) in March 2021,
the acquisition of Far West Spirits LLC, owner of the Lone River Ranch
Water brand, to improve Diageo's participation in the ready to drink
category in the United States; and (iii) in April 2021, the acquisition of
Sons of Liberty Spirits Company, to expand Diageo's spirits-based ready
to drink portfolio with Loyal 9 Cocktails. The aggregate upfront cash
consideration paid on completion of these three transactions in the year
ended 30 June 2021 was £95 million. In addition, two of these
transactions included provision for further contingent consideration of
up to £86 million in aggregate, in each case linked to performance
targets, and one of the transactions provided for a further £2 million of
deferred consideration, of which £1 million was paid by 30 June 2021.
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests
On 24 March 2023, Diageo completed the purchase of 14.97% of the
share capital of EABL for an aggregate consideration of KES 22,732
million (£142 million) in cash and transaction costs of £4 million. This
took Diageo’s shareholding in EABL from 50.03% to 65%. EABL was
already controlled and therefore consolidated prior to this transaction.
In the year ended 30 June 2021, EABL, a Diageo subsidiary
completed the acquisition of 30% of shares in Serengeti Breweries
Limited for a consideration of $55 million (£42 million) in cash and
£16 million in the form of shareholder loan from two Diageo subsidiaries
in 2021, increasing Diageo's effective economic interest from 40.2% to
47.0%.
All transactions were recognised in retained earnings.
(b) Sale of businesses and brands
Cash consideration received and net assets disposed of in respect of sale of businesses and brands in the three years ended 30 June 2023 were as
follows:
Sale consideration
Cash received
(Cash)/overdraft disposed of
Transaction and other directly attributable costs paid
Net cash received
Transaction costs payable
Net assets disposed of
Goodwill
Property, plant and equipment
Assets and liabilities held for sale
Inventories
Other working capital
Other borrowings
Corporate tax
Deferred tax
Post employment benefit liabilities
Impairment charge recognised up until the date of sale
Exchange recycled from other comprehensive income
Gain/(loss) on disposal before taxation
Taxation
Gain/(loss) on disposal after taxation
Guinness
Cameroun S.A.
£ million
Other
£ million
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
384
(13)
(17)
354
(8)
346
—
(103)
—
(24)
69
2
(3)
5
4
(50)
(3)
17
310
(42)
268
115
—
(7)
108
3
111
—
(3)
(79)
(4)
—
—
—
—
—
(86)
—
1
26
13
39
499
(13)
(24)
462
(5)
457
—
(106)
(79)
(28)
69
2
(3)
5
4
(136)
(3)
18
336
(29)
307
106
2
(26)
82
(16)
66
(14)
(11)
—
(4)
15
1
(5)
(2)
—
(20)
—
(63)
(17)
(23)
(40)
14
—
—
14
1
15
—
(2)
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
(1)
—
—
14
—
14
On 26 May 2023, Diageo completed the sale of Guinness Cameroun S.A., its brewery in Cameroon. The aggregate consideration for the disposal
was £384 million, the disposed net asset of £63 million mainly included property, plant and equipment and trade and other payables. The
transaction resulted in a non-operating exceptional gain of £310 million. The disposed Cameroon operations contributed net sales of £101 million
(2022 – £124 million; 2021 – £113 million), operating profit of £26 million (2022– £27 million; 2021– £22 million) in the year ended 30 June 2023.
On 30 September 2022, Diageo completed the sale of the Popular brands of its USL business. The aggregate consideration for the disposal was
£87 million, the disposed net assets included net working capital of £31 million and brands of £22 million, and £16 million goodwill was
derecognised. The transaction resulted in a non-operating exceptional gain of £4 million. Popular brands contributed net sales of £34 million (2022–
£139 million; 2021 – £148 million), operating profit of £5 million (2022– £26 million; 2021– £30 million) in the year ended 30 June 2023.
On 25 April 2022, Diageo sold its Ethiopian subsidiary, Meta Abo Brewery Share Company. A loss of £95 million was recognised as a non-
operating item attributable to the sale, including cumulative translation losses in the amount of £63 million recycled to the income statement.
On 10 May 2022, Diageo completed the sale of the Picon brand for an upfront consideration of €117 million (£100 million). The gain of
£91 million, net of disposal cost, was recognised as a non-operating item in the income statement.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, ZAR 133 million (£6 million) (2021 – £10 million) of deferred consideration was paid to Diageo in respect of the
sale of United National Breweries. The disposal was completed on 1 April 2020 for an aggregate consideration of ZAR 600 million (£27 million) from
which ZAR 378 million (£17 million) was deferred.
Prior year disposals further included the sale of certain USL subsidiaries in the year ended 30 June 2021 for an aggregate consideration of £3 million,
which resulted in an exceptional gain of £3 million.
(c) Assets and liabilities held for sale
Assets and liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2022 included Diageo’s Windsor business in Korea and the portfolio of Popular brands of USL.
In March 2022, Diageo agreed to sell its Windsor business in Korea to Bayside/Metis Private Equity Consortium. On 27 September 2022, Diageo
announced the termination of the conditional agreement. Consequently, the recoverable assets and liabilities attributable to the business were
reclassified out of held for sale.
On 27 May 2022, USL reached agreement with Inbrew Beverages Pvt Limited for the sale of Popular brands. On 30 September 2022, Diageo
announced the completion of the sale of the selected Popular brands, accordingly the assets and liabilities attributable to the business were
disposed from held for sale.
9. Intangible assets
Accounting policies
Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.
Acquired brands and other intangible assets are initially recognised at fair value if they are controlled through contractual or other legal
rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Where these assets are regarded as
having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised.
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests and the fair
value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. Goodwill arising on
acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been reinstated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1
July 1998 has been capitalised.
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is based on their useful economic lives and they are amortised on a straight-line basis
and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and
intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least
annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. Impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the
recoverable amount (where recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use) and in case the net
carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount an impairment charge is recognised. Amortisation and any impairment write downs are
charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.
Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and
useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Assessment of the recoverable amount of an intangible asset and the useful economic life of an asset are based on management's estimates.
Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.
Value in use and fair value less costs of disposal are both considered for these reviews and any impairment charge is based on these. The
tests are dependent on management’s estimates in respect of the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applicable to the future
cash flows and what expected growth rates are reasonable. Judgement is required in determining the cash-generating units. Such estimates
and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from forecasts.
The below additional considerations have been applied by management regarding the potential financial impacts of increasing
inflationary pressures, recently observable worldwide:
• changes in the interest rate environment are taken into consideration when determining the discount rates;
• terminal growth rates do not exceed the long-term annual inflation rate of the country or region, thus excluding any increased inflation
growth experienced in the short-term;
• additional sensitivity scenarios are applied for those markets or regions where the inflation and/or the exchange devaluation is
considered significant based on management’s judgement.
Consideration of climate risk impact
The impact of climate risk on the future cash flows has also been considered for scenarios analysed in line with the climate change risk
assessment. The climate change scenario analyses performed in 2023 – conducted in line with TCFD recommendations (‘Transition
Scenario’ (RCP 2.6), a ‘Moderate Warming’ Scenario (RCP 4.5) and a ‘Severe Warming Scenario (RCP 8.5)) – identified no material financial
impact to the current year impairment assessments.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
188
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
189
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Brands
£ million
Goodwill
£ million
Other
intangibles
£ million
Computer
software
£ million
8,458
2,627
1,421
Cost
At 30 June 2021
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of Turkey
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification to asset held for sale
At 30 June 2022
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of Turkey
Exchange differences
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification from/(to) asset held for sale
At 30 June 2023
Amortisation and impairment
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Amortisation for the year
Impairment
Disposals
Reclassification to asset held for sale
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Amortisation for the year
Impairment
Disposals
Reclassification from/(to) asset held for sale
At 30 June 2023
Carrying amount
At 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022
At 30 June 2021
Total
£ million
13,179
524
1,006
301
(88)
(568)
14,354
141
(868)
598
(26)
424
14,623
673
1
28
67
(23)
(8)
738
—
(16)
155
(26)
—
851
—
194
55
—
—
1,670
—
(64)
13
—
—
1,619
80
568
2,415
(1)
7
—
—
—
86
(1)
16
—
—
—
101
1,518
1,584
1,341
25
38
—
(20)
(8)
603
(15)
40
—
(24)
—
604
247
135
105
135
45
336
(71)
(408)
2,452
(173)
56
498
(24)
302
3,111
11,512
11,902
10,764
315
639
109
(23)
(560)
8,938
81
208
145
70
(42)
—
3,008
60
(531)
(257)
338
—
453
9,279
1,097
51
—
317
(23)
(400)
1,042
(96)
—
498
—
315
1,759
7,520
7,896
7,361
92
—
(29)
2,874
670
60
—
19
(28)
—
721
(61)
—
—
—
(13)
647
2,227
2,287
1,957
(a) Brands
The principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:
Crown Royal whisky
Captain Morgan rum
Smirnoff vodka
Johnnie Walker whisky
Casamigos tequila
McDowell's No.1 whisky, rum and brandy
Don Papa rum
Yenì raki
Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit
Don Julio tequila
Aviation American gin
Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey
Signature whisky
Zacapa rum
Black Dog whisky
Antiquity whisky
Windsor Premier whisky
Gordon's gin
Bell's whisky
Other brands
Principal markets
United States
Global
Global
Global
United States
India
Europe
Turkey
Greater China
United States
United States
United States
India
Global
India
India
Korea
Europe
Europe
The brands are protected by trademarks which are renewable indefinitely
in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed
to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful
lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that
obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being
commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally
created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the Directors believe
that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite
lives for accounting purposes and are therefore not amortised.
(b) Goodwill
For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to
the following cash-generating units:
North America
Europe
Turkey
Asia Pacific
Greater China
India
Latin America and Caribbean – Mexico
Other cash-generating units
2023
£ million
767
2022
£ million
773
216
255
124
673
161
286
141
747
142
229
2,227
2,287
Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of businesses and includes synergies
arising from cost savings, the opportunity to utilise Diageo’s distribution
network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension
of the group’s portfolio of brands in new markets around the world.
(c) Other intangibles
Other intangibles principally comprise distribution rights. Diageo owns
the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity,
and the Directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as
having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at
30 June 2023 was £1,428 million (2022 – £1,488 million).
2023
£ million
1,162
2022
£ million
1,210
954
654
625
479
308
282
249
246
235
209
177
176
152
149
145
137
119
102
993
681
625
499
778
—
294
279
207
218
184
191
158
162
158
—
119
102
960
7,520
1,038
7,896
(d) Impairment testing
Impairment tests are performed annually, or more frequently if events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. Recoverable amounts are calculated based on the value
in use approach, also considering fair value less costs of disposal. The
value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows
using the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the
terminal growth rate of each country or region. The individual brands,
other intangibles with indefinite useful lives and the associated property,
plant and equipment are aggregated as separate cash-generating
units. Separate tests are carried out for each cash-generating unit and
for each of the markets. Goodwill is attributed to each of the markets.
The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations are as
follows:
Cash flows
Cash flows are forecasted for each cash-generating unit for the financial
years based on management's approved plans and reflect the
following assumptions:
• Cash flows are projected based on the actual operating results and
a three-year strategic plan approved by management. Cash flows
are extrapolated up to five years using expected growth rates in line
with management’s best estimates. Growth rates reflect expectations
of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past
experience and external sources of information. A simple average of
these projections serves as the estimation of the recoverable amount
of the cash-generating units. Management has no information which
would indicate that any of the scenarios are more likely than others;
• The five-year forecast period is extended by up to an additional ten
years at acquisition date for some intangible assets and goodwill
when management believes that this period is justified by the
maturity of the market and expects to achieve growth in excess of
the terminal growth rate driven by Diageo’s sales, marketing and
distribution expertise. These cash flows beyond the five-year period
are projected using steady or progressively declining growth rates.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
190
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
191
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
The main exception is India and the USL brands, where the forecast
period is extended by an additional one year of detailed forecasts;
• Cash flows for the subsequent years after the forecast period are
extrapolated based on a terminal growth rate which does not
exceed the long-term annual inflation rate of the country or region.
Discount rates
The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which
reflect the returns on government bonds and an equity risk premium
adjusted for the drinks industry specific to the cash-generating units. The
group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the
valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to
applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.
For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating
unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands,
they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country
or countries where sales are made.
The pre-tax discount rates, terminal and long-term growth rates used
for impairment testing are as follows:
North America – United States
Europe
United Kingdom
Turkey
Asia Pacific
Australia
Korea
India
Greater China
Latin America and Caribbean
Brazil
Mexico
Africa
Africa Emerging Markets
South Africa
Nigeria
2023
2022
Pre-tax discount
rate
%
Terminal growth
rate
%
Long-term growth
rate
%
Pre-tax discount
rate
%
Terminal growth
rate
%
Long-term growth
rate
%
9
9
28
10
11
14
11
16
13
35
20
35
2
2
16
3
(2)
4
2
3
3
8
5
5
4
5
28
5
4
15
6
6
6
18
6
18
8
8
31
7
7
14
7
12
14
12
16
24
2
2
15
2
2
4
2
3
3
5
—
12
4
4
25
5
5
11
7
6
6
11
6
15
As a result of the impairment review, in the year ended 30 June 2023, an impairment charge of £420 million in respect of the McDowell's brand and
£24 million in respect of the Director’s Special brand were recognised in exceptional operating items. Value in use and fair value less costs of
disposal methodologies were both considered to assess the recoverable amount. The value in use that was calculated exceeded the fair value less
costs of disposal. The charge is mainly driven by the adverse inflationary environment and the reduction in forecast cash flow assumptions in Lower
Prestige and Popular segments in India. The brand impairment reduced the deferred tax liability by £111 million. The recoverable amount is
£379 million in respect of the McDowell's brand and £11 million in respect of the Director’s Special brand cash-generating units.
As a result of the impairment review, in the year ended 30 June 2023, an additional impairment charge of £54 million was recognised in
exceptional operating items in respect of some brands where book value was not recoverable. The charge is mainly driven by strategic change in
some categories as a result of the challenging operating environment and premiumisation. Value in use and fair value less costs of disposal
methodologies were both considered to assess the recoverable amount. The value in use that was calculated exceeded the fair value less costs of
disposal. The brand impairment reduced the deferred tax liability by £13 million.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, an impairment charge of £240 million in respect of the McDowell's brand was recognised in exceptional
operating items, based on its value in use. The brand impairment reduced the deferred tax liability by £35 million.
Further, in the year ended 30 June 2022, an impairment charge of £77 million in respect of the Bell’s brand was recognised in exceptional
operating items, based on its value in use. The impairment reduced the deferred tax liability attributable to the brand by £20 million.
In the year ended 30 June 2022, Diageo decided to wind down its operations in Russia. As a result, an impairment charge of £19 million in
respect of the Smirnov goodwill was recognised in exceptional operating items.
The Turkish economy became hyperinflationary for the year ended 30 June 2022, and an impairment charge of TRY 3,760 million (£312 million)
on the opening carrying amount of the Turkey cash-generating unit was recognised in retained earnings. From this impairment charge, TRY 1,627
million (£135 million) was directly attributable to the Yenì Raki brand and the remaining TRY 2,133 million (£177 million) impairment charge was
recognised on the Turkey goodwill.
(e) Sensitivity to change in key assumptions
Impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 2023 has identified the following cash-generating units as being sensitive to reasonably possible
changes in assumptions.
The table below shows the headroom at 30 June 2023 and the impairment charge that would be required if the assumptions in the calculation
of their value in use were changed:
Increase in discount rate
Decrease in terminal growth rate
Decrease in annual growth rate in
forecast period 2024-2029
Decrease in cash flows(1)
Carrying value
of CGU
£ million
Headroom
£ million
Reasonably
possible change
Potential
impairment
charge
£ million
Reasonably
possible change
Potential
impairment
charge
£ million
Reasonably
possible change
Potential
impairment
charge
£ million
Reasonably
possible change
Potential
impairment
charge
£ million
McDowell's
379
—
1ppt
(38)
1ppt
(26)
2ppt
(67)
10 %
(76)
(1)
Including reasonably possible changes in productivity saving assumptions.
192
Diageo Annual Report 2023
10. Property, plant and equipment
Accounting policies
Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are generally depreciated
over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual
values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives
fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and
equipment – 5 to 40 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.
Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried
at above their recoverable amounts.
Government grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which
they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted
from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.
Cost
At 30 June 2021
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of Turkey and Venezuela
Exchange differences
Sale of businesses
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Reclassification to assets held for sale
At 30 June 2022
Hyperinflation adjustment in respect of Turkey and Venezuela
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Sale of businesses
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Reclassification from assets held for sale
At 30 June 2023
Depreciation
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Depreciation charge for the year
Exceptional impairment
Sale of businesses
Disposals
Transfers
Reclassification to assets held for sale
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Depreciation charge for the year
Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment
Sale of businesses
Disposals
Reclassification from assets held for sale
At 30 June 2023
Carrying amount
At 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022
At 30 June 2021
Land and
buildings
£ million
Plant and
equipment
£ million
Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million
Returnable
bottles and
crates
£ million
Under
construction
£ million
Total
£ million
2,160
56
107
(4)
230
(65)
177
(8)
2,653
5
(166)
8
(35)
111
(64)
146
2
2,660
658
31
125
2
(4)
(62)
5
(5)
750
(38)
125
31
(21)
(63)
—
784
1,876
1,903
1,502
4,714
32
226
(58)
245
(122)
249
(25)
5,261
10
(331)
14
(147)
214
(141)
238
—
5,118
2,218
94
276
1
(50)
(113)
4
(16)
2,414
(176)
269
41
(80)
(130)
—
2,338
2,780
2,847
2,496
121
2
1
(3)
8
(15)
10
—
124
1
(6)
—
(3)
13
(12)
12
1
130
86
1
14
—
(2)
(13)
(9)
—
77
(3)
13
—
(2)
(11)
1
75
55
47
35
528
—
11
(19)
41
(32)
13
—
542
—
(49)
3
(55)
50
(105)
28
—
414
371
9
29
—
(18)
(30)
—
—
361
(27)
33
—
(34)
(103)
—
230
184
181
157
659
7
45
(1)
612
(3)
(449)
—
870
4
(30)
—
(3)
832
(2)
(424)
—
1,247
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,247
870
659
8,182
97
390
(85)
1,136
(237)
—
(33)
9,450
20
(582)
25
(243)
1,220
(324)
—
3
9,569
3,333
135
444
3
(74)
(218)
—
(21)
3,602
(244)
440
72
(137)
(307)
1
3,427
6,142
5,848
4,849
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £1,481 million (2022 – £1,444 million), long leaseholds of £3 million (2022 – £3 million) and
short leaseholds of £389 million (2022 – £410 million). Depreciation was not charged on £141 million (2022 – £114 million) of land.
Property, plant and equipment is net of a government grant of £147 million (2022 – £153 million) received in prior years in respect of the
construction of a rum distillery in the US Virgin Islands.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
193
(a) Movement in right-of-use assets
The company principally leases warehouses, office buildings, plant and
machinery, cars and distribution vehicles in the ordinary course of
business.
Land and
buildings
£ million
Plant and
equipment
£ million
Under
construction
£ million
Total
£ million
230
26
129
29
(1)
(6)
(54)
353
(3)
45
1
(1)
(56)
339
184
14
56
—
(1)
—
(41)
212
(23)
37
1
(1)
(39)
187
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Additions
Transfers
Reclassification to
assets held for sale
Disposals
Depreciation
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Additions
Reclassification from
assets held for sale
Derecognition due to
disposal of business
Depreciation
At 30 June 2023
(b) Lease liabilities
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
29
—
—
(29)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
443
40
185
—
(2)
(6)
(95)
565
(26)
82
2
(2)
(95)
526
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
(75)
(373)
(448)
(85)
(390)
(475)
The future cash outflows, which are not included in lease liabilities on
the balance sheet, in respect of extension and termination options
which are not reasonably expected to be exercised are estimated at
£261 million (2022 – £282 million).
(c) Amounts recognised in the consolidated income
statement
In the year ended 30 June 2023, other external charges (within other
operating items) included £57 million (2022 – £39 million) in respect
of leases of low value assets and short term leases and £4 million (2022
– £9 million) in respect of variable lease payments. Refer to note 5 for
further information relating to the interest expenses on lease liabilities.
The total cash outflow for leases in the year ended 30 June 2023 was
£172 million (2022 – £154 million).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
11. Biological assets
Accounting policies
Biological assets held by the group consist of agave (Agave Azul
Tequilana Weber) plants. The harvested plants are used during
the production of tequila.
Biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell
on initial recognition and at the end of each reporting period
based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at an
appropriate rate for Mexico.
Agricultural produce is measured at fair value less costs to
sell at the point of harvest which is used as the cost of inventory
when the harvested agave is transferred.
Changes in biological assets were as follows:
Fair value
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Transferred to inventories
Fair value change
Farming cost capitalised
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Transferred to inventories
Fair value change
Farming cost capitalised
At 30 June 2023
Biological
assets
£ million
66
10
(11)
(5)
34
94
15
(8)
—
55
156
At 30 June 2023, the number of agave plants was approximately
37 million (2022 – 33 million), ranging from new plantations up to seven
year-old plants.
12. Leases
Accounting policies
Where the group is the lessee, all leases are recognised on the
balance sheet as right-of-use assets and depreciated on a
straight-line basis with the charge recognised in cost of sales or
in other operating items depending on the nature of the costs.
The liability, recognised as part of net borrowings, is measured at
a discounted value and any interest is charged to finance
charges.
The group recognises services associated with a lease as
other operating expenses. Payments associated with leases
where the value of the asset when it is new is lower than $5,000
(leases of low value assets) and leases with a lease term of 12
months or less (short term leases) are recognised as other
operating expenses. A judgement in calculating the lease
liability at initial recognition includes determining the lease term
where extension or termination options exist. In such instances,
any economic incentive to retain or end a lease are considered
and extension periods are only included when it is considered
reasonably certain that an option to extend a lease will be
exercised.
13. Other investments
14. Post employment benefits
Accounting policies
Other investments are equity investments that are not classified
as investments in associates or joint arrangements nor
investments in subsidiaries. They are included in non-current
assets. Subsequent to initial measurement, other investments are
stated at fair value. Gains and losses arising from the changes in
fair value are recognised in the income statement or in other
comprehensive income on a case by case basis. Accumulated
gains and losses included in other comprehensive income are
not recycled to the income statement. Dividends from other
investments are recognised in the consolidated income
statement.
Loans receivable are non-derivative financial assets that are not
classified as equity investments. They are subsequently
measured either at amortised cost using the effective interest
method less allowance for impairment or at fair value with gains
and losses arising from changes in fair value recognised in the
income statement or in other comprehensive income that are
recycled to the income statement on the de-recognition of the
asset. Allowances for expected credit losses are made based on
the risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous
experience, economic conditions and forward-looking data.
Such allowances are measured as either 12-months expected
credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses depending on
changes in the credit quality of the counterparty.
Cost less allowances or fair value
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Additions
Repayments and disposals
Fair value adjustment
Step acquisitions
Capitalised interest
Transfer
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Additions
Repayments and disposals
Fair value adjustment
Capitalised interest
Impairment charged during the year
At 30 June 2023
Loans
£ million
Other
investments
£ million
Total
£ million
10
2
6
(1)
—
—
1
—
18
(1)
20
(3)
—
1
—
35
30
1
9
(1)
(13)
(6)
—
(1)
19
—
9
—
(4)
—
(2)
22
40
3
15
(2)
(13)
(6)
1
(1)
37
(1)
29
(3)
(4)
1
(2)
57
At 30 June 2023, loans comprise £6 million (2022 – £6 million; 2021 –
£3 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after
allowances of £121 million (2022 – £129 million; 2021 – £113 million), and
£29 million (2022 – £12 million; 2021 – £7 million) of loans to associates.
Accounting policies
The group’s principal post employment funds are defined benefit
plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans,
unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other
unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post
employment plans other than defined contribution plans, the
amount charged to operating profit is the cost of accruing
pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any
changes arising on benefits granted to members by the group
during the year. Net finance charges comprise the net deficit/
surplus on the plans at the beginning of the year, adjusted for
cash flows in the year, multiplied by the discount rate for plan
liabilities. The differences between the fair value of the plans’
assets and the present value of the plans’ liabilities are disclosed
as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any
differences due to changes in assumptions or experience are
recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any
pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to
any future refunds from the plan or the present value of
reductions in future contributions to the plan.
Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined
contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of estimate and
judgement in relation to various assumptions.
Diageo determines the assumptions on a country by country
basis in conjunction with its actuaries. Estimates are required in
respect of uncertain future events, including the life expectancy
of members of the funds, salary and pension increases, future
inflation rates, discount rates and employee and pensioner
demographics. The application of different assumptions could
have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income
statement, other comprehensive income and the balance sheet.
There may be interdependencies between the assumptions.
Where there is an accounting surplus on a defined benefit
plan, management judgement is necessary to determine
whether the group can obtain economic benefits through a
refund of the surplus or by reducing future contributions to the
plan.
(a) Post employment benefit plans
The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world,
devised in accordance with local conditions and practices. Diageo's
most significant plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by
payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The
group also operates a number of plans that are generally unfunded,
primarily in the United States, which provide to employees post
employment medical benefits.
The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the
United States where benefits are based on employees’ length of service
and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent
actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension
costs.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
194
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
195
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
The most recent funding valuations of the significant defined benefit
plans were carried out as follows:
Principal plans
United Kingdom(1)
Ireland(2)
United States
Date of valuation
1 April 2021
31 December 2021
1 January 2022
(1)
The Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS, the UK Scheme) closed to new members in
November 2005. Employees who joined Diageo in the United Kingdom between
November 2005 and January 2018, had been eligible to become members of the
Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit plan). Since then, new employees
have been eligible to become members of a master trust defined contribution plans.
(2) The Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (GIGPS, the Irish scheme) closed to new
members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined
benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of a master trust
defined contribution plans.
The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts
administered by trustees who are required to act in the best interests of
the plans’ beneficiaries. For DPS, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust
Limited. As required by legislation, one-third of the directors of the Trust
are nominated by the members of the DPS, member nominated
directors are appointed from both the pensioner member community
and the active member community. For the Irish Scheme, Diageo
Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates
nominated by representative groupings.
The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement and
statement of comprehensive income for the group’s defined benefit
plans for the three years ended 30 June 2023 are as follows:
Current service cost and administrative
expenses
Past service (losses)/gains – ordinary
activities
Past service losses – exceptional
Gains on curtailments and settlements
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
(76)
(107)
(105)
(1)
—
2
34
—
34
—
(5)
18
Charge to operating profit
(75)
(39)
(92)
Net finance income in respect of post
employment plans
Charge before taxation(1)
Actual returns less amounts included in
finance income
Experience (losses)/gains
Changes in financial assumptions
Changes in demographic assumptions
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Changes in the surplus restriction
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income
44
(31)
10
(29)
(1,435)
(1,432)
(226)
958
53
(650)
7
(643)
(35)
2,133
(40)
626
(11)
615
5
(87)
(6)
80
125
(183)
16
—
16
In addition to the charge in respect of defined benefit post employment
plans, contributions to the group’s defined contribution plans were £44
million (2022 – £33 million; 2021 – £25 million).
The movements in the net surplus for the two years ended 30 June
2023 is set out below:
At 30 June 2021
Exchange differences
Income/(charge) before taxation
Other comprehensive (loss)/income(1)
Contributions by the group
Settlements paid(2)
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Disposals
Income/(charge) before taxation
Other comprehensive (loss)/income(1)
Contributions by the group
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
At 30 June 2023
Plan
assets
£ million
Plan
liabilities
£ million
Net
surplus
£ million
9,892
(9,445)
93
176
(100)
(205)
(1,432)
2,058
128
(52)
5
(411)
—
52
(5)
411
447
(7)
(29)
626
128
—
—
—
8,399
(7,234)
1,165
(49)
—
298
(1,435)
100
5
55
4
(329)
785
—
(5)
(472)
472
6
4
(31)
(650)
100
—
—
6,846
(6,252)
594
(1) Excludes surplus restriction.
(2)
Includes settlement payment of £52 million on ETV exercise in Ireland.
The plan assets and liabilities by type of post employment benefit and
country are as follows:
Pensions
United Kingdom
Ireland
United States
Other
Post employment medical
Other post employment
2023
2022
Plan
assets
£ million
Plan
liabilities
£ million
Plan
assets
£ million
Plan
liabilities
£ million
4,578
1,588
441
180
2
57
(4,041)
6,041
(4,897)
(1,310)
1,645
(1,409)
(411)
(194)
(227)
(69)
453
191
2
67
(408)
(212)
(225)
(83)
6,846
(6,252)
8,399
(7,234)
The balance sheet analysis of the post employment plans is as follows:
(i) The year ended 30 June 2022 includes settlement gains of £27 million in respect of the
Enhanced Transfer Values (ETV) exercise carried out in the Irish Schemes and past
service gains of £28 million as a result of the changes of the benefits in the Irish
Scheme. In the year ended 30 June 2021, the exceptional past service loss of £5 million
is in respect of the equalisation of Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) benefits for
men and women.
(1) The (charge)/income before taxation is in respect of the following countries:
Funded plans
Unfunded plans
United Kingdom
Ireland
United States
Other
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
15
1
(32)
(15)
(31)
(27)
45
(31)
(16)
(29)
(46)
4
(28)
(17)
(87)
(1)
Includes surplus restriction of £7 million (2022 – £14 million).
2023
Non-
current
assets(1)
£ million
960
—
960
Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
(132)
(241)
(373)
2022
Non-
current
assets(1)
£ million
1,553
—
1,553
Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
(144)
(258)
(402)
The disclosures have been prepared in accordance with IFRIC 14. In
particular, where the calculation for a plan results in a surplus, the
recognised asset is limited to the present value of any available future
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan,
and any additional liabilities are recognised as required. At 30 June
2023, the DPS had a net surplus of £589 million (2022 – £1,174 million;
2021 – £840 million) and the GIGPS had a net surplus of £260 million
(2022 a surplus of £221 million; 2021 a deficit of £79 million) and other
schemes in a surplus totalled of £111 million (2022 – £158 million; 2021 –
£178 million). Both of these surpluses have been recognised, with no
provision made against them, as they are expected to be recoverable
through a combination of a reduction in future cash contributions or
ultimately via a cash refund when the last member’s obligations have
been met.
(b) Principal risks and assumptions
The material post employment plans are not exposed to any unusual,
entity-specific or scheme-specific risks but there are general risks:
Inflation – The majority of the plans’ obligations are linked to inflation.
Higher inflation will lead to increased liabilities which is partially offset
by the plans holding inflation linked gilts, swaps and caps against the
level of inflationary increases.
Interest rate – The plan liabilities are determined using discount rates
derived from yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in
corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities though this will be
partially offset by an increase in the value of the bonds held by the post
employment plans.
Mortality – The majority of the obligations are to provide benefits for the
life of the members and their partners, so any increase in life
expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities.
Asset returns – Assets held by the pension plans are invested in a
diversified portfolio of equities, bonds and other assets. Volatility in asset
values will lead to movements in the net deficit/surplus reported in the
consolidated balance sheet for post employment plans which in
addition will also impact the post employment expense in the
consolidated income statement.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to
determine the group’s deficit/surplus in the main post employment
plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate
the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year
ending 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the
previous 30 June.
Rate of general increase in salaries(2)
Rate of increase to pensions in payment
Rate of increase to deferred pensions
Discount rate for plan liabilities
Inflation – CPI
Inflation - RPI
United Kingdom
Ireland
United States(1)
2023
%
3.7
2.9
2.7
5.2
2.7
3.2
2022
%
3.6
2.9
2.6
3.8
2.6
3.1
2021
%
3.4
3.1
2.5
1.9
2.5
3.0
2023
%
3.9
2.3
2.4
3.6
2.5
—
2022
%
3.8
2.2
2.3
3.2
2.4
—
2021
%
3.0
1.7
1.6
1.0
1.6
—
2023
%
—
—
—
4.9
2.2
—
2022
%
—
—
—
4.4
2.3
—
2021
%
—
—
—
2.7
2.3
—
(1)
The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected
final salary.
(2) The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age-related promotional salary increases.
For the principal UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the
age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:
Retiring currently at age 65
Male
Female
Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65
Male
Female
United Kingdom(1)
Ireland(2)
2023
Age
86.8
88.4
88.1
90.4
2022
Age
2021
Age
87.1
88.7
87.2
88.7
88.5
90.7
88.6
90.8
2023
Age
87.2
89.6
88.8
91.3
2022
Age
2021
Age
87.7
90.0
86.9
89.3
89.3
91.7
88.6
91.1
2023
Age
85.6
87.2
87.1
88.7
United States
2022
Age
85.5
87.2
87.0
88.6
2021
Age
85.4
87.1
86.9
88.5
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
(1) Based on the CMI’s S3 mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and where people live, with suitable future improvements.
(2) Based on the CMI's S3 mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan, with suitable future improvements.
For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses estimate the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year
ending 30 June 2024 and on the plan liabilities at 30 June 2023:
Benefit/(cost)
Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate
Effect of 0.5% decrease in discount rate
Effect of 0.5% increase in inflation
Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation
Effect of one year increase in life expectancy
United Kingdom
Operating
profit
£ million
Profit after
taxation
£ million
Plan
liabilities(1)
£ million
Operating
profit
£ million
Ireland
Profit after
taxation
£ million
United States
Plan
liabilities(1)
£ million
Operating
profit
£ million
Profit after
taxation
£ million
Plan
liabilities(1)
£ million
2
(2)
(1)
2
—
15
(14)
(8)
8
(6)
259
(267)
(156)
173
(131)
1
(1)
—
—
—
5
(4)
(2)
2
(2)
85
(95)
(49)
50
(55)
2
(2)
—
—
—
2
(2)
(1)
1
(1)
22
(24)
(9)
8
(15)
(1)
(i)
The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps held by the pension plans.
The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each
sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity to inflation includes the impact on all inflation linked assumptions
(e.g. pension increases and salary increases where appropriate).
196
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
197
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(c) Investment and hedging strategy
The investment strategy for the group’s funded post employment plans is determined locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as
appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective of the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in
excess of the movement on the liabilities, whilst taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented
by using the funds of the plans to invest in a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long-term to deliver a target rate of return. The
majority of the investment strategies have significant amounts allocated to bonds, in order to provide a natural hedge against movements in the
liabilities of the plans. At 30 June 2023, approximately 97% and 98% (2022 – 100% and 103%) of the UK plans’ liabilities measured on the Trustee's
funding basis (gilts+50bp) were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds
and swaps. At 30 June 2023, approximately 92% and 112% (2022 – 70% and 76%) of the Irish plans’ liabilities measured on the Trustee's funding
basis (euro-swaps+50bp) were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds
and swaps.
The discount rates used are based on the yields of high-quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 65%
of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA-rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount
of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rates used for the non-UK plans.
An analysis of the fair value of the plan assets is as follows:
United Kingdom
£ million
Ireland
£ million
2023
United States and other
£ million
Total
£ million
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
Equities
Bonds
Fixed-interest government
Inflation-linked government
Investment grade corporate
Non-investment grade
Loan securities
12
18
—
—
22
13
Repurchase agreements
2,351
Liability Driven Investment (LDI)
Property
Hedge funds
Interest rate and inflation swaps
Cash and other
Total bid value of assets
Equities
Bonds
Fixed-interest government
Inflation-linked government
Investment grade corporate
Non-investment grade
Loan securities
—
29
—
—
46
2
—
—
44
11
Repurchase agreements
2,400
Liability Driven Investment (LDI)
Property
Hedge funds
Interest rate and inflation swaps
Cash and other
—
28
—
—
24
Total bid value of assets
2,532
3,508
916
24
—
29
289
526
826
—
462
—
(971)
(14)
86
—
68
557
1,271
(215)
119
716
107
(900)
481
—
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
—
291
6
96
328
186
84
—
81
62
12
102
5
113
(18)
347
1,475
64
48
2
21
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
137
98
8
2
227
133
—
—
—
1
5
—
69
543
76
66
2
21
30
13
2,351
—
29
—
102
51
2,741
1,305
38
98
584
608
610
826
81
525
17
(989)
402
4,105
(887)
453
6,846
2,491
2,087
United Kingdom
£ million
Ireland
£ million
2022
United States and other
£ million
Total
£ million
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
Quoted
Unquoted
23
1,218
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
7
9
319
70
105
93
1,642
30
199
388
200
98
—
46
74
92
37
154
1,637
49
1
25
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
146
152
1
222
1
—
—
—
1
5
—
80
567
51
1
25
47
11
2,400
—
28
—
—
31
2,687
268
200
678
758
1,369
(215)
165
791
204
(863)
715
5,712
Total
1,381
104
100
605
638
623
3,177
81
554
17
Total
1,735
319
201
703
805
1,380
2,185
165
819
204
(863)
746
8,399
(d) Deficit funding arrangements
UK plans
In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP) in respect of the UK Scheme. Whisky inventory was
transferred into the partnership but the group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 2023 held inventory with a book value of £732
million (2022 – £561 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme has a limited interest in the
partnership and, as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership. The arrangement is expected to cease in 2030, and
contributions to the UK scheme in any year will be dependent on the funding position of the UK scheme at the previous 31 March. Given the surplus
funding position in the DPS, there were no contributions to the DPS in the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022.
In 2030, the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount not greater than the
actuarial deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to purchase the UK Scheme’s interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is
in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation excluding the value of the PFP, then the group can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, following a remeasurement of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan, Diageo made a £16 million one-off deficit contribution
to satisfy minimum funding requirement.
Irish plans
The 31 December 2021 triennial actuarial valuation of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme was completed during the year ended 30 June
2023 showing the Scheme is fully funded on the Trustee’s ongoing funding basis and the statutory minimum funding standard basis. Given the fully
funded position, no deficit contributions were payable in the year ended 30 June 2023 and the Trustee agreed to the company's request to
terminate the contingent arrangements comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain
receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£171 million). The company has agreed with the Trustee conditional contributions of up to
€35 million (£30 million) by 31 December 2024, €39 million (£33 million) by 31 December 2027 and €39 million (£33 million) by 31 December 2030
if a deficit is identified at those valuations.
(e) Timing of benefit payments
The following table provides information on the timing of the benefit payments and the average duration of the defined benefit obligations and the
distribution of the timing of benefit payments:
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid
Within one year
Between 1 to 5 years
Between 6 to 15 years
Between 16 to 25 years
Beyond 25 years
Total
Average duration of the defined benefit obligation
United Kingdom
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
Ireland
2023
£ million
United States
2022
£ million
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
303
1,090
2,439
2,244
2,664
8,740
years
14
295
1,082
2,556
2,252
2,787
8,972
years
15
73
367
727
645
747
2,559
years
14
70
353
704
634
768
2,529
years
15
57
174
331
206
187
955
years
9
58
187
310
183
174
912
years
9
The projected benefit payments are based on the assumptions underlying the assessment of the obligations, including inflation. They are disclosed
undiscounted and therefore appear large relative to the discounted value of the plan liabilities recognised on the consolidated balance sheet. They
are in respect of benefits that have accrued at the balance sheet date and make no allowance for any benefits to be accrued subsequently.
(f) Related party disclosures
Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 21.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
(i)
The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be
invested in the long-term.
Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2024 are estimated to be approximately £75 million
($95 million).
198
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
199
Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis
of which is as follows:
(c) Trade and other payables
Balance at beginning of the year
Exchange differences
Income statement charge
Utilised
Sale of businesses
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
94
(27)
55
(19)
(1)
102
96
6
6
(13)
(1)
94
98
(8)
20
(14)
—
96
Trade payables
Interest payable
Tax and social security excluding income tax
Other payables
Accruals
Deferred income
(b) Trade and other receivables
Dividend payable to non-controlling interests
2023
Current
liabilities
£ million
2,659
237
632
432
1,229
73
38
5,300
Non-current
liabilities
£ million
—
—
—
368
—
—
—
2022
Current
liabilities
£ million
2,705
143
696
600
1,635
90
18
Non-current
liabilities
£ million
—
—
—
380
—
—
—
368
5,887
380
Interest payable at 30 June 2023 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £217 million (2022 – £141 million). Accruals at 30 June
2023 include £561 million (2022 – £613 million) accrued discounts attributed to sales recognised. Deferred income represents amounts paid by
customers in respect of performance obligations not yet satisfied. The amount of contract liabilities recognised as revenue in the current year is
£90 million (2022 – £72 million). Non-current liabilities include the net present value of contingent consideration in respect of prior acquisitions of
£293 million (2022 – £353 million). For further information on contingent consideration, please refer to note 16 (g).
Together with the group’s partner banks, supply chain financing (SCF) facilities are provided to suppliers in certain countries. These arrangements
enable suppliers to receive funding earlier than the invoice due date at their discretion and at their own cost. Payment terms continue to be agreed
directly between the group and suppliers, independently from the availability of SCF facilities. Liabilities are settled in accordance with the original
due date of invoices. The group does not incur any fees or receive any rebates where the suppliers choose to utilise these facilities. The group has
determined that it is appropriate to present amounts outstanding subject to SCF arrangements as trade payables. Consistent with this classification,
cash flows are presented either as operating cash flows or cash flows from investing activities, when related to the acquisition of non-current assets.
At 30 June 2023, the amount that has been subject to SCF and accounted for as trade payables was £727 million (2022 – £789 million).
(d) Provisions
At 30 June 2022
Exchange differences
Disposal of businesses
Provisions charged during the year
Provisions utilised during the year
Transfers from other payables
Unwinding of discounts
At 30 June 2023
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Thalidomide
£ million
178
(1)
—
—
(14)
—
5
168
13
155
168
Other
£ million
239
(26)
(2)
31
(61)
12
1
194
106
88
194
Total
£ million
417
(27)
(2)
31
(75)
12
6
362
119
243
362
Provisions have been established in respect of the discounted value of the group’s commitment to the UK and Australian Thalidomide Trusts. These
provisions will be utilised over the period of the commitments up to 2037.
The largest item in other provisions at 30 June 2023 is £51 million (2022 – £49 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which
will be utilised when employees leave the group.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
15. Working capital
Accounting policies
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable
value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses,
an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads,
but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted
average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing
inventories and raw materials which are retained for more than
one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to
be realised in the normal operating cycle.
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value
less transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised cost
less any allowance for discounts and doubtful debts. Trade
receivables arise from contracts with customers, and are
recognised when performance obligations are satisfied, and the
consideration due is unconditional as only the passage of time is
required before the payment is received. Allowance losses are
calculated by reviewing lifetime expected credit losses using
historic and forward-looking data on credit risk.
Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value
including transaction costs and subsequently carried at
amortised costs. Contingent considerations recognised in
business combinations are subsequently measured at fair value
through income statement. The group evaluates supplier
arrangements against a number of indicators to assess if the
liability has the characteristics of a trade payable or should be
classified as borrowings. This assessment considers the
commercial purpose of the facility, whether payment terms are
similar to customary payment terms, whether the group is legally
discharged from its obligation towards suppliers before the end
of the original payment term, and the group’s involvement in
agreeing terms between banks and suppliers.
Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A
provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group
has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be
estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of
economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.
Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying
amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date
and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.
(a) Inventories
Raw materials and consumables
Work in progress
Maturing inventories
Finished goods and goods for resale
2023
£ million
543
132
5,794
1,192
7,661
2022
£ million
489
86
5,229
1,290
7,094
Maturing inventories include whisk(e)y, rum, tequila and Chinese white
spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised
after more than one year:
Raw materials and consumables
Maturing inventories
2023
£ million
23
4,063
4,086
2022
£ million
15
3,713
3,728
Trade receivables
Interest receivable
VAT recoverable and other
prepaid taxes
Other receivables
Prepayments
Accrued income
2023
2022
Current
assets
£ million
Non-current
assets
£ million
Current
assets
£ million
Non-current
assets
£ million
2,011
12
271
163
229
34
2,720
—
—
15
13
3
—
31
2,155
18
290
158
290
22
2,933
—
—
15
13
9
—
37
At 30 June 2023, approximately 26%, 14% and 11% of the group’s
trade receivables of £2,011 million are due from counterparties based in
the United States, United Kingdom and India, respectively. Accrued
income primarily represents amounts receivable from customers in
respect of performance obligations satisfied but not yet invoiced.
The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of expected credit loss
allowance, is as follows:
Not overdue
Overdue 1 – 30 days
Overdue 31 – 60 days
Overdue 61 – 90 days
Overdue 91 – 180 days
Overdue more than 180 days
2023
£ million
1,967
25
2022
£ million
2,114
19
7
3
6
3
8
5
5
4
2,011
2,155
Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of expected credit loss
allowance for doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:
Balance at beginning of the year
Exchange differences
Income statement (release)/charge
Written off
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
118
(12)
(3)
(14)
89
112
6
21
(21)
118
160
(13)
(15)
(20)
112
200
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
201
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Risk management and capital structure
Introduction
This section sets out the policies and procedures applied to manage the group’s capital structure and the financial risks the group is exposed to.
Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity. Diageo manages its capital structure to
achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.
16. Financial instruments and risk management
Accounting policies
Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value including, where permitted by IFRS 9, any directly attributable transaction
costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at
each balance sheet date.
The group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost, financial
assets and liabilities at fair value through income statement and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.
The accounting policies for other investments and loans are described in note 13, for trade and other receivables and payables in note 15
and for cash and cash equivalents in note 17.
Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through income statement include derivative assets and liabilities. Where financial assets or
liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income, the group does not apply the
fair value option.
Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value using a discounted cash flow model based on market data applied consistently
for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income
statement as they arise.
Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge relationship. The difference between the
initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms
using the effective interest rate method. Financial liabilities in respect of the Zacapa acquisition are recognised at fair value.
Hedge accounting
The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and
liabilities (fair value hedges), commodity price risk of highly probable forecast transactions, as well as the cash flow risk from a change in
exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The designated
portion of the hedging instruments is included in other financial assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The effectiveness of
such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective testing. Methods used for testing effectiveness
include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical models.
Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are
exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair
value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. If such a hedge relationship no longer meets hedge accounting criteria, fair value
movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged
item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.
Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, the commodity price risk
of highly probable future transactions, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the
gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement.
Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign
currency, commodity or interest exposure affects the income statement.
Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation
of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging
instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to
the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign currency contracts hedging net investments
are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the
income statement.
The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and
interest rate risks are managed by the group’s treasury department. The
treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage
these underlying risks.
Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of Board-
approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and
monitored by the Finance Committee, chaired by the Chief Financial
Officer. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/
or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk which are
periodically reviewed by the Board following, for example, significant
business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for
limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal
application of the Board-approved strategies. Transactions arising from
the application of this flexibility are carried at fair value, gains or losses
are taken to the income statement as they arise and are separately
monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. In the years
ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, gains and losses on these
transactions were not material. The group does not use derivatives for
speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments
are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying
business activities.
The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required,
for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable
risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of
mitigating these risks.
The Finance Committee receives a quarterly report on the key
activities of the treasury department, however any exposures which
differ from the defined benchmarks are reported as they arise.
(a) Currency risk
The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and
conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign
currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the
group’s transactions and the translation of the results and underlying
net assets of its operations. To manage the currency risk, the group uses
certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied,
hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing
basis.
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
The group hedges a certain portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the
sterling value of its foreign operations by designating borrowings held in
foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps
and other financial derivatives. For the year ended 30 June 2023, the
group’s intention was to maintain total net investment Value at Risk to
total net asset value below 20%, where Value at Risk is defined as the
maximum amount of loss over a one-year period with a 95%
probability confidence level.
At 30 June 2023, foreign currency borrowings designated in net
investment hedge relationships amounted to £10,627 million (2022 –
£8,742 million), including financial derivatives.
Hedge of foreign currency debt
The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign
currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated
borrowings.
Transaction exposure hedging
The group’s policy is to hedge forecast transactional foreign currency
risk on major currency pair exposures up to 24 months, targeting 75%
coverage for the current financial year, and on other currency
exposures up to 18 months. The group’s exposure to foreign currency
risk arising principally on forecasted sales transactions is managed
using forward agreements and options.
(b) Interest rate risk
The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on
changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage
interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating
rate borrowings within limits approved by the Board, primarily through
issuing fixed and floating rate borrowings, and by utilising interest rate
swaps. These practices aim to minimise the group’s net finance charges
with acceptable year-on-year volatility. To facilitate operational
efficiency and effective hedge accounting, for the year ended 30 June
2023 the group’s policy was to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a
band of 40% to 90% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations,
net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The
majority of the group’s existing interest rate derivatives are designated
as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these
derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any
changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or
liability. The interest rate profile of the group's net borrowings is as
follows:
Fixed rate
Floating rate(1)
Impact of financial derivatives
and fair value adjustments
Lease liabilities
Net borrowings
2023
2022
£ million
11,961
3,225
%
77
21
£ million
11,070
2,612
(93)
448
(1)
3
(20)
475
%
78
19
—
3
15,541
100
14,137
100
(1)
The floating rate portion of net borrowings includes cash and cash equivalents,
collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds and bank overdrafts.
The table below sets out the average monthly net borrowings and
effective interest rate:
Average monthly net borrowings
Effective interest rate
2023
£ million
15,244
2022
£ million
12,692
2021
£ million
12,702
2023
%
3.9
2022
%
2.7
2021
%
2.7
(i) For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative
financial instruments and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest
rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value
adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.
IBOR reform
In accordance with the UK Financial Conduct Authority’s
announcement on 5 March 2021, LIBOR benchmark rates were
discontinued after 31 December 2021, except for the majority of the US
dollar settings which are discontinued from 30 June 2023. There have
been amendments to the contractual terms of IBOR-referenced interest
rates and the corresponding update of the hedge designations. By 30
June 2022, changes required to systems and processes in relation to the
fair valuation of financial instruments were implemented and the
transition had no material tax or accounting implications. The group
also evaluated the implications of the reference rate changes in relation
to other valuation models and credit risk, and concluded that they were
not material.
In line with the relief provided by the amendment, the group
assumes that the interest rate benchmark on which the cash flows of the
hedged item, the hedging instrument or the hedged risk are based are
not altered by the IBOR reform. The derivative hedging instruments
provide a close approximation to the extent and nature of the risk
exposure the group manages through hedging relationships.
Included in floating rate net borrowings are interest rate swaps
designated in fair value hedges, with a notional amount of
£2,063 million (2022 – £2,893 million) whose interest rates are based on
USD LIBOR. In preparation for the discontinuation of USD LIBOR, the
group have amended these agreements to reference the Secured
Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) resulting in economically equivalent
trades upon transition. The floating legs of the transitioned trades will
become SOFR based subsequent to the last USD LIBOR based interest
payments.
(c) Commodity price risk
Commodity price risk is managed in line with the principles approved
by the Board either through long-term purchase contracts with suppliers
or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. The group policy is to
maintain the Value at Risk of commodity price risk arising from
commodity exposures below 75 bps of forecast gross profit in any given
financial year. Where derivative contracts are used, the commodity
price risk exposure is hedged up to 24 months of forecast volume
through exchange-traded and over-the-counter contracts (futures,
forwards and swaps) and cash flow hedge accounting is applied.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
202
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
203
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(d) Market risk sensitivity analysis
The group uses a sensitivity analysis that estimates the impacts on the
consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of
either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% in market interest
rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other
currencies, from the rates applicable for each class of financial
instruments on the consolidated balance sheet at these dates with all
other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the
impact of market risk on the net post employment benefit liabilities and
assets, and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative
purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely
change in isolation.
The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest
and foreign exchange rates. All hedges are expected to be highly
effective for this analysis and it considers the impact of all financial
instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents,
borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities. The results of the
sensitivity analysis should not be considered as projections of likely
future events, gains or losses as actual results in the future may differ
materially due to developments in the global financial markets which
may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the
hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below.
Impact on income
statement
gain/(loss)
Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss)(1) (2)
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
16
(16)
(45)
36
13
(13)
(33)
28
36
(35)
31
(30)
(1,336)
(1,125)
1,093
922
0.5% decrease in interest rates
0.5% increase in interest rates
10% weakening of sterling
10% strengthening of sterling
(1)
The impact on foreign currency borrowings and derivatives in net investment hedges is
largely offset by the foreign exchange difference arising on the translation of net
investments.
(2) The impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the
impact on the income statement.
(e) Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its
contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk
arises on cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash
equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to
customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables,
financial guarantees and committed transactions.
The carrying amount of financial assets of £4,637 million (2022 –
£5,445 million) represents the group’s exposure to credit risk at the
balance sheet date as disclosed in section (i), excluding the impact of
any collateral held or other credit enhancements. A financial asset is in
default when the counterparty fails to pay its contractual obligations.
Financial assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation
of recovery.
Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related
credit exposures.
Financial credit risk
Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application
of risk management policies approved and monitored by the Board.
Counterparties are predominantly limited to investment grade banks
and financial institutions, and policy restricts the exposure to any one
counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality
of the counterparty. The group’s policy is designed to ensure that
individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no
significant concentrations of credit risk. The Board also defines the types
of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising
through the use of financial instruments for currency, interest rate and
commodity price risk management is estimated with reference to the
fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional
amount of the instruments themselves. Diageo annually reviews the
credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit
quality reflecting market credit conditions.
When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank
counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain
agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to
post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of
the derivatives are above a predetermined threshold. At 30 June 2023,
the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $(19) million
(£(15) million) (2022 – $23 million (£19 million)).
Business related credit risk
Exposures from loan, trade and other receivables are managed locally
in the operating units where they arise and active risk management is
applied, focusing on country risk, credit limits, ongoing credit evaluation
and monitoring procedures. There is no significant concentration of
credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the
group has a large number of customers which are internationally
dispersed.
(f) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of Diageo encountering difficulties in meeting its
obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by
delivering cash or other financial assets. The group uses short-term
commercial paper to finance its day-to-day operations. The group’s
policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to
limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50%
of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level
of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market
demand deposits. In addition, the group’s policy is to maintain
backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper
obligations.
The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated
contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group’s
financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis.
Where interest payments are calculated at a floating rate, rates of each
cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the
forward yield curve prevailing at the respective year ends. The gross
cash flows of cross currency swaps are presented for the purposes of
this table. All other derivative contracts are presented on a net basis.
Financial assets and liabilities are presented gross in the consolidated
balance sheet although, in practice, the group uses netting
arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.
Contractual cash flows
2023
Borrowings(1)
Interest on borrowings(1)(2)
Lease capital repayments
Lease future interest payments
Trade and other financial liabilities(3)
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Cross currency swaps (gross)
Receivable
Payable
Other derivative instruments (net)
Derivative instruments(2)
2022
Borrowings(1)
Interest on borrowings(1)(2)
Lease capital repayments
Lease future interest payments
Trade and other financial liabilities(3)
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Cross currency swaps (gross)
Receivable
Payable
Other derivative instruments (net)
Derivative instruments(2)
Due within
1 year
£ million
Due between
1 and 3 years
£ million
Due between
3 and 5 years
£ million
Due after
5 years
£ million
Total
£ million
Carrying
amount at
balance
sheet date
£ million
(1,707)
(3,615)
(2,980)
(8,652)
(16,954)
(16,502)
(541)
(75)
(18)
(4,417)
(6,758)
43
(28)
19
34
(1,524)
(427)
(85)
(13)
(4,765)
(6,814)
851
(783)
(86)
(18)
(750)
(104)
(28)
(231)
(623)
(69)
(19)
(122)
(1,503)
(200)
(37)
(96)
(3,417)
(448)
(102)
(217)
(448)
—
(4,866)
(4,782)
(4,728)
(3,813)
(10,488)
(25,787)
(21,949)
87
(56)
(88)
(57)
(2,842)
(626)
(107)
(20)
(123)
87
(56)
(79)
(48)
(2,738)
(560)
(61)
(16)
(142)
1,341
(930)
(54)
357
(9,276)
(1,622)
(222)
(44)
(126)
1,558
(1,070)
(202)
286
134
(16,380)
(16,020)
(3,235)
(475)
(93)
(5,156)
(141)
(475)
—
(5,145)
(21,781)
(3,718)
(3,517)
(11,290)
(25,339)
90
(56)
(123)
(89)
90
(56)
(78)
(44)
1,442
(958)
(65)
419
2,473
(1,853)
(352)
268
22
For the purpose of these tables, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 17.
(1)
(2) Carrying amount of interest on borrowings, interest on derivatives and interest on other payable is included within interest payable in note 15.
(3) Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.
The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:
Expiring within one year
Expiring between one and two years
Expiring after two years
2023
£ million
99
496
2,083
2,678
2022
£ million
793
103
1,893
2,789
The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together
with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper
programmes.
There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short- and
long-term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default
provisions and negative pledges.
The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial
covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as
the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with
share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest
charges). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative
pledge covenants.
Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing
arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with
respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with
covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of
maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed
facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu
ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short-
and long-term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
(g) Fair value measurements
Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through
the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation
techniques used in fair value calculations.
The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments
using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into
different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an
instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most
subjective input.
Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and
interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques.
These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign
exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the
discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s term,
notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account.
As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets,
these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.
Other financial liabilities include a put option, which does not have
an expiry date, held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala (ILG) to sell
the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creation & Products Inc., the
owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo. The liability is fair valued
using the discounted cash flow method and as at 30 June 2023, an
amount of £218 million (30 June 2022 – £216 million) is recognised as a
liability with changes in the fair value of the put option included in
retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not
observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy. As
at 30 June 2023, because it is unknown when or if ILG will exercise the
option, the liability is measured as if the exercise date is on the last day
of the next financial year considering forecast future performance. The
204
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
205
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
option is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions; if the
option were to be exercised as at 30 June 2025, the fair value of the
liability would increase by approximately £30 million.
Included in other financial liabilities, the contingent consideration on
acquisition of businesses represents the present value of payments up to
£422 million, which are expected to be paid over the next eight years.
Contingent considerations linked to certain volume targets at 30 June
2023 included £113 million in respect of the acquisition of Aviation Gin
and Davos Brands (2022 – £157 million), £59 million in respect of the
acquisition of 21Seeds (2022 – £59 million) and £18 million in respect of
the acquisition of Lone River Ranch Water (2022 – £57 million).
Contingent consideration of £70 million in respect of the acquisition of
Don Papa Rum (2022 – £nil) is linked to certain financial performance
targets. Contingent considerations are fair valued based on discounted
Derivative assets
Derivative liabilities
Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)
Financial assets - other
Financial liabilities - other
Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)
cash flow method using assumptions not observable in the market.
Contingent considerations are sensitive to possible changes in
assumptions; a 10% increase or decrease in volume would increase or
decrease the fair value of contingent considerations linked to certain
volume targets by approximately £30 million and £50 million,
respectively, and a 10% increase or decrease in cash flows would
increase or decrease the fair value of contingent considerations linked
to certain financial performance targets by approximately £25 million.
There were no significant changes in the measurement and
valuation techniques, or significant transfers between the levels of the
financial assets and liabilities in the year ended 30 June 2023.
The group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are
categorised as follows:
In the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, the increase in financial assets - other of £8 million (2022 – £46 million) is principally in respect
of acquisitions.
The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:
At the beginning of the year
Net (losses)/gains included in the income statement
Net gains/(losses) included in exchange in other comprehensive income
Net losses included in retained earnings
Acquisitions
Settlement of liabilities
At the end of the year
Contingent
consideration
recognised on
acquisition of
businesses
2023
£ million
(371)
117
11
—
(76)
8
(311)
Zacapa
financial
liability
2023
£ million
(216)
(8)
9
(16)
—
13
(218)
Contingent
consideration
recognised on
acquisition of
businesses
2022
£ million
(429)
62
(39)
—
(70)
105
(371)
Zacapa
financial
liability
2022
£ million
(149)
(20)
(26)
(34)
—
13
(216)
(h) Results of hedge relationships
The group targets a one-to-one hedge ratio. The strength of the economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments is
analysed on an ongoing basis. Ineffectiveness can arise from subsequent change in the forecast transactions as a result of differences in timing,
cash flows or value except when the critical terms of the hedging instrument and hedged item are closely aligned. The change in the credit risk of
the hedging instruments or the hedged items is not expected to be the primary factor in the economic relationship.
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
Fair value hedges
594
(440)
154
192
(529)
(337)
480
(456)
24
184
(587)
(403)
The notional amounts, contractual maturities and rates of the hedging instruments designated in hedging relationships by the main risk
categories are as follows:
2023
Net investment hedges
Notional
amounts
£ million
Maturity
Range of hedged rates(1)
Derivatives in net investment hedges of foreign operations
637
July 2023
US dollar 1.27
Cash flow hedges
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
873
September 2036 - April 2043
US dollar 1.60 - 1.88
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
1,734
September 2023 - December 2024
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
217
July 2023 - September 2024
US dollar 1.05 - 1.33,
Mexican peso 14.76 - 18.38
Feed Wheat: 183.75 - 240.00 USD/Bu
LME Aluminium: 2,248 - 3,399 USD/Mt
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
3,999
September 2023 - April 2030
(0.01) - 3.09%
2022
Net investment hedges
Derivatives in net investment hedges of foreign operations
Cash flow hedges
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Fair value hedges
11
1,694
1,874
234
July 2022
Turkish lira 22.27
April 2023 - April 2043
US dollar 1.22 - 1.88
September 2022 - June 2024
US dollar 1.22 - 1.42, euro 1.13 - 1.17
July 2022 - March 2024 Natural Gas: 1.67 - 3.57 GBP/therm(ec)
LME Aluminium: 2,009 - 3,399 USD/Mt
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
4,444
September 2022 - April 2030
(0.01) - 3.09%
(1)
In case of derivatives in cash flow hedges (commodity price risk and foreign currency risk), the range of the most significant contract’s hedged rates are presented.
For hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related
bond principal to closing exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the
related bonds mature in 2036 and 2043. Exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to
offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.
In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a gain of £247 million (2022 – £124 million gain; 2021 – £157 million loss) was recognised in other
comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A gain of £13 million was transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating
expenses and a loss of £54 million to other finance charges, respectively, (2022 – a loss of £42 million and a gain of £239 million; 2021 – a loss of
£10 million and a loss of £175 million) to offset the foreign exchange impact on the underlying transactions. A gain of £33 million (2022 – £46 million
gain, 2021 – £2 million gain) was transferred out of other comprehensive income to operating profit in relation to commodity hedges. The carrying
amount of hedged items recognised in the consolidated balance sheet in relation to hedges of cash flow risk arising from foreign currency debts
equals the notional value of the hedging instruments at 30 June 2023 and are included within borrowings. The notional amount for cash flow
hedges of foreign currency debt at 30 June 2023 was £873 million (2022 – £1,694 million).
For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2023, based on year end interest and exchange rates, a gain to the income statement
of £143 million in the year ending 30 June 2024 and a gain of £20 million in the year ending 30 June 2025 is expected to be recognised.
In respect of hedges of foreign currency borrowings that are no longer applicable at 30 June 2023, a loss of £18 million (2022 – a loss of £19
million) was reported in reserves. There was no significant ineffectiveness on net investment and cash flow hedges during the year ended 30 June
2023.
The £3,999 million (2022 – £4,444 million) notional value of hedged items in fair value hedges equals to the notional value of hedging
instruments designated in these relationships at 30 June 2023 and the carrying amount of hedged items are included within borrowings in the
consolidated balance sheet.
For fair value hedges that are no longer applicable, the accumulated fair value changes shown on the consolidated balance sheet at 30 June
2023 was £nil (2022 – £1 million).
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
206
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
207
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
The following table sets out information regarding the effectiveness of hedging relationships designated by the group, as well as the impacts on the
income statement and other comprehensive income:
(i) Reconciliation of financial instruments
The table below sets out the group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:
At the beginning
of the year
£ million
Consolidated Income
statement
£ million
Consolidated
statement of
comprehensive
income
£ million
Other
£ million
At the end
of the year
£ million
2023
Net investment hedges
Derivatives in net investment hedges of foreign operations
(1)
—
—
Cash flow hedges
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Fair value hedges
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
Fair value hedge hedged item
Instruments in fair value hedge relationship
2022
Net investment hedges
367
(77)
50
(283)
276
(7)
(54)
(17)
33
(94)
96
2
60
260
(89)
—
—
—
Derivatives in net investment hedges of foreign operations
—
—
5
Cash flow hedges
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Fair value hedges
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
Fair value hedge hedged item
Instruments in fair value hedge relationship
154
53
16
63
(65)
(2)
239
(11)
46
(346)
341
(5)
(6)
(130)
32
—
—
—
1
(25)
17
(19)
—
—
—
(6)
(20)
11
(44)
—
—
—
—
348
183
(25)
(377)
372
(5)
(1)
367
(77)
50
(283)
276
(7)
Fair value
through income
statement
£ million
Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
£ million
Assets and
liabilities at
amortised cost
£ million
Not categorised
as a financial
instrument
£ million
Total
£ million
Current
£ million
Non-current
£ million
2023
Other investments and loans(1)
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Other instruments
Leases
Total other financial assets
Total financial assets
Borrowings(2)
Trade and other payables
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Other instruments
Leases
Total other financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities
Total net financial (liabilities)/assets
2022
Other investments and loans(1)
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency debt)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Other instruments
Leases
Total other financial assets
Total financial assets
Borrowings(2)
Trade and other payables
Derivatives in fair value hedge (interest rate risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (foreign currency risk)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge (commodity price risk)
Derivatives in net investment hedge
Other instruments
Leases
Total other financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities
Total net financial (liabilities)/assets
192
—
—
348
192
2
198
—
740
932
—
(311)
(377)
(9)
(27)
(245)
—
(658)
(969)
(37)
180
—
—
1
367
32
57
136
—
593
773
—
(371)
(284)
(109)
(7)
(1)
(271)
—
(672)
(1,043)
(270)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
31
2,234
1,439
—
—
—
—
1
1
2
517
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,705
(16,502)
519
—
225
2,751
1,439
348
192
2
198
1
741
—
2,720
1,439
—
147
2
198
—
347
5,156
4,506
225
31
—
348
45
—
—
1
394
650
(16,502)
(1,701)
(14,801)
(4,472)
(885)
(5,668)
(5,300)
—
—
—
—
(448)
(448)
(21,422)
(17,717)
15
2,365
2,285
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
(377)
(9)
(27)
(245)
(448)
(1,106)
(6)
(7)
(26)
(245)
(75)
(359)
(885)
(23,276)
(7,360)
(15,916)
(366)
(18,120)
(2,854)
(15,266)
—
200
1
605
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
200
2,970
2,285
1
367
32
57
136
3
596
2,933
2,285
—
43
15
57
136
—
251
(368)
(371)
(2)
(1)
—
(373)
(747)
37
—
1
324
17
—
—
3
345
582
4,668
606
6,051
5,469
(16,020)
—
(16,020)
(1,522)
(14,498)
(4,774)
(1,122)
(6,267)
(5,887)
—
—
—
—
(117)
(475)
(592)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(284)
(109)
(7)
(1)
(388)
(475)
(1,264)
(1)
(81)
(5)
(1)
(388)
(85)
(561)
(380)
(283)
(28)
(2)
—
—
(390)
(703)
(21,386)
(1,122)
(23,551)
(7,970)
(15,581)
(16,718)
(516)
(17,500)
(2,501)
(14,999)
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
208
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
209
(1) Other investments and loans are including those in respect of associates.
(2) Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments.
At 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities approximate fair values.
At 30 June 2023, the fair value of borrowings, based on unadjusted quoted market data, was £15,641 million (2022 – £15,628 million).
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(j) Capital management
The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value
in the long-term, both by investing in the business and brands so as to
deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and
by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure
to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the
economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive
cost levels. This is achieved by targeting an adjusted net borrowings
(net borrowings aggregated with post employment benefit liabilities) to
adjusted EBITDA leverage of 2.5 - 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being
currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would
consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic
initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its
rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the
financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the
range of 2.5 – 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and
equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. As at
30 June 2023, the adjusted net borrowings (£15,914 million) to adjusted
EBITDA ratio was 2.6 times. For this calculation, net borrowings are
adjusted by post employment benefit liabilities before tax (£373 million)
whilst adjusted EBITDA (£6,120 million) comprises operating profit
excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation
and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and
joint ventures.
17. Net borrowings
Accounting policies
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction
costs and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Certain
bonds are designated in fair value hedge relationship. In these
cases, the amortised cost is adjusted for the fair value of the risk
being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income
statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a
discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market
data.
Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group’s cash
management and are included as a component of net cash and
cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits
which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and
which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and
have an original maturity of three months or less, including
money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.
Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short-term
borrowings and long-term borrowings plus lease liabilities plus
interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate
swaps and foreign currency forwards and swaps used to
manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.
Bank overdrafts
Commercial paper
Bank and other loans
Credit support obligations
$300 million 8% bonds due 2022(1)
$1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023(2)
€600 million 0.125% bonds due 2023
$500 million 3.5% bonds due 2023(2)
€500 million 0.5% bonds due 2024
Fair value adjustment to borrowings
Borrowings due within one year
€600 million 0.125% bonds due 2023
$500 million 3.5% bonds due 2023(2)
€500 million 0.5% bonds due 2024
$600 million 2.125% bonds due 2024(2)
€500 million 1.75% bonds due 2024
$500 million 5.2% bonds due 2025(2)
$750 million 1.375% bonds due 2025(2)
€600 million 1% bonds due 2025
€ 500 million 3.5% bonds due 2025
€850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026
£500 million 1.75% bonds due 2026
$750 million 5.3% bonds due 2027(2)
€750 million 1.875% bonds due 2027
€500 million 1.5% bonds due 2027
€700 million 0.125% bonds due 2028
$500 million 3.875% bonds due 2028(2)
£300 million 2.375% bonds due 2028
$1,000 million 2.375% bonds due 2029(2)
£300 million 2.875% bonds due 2029
€750 million 1.15% bonds due 2029
$1,000 million 2% bonds due 2030(2)
€1,000 million 2.5% bonds due 2032
$750 million 2.125% bonds due 2032(2)
£400 million 1.25% bonds due 2033
$750 million 5.5% bonds due 2033(2)
€900 million 1.15% bonds due 2034
$400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035(1)
$600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036(2)
£600 million 2.75% bonds due 2038
$500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042(1)
$500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043(2)
Bank and other loans
Fair value adjustment to borrowings
Borrowings due after one year
Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments
Fair value of cross currency interest rate swaps
Fair value of foreign currency swaps and forwards
Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments
Lease liabilities
Gross borrowings
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
Net borrowings
2023
£ million
36
198
121
15
—
—
513
397
427
(6)
2022
£ million
74
—
105
(19)
248
1,115
—
—
—
(1)
1,701
1,522
—
—
—
476
427
396
594
511
427
725
497
593
638
426
595
395
298
787
299
640
789
850
590
396
590
764
317
472
595
393
391
516
413
430
495
430
—
618
515
—
731
498
—
643
430
600
411
298
819
298
645
821
856
614
395
—
770
331
491
595
409
407
296
(366)
14,801
16,502
(348)
1
377
448
293
(274)
14,498
16,020
(367)
11
283
475
16,980
(1,439)
15,541
16,422
(2,285)
14,137
(1) SEC-registered debt issued on an unsecured basis by Diageo Investment Corporation, a
100% owned finance subsidiary of Diageo plc and fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by Diageo plc. No other subsidiary of Diageo plc guarantees the security.
(2) SEC-registered debt issued on an unsecured basis by Diageo Capital plc, a 100%
owned finance subsidiary of Diageo plc and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
Diageo plc. No other subsidiary of Diageo plc guarantees the security.
(i) The interest rates shown are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before
taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 16).
(ii) Bonds are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £81 million (2022 – £85 million).
(iii) All bonds, medium-term notes and commercial paper issued on an unsecured basis by
the group’s 100% owned subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an
unsecured basis by Diageo plc and no other subsidiary of Diageo plc guarantees such
securities.
Gross borrowings before derivative financial instruments are expected
to mature as follows:
Within one year
Between one and three years
Between three and five years
Beyond five years
2023
£ million
1,701
3,522
2,874
8,405
16,502
2022
£ million
1,522
2,817
2,625
9,056
16,020
During the year, the following bonds were issued and repaid:
(b) Analysis of net borrowings by currency
2023
2022
Cash and
cash
equivalents
£ million
Gross
borrowings(1)
£ million
Cash and
cash
equivalents
£ million
Gross
borrowings(1)
£ million
542
48
46
123
25
3
28
199
83
342
(5,751)
(3,864)
(6,227)
(31)
(286)
(261)
(253)
(63)
—
(244)
1,315
(3,260)
61
(2,943)
67
26
14
2
53
290
133
324
(9,214)
(74)
(264)
(214)
(254)
(75)
—
(124)
1,439
(16,980)
2,285
(16,422)
US dollar
Euro(2)
Sterling
Indian rupee
Mexican peso
Hungarian forint
Kenyan shilling
Chinese yuan
Nigerian naira
Other(2)
Total
Issued
€ denominated
£ denominated
$ denominated
Repaid
€ denominated
$ denominated
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
441
—
1,788
—
(1,340)
889
1,371
892
—
(769)
(752)
742
636
395
—
(696)
(551)
(216)
(a) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings
At beginning of the year
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents before
exchange
Net increase in bonds and other borrowings(1)
Increase in net borrowings from cash flows
Exchange differences on net borrowings
Other non-cash items(2)
2023
£ million
14,137
2022
£ million
12,109
581
950
1,531
(159)
32
665
825
1,490
334
204
Net borrowings at end of the year
15,541
14,137
(1)
(2)
In the year ended 30 June 2023, net increase in bonds and other borrowings excludes
£2 million cash outflow in respect of derivatives designated in forward point hedges
(2022 – £4 million).
In the year ended 30 June 2023, other non-cash items are principally in respect of fair
value changes of cross currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps of
£(34) million and lease liabilities of £(82) million, partially offset by the £84 million fair
value change of borrowings. In the year ended 30 June 2022, other non-cash items are
principally in respect of fair value changes of cross currency interest rate swaps and
interest rate swaps of £(346) million and lease liabilities of £(183) million, partially offset
by the £331 million fair value change of borrowings.
(1)
(2)
Includes foreign currency forwards and swaps and leases.
Includes £21 million (Euro) cash and cash equivalents in cash-pooling arrangements
(2022 – £23 million (Turkish lira and Euro)).
18. Equity
Accounting policies
Own shares represent shares and share options of Diageo plc
that are held in treasury or by employee share trusts for the
purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee
share plans or were acquired as part of a share buyback
programme. Own shares are treated as a deduction from equity
until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of and when
vest are transferred from own shares to retained earnings at their
weighted average cost.
Share-based payments include share awards and options
granted to directors and employees. The fair value of equity
settled share options and share grants is initially measured at
grant date based on Monte Carlo and Black Scholes models
and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period.
For equity settled shares, the credit is included in retained
earnings. Cancellations of share options are treated as an
acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is
recognised in operating profit immediately. Any surplus or deficit
arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is
included as a movement in equity.
Dividends are recognised in the financial statements in the year
in which they are approved.
(a) Allotted and fully paid share capital – ordinary shares
of 28101⁄108 pence each
At 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022
At 30 June 2021
Number
of shares
million
2,460
2,498
2,559
Nominal
value
£ million
712
723
741
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
210
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
211
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
(b) Hedging and exchange reserve
Hedging
reserve
£ million
Exchange
reserve
£ million
At 30 June 2020
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
At 30 June 2021
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
At 30 June 2022
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
At 30 June 2023
93
20
113
(87)
26
216
242
Total
£ million
(929)
(652)
(1,022)
(672)
(1,694)
(1,581)
622
535
(1,072)
(1,046)
(540)
(324)
(1,612)
(1,370)
Currency basis spreads included in the hedging reserve represent the
cost of hedging arising as a result of imperfections of foreign exchange
markets. Exclusion of currency basis spreads would result in a £20
million credit (2022 – £22 million credit, 2021 – £22 million credit) to the
hedging reserve.
(c) Own shares
Movements in own shares
At 30 June 2020
Share trust arrangements
Shares used to satisfy options
Shares purchased - share buyback programme
Shares cancelled
At 30 June 2021
Share trust arrangements
Shares used to satisfy options
Shares purchased - share buyback programme
Shares cancelled
At 30 June 2022
Share trust arrangements
Shares used to satisfy options
Shares purchased - share buyback programme
Shares cancelled
At 30 June 2023
Number
of shares
million
Purchase
consideration
£ million
227
1,936
(1)
(3)
3
(3)
223
(2)
(2)
61
(11)
(48)
109
(109)
1,877
(23)
(16)
2,284
(61)
(2,284)
219
(1)
(2)
38
(38)
216
1,838
(12)
(12)
1,381
(1,381)
1,814
February 2023, and returned an additional £0.5 billion of capital to
shareholders which was announced as a new share buyback
programme on 16 February 2023 and completed on 2 June 2023.
During the year ended 30 June 2023, the group purchased
38 million ordinary shares (2022 – 61 million; 2021 – 3 million),
representing approximately 1.5% of the issued ordinary share capital
(2022 – 2.4%; 2021 – 0.1%) at an average price of 3616 pence per
share, and an aggregate cost of £1,381 million (including £13 million of
transaction costs) (2022 – 3709 pence per share, and an aggregate
cost of £2,284 million, including £16 million of transaction costs; 2021 –
3407 pence per share, and an aggregate cost of £109 million, including
£1 million of transaction costs) under the share buyback programme.
The shares purchased under the share buyback programmes were
cancelled.
The monthly breakdown of all shares purchased and the average
price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June
2023 were as follows:
Number
of shares
purchased under
share buyback
programme
Total number of
shares purchased
Average
price paid
pence
1,660,507
1,660,507
Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
177,756,956
176,110,073
173,836,847
173,704,983
3567
3820
3744
3702
August 2022
1,646,883
1,646,883
September 2022
2,273,226
2,273,226
131,864
131,864
—
—
—
227,870,414
4,497,414
4,497,414
3679
223,373,000
4,571,923
4,571,923
7,989,915
7,989,915
3710
3558
218,801,077
210,811,162
1,718,877
1,718,877
3577
209,092,285
4,353,777
4,353,777
3541
204,738,508
2,883,950
2,883,950
3672
201,854,558
5,196,558
5,196,558
3534
196,658,000
410,562
410,562
3348
196,247,438
37,335,456
37,335,456
3617
196,247,438
Period
July 2022
1-6 October 2022
7-31 October 2022 (1)
November 2022
December 2022
January 2023
February 2023
March 2023
April 2023
May 2023
June 2023
Total
(1) New maximum number of purchasable shares was authorised by shareholders at the
AGM held on 6 October 2022.
(d) Dividends
Share trust arrangements
At 30 June 2023, the employee share trusts owned 3 million of ordinary
shares in Diageo plc (the company) at a cost of £52 million and market
value of £101 million (2022 – 2 million shares at a cost of £25 million,
market value £63 million; 2021 – 2 million shares at a cost of £47 million,
market value £74 million). Dividends receivable by the employee share
trusts on the shares are waived and the trustee abstains from voting.
Amounts recognised as distributions to
equity shareholders in the year
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June
2022 46.82 pence per share (2021 – 44.59
pence; 2020 – 42.47 pence)
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June
2023 30.83 pence per share (2022 – 29.36
pence; 2021 – 27.96 pence)
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
1,066
1,040
992
696
1,762
680
654
1,720
1,646
Purchase of own shares
Authorisation was given by shareholders on 6 October 2022 to
purchase a maximum of 227,870,414 ordinary shares at a minimum
price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a)
105% of the average market value of the company's ordinary shares for
the five business days prior to the day the purchase is made and (b) the
higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current
independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried
out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual
General Meeting or on 5 January 2024, if earlier.
Diageo completed a total of £1.4 billion return of capital for the year
ended 30 June 2023, which included £0.9 billion related to the
successful completion of Diageo’s previous share buyback programme
in which £4.5 billion of capital was returned to shareholders finalised in
The proposed final dividend of £1,113 million (49.17 pence per share) for
the year ended 30 June 2023 was approved by a duly authorised
committee of the Board of Directors on 31 July 2023. As this was after
the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been
included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There
are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.
Dividends are waived on all treasury shares owned by the company
and all shares owned by the employee share trusts.
(e) Non-controlling interests
Diageo consolidates USL, a company incorporated in India, with a 42.79% non-controlling interest, Sichuan Shuijingfang Company Limited, a
company incorporated in China, with a 36.83% non-controlling interest and has a 50% controlling interest in Ketel One Worldwide B.V. (Ketel One),
a company incorporated in the Netherlands.
Summarised financial information for USL and other subsidiaries, after fair value adjustments on acquisition, and the amounts attributable to
non-controlling interests are as follows:
Income statement
Sales
Net sales
(Loss)/profit for the year(1)
Other comprehensive (loss)/income(2)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income
Attributable to non-controlling interests
Balance sheet
Non-current assets(3)
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities
Net assets
Attributable to non-controlling interests
Cash flow
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities
Net cash outflow from financing activities
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Exchange differences
Dividends payable to non-controlling interests
USL
£ million
2023
Others
£ million
2,713
1,087
(215)
(133)
(348)
(149)
1,074
790
(151)
(384)
1,329
568
120
34
(48)
106
(7)
—
2,628
2,051
289
(154)
135
33
3,175
1,049
(1,164)
(1,035)
2,025
902
383
(231)
(93)
59
(77)
(97)
Total
£ million
5,341
3,138
74
(287)
(213)
(116)
4,249
1,839
(1,315)
(1,419)
3,354
1,470
503
(197)
(141)
165
(84)
(97)
2022
Total
£ million
2021
Total
£ million
5,797
3,055
227
333
560
259
5,017
2,002
(1,499)
(1,646)
3,874
1,716
690
(289)
(322)
79
52
(72)
5,140
2,553
298
(434)
(136)
(35)
4,669
1,492
(1,356)
(1,335)
3,470
1,534
661
(137)
(371)
153
(19)
(72)
(Loss)/profit for the year includes exceptional operating expenses attributable to non-controlling interests.
(1)
(2) Other comprehensive (loss)/income is principally in respect of exchange on translating the subsidiaries to sterling.
(3) Non-current assets include the global distribution rights to distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world. The carrying value of the distribution rights at 30 June 2023 was
£1,428 million (2022 – £1,488 million; 2021 – £1,295 million).
(i) On 31 December 2022, USL completed the merger with its subsidiary, Pioneer Distilleries Limited (PDL) 75% owned by USL. Under the terms, PDL's minority shareholders received
additional shares in USL in exchange for their 25% interest in PDL and non-controlling interest increased from 42.73% to 42.79%.
(ii) On 24 March 2023, Diageo completed the purchase of an additional 14.97% of the share capital of EABL. This increased Diageo’s controlling shareholding position in EABL from 50.03%
to 65.00%.
(f) Employee share compensation
The group uses a number of share award and option plans to grant to
its directors and employees.
The annual fair value charge in respect of the equity settled plans
for the three years ended 30 June 2023 is as follows:
Executive share award plans
Executive share option plans
Savings plans
2023
£ million
2022
£ million
2021
£ million
41
4
4
49
51
4
4
59
41
4
4
49
Executive share awards have been made primarily under the Diageo
2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) from September 2014 onwards
and delivered in conditional awards in the form of performance shares,
performance share options, time-vesting restricted stock units (RSUs)
and/or time-vesting share options (or cash-based equivalents in certain
locations for regulatory reasons). Share options are granted at the
market value at the time of grant. Prior to the introduction of the DLTIP,
employees in associated companies were granted awards under the
Diageo plc 2011 Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan (DACSIP).
In the case of Executive Directors, conditional awards of time-vesting
RSUs or forfeitable shares may be awarded under the 2020 Deferred
Bonus Share Plan (DBSP), with vesting not subject to any performance
conditions and not subject to a post-vesting retention period. The DLTIP
plan rules will be presented for renewal at the AGM in September 2023
and any future awards made post approval will be made under the
new plan rules.
Share awards normally vest and are released on the third
anniversary of the grant date. Participants do not make a payment to
receive the award at grant. Executive Directors are required to hold any
vested shares awarded under DLTIP for a further two-year post-vesting
holding period. Share options may normally be exercised between
three and ten years after the grant date. Executives in North America
and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the
company’s ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares).
Performance shares under the DLTIP (for awards in 2020 and
thereafter) are subject to the achievement of three performance
measures: 1) compound annual growth in profit before exceptional
items over three years; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales
over three years; 3) environmental, social and governance (ESG)
priorities, weighted 40%, 40% and 20% of the maximum respectively,
as set out in the Directors’ remuneration report. Performance share
options under the DLTIP are subject to the achievement of two equally
weighted performance measures: 1) a comparison of Diageo’s three-
year TSR with a peer group; 2) cumulative free cash flow over a three-
year period, measured at constant exchange rates. Performance
measures and targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
212
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
213
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
The vesting range is 20% for Executive Directors and 25% for other
participants for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100%
for achieving the maximum target level. Retesting of the performance
measures is not permitted.
For performance shares under the DLTIP, dividends are accrued on
awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards
actually vest at the end of the performance period. Dividends are
normally paid out in the form of shares.
Savings plans are provided in the form of a savings-related share
option plan. For UK employees, awards were made under the Diageo
2010 Sharesave plan (for options granted up until 2020) and the
Diageo 2020 Sharesave plan (for options granted from 2021).
For Republic of Ireland (ROI) based employees, awards were made
under the Diageo 2009 Irish Sharesave Scheme (for options granted up
until 2019) and the Diageo 2019 Irish Sharesave Scheme (for options
granted in 2020). These are HMRC and Irish Revenue approved all-
employee savings plans.
For ROI employees, grants from 2021 and 2022 were made under
the Diageo 2020 Sharesave plan which is not an approved plan in the
Republic of Ireland. These plans are made available to UK and ROI
employees who are employed on the annual results announcement
date. Participants can save monthly, with deductions taken directly from
net pay, for a period of 3 or 5 years. In return, employees are granted
the option to buy Diageo shares using the savings accrued at the end of
the relevant savings period and at a 20% discounted option price,
which is set at the time of grant. Provided participants fulfil the terms set
out within the relevant UK or ROI tax approved scheme rules, any gains
from the option exercise are free from UK or ROI income tax. For the
ROI Sharesave awards granted in 2021 and 2022, as these are not
made under a Revenue tax approved plan, the gains from the option
exercise are subject to ROI income tax.
For US employees, the awards are made under the Diageo plc 2017
United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Employees agree to make
regular monthly savings for a period of one year and acquire American
Depositary Receipts (ADRs) at 15% discounted price (which is set at the
time of grant) using their contributions at the end of the plan cycle. They
receive the benefit of tax relief if certain conditions are satisfied.
For the three years ended 30 June 2023, the calculation of the fair value
of each share award used the Monte Carlo and Black Scholes pricing
model and the following assumptions:
Risk free interest rate
2023
3.1%
2022
0.4%
2021
(0.1%)
Expected life of the awards
35 months
40 months
36 months
Dividend yield
Weighted average share price
Weighted average fair value of
awards granted in the year
Number of awards granted in
the year
Fair value of all awards granted
in the year
2.0%
3758 p
2.1%
3545 p
2.7%
2557 p
1992 p
2729 p
2107 p
1.7 million
2.1 million
2.1 million
£34 million
£57 million
£45 million
Transactions on schemes
Transactions on the executive share award plans for the three years
ended 30 June 2023 were as follows:
Number of awards outstanding at 1 July
Granted
Awarded
Forfeited
Number of awards outstanding at 30 June
2023
million
5.2
1.7
(1.1)
(0.9)
4.9
2022
million
2021
million
5.3
2.1
(1.1)
(1.1)
5.2
5.6
2.1
(1.2)
(1.2)
5.3
The exercise price of share options outstanding at 30 June 2023 was in
the range of 1709 pence - 3864 pence (2022 – 1704 pence - 4024
pence; 2021 – 1232 pence - 3483 pence).
At 30 June 2023, 2.5 million share options were exercisable at a
weighted average exercise price of 2443 pence. Weighted average
remaining contractual life of share options was five years at 30 June
2023.
214
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Other financial statements disclosures
Introduction
This section includes additional financial information that are either required by the relevant accounting standards or management considers these
to be material information for shareholders.
19. Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
Accounting policies
Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or
other disputes against the group where it is considered to be
probable that a liability exists and a reliable estimate can be
made of the likely outcome. Where it is possible that a settlement
may be reached or it is not possible to make a reliable estimate
of the estimated financial effect, appropriate disclosure is made
but no provision created.
Critical accounting judgements and estimates
Judgement is necessary in assessing the likelihood that a claim
will succeed, or a liability will arise, and an estimate to quantify
the possible range of any settlement. Due to the inherent
uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be
different from the liability originally estimated. The group may be
involved in legal proceedings in respect of which it is not
possible to make a reliable estimate of any expected settlement.
In such cases, appropriate disclosure is provided but no
provision is made and no contingent liability is quantified.
(a) Guarantees and related matters
As of 30 June 2023, the group has no material unprovided guarantees
or indemnities in respect of liabilities of third parties.
(b) Acquisition of USL shares from UBHL and related
proceedings in relation to the USL transaction
On 4 July 2013, Diageo completed its acquisition, under a share
purchase agreement with United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL)
and various other sellers (the SPA), of shares representing 14.98% in
USL, including shares representing 6.98% from UBHL. The SPA was
signed on 9 November 2012 as part of the transaction announced by
Diageo in relation to USL on that day (the Original USL Transaction).
Following a series of further transactions, as of 30 June 2023, Diageo
has a 55.88% investment in USL (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL
Benefit Trust).
Prior to the acquisition from UBHL on 4 July 2013, the High Court of
Karnataka (High Court) had granted leave to UBHL under the Indian
Companies Act 1956 (the Leave Order) to enable the sale by UBHL to
Diageo to take place (the UBHL Share Sale) notwithstanding the
continued existence of certain winding-up petitions that were pending
against UBHL on the date of the SPA. At the time of the completion of
the UBHL Share Sale, the Leave Order remained subject to review on
appeal. However, as stated by Diageo at the time of closing, it was
considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the Leave
Order would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly,
Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence
of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired the 6.98%
stake in USL from UBHL at that time.
Following appeal and counter-appeal in respect of the Leave Order,
this matter is now before the Supreme Court of India which has issued
an order that the status quo be maintained with regard to the UBHL
Share Sale pending a hearing on the matter before it. Following a
number of adjournments, the next date for a substantive hearing is yet
to be fixed.
In separate proceedings, the High Court passed a winding-up order
against UBHL on 7 February 2017, and appeals filed by UBHL against
that order have since been dismissed, initially by a division bench of the
High Court and subsequently by the Supreme Court of India.
Diageo continues to believe that the acquisition price of INR 1,440
per share paid to UBHL for the USL shares is fair and reasonable as
regards UBHL, UBHL’s shareholders and UBHL’s secured and unsecured
creditors. However, adverse results for Diageo in the proceedings
referred to above could, absent leave or relief in other proceedings,
ultimately result in Diageo losing title to the 6.98% stake in USL
acquired from UBHL. Diageo believes, including by reason of its rights
under USL’s articles of association to nominate USL’s CEO and CFO
and the right to appoint, through USL, a majority of the directors on the
boards of USL’s subsidiaries as well as its ability as promoter to
nominate for appointment up to two-thirds of USL’s directors for so long
as the chairperson of USL is an independent director, that it would
remain in control of USL and would continue to be able to consolidate
USL as a subsidiary for accounting purposes regardless of the outcome
of this litigation.
There can be no certainty as to the outcome of the existing or any
further related legal proceedings or the time frame within which they
would be concluded.
(c) Continuing matters relating to Dr Vijay Mallya and
affiliates
On 25 February 2016, Diageo and USL each announced that they had
entered into arrangements with Dr Mallya under which he had agreed
to resign from his position as a director and as chairman of USL and
from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries.
Diageo’s agreement with Dr Mallya (the February 2016 Agreement)
provided for a payment of $75 million (£60 million) to Dr Mallya over a
five-year period of which $40 million (£32 million) was paid on signing
of the February 2016 Agreement with the balance being payable in
equal instalments of $7 million (£6 million) a year over five years
(2017-2021). All payments were subject to and conditional on Dr
Mallya’s compliance with the agreement. The February 2016 Agreement
also provided for the release of Dr Mallya’s personal obligations to
indemnify Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN) in respect of its
earlier liability ($141 million (£112 million)) under a backstop guarantee
of certain borrowings of Watson Limited (Watson) (a company affiliated
with Dr Mallya).
On account of various breaches and other provisions of agreements
between Dr Mallya and persons connected with him and Diageo and/
or USL, Diageo did not make the five instalment payments due during
the five-year period between 2017 and 2021. In addition, Diageo has
also demanded that Dr Mallya repay the $40 million (£32 million) paid
by Diageo in February 2016 and sought compensation for various losses
incurred by the relevant members of the Diageo group.
On 16 November 2017, Diageo and other relevant members of the
Diageo group commenced claims in the High Court of Justice in
England and Wales (the English High Court) against Dr Mallya in
relation to these matters. At the same time DHN also commenced
claims in the English High Court against Dr Mallya, his son Sidhartha
Mallya, Watson and Continental Administration Services Limited (CASL)
(a company affiliated with Dr Mallya and understood to hold assets on
trust for him and certain persons affiliated with him) for in excess of $142
million (£113 million) (plus interest) in relation to Watson’s liability to DHN
in respect of its borrowings referred to above and the breach of
associated security documents. Dr Mallya, Sidhartha Mallya and the
Diageo Annual Report 2023
215
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
relevant affiliated companies filed a defence to these claims, and Dr
Mallya also filed a counterclaim for payment of the two instalment
payments that had by that time been withheld as described above.
Diageo continues to prosecute its claims and to defend the
counterclaim. As part of these proceedings, Diageo and the other
relevant members of its group filed an application for strike out and/or
summary judgement in respect of certain aspects of the defence filed by
Dr Mallya and the other defendants, including their defence in relation
to Watson and CASL’s liability to repay DHN. The application was
successful resulting in Watson being ordered to pay approximately $135
million (£107 million) plus various amounts in respect of interest to DHN,
with CASL being held liable as co-surety for 50% of any such amount
unpaid by Watson. These amounts were, contrary to the relevant orders,
not paid by the relevant deadlines and Watson and CASL’s remaining
defences in the proceedings were struck out. Diageo and DHN have
accordingly sought asset disclosure and are considering further
enforcement steps against Watson and CASL, both in the United
Kingdom and in other jurisdictions where they are present or hold
assets.
A trial of the remaining elements of these claims was due to
commence on 21 November 2022. However, on 26 July 2021 Dr Mallya
was declared bankrupt by the English High Court pursuant to a
bankruptcy petition presented by a consortium of Indian banks. Diageo
and the relevant members of its group have informed the Trustee in
Bankruptcy of their position as creditors in the bankruptcy and have
engaged with the Trustee regarding their claims and the status of the
current proceedings. An appeal by Dr Mallya against his bankruptcy
(and an appeal by the bank consortium against orders made in the
course of the bankruptcy proceedings) are pending. In light of the
uncertainty posed by the ongoing bankruptcy proceedings, the trial of
Diageo’s claim was initially relisted to take place in February 2024.
However, Dr Mallya’s appeal against his bankruptcy and the banks’
cross appeal will not now be heard until April 2024, and thus the trial of
Diageo’s claim has been deferred from February 2024 until after those
appeals have been determined.
At this stage, it is not possible to assess the extent to which the
various ongoing proceedings related to the bankruptcy will affect the
remaining elements of the claims by Diageo and the relevant members
of its group.
Upon completion of an initial inquiry in April 2015 into past improper
transactions which identified references to certain additional parties and
matters, USL carried out an additional inquiry into these transactions
(Additional Inquiry) which was completed in July 2016. The Additional
Inquiry, prima facie, identified transactions indicating actual and
potential diversion of funds from USL and its Indian and overseas
subsidiaries to, in most cases, entities that appeared to be affiliated or
associated with Dr Mallya. All amounts identified in the Additional
Inquiry have been provided for or expensed in the financial statements
of USL or its subsidiaries in the respective prior periods. USL has filed
recovery suits against relevant parities identified pursuant to the
Additional Inquiry.
Further, at this stage, it is not possible for the management of USL to
estimate the financial impact on USL, if any, arising out of potential non-
compliance with applicable laws in relation to such fund diversions.
(d) Other matters in relation to USL
In respect of the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements, the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) issued a notice to Diageo
on 16 June 2016 that if there is any net liability incurred by Diageo (after
any recovery under relevant security or other arrangements, which
matters remain pending) on account of the Watson backstop
guarantee, such liability, if any, would be considered to be part of the
price paid for the acquisition of USL shares under the SPA which formed
part of the Original USL Transaction and that, in that case, additional
equivalent payments would be required to be made to those
shareholders (representing 0.04% of the shares in USL) who tendered in
the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction. Diageo
216
Diageo Annual Report 2023
believes that the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements were not
part of the price paid or agreed to be paid for any USL shares under the
Original USL Transaction and that therefore SEBI's decision was not
consistent with applicable law, and Diageo appealed against it before
the Securities Appellate Tribunal, Mumbai (SAT). On 1 November 2017,
SAT issued an order in respect of Diageo’s appeal in which, amongst
other things, it observed that the relevant officer at SEBI had neither
considered Diageo’s earlier reply nor provided Diageo with an
opportunity to be heard, and accordingly directed SEBI to pass a fresh
order after giving Diageo an opportunity to be heard. Following SAT’s
order, Diageo made its further submissions in the matter, including at a
personal hearing before a Deputy General Manager of SEBI. On 26
June 2019, SEBI issued an order reiterating the directions contained in its
previous notice dated 16 June 2016. As with the previous SEBI notice,
Diageo believes that SEBI's latest order is not consistent with applicable
law. Diageo appealed against this order before SAT and, after a
hearing in March 2023, SAT allowed Diageo’s appeal on 26 July 2023.
Accordingly, SEBI’s order dated 26 June 2019 stands quashed. Under
applicable law, SEBI is entitled to file an appeal against SAT’s order
before the Supreme Court of India. Therefore, pending any appeal
which may be filed by SEBI, there can be no certainty as to its outcome
or the timeframe within which any such appeal would be concluded.
(e) USL’s dispute with IDBI Bank Limited
Prior to the acquisition by Diageo of a controlling interest in USL, USL
had prepaid a term loan of INR 6,280 million (£60 million) taken
through IDBI Bank Limited (IDBI), an Indian bank, which was secured on
certain fixed assets and brands of USL, as well as by a pledge of certain
shares in USL held by the USL Benefit Trust (of which USL is the sole
beneficiary). The maturity date of the loan was 31 March 2015. IDBI
disputed the prepayment, following which USL filed a writ petition in
November 2013 before the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court)
challenging the bank’s actions.
Following the original maturity date of the loan, USL received notices
from IDBI seeking to recall the loan, demanding a further sum of INR
459 million (£4 million) on account of the outstanding principal,
accrued interest and other amounts, and also threatening to enforce the
security in the event that USL did not make these further payments.
Pursuant to an application filed by USL before the High Court in the writ
proceedings, the High Court directed that, subject to USL depositing
such further amount with the bank (which amount was duly deposited
by USL), the bank should hold the amount in a suspense account and
not deal with any of the secured assets including the shares until
disposal of the original writ petition filed by USL before the High Court.
On 27 June 2019, a single judge bench of the High Court issued an
order dismissing the writ petition filed by USL, amongst other things, on
the basis that the matter involved an issue of breach of contract by USL
and was therefore not maintainable in exercise of the court’s writ
jurisdiction. USL filed an appeal against this order before a division
bench of the High Court, which on 30 July 2019 issued an interim order
directing the bank to not deal with any of the secured assets until the
next date of hearing. On 13 January 2020, the division bench of the
High Court admitted the writ appeal and extended the interim stay. This
appeal is currently pending. Based on the assessment of USL’s
management supported by external legal opinions, USL continues to
believe that it has a strong case on the merits and therefore continues to
believe that the secured assets will be released to USL and the aforesaid
amount of INR 459 million (£4 million) remains recoverable from IDBI.
(f) Tax
The international tax environment has seen increased scrutiny and rapid
change over recent years bringing with it greater uncertainty for
multinationals. Against this backdrop, Diageo has been monitoring
developments and continues to engage transparently with the tax
authorities in the countries where Diageo operates to ensure that the
group manages its arrangements on a sustainable basis.
The group operates in a large number of markets with complex tax
and legislative regimes that are open to subjective interpretation, and
for which tax audits can take several years to resolve. In the context of
these operations, it is possible that tax exposures which have not yet
materialised (including those which could arise as a result of tax
assessments) may result in losses to the group. In the circumstances
where tax authorities have raised assessments, challenging
interpretations which may lead to a possible material outflow, these
have been included as contingent liabilities. Where the potential tax
exposures are known to us and have not been assessed, the group
considers disclosure of such matters taking into account their size and
nature, relevant regulatory requirements and potential prejudice of the
future resolution or assessment thereof.
Diageo has a large number of ongoing tax cases in Brazil and India.
Since assessing an accurate value of contingent liabilities in these
markets requires a high degree of judgement, contingent liabilities are
disclosed on the basis of the current known possible exposure from tax
assessment values. While not all of these cases are individually
significant, the current aggregate known possible exposure from tax
assessment values is up to approximately £616 million for Brazil and up
to approximately £90 million for India. The group believes that the
likelihood that the tax authorities will ultimately prevail is lower than
probable but higher than remote. Due to the fiscal environment in Brazil
and in India, the possibility of further tax assessments related to the
same matters cannot be ruled out and the judicial processes may take
extended periods to conclude. Based on its current assessment, Diageo
believes that no provision is required in respect of these issues.
Payments were made under protest in India in respect of the periods
1 April 2006 to 31 March 2019 in relation to tax assessments where the
risk is considered to be remote or possible. These payments have to be
made in order to be able to challenge the assessments and as such
have been recognised as a receivable in the group's balance sheet. The
total amount of payments under protest recognised as a receivable as
at 30 June 2023 is £116 million (corporate tax payments of £104 million
and indirect tax payments of £12 million).
(g) Other disputes
On 31 May 2023, a complaint against Diageo North America, Inc (DNA)
was filed in the Supreme Court of New York by Combs Wine and Spirits
LLC (an entity associated with Mr Sean Combs) alleging, inter alia,
breach of contract in respect of a joint venture agreement related to
DeLeón tequila. DNA has also served notice of material breaches and
termination to Mr Combs and his relevant associated entities of certain
agreements related to services provided by Mr Combs and these
entities in respect of Cîroc, and notice of material breaches and an
intent to arbitrate in respect of the DeLeón joint venture agreement.
Diageo categorically denies the allegations that have been made by Mr
Combs and his associated parties in the complaint and will defend itself
vigorously. Diageo will refrain from making any further disclosures given
the inherent uncertainties of these matters and the prejudicial nature
any such disclosures may have on the potential outcomes related
thereto or other associated matters.
(h) Other
The group has extensive international operations and routinely makes
judgements on a range of legal, customs and tax matters which are
incidental to the group's operations. Some of these judgements are or
may become the subject of challenges and involve proceedings, the
outcome of which cannot be foreseen. In particular, the group is
currently a defendant in various customs proceedings that challenge
the declared customs value of products imported by certain Diageo
companies. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these
proceedings.
Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the
Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is
aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or
arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the
financial position of the Diageo group.
20. Commitments
(a) Capital commitments
Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and
equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements
are estimated at £599 million (2022 – £399 million; 2021 – £263 million).
(b) Other commitments
The future minimum lease rentals payable in the year ended 30 June
2023 for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are estimated
at £36 million (2022 – £13 million; 2021 – £11 million). The total future
cash outflows for leases that had not yet commenced, and not
recognised as lease liabilities at 30 June 2023, are estimated at £11
million (2022 – £11 million; 2021 – £132 million).
21. Related party transactions
Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on
terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions.
(a) Subsidiaries
Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated
on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal
group companies are given in note 22.
(b) Associates and joint ventures
Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are
principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the
provision of management services.
Transactions and balances with associates and joint ventures are set
out in the table below:
Income statement items
Sales
Purchases
Balance sheet items
Group payables
Group receivables
Loans payable
Loans receivable
Cash flow items
2023
2022
2021
£ million
£ million
£ million
10
13
2
1
—
11
31
2
2
—
8
23
5
1
9
197
175
108
Loans and equity contributions, net
93
66
38
Other disclosures in respect of associates and joint ventures are
included in note 6.
(c) Key management personnel
The key management of the group comprises the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the
Company Secretary. They are listed under ‘Board of Directors and
Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’.
Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Annual incentive plan
Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Share-based payments(1)
Post employment benefits
Termination benefits
2023
2022
2021
£ million
£ million
£ million
11
6
1
12
2
—
32
10
13
1
19
2
—
45
9
13
1
12
1
2
38
(1)
Time-apportioned fair value of unvested options and share awards.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
217
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Non-Executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or post
employment benefits.
There were no transactions with these related parties during the year
ended 30 June 2023 on terms other than those that prevail in arm’s
length transactions.
(d) Pension plans
In October 2022, Diageo plc provided an interim credit facility to
Diageo Pension Trust Limited, consisting of £850 million for the Diageo
Pension Scheme, to support temporary liquidity challenges until 29
December 2022. In December 2022, the maturity date was extended to
29 June 2023. The facility amount was reduced on 22 May 2023 to
£350 million and on 14 June 2023 the maturity date was extended to 11
October 2023. The facility was subsequently cancelled on 25 July 2023.
The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of
administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and
with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans.
The total amount recharged for the year was £0.1 million (2022 – £0.1
million; 2021 – £0.1 million).
(e) Directors’ remuneration
Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Annual incentive plan
Non-Executive Directors' fees
Share option exercises(1)
Shares vesting(1)
Post employment benefits
2023
2022
2021
£ million
£ million
3
2
1
—
4
1
11
3
4
1
4
3
—
15
£ million
2
4
1
—
1
—
8
(1) Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by
using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and
release of the awards.
22. Principal group companies
The companies listed below include those which principally affect the profits and assets of the group. The operating companies listed below may
carry on the business described in the countries listed in conjunction with their subsidiaries and other group companies.
Country of
incorporation
Country of operation
Percentage of
equity owned(1)
Business description
Subsidiaries
Diageo Ireland Unlimited Company
Diageo Great Britain Limited
Diageo Scotland Limited
Diageo Brands B.V.
Diageo North America, Inc.
United Spirits Limited(2)
Diageo Capital plc(3)
Diageo Capital B.V.(3)
Diageo Finance plc(3)
Diageo Investment Corporation
Ireland
England
Scotland
Netherlands
United States
India
Scotland
Worldwide
Great Britain
Worldwide
Worldwide
Worldwide
India
United Kingdom
Netherlands
Netherlands
England
United Kingdom
United States
United States
Mey İçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.
Turkey
Turkey
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
Marketing and distribution of premium drinks
Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
Marketing and distribution of premium drinks
Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
55.88%
Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Financing company for the group
Financing company for the group
Financing company for the group
Financing company for the US group
Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
Associates
Moët Hennessy, SAS(4)
France
France
34%
Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks
(1) All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.
(2) Percentage ownership excludes 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(3) Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(4) French limited liability company.
23. Post balance sheet events
Starting 1 July 2023, in line with reporting requirements the functional currency of Diageo plc has changed from sterling to US dollar which is applied
prospectively. This is because the group's share of net sales and expenses in the US and other countries whose currencies correlate closely with the
US dollar has been increasing over the years, and that trend is expected to continue in line with the group's strategic focus. Diageo has also decided
to change its presentation currency to US dollar with effect from 1 July 2023, applied retrospectively, as it believes that this change will provide better
alignment of the reporting of performance with its business exposures.
Diageo will propose adopting new Articles of Association (New Articles) at the AGM to be held on 28 September 2023 which reflects the change
in the functional currency of Diageo plc and presentation currency of the group from sterling to US dollar. The New Articles shall, among other
things, empower the Board to declare and/or pay dividends in any currency or currencies and enable the Board to make provisions for
shareholders to receive dividends in a different currency to the currency in which dividends were declared. Subject to the approval of the New
Articles by shareholders at the AGM and commencing with the interim dividend that is expected to be declared in January 2024, Diageo’s future
dividends will be declared in US dollar. Holders of ordinary shares will continue to receive their dividends in sterling but will have the option to elect
to receive it in US dollar. Holders of ADRs will continue to receive dividends in US dollar.
On 31 July 2023, the Board approved plans for a further return of capital programme of $1.0 billion to shareholders.
Company balance sheet of Diageo plc
Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Other financial assets
Post employment benefit assets
Current assets
Amounts owed by group undertakings
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Current liabilities
Amounts owed to group undertakings
Other financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Non-current liabilities
Amounts owed to group undertakings
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Post employment benefit liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital (2023 – 2,460 million shares (2022 – 2,498 million shares) of 28 101/108 pence
each)
Share premium
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings:
At beginning of year
Profit for the year
Other changes in retained earnings
Total equity
30 June 2023
30 June 2022
Notes
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
3
4
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
7
4
4
7
5
6
9
9
61,564
670
591
1,130
28
2
1
(3)
(2)
(59)
(12)
(8,234)
(612)
(149)
(92)
(54)
712
1,351
9,161
3,231
41,202
2,543
(3,431)
61,561
536
1,210
62,825
63,307
1,161
63,986
2,879
7
96
16
(48)
(164)
(37)
(11)
2,998
66,305
(76)
(260)
(9,141)
(9,217)
54,769
(9,385)
(536)
(158)
(243)
(66)
723
1,351
9,161
3,220
(10,388)
(10,648)
55,657
14,455
14,455
43,780
1,026
(3,604)
40,314
54,769
41,202
55,657
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these parent company financial statements.
These financial statements have been approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 31 July 2023 and
were signed on its behalf by Debra Crew and Lavanya Chandrashekar, Directors.
Company registration number: 23307
218
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
219
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Statement of changes in equity for Diageo plc
Notes to the company financial statements of Diageo plc
At 30 June 2021
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for the year
Employee share schemes
Share-based incentive plans
Tax on share-based incentive plans
Unclaimed dividend
Share buyback programme
Dividend declared for the year
At 30 June 2022
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive income for the year
Employee share schemes
Share-based incentive plans
Tax on share-based incentive plans
Unclaimed dividend
Share buyback programme
Dividend declared for the year
At 30 June 2023
Share capital
Share premium Merger reserve
Capital
redemption
reserve
Own shares
Other reserve
Total
Total equity
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
£ million
741
1,351
9,161
3,202
(1,877)
45,657
43,780
58,235
Retained earnings/(deficit)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(18)
—
723
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(11)
—
712
1,351
9,161
3,220
(1,838)
43,040
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
18
—
—
—
—
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
11
—
—
—
—
24
—
—
—
—
—
1,026
1,026
275
275
1,301
1,301
50
59
1
2
(2,310)
(1,720)
2,543
89
59
1
2
(2,310)
(1,720)
41,202
2,543
(503)
(503)
2,040
2,040
24
49
1
1
48
49
1
1
1,026
275
1,301
89
59
1
2
(2,310)
(1,720)
55,657
2,543
(503)
2,040
48
49
1
1
(1,265)
(1,265)
(1,762)
(1,762)
(1,265)
(1,762)
1,351
9,161
3,231
(1,814)
42,128
40,314
54,769
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these parent company financial statements.
1. Accounting policies of the company
Basis of preparation
The financial statements of Diageo plc (the company) are prepared in
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure
Framework (FRS 101).
In preparing these financial statements, the company applies the
recognition, measurement, and disclosure requirements of International
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the UK (IFRS), but makes
amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies
Act 2006 and has excluded certain information as permitted by FRS 101.
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis
under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial
instruments and post employment benefits which are measured and
stated at their fair value.
By virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the company is
exempt from presenting an income statement and disclosing employee
numbers and staff costs. The company has taken advantage of the
exemption under FRS 101 from preparing a cash flow statement and
related notes, disclosures in respect of transactions and the capital
management of wholly owned subsidiaries, the effects of new but not
yet effective IFRSs and disclosures in respect of the compensation of key
management personnel. As the consolidated financial statements of
Diageo plc include equivalent disclosures, the company has also utilised
exemptions available under FRS 101 from disclosing IFRS 2 Share-based
Payment in respect of group settled share-based payments, disclosures
required by IFRS 7 Financial Instruments Disclosures and by IFRS 13 Fair
Value Measurement.
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at historical cost less impairment
provisions for any permanent decrease in value. The carrying amounts
of the company’s investments are reviewed at each reporting date to
determine whether there is an indication of impairment. If such an
indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.
Losses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and
reflected in an allowance against the carrying value. Where an event
results in the asset’s recoverable amount being higher than the
previously impaired carrying value, the original impairment may be
reversed through the statement of comprehensive income in subsequent
periods.
Dividends
Dividends payable and dividends receivable are recognised in the
financial statements in the year in which they are approved.
Share-based payments – employee benefits
The company’s accounting policy for share-based payments is the
same as set out in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
Where the company grants options over its own shares to the
employees of its subsidiaries, it generally recharges the cost to the
relevant group company. Where the amount is not recharged, the value
of the options is recognised as a capital contribution to the subsidiaries
and increases the cost of investment.
Pensions and other post employment benefits
The company’s accounting policy for post employment benefits is the
same as set out in note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. The
company acts as sponsor of all UK post employment plans for the
benefit of employees and former employees throughout the group.
There is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging the net
defined benefit costs for the plan measured in accordance with FRS 101,
to other group companies whose employees participate in these group
wide plans. However, recharges to other group companies are made
on a funding basis and are credited against post employment service
costs to the extent they are in respect of current service. The fair value of
the plans’ assets less the present value of the plans’ liabilities are
disclosed as a net asset or net liability on the company’s balance sheet
as it is deemed to be the legal sponsor of these plans. The net income
charge/credit reflects the change in the defined benefit obligation,
resulting from service in the current year, benefit changes, curtailments
and settlements. Past service costs are recognised in income. The net
interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net
balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan
assets and is included in the income statement. Any differences due to
changes in assumptions or experience are recognised in other
comprehensive income.
Provisions
The company’s accounting policy for provisions is the same as set out in
note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.
Taxation
The company’s accounting policy for taxation is the same as set out in
note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.
Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value
including, where permitted by IFRS 9, any directly attributable
transaction costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently
held at fair value, the company assesses whether there is evidence of
impairment at each balance sheet date. The company classifies its
financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: financial
assets and liabilities at amortised cost, financial assets and liabilities at
fair value through income statement and financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income. Where financial assets or
liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value,
the company does not apply the fair value option.
Amounts owed by group undertakings are initially measured at fair
value and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Non-interest
bearing trade receivables are stated at their nominal value as they are
due on demand. Allowances for expected credit losses are made based
on the risk of non-payment, taking into account ageing, previous
experience, economic conditions and forward-looking data. Such
allowances are measured as either 12-month expected credit losses or
lifetime expected credit losses depending on changes in the credit
quality of the counterparty. Expected credit loss is immaterial for
amounts owed by group undertakings.
Amounts owed to group undertakings are initially measured at fair
value and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Non-interest
bearing trade payables are stated at their nominal value as they are
due on demand. For a number of loans owed to other group
companies, the company has a contractual right to defer payment by
one year and one day and therefore these amounts are disclosed as
non-current liabilities.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
220
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
221
4. Financial assets and liabilities
Other financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value through
income statement and comprise the fair value of interest rate swaps
and cross currency interest rate swaps with subsidiary undertakings,
where the company acts as an intermediary between group companies,
therefore it is not expected that there will be any net impact on future
cash flows.
Amounts owed by and to group undertakings, trade and other
receivables and trade and other payables are measured at amortised
cost.
Amounts owed by and to group undertakings are interest bearing
and unsecured. For a majority of the loans owed to other group
companies, the company has a contractual right to defer payment by
one year and one day and they are therefore classified as non-current
liabilities. Other amounts owed by and to group undertakings are
repayable on demand.
5. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
At 30 June 2021
Changes in tax rates
Recognised in income statement
Recognised in other comprehensive
income and equity
At 30 June 2022
Changes in tax rates
Recognised in other comprehensive
income and equity
At 30 June 2023
Post
employment
plans
Other
temporary
differences
Total
£ million
£ million
£ million
(190)
(23)
(4)
(69)
(286)
27
(13)
138
(134)
46
(1)
(2)
—
43
—
(1)
—
42
(144)
(24)
(6)
(69)
(243)
27
(14)
138
(92)
Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes assets in respect of
the UK Thalidomide Trust liability of £40 million (2022 – £42 million) and
share-based payment liabilities of £2 million (2022 – £1 million).
Additional estimates have been applied by management regarding
Recognised in income statement
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Financial guarantee contract liabilities
Financial guarantee contract liabilities are measured initially at their fair
values. These liabilities are subsequently measured at the higher of the
amount determined under IAS 37 and the amount initially recognised
(fair value) less where appropriate, cumulative amortisation of the initial
amount recognised.
Judgements in applying accounting policies and key
sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires the directors to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of
greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of
estimates and judgements, are the same as those disclosed in note 1 to
the consolidated financial statements in respect of taxation, post
employment benefits, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings.
A critical accounting estimate, specific to the company is the
assessment of the recoverable amount of the investments in
subsidiaries. Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that the value
of the investments in subsidiaries are not carried at above their
recoverable amounts. The tests are dependent on management’s
estimates in respect of the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount
rates applicable to the future cash flows and expected growth rates.
Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of
changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from
forecasts.
the potential financial impacts of increasing inflationary pressures.
Details are set out in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.
2. Income statement
Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements provides details of the
remuneration of the company’s auditor for the group.
Information on Directors’ emoluments, share and other interests,
transactions and pension entitlements is included in the Directors’
remuneration report in this Annual Report.
3. Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Cost
At 30 June 2022
Additions
At 30 June 2023
Provision
At 30 June 2022
Increase in the year
At 30 June 2023
Carrying amount
At 30 June 2023
At 30 June 2022
£ million
72,701
3
72,704
(11,140)
—
(11,140)
61,564
61,561
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at historical cost of
£72,704 million (2022 – £72,701 million) less impairment provisions of
£11,140 million (2022 – £11,140 million).
Investments in subsidiary undertakings include £140 million (2022 –
£137 million) of costs in respect of share-based payments, granted to
subsidiary undertakings which were not recharged to the subsidiaries.
The additions comprise £3 million not recharged and capitalised as a
cost of investment during the year ended 30 June 2023.
A list of group companies as at 30 June 2023 is provided in note 10.
222
Diageo Annual Report 2023
6. Post employment benefits
The movement in the net surplus for the two years ended 30 June 2023,
for all UK post employment plans for which the company is the sponsor,
is as follows:
8. Financial guarantees and letters of comfort
The company has guaranteed certain external borrowings of
subsidiaries which at 30 June 2023 amounted to £16,508 million (2022 –
£15,933 million).
Plan assets
Plan liabilities
Net surplus
£ million
£ million
£ million
At 30 June 2021
7,341
(6,582)
Income/(charge) before taxation
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Contributions by group companies
Employee contributions
Benefits paid
At 30 June 2022
Income/(charge) before taxation
Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Contributions by group companies
Benefits paid
At 30 June 2023
134
(1,191)
46
1
(161)
1,557
—
(1)
(290)
290
6,041
218
(1,396)
49
(334)
(4,897)
(203)
725
—
334
4,578
(4,041)
759
(27)
366
46
—
—
1,144
15
(671)
49
—
537
The net surplus for the UK post employment plans of £537 million (2022
– £1,144 million) for which the company is a sponsor comprises funded
plans of £591 million (2022 – £1,210 million) disclosed as part of non-
current assets and unfunded liabilities of £54 million (2022 –
£66 million) disclosed as part of non-current liabilities.
The disclosures have been prepared in accordance with IFRIC 14. In
particular, where the calculation for a plan results in a surplus, the
recognised asset is limited to the present value of any available future
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan,
and any additional liabilities are recognised as required.
Additional information on the UK post employment plans and the
principal risks and assumptions applicable is disclosed in note 14 to the
consolidated financial statements.
7. Provisions
At 30 June 2022
Provisions utilised during the year
Unwinding of discounts
At 30 June 2023
Thalidomide
£ million
169
(12)
4
161
The company’s commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust is discounted
and will be utilised over the period of the commitment up to 2037.
At 30 June 2023, £12 million (2022 – £11 million) of provision is
current and £149 million (2022 – £158 million) is non-current.
The company has also provided irrevocable guarantees relating to
the liabilities of certain of its Dutch subsidiaries. The company has
assessed that the likelihood of these guarantees being called is remote.
The Directors do not expect the company to be liable for any legal
obligation in respect of these financial guarantee agreements, and they
have been recognised at nil fair value.
The company issues letter of comfort to provide sufficient funds to
directly owned subsidiary undertakings as and when required.
9. Shareholders’ funds
(a) Merger reserve
On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate, fair
values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to
the net assets acquired. Where merger relief is applicable under the UK
Companies Acts, the difference between the fair value of the business
acquired and the nominal value of shares issued as purchase
consideration is treated as a merger reserve.
(b) Own shares
At 30 June 2023, own shares comprised 3 million ordinary shares held
by employee share trusts (2022 – 2 million; 2021 – 2 million) and 213
million ordinary shares repurchased and held as treasury shares (2022 –
217 million; 2021 –221 million).
During the year ended 30 June 2023, the group purchased
38 million ordinary shares (2022 – 61 million; 2021 – 3 million),
representing approximately 1.5% of the issued ordinary share capital
(2022 – 2.4%; 2021 – 0.1%) at an average price of 3616 pence per
share, and an aggregate cost of £1,381 million (including £13 million of
transaction costs) (2022 – 3709 pence per share, and an aggregate
cost of £2,284 million, including £16 million of transaction costs; 2021 –
3407 pence per share, and an aggregate cost of £109 million, including
£1 million of transaction costs) under the share buyback programme.
The shares purchased under the share buyback programmes were
cancelled.
Information on movements in own shares is provided in note 18(c) to
the consolidated financial statements.
(c) Retained earnings
£7,236 million (2022 – £7,672 million) of retained earnings is available
for the payment of dividends or purchases of own shares. Determining
the company’s reserves available for distribution is complex and
requires, in some instances, the application of judgement. The company
has determined what is realised and unrealised profits in accordance
with the Companies Act 2006 and the guidance included in ICAEW
Technical Release TECH 02/17BL ‘Guidance on realised and
distributable profits under the Companies Act 2006’. The company’s
reserves available for distribution include adjustments to retained
earnings in respect of the unrealised portion of the dividend in specie
received by the company, post employment benefit surpluses and
share-based payment charges capitalised to investments.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
Diageo Annual Report 2023
223
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
10. Group companies
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a full list of subsidiaries, partnerships, associates, joint ventures and joint arrangements,
the country of incorporation and the effective percentage of equity owned, as at 30 June 2023 are disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated the
share capital disclosed comprises ordinary shares which are indirectly held by Diageo plc.
FULLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
Angola
Rua Fernao de Sousa, Condominio Bengo, Letter
A, 11.s floor, Fraction A37, neighbourhood Vila
Alice, Province of Luanda
Diageo Angola Limitada
Argentina
Bernardo de Irigoyen 972, floor 7, office A, CABA
Diageo de Argentina S.A.
Australia
162 Blues Point Road, Level 1, NSW, 2060,
McMahons Point
Bundaberg Distilling Investments Pty Ltd(3)
Level 7, 99 Macquarie Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
Diageo Australia Limited(3)
Mr Black Spirits Pty Ltd.
Whittred Street, QLD, 4670, Bundaberg
Bundaberg Distilling Company Pty. Limited(5)
Austria
Teinfaltstrasse 8, 1010, Wien
Diageo Austria GmbH
Belgium
Z.3 Doornveld 150, 1731, Zellik
Diageo Belgium N.V.
Bermuda
Victoria Place, 5th Floor, 31 Victoria Street,
Hamilton, HM10
Atalantaf Limited
Brazil
Fazenda Santa Eliza, Zona Rural, Ceará,
62.685-000, Paraipaba
Ypioca Agricola LTDA
Municipio de Itaitinga, Estado do Ceara, na
Rodovia BR 116, no 15.000, Bairro Jiboia, CEP
61.880-000
Ypioca Industrial de Bebidas S.A.
Rua Olimpiadas, 205, floor 14-15, 04551-000, Sao
Paulo
Diageo Brasil Ltda
Bulgaria
7 Iskarsko Shose Blvd., Trade Center Europe,
building 12, floor 2, 1528, Sofia
Diageo Bulgaria Ltd
Cameroon
535 rue AFCODI, Douala P.O. Box 1245
Diageo Cameroon Ltd
Canada
Diageo Czech Marketing Services LLC
134 Peter Street, Suite 1501, Ontario, M5V 2H2,
Toronto
Denmark
Sundkrogsgade 19, 2. 2100, Copenhagen
Diageo Canada Holdings Inc.
Diageo Canada Inc.
Boul Henri-Bourassa E., 9225, Local A, Quebec,
H1E 1P6 , Montreal
Diageo Americas Supply Quebec Distribution Inc.
Diageo Denmark AS
Dominican Republic
Num. 07 Av. Jacinto Ignacio Manon, Sector
Ensanche Paraiso, Edificio Chez Space, Piso 3rd,
Distrito Nacional, Santo Domingo
Diageo Ireland Quebec Distribution Inc.
Diageo Dominicana S.R.L.
Chile
Avenida Apoquindo 5950, Piso 4, Oficina 04-103,
Las Condes Santiago de Chile
Diageo Chile Limitada
China
41F, One Museum Place, 669 Xinzha Road, Jingan
District, Shanghai
Diageo China Limited
Fengxiang Village Fengyu Town, Eryuan County,
Dali Bai Minority Region, Yunnan Province
Diageo Liquor (Dali) Co. Ltd
No. 9 Quanxing Road, Jinniu District, Chengdu,
610036
Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co. Ltd
No.28 Jiafeng Road, 2502, 5, Pudong District,
200137, Shanghai
Diageo (Shanghai) Limited
Unit 1101, 1102, Building 16, No.1000 Jinhai Road,
Shanghai
Diageo Liquor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
Unit B, 2nd Floor, West Logistics Center, No. 88
Linhai Avenue, Nanshan Street, Shenzhen
Diageo Supply Chain (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd
Colombia
100 street No.13 21 Office 502. Bogota
Diageo Colombia S.A.
Costa Rica
Trejos Montealegre, Edificio Escazu, Village II,
Oficinas 03-118 y 03-120, Distrito San Rafael, San
Jose
Diageo Costa Rica S.A.
Croatia
Hektoroviceva ulica 2, 10000, Zagreb
Diageo Croatia d.o.o.za usluge
Czech Republic
Namesti I. P. Pavlova 1789/5. 4th floor, 120 00,
Prague 2
France
4 Rue Jules Lefebvre, 75009, Paris
Guinness France Holdings SAS
73, Rue de Provence, 75009, Paris
United Distillers France SAS
Germany
Reeperbahn 1, 20359, Hamburg
Belsazar GmbH
Diageo Germany GmbH
Greece
Leof. Kifisias 115, Athens, 115 24
Diageo Hellas S.A.
Guernsey
Heritage Hall, Le Marchant Street, St Peter Port,
GY1 4HY
Diageo Group Insurance Company Limited
Hong Kong
31/F, Tower two, Times Square, 1 Matheson street
Causeway Bay, Hong Kong
Diageo RTD Hong Kong Limited
Hungary
Dozsa Gyorgy ut 144, Budapest, 1134
Diageo Business Services Private Company
Limited by Shares
Diageo Hungary Finance Limited Liability
Company
Diageo Hungary Marketing Services Limited
Liability Company
India
Kempapura Main Road, Opp Nagawara Lake,
Karle SEZ Tower, 2nd floor, Karnataka, 560045,
Bangalore
Diageo Business Services India Private Limited
Marathon Futurex, A-Wing, 2601, 26th Floor, N M
Joshi Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai, 400 013
Diageo Distilleries Private Limited(7)
Diageo India Private Limited
Indonesia
Jl Jend Sudirman Kav. 76-78, Sudirman Plaza,
Plaza Marein, 15th, Jakarta Selatan, 12910, Jakarta
PT Gitaswara Indonesia(9)
Ireland
Nangor House, Western Estate, Nangor Road,
Dublin, 12
Gilbeys of Ireland Unlimited Company
R & A Bailey & Co Unlimited Company
UDV Ireland Group (Trustees) Designated Activity
Company
St. James's Gate, Dublin 8
AGS Employee Shares Nominees (Ireland)
Designated Activity Company
Arthur Guinness Son & Company (Dublin)
Unlimited Company(2)
Diageo Ireland Finance 1 Unlimited Company
Diageo Ireland Holdings Unlimited Company
Diageo Ireland Unlimited Company
Diageo Retirement Savings Plan Pension Trustee
Designated Activity Company
Diageo Turkey Holdings Limited
Guinness Storehouse Limited
Irish Ale Breweries Holdings Unlimited Company(3)
R & A Bailey Pension Trustee Designated Activity
Company(2)
Italy
Strada Statale 63, 12069, Santa Vittoria d'Alba
(CN)
Diageo Operations Italy S.p.A.
Via Ernesto Lugaro 15, 10126, Torino
Diageo Italia S.p.A.
Japan
9-7-1 Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo 164-0001
Diageo Japan Administration Services K.K.
Diageo Japan K.K
Kenya
Diageo Kenya Limited
La Reunion
45 Rue Alexis De Villeneuve 97400 Saint-Denis
Diageo Reunion SAS
Lebanon
Diageo LENA Off-shore SAL
Mexico
Av. Ejercito Nacional, 843-B, Torre Paseo Acceso
B, 2, Mexico City , 11520
Costa del Este, Ave La Rotonda, Business Park,
Torre V. piso 15 Panama City
Diageo Mexico II, S.A. de C.V.
Diageo Panama S.A.
Calle Gobernador Rafael Rebollar 95, Col San
Miguel de Chapultepec, Del Miguel Hidalgo CP
11850, Mexico City
CASA UM, S.A.P.I. DE C.V.
Carretera Atotonilco - Guadalajara, Atotonilco el
Alto, Jalisco, 47750
Diageo Mexico Comercializadora S.A. de C.V.
Diageo Mexico SA de CV
Independencia SN Santiago, Matatlán, Oaxaca
70440
Sombra Mezcal S. de R.L. de S.V.
Porfirio Diaz 17, Jalisco, 47750, Atotonilco el Alto
Diageo Mexico Operaciones S.A. de C.V.
Diageo Mexico Spirits
Don Julio Agavera S.A. de C.V.
Servicios Agavera, S.A. de C.V.
Mozambique
Estrada Nacional numero 1, Micanhine,
Marracuene
Diageo Supply Marracuene Lda.
Netherlands
De Ruyterkades, Postbus 2852 1000cw Amsterdam
United Distillers & Vintners (SJ) B.V.(2)
Molenwerf 12, 1014 BG, Amsterdam
Diageo Atlantic B.V.
Diageo Brands B.V.
Diageo Capital B.V.(1)
Diageo Highlands Holding B.V.
Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V.
Diageo Nederland B.V.
Diageo Relay B.V.
Global Farming Initiative B.V.
Justerini & Brooks Importers B.V.
123 Carlton Gore Road, Level 2, Newmarket, 1023,
Auckland
Diageo New Zealand Limited(3)
Nigeria
Panama city, West Boulevard, PH ARIFA, 9th and
10th, Santa Maria Business
Diageo Taiwan Inc.
Paraguay
Avda Aviadores del Chaco 2050. Edificio World
trade center. Torre 3 piso 11
Diageo Paraguay S.R.L.
Peru
Victor Andres Belaunde 147, Via Principal 133,
Interior 107, Piso 10, San Isidro, Lima
Diageo Peru S.A.
Philippines
10th Floor Commerce and Industry Plaza Building,
McKinley Hill Dr, Taguig, 1634
Diageo Asia Pacific Shared Services Centre
Limited, Inc.
Unit 1, 17th Floor, Ore Central 9th Avenue corner
31st Street Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City, 1634
Diageo Export SR Inc.(2)
Diageo Philippines Free Port Inc(2)
Diageo Philippines Inc.
North Island United Enterprise Holdings Inc(2)
Unit 3 G/F, 134 Legaspi Parkview Condominium,
Carlos Palanca Street cor. Legaspi Street, Makati
City
Chat Noir Co. Inc.
Poland
Przyokopowa Str. 31, PL 01 – 208 Warsaw
Diageo Polska Sp. z o.o.
Portugal
Avenida D. Joao II, No 50, piso 2, letra D, Edificio
Mar Vermelho, 1990-095 Lisboa
Diageo Portugal - Distribuidora de Bebidas,
Unipessoal, Lda
Romania
Expo Business Park, Street Aviator Popisteanu 54A,
Cladirea 2, et 1-3, Sector 1, Bucharest, 012244
Diageo Balkans S.R.L.
Russia
Kaspiyskaya Street, 22, main bld. 1, bld. 5, floor 3,
apartment VII, room 31a, 115304, Moscow
Oba Akran Avenue Ikeja, 24, Lagos, PMB 21071,
100001
D Distribution Joint-Stock Company
Diageo Brands Distributors LLC
Diageo Brands Nigeria Ltd
Norway
Apotekergata 10, 0180 Oslo
Diageo Norway AS
Panama
Singapore
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
L R NO 1870/1/176, Aln House, Off Eldama Ravine
Close, Westlands, Nairobi
Selviac Nederland B.V.
New Zealand
224
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
225
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
112 Robinson Road, 1, 5th Floor, 1, Singapore
68902
Diageo Singapore Pte Ltd.
Streetcar Investment Holding Pte. Ltd.
South Africa
Building 3, Maxwell Office Park, Magwa Crescent
West, Waterfall City, Midrand, 2090
Diageo South Africa (Pty) Limited
United Distillers Southern Africa (Proprietary)
Limited
South Korea
932-94, Daewol-ro, Daewol-myun, Icheon-shi,
Gyeonggi-do, 17342, Icheon
Windsor Global Co., Ltd.
Diageo Korea Co. Ltd
Spain
Avda de la Victoria 32, Edificio Spirit, 28023,
Madrid
Diageo Espana S.A.
Sweden
Gavlegatan street 22/C, 11330, Stockholm
Diageo Sweden AB
Switzerland
Place de la Gare 12, Lausanne, 1003
Diageo Suisse S.A.
Tanzania
CRB Africa Legal Attorneys, Plot 60, Ursino Street
P.O. Box 32840, Dar es Salaam
Sumagro Limited(2)
Turkey
Esentepe Mah. Bahar Sk. Ozdilek River Plaza
Vyndham Grand Apt. No 13/25 Sisli, Istanbul
Mey Alkollü İçkiler Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.
Mey İçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.
Ukraine
1v Pavla Tychyny avenue , 2152, Kyiv
Diageo Ukraine LLC
United Kingdom
11 Lochside Place, Edinburgh, EH12 9HA
Arthur Bell & Sons Limited(2)
Copper Dog Whisky Limited
Diageo Capital plc(1)
Diageo Scotland Limited
J & B Scotland Limited(2)
John Haig & Company Limited
The Lochnagar Distillery Limited(2)
William Sanderson and Son Limited(2)
Zepf Technologies UK Limited
Tipplesworth Limited
UDV (SJ) Holdings Limited(1)
16 Great Marlborough St, London, W1F 7HS
UDV (SJ) Limited
United Distillers France Limited
3rd Floor Capital House, 3 Upper Queen Street,
Belfast
Diageo Global Supply IBC Limited
Diageo Northern Ireland Limited(1)
S & B Production Limited
61 St. James's Street, London, SW1A 1LZ
Justerini & Brooks, Limited
United States
1 Estate Annaberg & Shannon Grove, RR1 Box
9400, Kingshill, VI 00850-9703
Diageo USVI Inc.
1209 Orange Street, New Castle, Delaware 19801
DV Technology LLC
1425 South Kingstown Road, South Kingstown, RI
02879
Diageo Loyal Spirits Corporation
175 Greenwich Street, Three World Trade Center,
New York, NY 10007
Ballroom Acquisition, Inc.
Davos Services LLC
Diageo Americas Supply, Inc.
Diageo Americas, Inc.
Diageo Beer Company USA
Diageo Inc.
Diageo Investment Corporation
Diageo Latin America & Caribbean LLC
Diageo Non-Alcohol Beverages LLC
Diageo North America Foundation, Inc.
Diageo North America, Inc.(5)
Liquor Investment LLC
Soh Spirits LLC
Stirrings LLC
Anna Seed 83 Limited
Anyslam Investments
Cellarers (Wines) Limited
Chase Distillery (Holdings) Limited
Chase Distillery Limited
Diageo (IH) Limited(2)
Diageo Distribution Company Limited
Diageo DV Limited
Diageo Eire Finance & Co(2)
Diageo Employee Shares Nominees Limited(1),(2)
Diageo Finance plc(1)
Diageo Finance US Limited
Diageo Financing Turkey Limited
Diageo Great Britain Limited
Diageo Healthcare Limited(2)
Diageo HF Holdings Limited
Diageo Holdings Limited(1)
Diageo Holland Investments Limited(2)
Diageo Investment Holdings Limited
Diageo Overseas Holdings Limited(6)
Diageo Scotland Investment Limited
Diageo Share Ownership Trustees Limited(1),(2)
Diageo UK Turkey Holdings Limited
Diageo UK Turkey Limited
Diageo US Holdings
Diageo US Investments
Grand Metropolitan Capital Company Limited
Grand Metropolitan Estates Limited
Grand Metropolitan International Holdings Limited
Grand Metropolitan Limited
Guinness Limited(1)
Guinness Overseas Holdings Limited(1)
Guinness Overseas Limited
James Buchanan & Company Limited(2)
John Walker and Sons Limited(2)
Kanlaon Ltd
Mr Black UK Ltd
Tanqueray Gordon and Company, Limited(1)
The Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited(2)
The Pimm's Drinks Company Limited(2)
The Bulleit Distillery, Inc.(2)
Whisky Archive Inc.
Lismore Trading, C.A.
Skye Trading C.A.
300 Delaware Ave Ste 210-A Wilmington, DE 19801
21Seeds Inc.
3411 Silverside Road Tatnall Building, Ste 104
Wilmington, DE 19810
Casamigos Spirits Company LLC
Casamigos Tequila LLC
CT Staffing Services LLC
Vivanda Inc.
381 Park Avenue South, Suite 1015, New York, NY
10016
Aviation Gin LLC
Davos Brands LLC
5444 Westheimer 1000, Houston, TX 77056
Balcones Distilling LLC
Uruguay
Pasaje Paseo De Las Carretas, 2580, oficina 1301,
Montevideo
Diageo Uruguay SA
Venezuela
Av Intercomunal Alí Primera, Los Taques, Estado
Falcón
DV Paraguana, C.A.(2)
Av La Hormiga con Intersección de la Carretera
via Payara, C.C. Tierra Buena Acarigua
Mull Trading C.A.(2)
Av. Circunvalacion Norte (Jose Asunsion
Rodriguez) Edificio Distribuidora Metropol,
Porlamar, Estado Nueva Esparta
Clyde Trading, C.A.(5)
Cupar Trading, C.A.(5)
Diageo Nueva Esparta, C.A.(2)
DV Trading, C.A.(5)
Zeta Importers C.A.(5)
Ave. San Felipe Urbanización La Castellana,
Edificio Centro Coinasa, Piso 6. Caracas, 1060
Diageo Venezuela C.A.
CaIIe 1 Este, Edificio y Galpon BTP, Zona Industrial
La Caracarita, Municipio Los Guayos, estado
Carabobo
Arran Tradings, C.A.
DV Release, C.A.
Islay Trading, C.A.
L4L Trading, C.A.
Carretera Nacional Acarigua-Barquisimeto Casa
Agropecuaria Las Marias I C.A.S-N Sector los
Guayones La Miel, Lara.
Agropecuarias Las Marias I C.A.
Vietnam
No. 157, 21/8 Street, Phuoc My Ward, Phan Rang -
Thap Cham City, Ninh Thuan Province
Diageo Vietnam
Zimbabwe
48 Midlothian Avenue, Eastlea, Harare
International Distillers - Zimbabwe (Private)
Limited(2)
SUBSIDIARIES WHERE THE EFFECTIVE
INTEREST IS LESS THAN 100%
Angola
Rua Dom Eduardo Andre Muaca, S/No, LOTE C4,
Luanda
DIREF Industria de Bebidas,Lda-Angola JV -
50.10%
No. 7 Guanghua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing,
100020
Swellfun (Beijing ) Consulting Co. Ltd - 63.16%
No. 9 Quanxing Road, Jinniu District, Chengdu,
610036
Chengdu Jianghai Trade Development Co.
Limited - 63.16%
Chengdu Tengyuan Liquor Marketing Co. Limited
- 63.16%
Sichuan Swellfun Co., Ltd - 63.16%
No. 998, Juanxing Road, Hongguang County,
Chengdu, 610000
Chengdu Ruijin Trading Co. Limited - 63.16%
Cuba
211 Avenida Malecón, entre J y K, Vedado, Plaza
de la Revolución, La Habana
Ron Santiago, S.A. - 50.00%
Ghana
Guinness Brewery, Plot 1 Block L, Industrial Area,
Kaasi, P. O. Box 1536, Kumasi
Guinness Ghana Breweries Plc - 80.40%
British Virgin Islands
Hungary
Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, PO Box 3140,
Road Town, Tortola
Rum Creation & Products Inc.(4) - 50.00%
Sea Meadow House, Blackburne Highway, P.O.
Box 116, Road Town, Tortola
Palmer Investment Group Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
USL Holdings Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
Canada
Labatt House, 207 Queen's Quay West, Suite 299,
Ontario, M5J 1A7, Toronto
Guinness Canada Limited - 51.00%
China
27 Shuijing Street, Jinjiang District, Chengdu,
610065
Chengdu Shuijingfang Fangcang Liquor Sales Co.
Ltd - 63.16%
41F, One Museum Place, 669 Xinzha Road, Jingan
District, Shanghai
Swellfun (Shanghai) Consulting Co. Ltd - 63.16%
No. 21 Shuijing Street, Jinjiang District, Chengdu,
610011
Chengdu Swellfun Marketing Co. Limited - 63.16%
No. 38 Jiuyuan Road, Kongming Street, Qionglai,
Chengdu
Chengdu Swellfun Liquor Co. Limited - 63.16%
Dozsa Gyorgy ut 144, Budapest, 1134
Diageo Employee Ownership Program
Organization - 99.94%
Guatemala
Calle 8-19 zona 9, Quetzaltenango
Anejos De Altura, Sociedad Anonima - 50.00%
India
UB Tower, 24 Vittal Mallya Road, Bangalore,
560001
Royal Challengers Sports Private Limited(11) -
55.88%
United Spirits Limited(11) - 55.88%
Indonesia
Jl. Raya Kaba-Kaba No. 88, Banjar Carik Padang,
Desa Nyambu, Kecamatan Kediri, Kabupaten
Tabanan, Provinsi Bali
PT Langgeng Kreasi Jayaprima - 80.00%
Kenya
5th Floor, Garden City Business Park, Block A,
Garden City Road, Off Exit 7, Thika Superhighway,
Nairobi, P.O. Box 30161-00100
Kenya Breweries Limited(5) - 65.00%
UDV Kenya Limited - 83.79%
Garden City Business Park, 5th Floor, P.O. Office
Box Number 30161-00100, Nairobi
East African Breweries Plc. - 65.00%
Kampala Road, Industrial Area, Nairobi, P.O. Box
41412-00100
East African Maltings Limited - 65.00%
Tusker House, Ruaraka, PO Box 30161, 00100
Nairobi GPO
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
226
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
227
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS contin ued
Allsopp (East Africa) Limited(2) - 63.05%
EABL International Limited(2) - 65.00%
Tembo Properties Limited(2) - 65.00%
Lebanon
Beirut Symposium Bldg, 10th floor, Beirut, PO Box
113-5250
Diageo - Lebanon SAL - 84.99%
Verdun Street, Ibiza Building, Beirut, PO Box
113-5631
Diageo Lebanon Holding SAL
Mauritius
IFS Court, Twenty Eight, Cybercity, Ebene
Asian Opportunities and Investment Limited(2),(11) -
55.88%
Netherlands
Molenwerf 12, 1014 BG, Amsterdam
Ketel One Worldwide B.V.(4) - 50.00%
Nigeria
Oba Akran Avenue Ikeja, 24, Lagos, PMB 21071,
100001
Guinness Nigeria plc - 58.02%
North Cyprus
Sehit Mehmet Cetin Sokak, Kucuk Sanayi Bölgesi
4, 99450, Gazi Magusa
Turk Alkollu Icki ve Sarap Endustri Ltd. - 66.00%
Philippines
Unit 1, 17th Floor, Ore Central 9th Avenue corner
31st Street Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City, 1634
ULM Holdings Inc.(2) - 40.00%
United Distillers & Vintners Philippines Inc(2) -
99.95%
Rwanda
Kimihurura, Gasabo, Umujyi was Kigali, 7130 Port
Bell Luzira
East African Breweries Rwanda Limited - 65.00%
Seychelles
O’Brien House, 273 Le Rocher, Mahe
Seychelles Breweries Limited - 54.40%
Plot 3-17 Port Bell Road, Luzira, Kampala, P.O. Box
7130
Uganda Breweries Limited - 63.82%
Plot No 1 Malt Road, Portbell Luzira P.O. Box 3221
Kampala
International Distillers Uganda Limited - 65.00%
Tusker House, Ruaraka, PO Box 30161, 00100
Nairobi GPO
East African Maltings (Uganda) Limited(2) -
65.00%
United Kingdom
Hungary
Soroksari ut 26, Budapest, 1095
Zwack Unicum plc - 26.00%
India
E-47/5., Okhla Industrial Area, Phase II, New
Delhi, South Delhi, DL 110020
Nao Spirits & Beverages Private Limited - 12.58%
Italy
Via Tortona 15, 20144, Milan
Niococktails S.R.L. - 20.00%
11 Lochside Place, Edinburgh, EH12 9HA
Japan
Lochside MWS Limited Partnership
McDowell & Co. (Scotland) Ltd(11) - 55.88%
16 Great Marlborough St, London, W1F 7HS
Diageo Pension Trust Limited(1),(9) - 55.00%
Lakeside MWS Limited Liability Partnership
Seedlip Ltd - 91.00%
Shaw Wallace Overseas Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
United Spirits (Great Britain) Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
United Spirits (UK) Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
USL Holdings (UK) Limited(2),(11) - 55.88%
United States
175 Greenwich Street, Three World Trade Center,
New York, NY 10007
California Simulcast Inc.(2) - 80.00%
D/CE Holdings LLC - 50.00%
Seedlip Inc. - 91.00%
2950 North Loop W Ste 1200 Houston, TX
77092-8808
Far West Spirits LLC - 99.00%
Venezuela
Ave. San Felipe Urbanización La Castellana,
Edificio Centro Coinasa, Piso 6. Caracas, 1060
Industrias Pampero C.A. - 96.80%
Vietnam
621 Pham Van Chi Street, District 6, Ho Chi Minh
City
845-3 Kaminokawa, Hiyoshi-cho Hioki-shi,
Kagoshima
Komasa Kanosuke Distillery Company Ltd. -
12.50%
Netherlands
Ceresstraat 1, 4811 CA Breda
Canbrew B.V.(4) - 28.16%
Spain
Calle General Vara del Rey 5, 1 Piso, 26003
Logroño, La Rioja
El Bandarra S.L. - 25.00%
Calle Malí, 7 La Laguna, 38320 Santa Cruz de
Tenerife
Compania Cervecera De Canarias, S.A. - 20.00%
Tomino (Ponteverda), 36750, Parroquia de Goian,
Barrio de Centinela, 1
Valdomino Premium Spirits, S.L. - 20.00%
United Kingdom
20 King Street Prince Albert House Maidenhead
SL6 1DT
El Rayo Limited - 20.00%
354 Castlehill, The Royal Mile, Edinburgh, EH1 2NE
The Scotch Whisky Heritage Centre Limited -
29.00%
39-45 Bermondsey Street, London, SE1 3XF
London Botanical Drinks Limited - 21.25%
64 New Cavendish Street, London, W1G 8TB
South Sudan
Vietnam Spirits and Wine Ltd - 55.00%
Pulpex Limited - 36.42%
Southern Sudan African Park Hotel, Juba Town
East African Beverages (Southern Sudan)
Limited(2) - 64.35%
Tanzania
2nd Floor, East Wing TDFL Building, Ohio street.
P.O. Box 32840 Dar es Salaam
EABL (Tanzania) Limited(2) - 65.00%
Plot 117/2, Access Road, Nelson Mandela
Expressway, Chang'Ombe Industrial Area, P.O.
Box 41080, Dar es Salaam
Serengeti Breweries Limited(3) - 55.25%
Uganda
ASSOCIATES
Australia
50 Bertie Street, Port Melbourne, Victoria 3207
New World Whisky Distillery PTY Limited - 30.00%
Denmark
Stauningvej 38, 6900 Skjern
Stauning Whisky Holding ApS - 40.00%
France
24/32 rue Jean Goujon, 75008 Paris
Moët Hennessy International - 34.00%
Moët Hennessy, SAS - 34.00%
Germany
Mozartstr. 7, 53115 Bonn
Rheinland Distillers GmbH - 20.00%
71-75 Shelton Street, Covent Garden, London,
WC2H 9JQ
Leaf Arbor Limited - 20.00%
8 King Edward Street, Oxford, OX1 4HL
Still On The Hill Limited - 28.57%
Ballindalloch Castle, Ballindalloch, Banffshire AB37
9AX
Ballindalloch Distillery LLP - 33.33%
Harbourside Brewery, Tretoil Farm, Bodmin,
Cornwall, PL30 5BA
The Southwest Fermentorium Limited - 25.00%
Here 470 Bath Road, Arnos Vale, Bristol, BS4 3AP
Caleno Drinks Ltd - 20.00%
International House, 64 Nile Street, London,
England, N1 7SR
Las Olas Limited - 33.33%
United States
1045 Dodge Lane Fallon, NV 89406
Nevada Spirits DE, LLC - 25.00%
1222 SE Gideon Street Portland, OR 97202
Hanoi Liquor and Beverage Joint Stock Company
(Halico) - 45.57%
JOINT VENTURES
Hong Kong
Room 06, 13A/F. South Tower, World Finance
Centre, Harbour City, 17 Canton Road, Tsim Sha
Tsui, Kowloon
Diageo International Spirits Company Limited(3) -
50.00%
Naam Som LLC - 30.00%
United Kingdom
127 E Warm Springs Road, Las Vegas, NV 89119
9 Wheatfield Road, EDINBURGH, EH11 2PX
Browned Butter Bottling LLC - 40.00%
Lothian Distillers Limited - 50.00%
16192 Coastal Highway, Lewes, Delaware 19958
Ironroot Republic Holdings LLC - 31.95%
1935 W. Irving Park Chicago, IL 60613
Ritual Beverage Company LLC - 30.51%
2459 E 8th Street, Los Angeles, California 90021
Modern Spirits LLC - 20.00%
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware 19808
The North British Distillery Company Limited -
50.00%
JOINT OPERATIONS(10)
China
804A, 488 Middle Yincheng Road, Shanghai, Pilot
Free Trade Zone
Moët Hennessy Diageo (China) Co Ltd(12) -
67.00%
VineLab Inc. - 22.22%
Costa Rica
3411 Silverside Road, Rodney Building, Suite 104,
Wilmington, Delaware 19810
B&M Craft Spirits LLC - 24.06%
517 West 39th Street Austin, TX 78751
Gourmet Grade LLC - 19.41%
Heredia-Flores Llorente, Cervecería de Costa Rica,
Edificio Corporativo de FIFCO
HA&COM Bebidas del Mundo, SA - 50.00%
Dominican Republic
Independencia Street, No. 129, Santiago
545 Johnson Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11237
Gist Dominicana S.A. - 60.25%
Salvador Sturla Street, Ensanche Naco, Santo
Domingo
Macau
Avenida Comercial de Macau, nos 251ª-301, AIA
Tower, Level 20, Macau
Moët Hennessy Diageo Macau Limited(12) -
67.00%
Malaysia
Unit 30-01, Level 30, Tower A, Vertical Business
Suite, Avenue 3, Bangsar South, No. 8, Jalan
Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur
Moët Hennessy Diageo Malaysia Sdn Bhd.(12) -
67.00%
Netherlands
Molenwerf 12, 1014 BG, Amsterdam
Diageo-Moët Hennessy B.V.(5) - 67.00%
Singapore
83 Clemenceau Ave, 09-01 UE Square, Singapore
239920
Moët Hennessy Diageo Singapore Pte. Ltd(12) -
67.00%
Thailand
No. 944, Mitrtown Office Tower, 12th Floor, Rama
4 Road, Wangmai, Pathumwan, Bangkok, 10330
Diageo Moët Hennessy (Thailand) Limited(8) -
63.02%
Ukraine
Chervonoarmiyska Street, bld. 9/2, apt. 70, Kyiv
Seagram Ukraine Limited(2) - 60.90%
United Kingdom
Persimmon House, Fulford, York YO19 4FE
Analog Liquid LLC - 27.78%
575 Grand Street, E1507 New York, NY 10002
Grand Street Beverages LLC - 38.89%
6220 Avalon Boulevard, Suite 220, Alpharetta, GA
30009
Pronghorn Initiative Holdings, LLC - 49.00%
65 SE Washington Street Portland, OR 97214
House Spirits Distillery LLC - 29.85%
735 10th Street, Fortuna, CA 95540
Redwood Spirits LLC - 20.00%
838 Walker Road, Suite 21-2, Dover, Delaware
19904
FlyMonkey 20 LLC - 33.90%
8601296, TT Administrative Services LLC, 888 SW
Fifth Avenue, Ste 1600, Portland, Oregon, 97204
Wilderton LLC - 27.78%
936 SW 1st Ave, Miami, FL 33130
KOI Global LLC - 24.75%
Vietnam
94 Lo Duc Street, Pham Dinh Ho Ward, Hai Ba
Trung District, Ha Noi City
Seagram Dominicana S.A. - 60.83%
Trafalgar Metropolitan Homes Limited - 50.00%
Segunda (2da) Street, Los Platanitos, Santiago
Industria de Licores Internationales S.A. - 60.86%
France
105 Boulevard de la Mission Marchand,
Courbevoie, 92400
Moët Hennessy Diageo SAS - 0.05%
Hong Kong
Level 54, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East,
Hong Kong
Moët Hennessy Diageo Hong Kong Limited(12) -
67.00%
Japan
13F Jimbocho Mitsui Building, 1-105
Kandajimbocho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo
Moët Hennessy Diageo K.K.(12) - 67.00%
(1) Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(2) Dormant company.
(3) Ownership held in class of A shares.
(4) Ownership held in class of B shares.
(5) Ownership held in class of A shares and B shares.
(6) Ownership held in preference shares.
(7) Ownership held in equity shares and preference
shares.
(8) Operation is managed by Diageo.
(9) Companies controlled by the group based on
management's assessments.
(10) Diageo shares joint control over these entities under
shareholder's agreements, and Diageo's rights to profit,
assets and liabilities of the companies are dependent
on the performance of the group's brands rather the
effective equity ownership of the companies.
(11) Based on 55.88% equity investment in USL that
excludes 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(12) Operation is managed by Moët Hennessey.
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
11. Post balance sheet events
Starting 1 July 2023, in line with reporting requirements the functional currency of Diageo plc has changed from sterling to US dollar which is applied
prospectively. This is because the group's share of net sales and expenses in the US and other countries whose currencies correlate closely with the
US dollar has been increasing over the years, and that trend is expected to continue in line with the group's strategic focus. The change in functional
currency is not expected to significantly impact Diageo plc’s retained earnings that are available for the payment of dividends or purchases of own
shares. Diageo has also decided to change its presentation currency to US dollar with effect from 1 July 2023, applied retrospectively, as it believes
that this change will provide better alignment of the reporting of performance with its business exposures.
On 31 July 2023, the Board approved plans for a further return of capital programme of $1.0 billion to shareholders.
228
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
229
Additional information
Contents
Unaudited financial information
Cautionary statement
Non-financial reporting boundaries and methodologies
Independent Limited Assurance Report to the Directors of Diageo
plc on selected subject matter
Other additional information
232
241
242
263
267
230
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
231
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
UNAUD I TED FI NANCIAL INFORMATI ON
Unaudited financial information
1. Definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures
Diageo’s strategic planning process is based on certain non-GAAP
measures, including organic movements. These non-GAAP measures
are chosen for planning and reporting, and some of them are used for
incentive purposes. The group’s management believes that these
measures provide valuable additional information for users of the
financial statements in understanding the group’s performance. These
non-GAAP measures should be viewed as complementary to, and not
replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported
movements therein.
It is not possible to reconcile the forecast tax rate before exceptional
items, forecast organic net sales growth and forecast organic operating
profit growth to the most comparable GAAP measure as it is not
possible to predict, without unreasonable effort, with reasonable
certainty, the future impact of changes in exchange rates, acquisitions
and disposals and potential exceptional items.
Volume
Volume is a performance indicator that is measured on an equivalent
units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents
one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A
serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to
drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than
spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in
hectolitres, divide by 0.9; wine in nine-litre cases, divide by five; ready
to drink and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to
drink in nine-litre cases, divide by ten.
Organic movements
Organic information is presented using sterling amounts on a constant
currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items, certain fair
value remeasurement, hyperinflation and acquisitions and disposals.
Organic measures enable users to focus on the performance of the
business which is common to both years and which represents those
measures that local managers are most directly able to influence.
Calculation of organic movements
The organic movement percentage is the amount in the row titled
‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage of
the relevant absolute amount in the row titled ‘2022 adjusted’. Organic
operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit before
exceptional items by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange
rate movements, certain fair value remeasurements, hyperinflation and
acquisitions and disposals.
(a) Exchange rates
Exchange in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment
to recalculate the reported results as if they had been generated at the
prior period weighted average exchange rates.
Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of intergroup
sales by the markets in a currency other than their functional currency
and the intergroup recharging of services are also translated at prior
period weighted average exchange rates and are allocated to the
geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange
impacts are reported as part of the Corporate segment. Results from
hyperinflationary economies are translated at forward-looking rates.
(b) Acquisitions and disposals
For acquisitions in the current period, the post-acquisition results are
excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in
the prior period, post-acquisition results are included in full in the prior
period but are included in the organic movement calculation from the
anniversary of the acquisition date in the current period. The acquisition
row also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been
charged to operating profit in the current or prior period in respect of
acquisitions that, in management’s judgement, are expected to be
completed.
Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency
agreement was disposed of or terminated in the reporting period, the
group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for
that business from the current and prior period. In the calculation of
operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those
directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result
from subjective judgements of management.
(c) Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to
be disclosed separately. Such items are included within the income
statement caption to which they relate, and are excluded from the
organic movement calculations. Management believes that that
separate disclosure of exceptional items and the classification between
operating and non-operating items further helps investors to
understand the performance of the group. Changes in estimates and
reversals in relation to items previously recognised as exceptional are
presented consistently as exceptional in the current year.
Exceptional operating items are those that are considered to be
material and unusual or non-recurring in nature and are part of the
operating activities of the group, such as one-off global restructuring
programmes which can be multi-year, impairment of intangible assets
and fixed assets, indirect tax settlements, property disposals and
changes in post employment plans.
Gains and losses on the sale or directly attributable to a prospective
sale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step up gains and
losses that arise when an investment becomes an associate or an
associate becomes a subsidiary and other material, unusual non-
recurring items that are not in respect of the production, marketing and
distribution of premium drinks, are disclosed as exceptional non-
operating items below operating profit in the income statement.
Exceptional current and deferred tax items comprise material and
unusual or non-recurring items that impact taxation. Examples include
direct tax provisions and settlements in respect of prior years and the
remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities following tax rate
changes.
(d) Fair value remeasurement
Fair value remeasurement in the organic movement calculation reflects
an adjustment to eliminate the impact of fair value changes in
biological assets, earn-out arrangements that are accounted for as
remuneration and fair value changes relating to contingent
consideration liabilities and equity options that arose on acquisitions
recognised in the income statement.
Growth on a constant basis
Growth on a constant basis is a measure used by the group to
understand the trends of the business and its recovery towards pre-
Covid-19 performance.
2019 to 2023 growth on a constant basis for volume, sales, net
sales and operating profit before exceptional items is calculated by
adding up the respective periods’ organic movement in the row titled
‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage
of the relevant absolute amount in the row titled '2019 adjusted’. The
most comparable GAAP financial measure is '2019 to 2023 reported
movement %' in the tables below which is calculated by combining
the reported movements for the respective periods, expressed as a
percentage of the 2019 reported amount.
Adjustment in respect of hyperinflation
The group's experience is that hyperinflationary conditions result in
price increases that include both normal pricing actions reflecting
changes in demand, commodity and other input costs or
considerations to drive commercial competitiveness, as well as
hyperinflationary elements and that for the calculation of organic
movements, the distortion from hyperinflationary elements should be
excluded.
Cumulative inflation over 100% (2% per month compounded)
over three years is one of the key indicators within IAS 29 to assess
whether an economy is deemed to be hyperinflationary. As a result,
the definition of 'Organic movements' includes price growth in
markets deemed to be hyperinflationary economies, up to a
maximum of 2% per month while also being on a constant currency
basis. Corresponding adjustments have been made to all income
statement related lines in the organic movement calculations.
In the tables presenting the calculation of organic movements,
'hyperinflation' is included as a reconciling item between reported
and organic movements and that also includes the relevant IAS 29
adjustments.
Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2023 were as follows:
Volume (equivalent units)
2019 reported
Disposals
2019 adjusted
Organic movement (2020)
Organic movement (2021)
Organic movement (2022)
2020, 2021 and 2022 movement on a constant basis
Volume (equivalent units)
2022 reported
Disposals(2)
2022 adjusted
Organic movement
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
2023 reported
Organic movement %
2019 to 2023 reported growth %
2019 to 2023 growth on a constant basis %
Sales
2022 reported
Exchange
Disposals(2)
Hyperinflation
2022 adjusted
Organic movement
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
Exchange
Hyperinflation
2023 reported
Organic movement %
North America
million
Europe
million
Asia
Pacific
million
Latin America
and Caribbean
million
Africa
million
Corporate
million
Total
million
49.4
(2.1)
47.3
0.1
5.1
1.4
6.6
54.8
—
54.8
(2.5)
0.1
52.4
(5)
6
9
45.4
(0.1)
45.3
(5.2)
2.9
8.5
6.2
51.2
(0.8)
50.4
0.1
0.8
51.3
—
13
14
95.1
—
95.1
(14.5)
7.0
6.6
(0.9)
94.2
(23.3)
70.9
3.9
6.0
80.8
5
(15)
3
22.4
—
22.4
(3.4)
4.1
4.0
4.7
27.1
—
27.1
(0.9)
—
26.2
(3)
17
17
33.6
(2.7)
30.9
(4.0)
4.8
4.0
4.8
35.7
(1.9)
33.8
(2.4)
1.3
32.7
(7)
(3)
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
245.9
(4.9)
241.0
(27.0)
23.9
24.5
21.4
263.0
(26.0)
237.0
(1.8)
8.2
243.4
(1)
(1)
8
North America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin America
and Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
Corporate
£ million
Total
£ million
6,682
5,740
5,624
1,945
2,403
54
22,448
(51)
—
—
(149)
(36)
(213)
(4)
(884)
—
(19)
—
—
(1)
(195)
—
6,631
5,342
4,736
1,926
2,207
(15)
23
743
—
7,382
—
553
22
(205)
284
5,996
10
317
225
125
—
132
6
196
—
71
156
(48)
—
5,403
2,260
7
7
2,386
3
—
—
—
54
33
—
1
—
88
61
(224)
(1,115)
(213)
20,896
1,091
432
812
284
23,515
5
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
232
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
233
UNAUD I TED FI NANCIAL INFORMATI ON continu ed
North America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin America
and Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
Corporate
£ million
Total
£ million
North America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin America
and Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
Corporate
£ million
Total
£ million
Net sales
2019 reported
Exchange
Reclassification
Disposals
2019 adjusted
Organic movement (2020)
Organic movement (2021)
Organic movement (2022)
2020, 2021 and 2022 movement on a constant basis
4,460
2,939
2,688
1,130
1,597
53
12,867
(34)
—
(75)
4,351
105
929
754
1,788
(19)
—
(1)
2,919
(358)
108
766
516
1
—
(1)
2,688
(423)
308
402
287
4
(10)
(1)
1,123
(169)
275
451
557
(2)
—
(91)
1,504
(200)
258
308
366
2
—
—
55
(16)
(18)
35
1
(48)
(10)
(169)
12,640
(1,061)
1,860
2,716
3,515
Net sales
2022 reported
Exchange(1)
Disposals(2)
Hyperinflation
2022 adjusted
Organic movement
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
Exchange(1)
Hyperinflation
2023 reported
Organic movement %
2019 to 2023 reported growth %
2019 to 2023 growth on a constant basis %
Marketing
2022 reported
Exchange
Fair value remeasurement of contingent considerations,
equity option and earn out arrangements
Disposals(2)
Hyperinflation
2022 adjusted
Organic movement
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
Exchange
Hyperinflation
2023 reported
Organic movement %
6,095
3,212
2,884
1,525
1,682
54
15,452
(46)
—
—
(44)
(29)
(71)
(8)
(137)
—
(16)
—
—
(1)
(130)
—
6,049
3,068
2,739
1,509
1,551
11
20
678
—
347
20
(41)
175
353
35
73
—
6,758
3,569
3,200
—
52
41
11
21
30
13
19
24
142
3
145
—
1,799
9
59
62
83
104
(39)
—
1,699
5
6
30
—
—
—
54
33
—
1
—
88
61
66
62
(115)
(296)
(71)
14,970
969
182
817
175
17,113
6
33
35
North America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin America
and Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
Corporate
£ million
Total
£ million
1,200
(12)
1
—
—
577
5
—
(1)
(6)
490
(2)
—
—
—
243
(3)
—
—
—
1,189
575
488
240
22
15
134
—
1,360
2
42
3
(2)
17
635
7
46
—
12
—
546
9
34
1
21
—
296
14
199
(2)
—
(9)
—
188
4
4
(1)
—
195
2
12
(1)
—
—
—
11
4
2
2
—
19
36
2,721
(15)
1
(10)
(6)
2,691
152
25
166
17
3,051
6
Operating profit before exceptional items
2019 reported
Disposal
2019 adjusted
Organic movement (2020)
Organic movement (2021)
Organic movement (2022)
2020, 2021 and 2022 movement on a constant basis
Operating profit before exceptional items
2022 reported
Exchange(1)
Fair value remeasurement of contingent considerations and
equity option
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
Hyperinflation
2022 adjusted
Organic movement
Acquisitions and disposals(2)
Fair value remeasurement of contingent considerations,
equity option and earn out arrangements
Exchange(1)
Hyperinflation
2023 reported
Organic movement %
Organic operating margin % (3)
2023
2022
Margin movement (bps)
2019 to 2023 reported growth %
2019 to 2023 growth on a constant basis %
For the reconciliation of sales to net sales, see page 54.
(i)
(ii) Percentages and margin movements are calculated on rounded figures.
Notes: Information in respect of the organic movement calculations
4,116
(29)
4,087
(589)
627
995
1,033
North America
£ million
Europe
£ million
Asia
Pacific
£ million
Latin America
and Caribbean
£ million
Africa
£ million
Corporate
£ million
Total
£ million
2,454
(31)
(32)
6
—
2,397
(57)
(18)
87
280
—
2,689
(2)
38.6
39.6
(101)
1,017
(13)
(36)
(18)
(1)
949
103
(13)
25
18
23
1,105
11
30.8
30.9
(13)
711
(5)
—
(26)
—
680
200
5
—
20
—
905
29
28.5
24.8
363
538
(14)
8
—
—
315
11
—
(18)
—
(238)
(30)
4,797
(82)
—
—
—
(60)
(56)
(1)
532
308
(268)
4,598
62
—
1
66
—
661
12
36.0
35.3
72
37
27
—
(152)
—
220
12
21.1
19.9
126
(24)
(6)
—
(28)
—
321
(5)
113
204
23
(326)
5,254
(9)
7
n/a
n/a
n/a
30.9
30.7
15
28
33
(1)
The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures for operating profit was principally in respect of the favourable exchange impact of the strengthening of the US dollar
and Mexican peso against the sterling, partially offset by the weakening of the Nigerian naira, Ghanaian cedi and the Turkish lira.
(2) Acquisitions and disposals that had an effect on volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit in the year ended 30 June 2023, are detailed on page 236.
(3) Organic operating margin calculated by dividing Operating profit before exceptional items by net sales.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
234
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
235
UNAUD I TED FI NANCIAL INFORMATI ON continu ed
In the year ended 30 June 2023, the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as
follows, as per footnote (2) on the previous page:
Year ended 30 June 2022
Acquisition
Chase Distillery
Lone River Ranch Water
Disposals
USL Popular brands
Archers brand
Meta Abo Brewery
Picon brand
Guinness Cameroun S.A.
Acquisitions and disposals
Year ended 30 June 2023
Acquisitions
Mr Black
Balcones Distilling
Mezcal Unión
21Seeds
Don Papa Rum
Disposals
USL Popular brands
Archers brand
Guinness Cameroun S.A.
Acquisitions and disposals
Volume
equ. units million
Sales
£ million
Net sales
£ million
Marketing
£ million
Operating
profit
£ million
—
—
—
(23.3)
(0.1)
(0.3)
(0.7)
(1.6)
(26.0)
—
—
—
(884)
(16)
(16)
(20)
(179)
(1,115)
—
—
—
(137)
(10)
(12)
(19)
(118)
(296)
—
—
—
—
—
(1)
(1)
(8)
(10)
1
6
7
(26)
(7)
8
(12)
(26)
(63)
(26.0)
(1,115)
(296)
(10)
(56)
—
—
—
0.1
0.1
0.2
6.0
0.7
1.3
8.0
8.2
8
4
8
9
10
39
225
12
156
393
432
7
4
4
8
10
33
35
10
104
149
182
3
4
3
8
3
21
—
—
4
4
25
(2)
(12)
(1)
(9)
(15)
(39)
5
2
27
34
(5)
2022
£ million
3,249
405
(31)
(103)
3,520
million
2,318
7
2,325
pence
151.9
151.4
Earnings per share before exceptional items
Earnings per share before exceptional items is calculated by dividing profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before
exceptional items by the weighted average number of shares in issue.
Earnings per share before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are set out in the table below:
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company
Exceptional operating and non-operating items
Exceptional tax items and tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items
Exceptional items attributable to non-controlling interests
Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before exceptional items
Weighted average number of shares
Shares in issue excluding own shares
Dilutive potential ordinary shares
Diluted shares in issue excluding own shares
Basic earnings per share before exceptional items
Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items
236
Diageo Annual Report 2023
2023
£ million
3,734
294
(186)
(141)
3,701
million
2,264
7
2,271
pence
163.5
163.0
Free cash flow
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for working capital loans
receivable, cash paid or received for investments and the net cash expenditure paid for property, plant and equipment and computer software that
are included in net cash flow from investing activities.
The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group’s
management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses and non-working capital loans to and from associates.
The group’s management regards a portion of the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately
non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas
acquisition and sale of businesses are discretionary.
Where appropriate, separate explanations are given for the impacts of acquisition and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of
own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.
Free cash flow reconciliations for the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are set out in the table below:
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software
Movements in loans and other investments
Free cash flow
2023
£ million
3,024
13
(1,180)
(57)
1,800
2022
£ million
3,935
17
(1,097)
(72)
2,783
Operating cash conversion
Operating cash conversion is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows and outflows in respect of exceptional
items, dividends received from associates, maturing inventories, provisions, other items and post employment payments in excess of the amount
charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional operating items.
The measure is excluding any hyperinflation adjustment above the organic treatment of hyperinflationary economies. The ratio is stated at the
budgeted exchange rates for the respective year and is expressed as a percentage.
Operating cash conversion for the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 were as follows:
Profit for the year
Taxation
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures
Net finance charges
Non-operating items
Operating profit
Exceptional operating items
Fair value remeasurement
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment(1)
Hyperinflation adjustment
Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates
Cash generated from operations
Net exceptional cash paid(2)
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit(1)
Net movement in maturing inventories(3)
Provision movement
Dividends received from associates
Other items(1)
Hyperinflation adjustment
Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates
2023
£ million
3,766
970
(370)
594
(328)
4,632
622
(124)
496
(28)
(198)
5,400
4,779
25
25
577
65
(219)
14
(29)
(198)
5,039
2022
£ million
3,338
1,049
(417)
422
17
4,409
388
(60)
489
(10)
27
5,243
5,212
15
89
360
58
(190)
(53)
(22)
42
5,511
Operating cash conversion
93.3%
105.1%
(1) Excluding exceptional items.
(2) Exceptional cash payments for winding down our Russian operations was £13 million (2022 – £13 million) and for Supply chain agility programme was £12 million (2022 - £nil). In the year
ended 30 June 2022 exceptional cash payments for other donations were £2 million.
(3) Excluding non-cash movements such as exchange and the impact of acquisitions and disposals.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
237
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
UNAUD I TED FI NANCIAL INFORMATI ON continu ed
Return on average invested capital
Return on average invested capital is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base and is calculated to aid
evaluation of the performance of the business.
The profit used in assessing the return on average invested capital reflects operating profit before exceptional items attributable to equity
shareholders of the parent company plus share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures after applying the tax rate before exceptional
items for the fiscal year. Average invested capital is calculated using the average derived from the consolidated balance sheets at the beginning,
middle and end of the year. Average capital employed comprises average net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company for
the year, excluding net post employment benefit assets/liabilities (net of deferred tax) and average net borrowings. This average capital employed
is then aggregated with the average restructuring and integration costs net of tax, and goodwill written off to reserves at 1 July 2004, the date of
transition to IFRS, to obtain the average total invested capital.
Calculations for the return on average invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are set out in the table below:
Operating profit
Exceptional operating items
Profit before exceptional operating items attributable to non-controlling interests
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures
Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 23.0% (2022 – 22.5%)
Average net assets (excluding net post employment benefit assets/liabilities)
Average non-controlling interests
Average net borrowings
Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)
Goodwill at 1 July 2004
Average invested capital
Return on average invested capital
2023
£ million
4,632
622
(173)
370
(1,294)
4,157
8,924
(1,638)
14,949
1,639
1,562
25,436
2022
£ million
4,409
388
(192)
417
(1,173)
3,849
8,428
(1,641)
12,859
1,639
1,562
22,847
16.3%
16.8%
Adjusted net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA
Diageo manages its capital structure with the aim of achieving capital efficiency, providing flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and giving
efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels to enhance its capital
structure by reviewing the ratio of adjusted net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA (earnings before exceptional operating items, non-operating items,
interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment).
Calculations for the ratio of adjusted net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are set out in the
table below:
Borrowings due within one year
Borrowings due after one year
Fair value of foreign currency derivatives and interest rate hedging instruments
Lease liabilities
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
Net borrowings
Post employment benefit liabilities before tax
Adjusted net borrowings
Profit for the year
Taxation
Net finance charges
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment (excluding exceptional impairment)
Exceptional impairment
EBITDA
Exceptional operating items (excluding impairment)
Non-operating items
Adjusted EBITDA
2023
£ million
1,701
14,801
30
448
(1,439)
15,541
373
15,914
3,766
970
594
496
570
6,396
52
(328)
6,120
2022
£ million
1,522
14,498
(73)
475
(2,285)
14,137
402
14,539
3,338
1,049
422
492
336
5,637
49
17
5,703
Tax rate before exceptional items
Tax rate before exceptional items is calculated by dividing the total tax charge before tax charges and credits in respect of exceptional items, by
profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional operating and non-operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is
used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group’s operations before tax on exceptional items.
The tax rates from operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are set out in
the table below:
Taxation on profit (a)
Tax in respect of exceptional items
Exceptional tax credit
Tax before exceptional items (b)
Profit before taxation (c)
Non-operating items
Exceptional operating items
Profit before taxation and exceptional items (d)
Tax rate after exceptional items (a/c)
Tax rate before exceptional items (b/d)
2023
£ million
970
129
57
1,156
4,736
(328)
622
5,030
20.5 %
23.0 %
2022
£ million
1,049
31
—
1,080
4,387
17
388
4,792
23.9 %
22.5 %
Other definitions
Volume share is a brand’s retail volume expressed as a percentage of
the retail volume of all brands in its segment. Value share is a brand’s
retail sales value expressed as a percentage of the retail sales value of
all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value
share.
Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties
throughout the world. In the majority of countries, excise duties are
effectively a production tax which becomes payable when the product
is removed from bonded premises and is not directly related to the
value of sales. It is generally not included as a separate item on external
invoices; increases in excise duties are not always passed on to the
customer and where a customer fails to pay for a product received, the
group cannot reclaim the excise duty. The group therefore recognises
excise duty as a cost to the group.
Price/mix is the number of percentage points difference between the
organic movement in net sales and the organic movement in volume.
The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales
between higher and lower priced variants/markets or as price changes
are implemented.
Shipments comprise the volume of products sold to Diageo’s
immediate (first tier) customers. Depletions are the estimated volume of
the onward sales made by Diageo's immediate customers. Both
shipments and depletions are measured on an equivalent units basis.
References to emerging markets include Poland, Eastern Europe,
Turkey, Latin America and Caribbean, Africa and Asia Pacific
(excluding Australia, Korea and Japan).
References to reserve brands include, but are not limited to, Johnnie
Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold
Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Aged 18 Years, John Walker & Sons
Collection and other Johnnie Walker super and ultra-premium brands;
The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin, Oban and other malt
brands; Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Buchanan’s Red Seal; Haig Club
whisky; Copper Dog whisky; Roe & Co; Bulleit Bourbon, Bulleit Rye;
Orphan Barrel whiskey; Balcones whisky and rum; Tanqueray No. TEN
and Tanqueray Malacca gin; Aviation, Chase, Jinzu and Villa Ascenti
gin; Cîroc, Ketel One vodka, Ketel One Botanical; Don Julio,
Casamigos, DeLeón and 21Seeds tequila; Mezcal Unión mezcal;
Zacapa, Bundaberg Master Distillers' Collection, Pampero Aniversario
and Don Papa rum; Shui Jing Fang, Seedlip, Belsazar and Pierde
Almas.
References to global giants include the following brand families:
Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Baileys, Tanqueray and
Guinness. Local stars include Buchanan’s, Bundaberg, Crown Royal,
JεB, McDowell’s, Old Parr, Yenì Raki, Black & White, Shui Jing Fang,
Windsor and Ypióca. Global giants and local stars exclude ready to
drink, non-alcoholic variants and beer except Guinness. References to
Shui Jing Fang represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing
Fang is the predominant brand.
References to ready to drink also include ready to serve products,
such as pre-mixed cans in some markets.
References to beer include cider, flavoured malt beverages and
some non-alcoholic products such as Malta Guinness.
The results of Hop House 13 Lager are included in the Guinness
figures.
There is no industry-agreed definition for price tiers and for data
providers such as IWSR, definitions can vary by market. Diageo bases
price tier definitions on a methodology that uses external metrics
(including market pricing data from Nielsen, IRI etc., as well as the IWSR
segmentation) for benchmarking and internal pricing metrics for a
consistent segmentation.
References to the disposal of the USL Popular brands include non-
exhaustively the Haywards, Old Tavern, White Mischief, Honey Bee,
Green Label and Romanov brands.
References to the group include Diageo plc and its consolidated
subsidiaries.
Adjusted net borrowings to adjusted EBITDA
2.6
2.5
238
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
239
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
UNAUD I TED FI NANCIAL INFORMATI ON continu ed
2. Contractual obligations and other commitments
As at 30 June 2023
Long-term debt obligations
Interest obligations
Credit support obligations
Purchase obligations
Commitments for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
Provisions and other non-current payables
Lease obligations
Capital commitments
Other financial liabilities
Total
Less than
1 year
£ million
1,459
541
15
1,904
32
125
93
596
218
Payments due by period
1-3 years
£ million
3-5 years
£ million
More than
5 years
£ million
3,614
750
—
736
3
240
131
3
—
2,982
623
—
291
1
157
88
—
—
8,651
1,503
—
71
—
213
239
—
—
Total
£ million
16,706
3,417
15
3,002
36
735
551
599
218
4,983
5,477
4,142
10,677
25,279
Long-term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater
than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings and are calculated based on the fixed amounts payable and
where the interest rate is variable on an estimate of what the variable rates will be in the future. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to
counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long-term
purchase contracts entered into for the supply of raw materials, principally bulk whisk(e)y, cereals, cans and glass bottles. Contracts are used to
guarantee the supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable a more accurate prediction of costs of raw materials in the future. For
certain provisions, discounted numbers are disclosed.
Corporate tax payable of £135 million and deferred tax liabilities of £2,183 million are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of
settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.
Management believe that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.
3. Off-balance sheet arrangements
Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably
likely to have a material future effect on the group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital
expenditure or capital resources.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements
This document contains ‘forward-looking’ statements. These statements
can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or
current facts and may generally, but not always, be identified by the use
of words such as “’will”, “anticipates”, “should”, “could”, “would”,
“targets”, “aims”, “may”, “expects”, “intends” or similar expressions
statements. In this document, such statements include those that express
forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook, objectives and projections with
respect to future matters, including information related to Diageo’s fiscal
24 outlook, Diageo’s medium-term guidance for fiscal 23 to fiscal 25,
Diageo’s supply chain agility programme, future Total Beverage Alcohol
market share ambitions and any other statements relating to Diageo’s
performance for the year ending 30 June 2024 or thereafter.
Forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because
they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the
future. There is a number of factors that could cause actual results and
developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by
these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside
Diageo's control, which include (but are not limited to):
(i) economic, political, social or other developments in countries and
markets in which Diageo operates, including macro-economic events
that may affect Diageo’s customers, suppliers and/or financial
counterparties; (ii) the effects of climate change, or legal, regulatory or
market measures intended to address climate change; (iii) changes in
consumer preferences and tastes, including as a result of disruptive
market forces, changes in demographics and evolving social trends
(including any shifts in consumer tastes towards at-home occasions,
premiumisation, small-batch craft alcohol, or lower or no-alcohol
products and/or developments in e-commerce); (iv) changes in the
domestic and international tax environment that could lead to
uncertainty around the application of existing and new tax laws and
unexpected tax exposures; (v) changes in the cost of production,
including as a result of increases in the cost of commodities, labour
and/or energy due to inflation and/or supply chain disruptions; (vi) any
litigation or other similar proceedings (including with tax, customs,
competition, environmental, anti-corruption or other regulatory
authorities); (vii) legal and regulatory developments, including changes
in regulations relating to environmental issues and/or e-commerce; (viii)
the consequences of any failure of internal controls; (ix) the
consequences of any failure by Diageo or its associates to comply with
anti-corruption, sanctions, trade restrictions or similar laws and
regulations, or any failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and
procedures to comply with applicable law or regulation; (x) Diageo’s
ability to make sufficient progress against or achieve its ESG ambitions;
(xi) cyber-attacks and IT threats or any other disruptions to core business
operations; (xii) contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances
which could harm the level of customer support for Diageo’s brands and
adversely impact its sales; (xiii) Diageo’s ability to maintain its brand
image and corporate reputation or to adapt to a changing media
environment; (xiv) fluctuations in exchange rates and/or interest rates;
(xv) Diageo’s ability to derive the expected benefits from its business
strategies, including Diageo’s investments in e-commerce and its luxury
portfolio; (xvi) increased competitive product and pricing pressures,
including as a result of introductions of new products or categories that
are competitive with Diageo’s products and consolidations by
competitors and retailers; (xvii) increased costs for, or shortages of,
talent, as well as labour strikes or disputes; (xviii) movements in the
value of the assets and liabilities related to Diageo’s pension plans; (xix)
Diageo’s ability to renew supply, distribution, manufacturing or licence
agreements (or related rights) and licences on favourable terms, or at
all, when they expire; or (xx) any failure by Diageo to protect its
intellectual property rights.
In preparing the ESG-related information contained in this
document, Diageo has made a number of key judgements, estimations
and assumptions and the processes and issues involved are complex.
The ESG-related forward looking statements should be treated with
special caution, as ESG and climate data, models and methodologies
are often relatively new, are rapidly evolving and are not of the same
standard as those available in the context of other financial information,
nor are they subject to the same or equivalent disclosure standards,
historical reference points, benchmarks, market consensus or globally
accepted accounting principles. In particular, it is not possible to rely on
historical data as a strong indicator of future trajectories in the case of
climate change and its evolution. Outputs of models, processed data
and methodologies are also likely to be affected by underlying data
quality, which can be hard to assess and we expect industry guidance,
market practice, and regulations in this field to continue to change.
There are also challenges faced in relation to the ability to access data
on a timely basis and the lack of consistency and comparability
between data that is available. This means the ESG-related forward-
looking statements and ESG metrics discussed in this document carry an
additional degree of inherent risk and uncertainty, and as a result, our
actual results and developments could differ materially from those
expressed or implied by the ESG-related forward-looking statements in
this document.
In light of the uncertainty as to the nature of future policy and
market responses to climate change, including between regions, and
the effectiveness of any such responses, Diageo may have to re-
evaluate its progress and evolve its approach towards its ESG ambitions,
commitments and targets in the future, update the methodologies it uses
or alter its approach to ESG and climate analysis and may be required
to amend, update and recalculate its ESG disclosures and assessments
in the future, as market practice and data quality and availability
develops rapidly.
All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the
date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified
in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in
this section. Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting
Diageo are described in our filings with the London Stock Exchange and
the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including in our
Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2023.
Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo
speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo expressly disclaims
any obligation or undertaking to publicly update or revise these forward-
looking statements other than as required by applicable law. The reader
should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may
make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the SEC.
All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.
This document includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute
trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own
and license to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2023.
The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell
or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or
inducement to engage in any other investment activities.
This document may include information about Diageo’s target debt
rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by
the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated
independently of any other rating.
Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future
performance.
References in this document to information on websites are included
as an aid to their location and such information is not incorporated in,
and does not form part of, this document unless otherwise noted.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
240
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
241
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOUNDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES
Non-financial reporting boundaries and
methodologies
Exceptions to and limitations of each indicator are explained in the
following pages section of this document.
III. Baseline and targets
The financial year ended 30 June 2020 is our baseline year. It applies
to the majority of our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ targets.
Exceptions are described in the following pages. The baseline data is
used as the basis for calculating progress against our targets.
We aim to achieve each target by fiscal 30, unless otherwise stated
in the following pages of this document.
IV. Acquisitions and disposals
New acquisitions are included in the consolidated reporting for non-
financial disclosure from the date when control passes or as soon as
practically feasible, and no later than one year after assuming
operational control.(2) This duration varies as each new acquisition has
unique systems and processes that must be integrated. In case of
disposals, data associated with the divestment is removed from the
baseline, intervening years and current year unless otherwise stated in
the following pages.
V. Restatements
We may have to restate historical data due to structural changes in our
operations, including from acquisitions and divestments; improvements
in data accuracy and calculation methodologies; material changes to
relevant policies; and material changes in our non-financial reporting.
To determine whether we need to restate historical data, we
examine whether the qualitative or quantitative impacts of the changes
to our non-financial reporting are material enough to compromise the
accuracy, consistency and relevance of the reported information. In
case a restatement for environmental data is necessary, we restate the
data for the baseline year and intervening years.
In case of our environmental data, we may need to adjust data to
reflect updates to GHG emission factors, in line with the GHG Protocol
recommendations; and any changes in reporting policy that result in a
material change to the baseline of more than 1%. We also restate data
where we can show that structural changes regarding outsourcing and
insourcing have an impact of more than 1%. In certain cases, where
historical data is unavailable, the environmental impacts for the
baseline year and intervening years are extrapolated from current
environmental impact data, based on production patterns.
In fiscal 23, the baseline year GHG emissions impacts were restated
to reflect changes to CO2e emission factors and updated calorific
values.
The non-financial reporting boundaries and
methodologies outlined here relate to the social
and environmental performance disclosures set
out in the Annual Report and the ESG Reporting
Index. We describe below the general reporting
methodologies and boundaries related to both
non-environmental and environmental reporting.
Where there are exceptions to these general
reporting methodologies and boundaries, these
have been included with the specific metric in the
tables that follow.
General reporting methodology and boundaries,
covering both non-environmental and
environmental metric reporting
I. Reporting period
Our reporting covers the financial year ended 30 June 2023 unless
otherwise stated.
II. Scope
Unless otherwise stated(1), the boundaries for all non-financial
information disclosed in the Annual Report and the ESG Reporting
Index include the performance of the global operations of Diageo plc
and its subsidiaries, together with the attributable share of the results of
significant joint ventures and joint operations.
The reporting boundaries are based on the principles outlined by
the non-financial reporting strategy of our management, the nature of
each indicator and, in the case of our greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions metrics, the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.
Environmental data and health and safety data is collected and
reported for all operational sites and office sites with more than 50
employees where we have operational control. The environmental
impacts associated with leased facilities that do not meet the criteria
already mentioned are excluded and considered immaterial to the
company’s overall impacts. This scope is reviewed every year to assess
the data and extent of impacts.
GHG emissions associated with leased vehicles under operational
control are being reviewed and reassessed to determine material
significance to overall emissions and extent of overlap with Scope 3
indirect emissions. This review will be concluded in fiscal 24; our current
estimate indicates leased vehicles may contribute 4%-5% of Scope 1
emissions or <0.5% of Scope 3 emissions.
Material changes to environmental reporting methodologies are
ratified at quarterly 2030 grain to glass Strategic Business Review
meetings, chaired by the President, Global Supply Chain &
Procurement and Chief Sustainability Officer.
(1) Non-financial information, including baseline information, excludes the performance attributable to one of our business units in Greater China due to local regulatory restrictions. We believe the
exclusion of this data does not materially impact our non-financial performance. We restate baseline and intervening years' non-financial information to reflect divestments, acquisitions, the exclusion
of a business unit in China due to local regulatory restrictions, and any other changes that would otherwise compromise the accuracy, consistency and relevance of the reported information.
(2) We define operational control using the definition of accounting standards for most of our ESG metrics. For greenhouse gas emissions, our definition is aligned with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.
and transition risks as the world continues to warm as a consequence
of emissions already in the atmosphere. The pathway to reducing
emissions is also highly variable, as governments and industry pursue a
variety of means, such as introducing regulation and developing new
technologies. Nevertheless, scenario analysis is a powerful tool to
understand how our business could be impacted under certain
plausible but severe future conditions, and it allows us to understand
where risks and opportunities are most likely to materialise, to
understand trends and to integrate these into our strategy.
Following the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), we conducted scenario analysis to
determine the likely financial impact of the most important physical
risks on our assets and operations. The physical risks we identified of
most importance were:
1. Water supply: Inability to produce brands due to constrained
water supply as a result of drought caused by chronic climate
change.
3.
2. Agricultural material supply: Increased cost of raw materials due
to scarcity caused by changes in growing conditions caused by
chronic climate change.
Site integrity: Inability to produce products, or damage to stored
products due to acute weather events (floods or storms).
4. Disruption to agricultural material supply: Inability to receive
agricultural materials due to acute weather events (floods or
storms).
Using the best available climate data and natural catastrophe-
modelling techniques, our climate resilience partners calculated
projected Estimated Annual Losses (EALs) and Value at Risk (VaR) for
the present day and two future time periods (the 2030s and 2050s)
under two climate scenarios. For most climate variables, these climate
scenarios include a ‘moderate’ emissions reduction pathway (RCP4.5
or SSP245) and a ‘worst-case’ pathway (RCP 8.5 or SSP 585). The
results were expressed as:
Present day and projected EALs driven by:
• The impact of drought, river floods and tropical windstorms on
owned and third-party-operated production assets.
• The impact of floods and tropical windstorms on supplier assets
(glass and cans);
and present day and projected VaR associated with:
• The exposure of production assets to water stress.
• The exposure of production and supplier assets to tropical
windstorms.
Please see the diagram on page 244 for a summary of the scope of
our physical and transition risk assessments and scenario analysis.)
(1) Markets using our Workday online Human Resource system.
(2) Non-Workday markets refer to markets where the Workday online Human Resource
system is not used.
VI. Reliability and accuracy of data
We have processes that govern the collection, review and validation of
non-financial data included in this report, at market, regional and
global levels. We have clear reporting lines and documentation of our
processes; this report provides more detail about our reporting
methodologies and calculation processes. Reporting methodologies
are reviewed and updated each year by leadership teams.
While we make every effort to capture all information as accurately
as possible, it is neither feasible nor practical to measure all data with
absolute certainty. Where we have made estimates or exercised
judgement, this is highlighted within the reporting methodologies.
The metrics with the Δ symbol are within the scope of PwC’s
independent limited assurance reported to the Directors – see pages
263-266 of this document.
Some of our listed subsidiaries also publish sustainability information
either as standalone reports or as part of their annual report. Examples
of sustainable information reporting are linked below:
• United Spirits Limited: https://media.diageo.com/diageo-
corporate-media/media/wxaflz30/united-spirits-limited-esg-
reporting-index-2022.pdf
• Sichuan Swellfun Co, Ltd: https://www.swellfun.com/ueditor/php/
upload/file/20230426/1682490877231414.pdf
• East Africa Breweries PLC: https://www.eabl.com/sites/default/
files/documents/EABL_Sustainability_Report-2022.pdf
• Guinness Nigeria plc: https://www.guinness-nigeria.com/PR1346/
aws/media/14677/f22-sustainability-report.pdf
VII. Reporting systems
We use four main systems to collect, validate and analyse reported
data.
• Human Resources data is reported at site level using Workday, our
global information management systems. HR data is collected on a
monthly basis for all Workday markets.(1) Non-Workday markets(2)
data is manually captured offline via HR Directors and the points of
contact only for annual reports. Both Workday and non-Workday
markets data are then consolidated.
• Health and Safety information for performance measures is
collected locally, on a monthly basis, using site held incident reports.
This is collated and analysed using a web-based information
management system and reported externally on an annual basis.
• Environmental data is collected on key measures of environmental
performance every year. This is collated and analysed using a web-
based environmental management system.
• Market-level ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘ data: Where ‘Society
2030: Spirit of Progress‘ programmes are managed at a local level,
data is collated every quarter. The data is compiled at market,
regional and global levels, alongside our other ‘Society 2030: Spirit
of Progress‘ targets, and is reviewed by general managers,
functional leadership teams, the 2030 grain to glass Strategic
Business Review (SBR) and the Global Executive Committee during
quarterly meetings.
This regular assessment of performance enables us to manage
programme risks and opportunities and helps us ensure that we have
the right level of resources to deliver on our commitments.
Scope and methodology of physical and transition
climate risk scenario analysis reported on pages
72-78
Scenario analysis of physical risks
Important note on scenario analysis:
Climate risk scenario analysis has limitations: it is not a predictor of the
future and it is limited by the assumptions used, which themselves are
subject to uncertainty. No single scenario is likely to materialise in the
coming decades, and we are all likely to be exposed to both physical
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
242
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
243
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
A summary of the scope of our physical and transition risk assessments and scenario analysis
Timeframe
Medium term (2030)
Short term (0-5yrs)
Long term (2050)
Geography
Risk types
Temperature scenarios
Scope
All Diageo and key third-party operations in North America, Scotland (fiscal 21); India, Africa, Mexico and Turkey (fiscal 22);
and Asia Pacific, Europe and Latin America and Caribbean (fiscal 23).
Physical risks
Water (availability, quality, temperature), temperature,
flooding, landslide, wildfires, wind, humidity
Transition risks and opportunities
+4 to +5ºC (extreme)
RCP 8.5'
+2 to +3ºC (moderate)
RCP 4.5'
1.5ºC to 2ºC (Paris agreement)
RCP 2.6'
Processing
Approximately 250
Diageo and third-party
operations' sites
Detailed assessments
of 39 sites
Distribution
Key road, rail routes
Key sea ports (69)
Raw materials
1,200+ suppliers' sites
Key raw materials*
(wheat, barley, maize,
cane and beet sugar,
vanilla, aniseed,
grapes, broken rice,
sorghum, agave, dairy,
hops)
*+4 to +5ºC scenario
only
Risks reviewed
Policy and legal risks
Technology risks
Market risks
Reputation risks
Scenario analysis
Energy
Transport
Packaging
Raw materials
Opportunities
Resource efficiency
Energy source
Products and services
Markets
Scenario analysis
Pack weight reduction
Circular offerings
Scenario analysis of transition risks
Over fiscal years 21-23, we have conducted scenario analysis of the impact on our financial performance of transition risks stemming from a Paris-
aligned scenario. Our modelling envisages a successful transition to a low-carbon economy in time to keep the temperature rise to 1-2⁰C by 2100
and assumes a variety of decarbonisation challenges and opportunities relating to ingredients, energy, packaging and transport costs, and changes
in demand for our products (to 2030 and 2050). Over consecutive years, we have refined the model and incorporated data relating to our entire
business, including production volume, sales, raw materials and packaging costs, and projected growth rates by category and market to inform
future scenarios.
In modelling the financial impact of a successful transition to a low-carbon economy, we considered two scenarios:
1.
A baseline scenario which incorporates stated policies and national targets that are already in place and have detailed measures for their
realisation; and
2. A transition scenario that assumes the world successfully reaches net zero emissions by 2050. This scenario considers necessary changes in the
global energy sector and associated changes across all other sectors of the economy that can reasonably be modelled.
Both scenarios rely on a combination of internal assumptions (e.g., production costs, sales and margin growth rates, product mix, etc) and external
factors (e.g., carbon pricing, greening of energy production, decarbonisation of industry). External models available from the International Energy
Agency, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and other institutions were supplemented where necessary by our expert partners' internal
models. Together, these models gave us a range of plausible assumptions designed to capture a trajectory of changes in demand, costs, prices,
regulation, technology and capital investments in relevant markets and business segments, that could result in the world achieving net zero
emissions by 2050. We looked at how combinations of these changes might affect us both positively (increased demand for sustainable products)
and negatively (higher costs) and estimated the combined effect on our cash flow to both 2030 and 2050. Outlined in the table on page 245, below
are the materials that most affect our input costs, which may go up or down depending on the situation. We have modelled costs based on our
exposure to global versus local changes; so, for example, glass and aluminium are procured globally, while the cost of energy, for example, is
always local. For each scenario, we then estimated the prices of major input costs, where relevant by geography, and modelled the impact they
would have on our operating profit.
Input costs assessed in the scenario analysis by geography
Region
Glass
Aluminium
Land transport
Ocean transport
Energy
Electricity
Raw materials:
Barley
Wheat
Maize
Rice
Sorghum
Sugar
Vanilla
Aniseed
Agave
Grapes
Hops
Dairy
Global
UK
US
Canada Mexico
Turkey
India
Africa
Asia
Pacific
LAC
Ireland
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
244
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
245
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Promote positive drinking
Target
Performance measure
Scale up our SMASHED partnership and educate 10 million young people, parents and teachers on the
dangers of underage drinking
• Number of people educated on the dangers of underage drinking through a Diageo-supported education
As a responsible business, we want to change the way people drink – for the better. This is why we promote moderate drinking and invest in
education and programmes to discourage the harmful use of alcohol. Around the world, we reach audiences with messages that aim to change
attitudes, whether it’s highlighting the harm of underage drinking or binge drinking, warning of the dangers of drink driving, or using our brands to
highlight the importance of moderation.
Our work speaks to audiences across the globe. We continue to innovate and look for ways to improve as we strive to engage more and more
people through our work to promote positive drinking. This desire to learn and improve extends to how we measure and evaluate the impact of our
work and its effect on changing people’s attitudes.
We have reached our DRINKiQ target by launching it in all our markets where legally permissible, but we are determined to continue promoting
DRINKiQ so that consumers have access to information that can increase their knowledge and awareness of the impact of harmful drinking.
Definition
Target
Champion health literacy and tackle harm through DRINKiQ in every market where we live, work, source and sell
Performance measure Number of markets that have launched DRINKiQ
Definition
• Markets required for DRINKiQ rollout were identified during the initial project scoping phase in fiscal 20. The baseline is
the total number of Diageo markets where we live, work, source and sell.
Data preparation
• The Global Spirit of Progress team manages all aspects of DRINKiQ design, development and deployment (except
• ‘Launched’ means the DRINKiQ website is live and accessible by consumers in the market from November 2020.
Scope exception
China, where we had to use a local vendor for build due to firewall issues).
• We engage and manage the global agency that is responsible for building and testing every website in every market
throughout all stages of development, user acceptance testing and deployment.
• The agency web developers who build the DRINKiQ website undertake a series of steps to deploy DRINKiQ to the
production environment. Once the deployment is complete, the agency conducts testing to verify overall site
performance and functionality is operating as intended. The completion of the testing concludes the deployment
process, and the site/updates are deemed as ‘live’ since they are available on www.drinkiq.com.
Scope exception
Turkey is the only market in which we are unable to roll out DRINKiQ due to legal restrictions. Travel Retail Asia covers
multiple geographical territories and is therefore not counted as an individual market in scope for delivering our DRINKiQ
target.
Target
Leverage Diageo marketing and innovation to make moderation the norm – reaching 1 billion people with
dedicated responsible drinking messaging
Performance measure Number of people reached through campaigns and training specifically designed to promote moderation
Definition
Scope exception
Reporting period
Data preparation
Limitations
We deliver responsible drinking campaigns and training through social media, viral videos, events, traditional media
campaigns and other forms of marketing by Diageo brands.
Markets are only included where we have verifiable media data provided by third-party partners.
1 June to 31 May. Our baseline year for calculating cumulative progress is fiscal 21.
Data on how many people our campaigns reach is collected by our media agency partners and reported to us. Diageo’s
media agency partners manage measurement and verification of this data through various industry-standard practices
optimised for each media channel.
• Digital media: Cookies/pixels provide unique consumer identifiers. These identifiers provide us with the ability to
estimate how many people we reach across a single campaign.
• Non-digital media: Utilising industry-standard audience measurement for each platform, we can estimate how many
people our campaigns reach for any TV, radio, out of home or other non-digital channel. For example, we utilise
industry-standard metrics, such as Nielsen, to estimate viewer audience for a TV programme during which we ran an
ad. For out of home, industry-standard measurement of foot traffic, vetted through third-party organisations, is used to
estimate the number of people who pass by a billboard.
To attempt to prevent double counting, we also adjust the data in the context of the adult population for each market.
Each market's total annual reach figure comprises either the highest number of people reached in any given quarter in
that market, or the highest number of people reached by a specific campaign in that market, whichever is the greater.
Reach data cannot be as accurately deduplicated over periods of time longer than a year. When reporting how many
people we reach over time periods of longer than one fiscal year, figures for individual fiscal years are added together to
provide a cumulative number.
Reporting period
Data preparation
programme
• Number of people who confirmed changed attitudes on the dangers of underage drinking following participation in
a Diageo-supported education programme
SMASHED is our flagship underage drinking programme, developed and delivered in partnership with Collingwood
Learning (Collingwood) and sponsored by Diageo. Our SMASHED partnership aims to change attitudes to underage
drinking through live theatre performances and workshops and interactive online events.
Live: A live or virtual theatre performance in schools or other community setting, with interactive workshops for students,
resources for teachers and parents, and comprehensive evaluation.
Online: An innovative and engaging e-learning course, telling the SMASHED story though filmed clips, with interactive
learning tools, student assessment and teacher support.
Offline: SMASHED Online can also be delivered offline through PowerPoint and video clips.
People educated: Target age group (10-17), who have participated in the full 60-minute live or online learning
experience. Completions for online are counted only on course completion, and live completion is counted when the
number, as stated by the teacher, has completed the full 60-minute session, which is then confirmed by the local
delivery partner.
Changed attitudes: A young person who confirmed a changed attitude is someone who responds to the post-survey
question by stating that they are less likely to drink underage. This is supported by evidenced progression through pre-
and post-performance surveys against all other learning outcomes, with the ‘less likely to drink underage’ results as the
core indicator.
Local adaptations: Collingwood has set criteria for partners – a local delivery partner, ministry of education (or similar)
and sponsors – to support the success of local adaptations on the ground.
Each delivery partner will culturally and linguistically adapt the storyline and interactive elements to suit the local
audience, with guidance from Collingwood.
Collingwood collaborates with delivery partners to ensure they comply with the original content while
accommodating appropriate adaptations. This is also supported by programme sponsors and educational
stakeholders to support links with existing curriculum. Evaluation questions remain consistent worldwide, both pre- and
post-programme. Collingwood does not allow changes to the content or intent of the questions. The only adaptations
made are for language translation.
The complexity of gathering data from hundreds of schools globally with different academic years means there is a lag
in reporting information from our live programmes. Each financial year we include data from 1 June to 31 May.
The baseline year for the reporting of cumulative progress towards our target is our financial year ended 30 June 2018;
reporting is therefore cumulative progress from July 2018 onwards.
The number of people educated is supplied by in-country delivery partners to Collingwood. When SMASHED is
delivered by a third-party and is partially funded by Diageo, we only claim the proportion of people educated that our
funding contributes to.
From September 2022, where an audience numbers over 500 students in one session, we have categorised these
as ‘large-scale special events’. Where large-scale events are run if there are a sufficient number of facilitators (ratio
1:200) then the full number of people educated is included. If the number of facilitators present is below this ratio, then
the number of people in attendance are capped at the large-scale event number.
The number of people educated is calculated by adding together the number of people reached in each country.
SMASHED Live operates pre- and post-evaluation surveys of at least 20% of the target audience of young learners as
part of the programme on the day. This represents 20% of the participating schools on each tour.
The following sampling criteria have been established to measure attitude change:
• Assess 20% of programme participants through pre- and post-evaluation surveys.
• The participants that make the 20% sample have to be selected randomly.
• If the sample is less than 200 people, the same participants must take the pre- and post-evaluation surveys.
• The sample has to be approximately 50% male and 50% female.
The number of people who confirmed changed attitude is calculated by projecting the results of the survey, for those
who have confirmed in the post-survey question that they are less likely to drink underage, to the total number of
people educated for the events run.
The data, alongside supporting evidence is supplied by delivery partners and then consolidated and reviewed by
Collingwood before being shared with us for review and reporting.
We have assumed that teachers are an impartial and accurate provider of student numbers, with clear knowledge
of the groups allocated to SMASHED. We have also assumed that students participating in SMASHED Live and Online
have adequate literacy skills to understand and complete written evaluation forms.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
246
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
247
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Target (continued)
Limitation
Scale up our SMASHED partnership and educate 10 million young people, parents and teachers on the
dangers of underage drinking
We consider double counting to be highly unlikely, given the activity is only delivered once to any audience within the
curricular requirements for the year. No unique personal identifiers are collected, for data privacy reasons.
• We avoid having schools run SMASHED Live and Online concurrently by offering only a single option in the vast
majority of countries. Where two programmes are available, we mitigate the risk of duplication by offering
programmes strategically to different school areas. In the unlikely event a school uses SMASHED Online and
SMASHED Live, we assume that the school will utilise courses for different student groups. We mitigate the risk
further by checking participating school data quarterly and communicating with teachers.
• We have assumed that the number of students expected to either repeat a year group or change secondary
schools is negligible, based on the most recent statistics from third parties.
Target
Performance measure
Extend our UNITAR partnership, and promote changes in attitudes to drink driving, reaching five million
people by 2030
• Number of people educated about the dangers of drink driving
• Number of people who confirmed attitudinal change on the dangers of drink driving through the Diageo supported
Definition
Scope exception
Reporting period
Data preparation
programme
• Number of law enforcement officers trained through the UNITAR High Visibility Enforcement (HVE) programme.
We run two programmes that aim to address the dangers of drink driving. Our Wrong Side of the Road (WSOTR)
programme, primarily delivered online, is designed to help people understand the consequences of drink driving by
listening to the repercussions for people who decided to get behind the wheel after drinking. All stories are real and
aim to help prevent other people from making the same mistakes. The purpose is to show the effects that this decision
can have on the individual and the people around them, helping viewers to consider what would happen if they were
in a similar situation.
We also partner with UNITAR on its high-visibility enforcement training programme, an online training course which
aims to help government and law enforcement officials design and implement interventions that contribute to reducing
the number of alcohol-related fatalities and injuries.
Changed attitudes: A person who confirmed a changed attitude is someone who responds to the post-experience
survey by stating that they are less likely to drink and drive because of participating in the Diageo learning experience.
For programmes that are partially funded by Diageo, we only claim the proportion of people educated that our
funding contributes to.
1 July to 30 June. Our baseline year is fiscal 22.
To measure attitude change, at least 20% of WSOTR participants are assessed through a pre- and post-programme
survey as to whether they are less likely to drink and drive because of their participation.
The different formats are reported in the following ways:
• Online: The online completions are reported daily through a data report pulled from Diageo’s internal PowerBi
system.
• Online through third parties: Depending on the format, their numbers can either be generated by the main system
through the daily report or through their own reports. They must provide back-up data, which is then validated by
the Diageo global team.
• Offline: In markets where internet access is a challenge, we have tailored the experience to be used offline at events
or high-footfall locations. Completions are captured on forms that are then collated and input to a report. These
reports are submitted quarterly and reviewed and verified by the global team.
Limitations
-
Doing business the right way
from grain to glass
We want to do business in the right way every day, everywhere. This is about ensuring our people and suppliers demonstrate integrity, live our
values, and behave in an ethical way that underpins our Code of Conduct. We expect everyone who works for us and alongside us to uphold
human rights and stand up for what is right, as we grow sustainably and responsibly.
Governance and ethics
Working with integrity is an important part of who we are and how we achieve our performance ambition to be the best performing, most trusted
and respected consumer products company in the world.
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Code of Business Conduct Mandatory Training
Annually, we request all Diageo employees to complete the Code of Business Conduct e-learning. This requires
employees to confirm their commitment to their compliance and ethics accountabilities, and certify that they have
read, understood, and complied with our Code of Business Conduct and supporting Global policies.
Employees on long-term leave e.g. family leave, sickness leave.
We deliver the Code of Business Conduct e-learning through our global online training tool, My Learning Hub, which
holds a record of who has participated in and completed the course. Participation and completion records are
reported to market and function leadership teams and reviewed by Business Integrity leads.
Limitation
-
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
SpeakUp
We inform all employees and third parties about our SpeakUp whistleblowing telephone service and online portal,
which is available in all 20 of our Code languages. The service is run by an independent external party 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
-
We capture allegations reported either via SpeakUp or our internal channels in our global breach management tool.
-
Reported and substantiated breaches
Reported breaches are potential breaches of our Code of Business Conduct, policies or standards made known to the
business, either via our SpeakUp service or brought to our attention internally. Substantiated breaches are those reports
that ultimately result in sufficient evidence being gathered to support the concern raised.
-
We update the number of substantiated breaches and Code-related leavers from previous years to include the
outcomes of those reports made in one financial year – but for which the investigation and any associated disciplinary
actions are not closed until the following financial year, after the Annual Report has been published. This enables us to
make a full and accurate year-on-year comparison.
-
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
248
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
249
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Human rights impact assessments
Diageo has been a signatory to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs) since 2014. As part
of our commitment to act in accordance with the UNGPs, we partnered with Business for Social Responsibility in 2016 to
formulate our human rights strategy and deliver a Human Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA) in all of our markets. An
HRIA is a process for identifying, understanding, assessing and addressing the adverse effects of business activities on
the human rights of impacted rights-holders such as workers and community members.
To date, we have conducted HRIAs in Australia, Brazil, China, Colombia, Ghana, Guatemala, India, Kenya, Mexico,
the Middle East, Nigeria, North America (United States and Canada), North Asia (South Korea and Japan), PEBAC
(Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina and Chile), South Africa, Tanzania, Thailand, Turkey, Uganda and the United
Kingdom. From fiscal 24, all direct operations will be required to complete a detailed annual human rights self
assessment questionnaire, and take remedial action where necessary.
We have conducted a corporate-level risk assessment and mapped our global policies and processes against the
UNGPs, while also considering risks in different geographies using our understanding and external reference data.
Following the corporate-level assessment, we developed a comprehensive human rights impact assessment toolkit
to guide our markets through a systematic review of their businesses to identify and assess potential human rights
impacts, including modern slavery risks, throughout our value chain.
Where assessments identify human rights concerns or suggest our approach can be strengthened to better identify
and prevent risk, we put in place robust action plans to resolve matters, working with external experts when
appropriate.
We have completed an HRIA in every market, but not every country. We discuss significant actual and potential
negative impacts on local communities at global and local levels but do not collate and report this by specific every
location.
Our people
At Diageo, we strive to create an environment where all our people feel they are treated fairly and with respect. We commit to understanding what it means
to act with integrity in our roles, to ensure we are doing business in the right way, meeting external expectations and our own standards. Our global health
and safety ambition and strategy are designed to ensure all our people are safe when working, on site, at home and on the road, every day, everywhere.
Employee profile data
Performance
measure
Average number of employees by region by
gender
Employees have been allocated to the region in which
they reside.
Definition
Scope
exception
Data
preparation
Limitation
All Diageo employees are in scope for this performance
measure. However, people data from joint ventures and
associates where Diageo does not have operational
control are not included.
Total employee data comprises our average number of
FTE employees across 12 months. Employee data is
captured globally through financial and HR information
and reporting systems.
Employee type includes Regular, Graduates and
Fixed Term Contract (FTC) across all markets. Data from
markets where Diageo has not implemented its global
HR system is collected by local HR teams to form a total
Diageo view.
Joint operations are included but, where Diageo does
not have operational control, only high-level regional
data is available.
Markets where our global HR system, Workday, is
not in place are reliant on manual data collection or, in
some cases, we may not be able to obtain data. These
markets include Ypioca, Zacapa, United Spirits Limited
– India (partial), Casamigos, Balcones, Davos, Vietnam
Spirits and Wine, Don Papa Rum, Moet Hennessy
Diageo, Korea (partial), Japan JWS, Angola and
Northern Cyprus.
Average number of employees by role by gender
Employees have been allocated to the role in which they occupy.
We define Executive as a member of the Executive Committee;
Senior Manager (SL, L2, L3) as those in top leadership positions
excluding Executive Committee members; Line Manager as all Diageo
employees (excluding Executive Committee members and Senior
Managers) with one or more direct reports; and Supervised employee as
all remaining Diageo employees (excluding Executive Committee
members, Senior Managers and Line Managers) who have no direct
reports.
All Diageo employees are in scope for this performance measure.
However, people data from joint ventures and associates where Diageo
does not have operational control are not included.
Employee data comprises our average number of FTE employees across
12 months except Executives, which are reported as of 30 June 2023
because of the small population size. Employee data is captured
globally through financial and HR information and reporting systems.
Employee type includes Regular, Graduates and Fixed Term Contract
(FTC) across all markets. Data from markets where Diageo has not
implemented its global HR system is collected by local HR teams to form
a total Diageo view.
Joint operations are included but, where Diageo does not have
operational control, only high-level regional data is available.
Markets where our global HR system, Workday, is not in place are
reliant on manual data collection or, in some cases, we may not be able
to obtain data. These markets include Ypioca, Zacapa, United Spirits
Limited – India (partial), Casamigos, Balcones, Davos, Vietnam Spirits
and Wine, Don Papa Rum, Moet Hennessy Diageo, Korea (partial),
Japan JWS, Angola and Northern Cyprus.
Health and safety
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Lost-time accident frequency rate (LTAFR)
The LTAFR is the number of lost-time accidents (LTAs) per 1,000 full-time employees (Occupational Health & Safety
(OH&S) FTE).
We define an LTA as any work-related incident resulting in injury or illness, where a healthcare professional or
Diageo recommends one or more full days away from work, or where a job restriction or modification prevents the
employee from conducting their routine tasks and activities and from working a full shift.
We consider an injury or illness to be work-related when an event or exposure in the work environment (including
people working at home) either caused or contributed to the resulting condition, or significantly aggravated a
medically documented and treated pre-existing injury or illness.
LTA numbers also include any OH&S FTE work-related fatalities.
In line with industry best practice, for the purposes of calculating this KPI, we include all Diageo employees, as well
as temporary staff and contractors who work under our direct day-to-day supervision in our definition of OH&S FTE.
We have looked closely into which home-working injuries should be in scope for reporting: for example, an injury
would be in scope if caused by an activity involving work-related equipment, such as an employee injuring a finger by
getting it trapped in a laptop cover. If the injured person did not report the accident on the same shift to their
immediate line manager and/or Diageo point of contact, unless there are reasonable grounds, this accident is not in
scope as work-related.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
250
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
251
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Reporting period
We collect and report safety data for all sites where we have full operational control, including all office sites. It includes
newly acquired businesses as soon as resources and systems are in place, and no later than one year after we have
assumed operational control. We exclude safety data associated with any divestments during the current reporting
year from reporting in the current period.
When an incident occurs at any site (operational, corporate office, remote commercial and remote home-working
environments), the local line manager and local health and safety team will initiate an accident investigation and root-
cause analysis. If the accident is classified as an LTA, then the local health and safety representative will escalate to the
site leadership team, who will in turn escalate to regional, market and global leadership. Each month, sites are required
to submit details associated with all incidents, accidents and LTAs, as well as OH&S FTE data for their site. OH&S FTE
data is primarily obtained directly from the global HR/payroll system or estimated using employee numbers, average
number of hours worked, absences and overtime information, if actual data is not readily available. Contractor
agencies provide data on the hours worked by each contractor. This is then combined with Diageo employee data to
calculate the total FTE data for the month. Safety data and OH&S FTE data is reported at site level using our global
data management system.
We do not report LTAFR for independent contractors because of the difficulty and administrative burden in accurately
recording headcount.
Total recordable accident frequency rate (TRAFR) less than 3.5
TRAFR is the sum of all work-related accidents including OH&S FTE/non-FTE (contractors) fatalities on Diageo premises,
OH&S FTE/non-FTE LTAs, OH&S FTE medical treatment cases (MTC), and non-FTE permanent location-based MTCs,
expressed as rate per 1,000 OH&S FTEs plus permanent location-based non-FTEs.
We consider an injury or illness to be work-related when an event or exposure in the work environment (including
people working at home) either caused or contributed to the resulting condition, or significantly aggravated a
medically documented and treated pre-existing injury or illness.
As under LTAFR
As under LTAFR
We do not report MTCs for non-site-based contractors.
Number of fatalities
A fatality includes any work-related fatality of an employee or contractor under our direct supervision in their day-to-
day work environment (on or off our premises), or any work-related fatality suffered by a third-party or contractor (non-
FTEs) while on our premises.
We consider a fatality to be work-related when an event or exposure in the work environment (including people
working at home) either caused or contributed to the event.
-
As under LTAFR
-
Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)
Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) is a standard Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) metric that
measures the number of lost-time injuries occurring in a workplace per one million hours worked.
As under LTAFR
As under LTAFR
We do not report LTIFR for independent contractors because of the difficulty and administrative burden in accurately
recording headcount.
Lost-time injury rate (LTIR)
LTIR is a standard OSHA metric that calculates the number of lost-time injuries occurring in a workplace per 200,000
hours worked.
As under LTAFR
As under LTAFR
We do not report LTIR for independent contractors because of the difficulty and administrative burden in accurately
recording headcount.
Employee Engagement Index
The Employee Engagement Index is calculated as the percentage of respondents who answer positively to three
questions in our Your Voice survey: I am proud to work for Diageo; I would recommend Diageo as a great place to
work; I am extremely satisfied with Diageo as a place to work.
–
The data was collected between 6 and 31 March 2023, so the results are based on feedback from participants in that
particular window.
Data preparation
Limitation
The index is calculated from an anonymous annual survey run by an independent third-party.
Contractors and employees on long-term leave are excluded.
252
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Champion inclusion and diversity
Championing inclusion and diversity is at the heart of what we do, and is crucial to our purpose of ‘celebrating life, every day, everywhere’.
We have set ourselves ambitious goals to drive progress, inside our business and beyond. They range from increasing representation of women
and people from ethnically diverse backgrounds in our leadership, to using our media spend and influence to promote progressive portrayals in
marketing, working with diverse creative teams and diverse-owned suppliers and supporting people in our local communities with hospitality and
business skills.
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitations
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitations
Champion gender diversity, with an ambition to achieve 50% representation of women in leadership roles
by 2030
Percentage of female leaders globally
Leadership roles comprise Executive Committee members (Exec), Senior Leaders (SL), Level 2 (L2) and Level 3 (L3)
roles, some of which will be vacant at any point in time. Employee type includes those on regular and fixed-term
contracts.
Non-Executive Directors and extended workers (agency workers, independent contractors, freelancers and consultants)
are not in scope, nor are joint ventures, joint operations or associates where Diageo does not have operational control.
The KPI is calculated as the average of filled leadership roles at the end of each of the four quarters across the fiscal year. The
total leadership population is calculated from markets that collect gender information through Workday, enabling all
employees in scope to self-disclose this information. Gender data is disclosed by employees themselves on a voluntary
basis on our online Human Resources system (Workday). All leaders in scope have the ability to disclose gender
information on Workday.
Where employees have chosen not to declare their gender, this information is excluded from the gender representation
data.
Champion ethnic diversity with an ambition to increase representation of leaders from ethnically diverse
backgrounds to 45% by 2030
Percentage of ethnically diverse leaders globally
Leadership roles comprise Executive Committee members (Exec), Senior Leaders (SL), Level 2 (L2) and Level 3 (L3) roles, some
of which will be vacant at any point in time. Employee type includes those on regular and fixed-term contracts.
We define ethnically diverse as those ethnic groups who are, or were historically, systematically under-represented,
disenfranchised and/or economically excluded.
Ethnically diverse people can be a majority or a minority in a country.
Non-Executive Directors and extended workers (agency workers, independent contractors, freelancers and consultants)
are not in scope, nor are joint ventures, joint operations or associates where Diageo does not have operational control.
The KPI is calculated as the average of filled leadership roles at the end of each of the four quarters across the fiscal year.
Ethnicity data is disclosed by employees on a voluntary basis on Workday. The relevant ethnicity fields are based on
the country in which the individual is employed to ensure all are culturally relevant.
Ethnicity is selected by individuals within the Leadership population from a pre-defined list that encompasses those
ethnic types most readily seen within the specific country, based on local census and governmental data.
We determined eight categories of ethnicity, considering Diageo’s market footprint, historic under-representation
and alignment across regions: Asian, Black, Hispanic/Latin American, Indian, Indigenous, Middle Eastern and Turkish,
Mixed and Other Ethnic Groups. If an individual has identified as another type of local ethnicity, the people analytics
team manually assign them to the closest fit, for the purposes of this data gathering exercise only.
Although employees based in India (Diageo India and Diageo Global Business Operations) are on the Workday
system, they do not submit ethnicity data through Workday due to cultural sensitivities. So, self-disclosure is not the
basis for data capture. Nationality is obtained by the local HR team through official identification documents by
employees during the onboarding process and disclosed on Workday. Indian nationals are recorded by HR as being
of Indian ethnicity. For India-based employees not of Indian nationality, the local HR director confirms their ethnicity
through a confidential conversation with the individual.
Based on a third-party study commissioned by Diageo, ‘Hispanic/Latin American’ is adopted as a term to
categorise all people originating from the Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) region, including both indigenous and
historically migrant populations. For the purposes of this data gathering exercise, all employees identifying as White
with a LAC nationality have been recorded as Hispanic/Latin American. Non-LAC nationals are mapped to their
identified ethnicity.
Employees who identify as White, declined to self-identify or have not disclosed their ethnicity are not counted as
ethnically diverse.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
253
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Reporting period
Data preparation
Accelerate inclusion and diversity in our value chain, increasing the share of our global spend with
diverse-owned and disadvantaged businesses to 15% by 2030
Percentage of spend with diverse-owned and disadvantaged businesses
We define diverse-owned suppliers as for-profit businesses majority owned and operated by under-represented
communities, including (but not limited to) women, ethnic minorities, LGBTQIA+, people with disabilities and other
minority groups identified in the markets where we source.
Although we try to define diverse businesses consistently across all our markets, we recognise that diversity can
differ across geographical regions, cultures and communities. This means that we define ethnic minority groups on a
local level rather than global. In addition, in some markets, we have identified other regionally specific under-
represented groups to make sure we are as inclusive as possible.
Disadvantaged businesses include smallholder farmers. The UN’s Food and Agriculture Organization describes a
smallholder farmer as one who farms an area below the median threshold of their country. For the purposes of supplier
diversity reporting, we consider a smallholder farmer in Africa to be one that farms an area of less than ten acres. In
other markets, we use locally recognised guidance, such as for agave farmers in Mexico where the Consejo Regulador
del Tequila defines this as 50,000 plants. These suppliers, which can be individuals or farm families, are widely
considered to be disadvantaged because of factors including their size and exposure to global commodity markets.
Where our direct suppliers are not diverse-owned, we will consider spend with disadvantaged businesses in their
own value chains. This is considered as tier two direct diverse spend.
Spend from categories that are deemed as non-influenceable is excluded from our baseline spend and diverse spend
calculations. Examples include customs charges, taxation and charitable donations.
1 July to 30 June. Our baseline year is fiscal 22.
Our total global spend is extracted from our global enterprise software, SAP, and also from other local market
enterprise resource planning systems, with spend identified as non-influenceable deducted from this amount. Our
spend with diverse-owned and disadvantaged suppliers is calculated as a percentage of this total spend, and is
considered our tier 1 diverse spend total.
We ask our direct suppliers who are not diverse-owned to report their spend with diverse-owned business in their
supply chains, and we calculate our tier 2 diverse total from these submissions.
Our tier 1 and tier 2 spend calculations are combined and are reflected in the total spend reported against this target.
Limitations
-
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Provide business and hospitality skills to 200,000 people, increasing employability and improving
livelihoods through Learning for Life and our other skills programmes
Number of people reached through Learning for Life and other skills programmes
Our business and hospitality skills training programmes, including Learning for Life, aim to increase participants’
employability, improve livelihoods and support a thriving hospitality sector that works for all. The core curriculum
includes modules on technical skills, life skills and inclusion and diversity.
Only markets running business and hospitality programmes are in scope. Markets with no such programmes are
Australia, South Korea, Turkey and Eastern Europe. For entrepreneurship programmes to be included, the metric owner
determines that the initiatives are appropriate to be included under the definition of providing business or hospitality
skills related to our value chain.
We collate the number of beneficiaries of Learning for Life and other skills programmes through participant
programme completion records (collected face to face or via our online training systems) maintained by Diageo
programme managers or third-party delivery partners.
We make sure double counting is avoided through programme registration and completion records.
Limitation
Accuracy relies on the quality of data provided by our third-party delivery partners.
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Through the Diageo Bar Academy (DBA), we will provide 1.5 million training sessions delivering skills and
resources to help build a thriving hospitality sector that works for all
Number of participations in training sessions delivered through Diageo Bar Academy
We measure the number of participations in DBA training sessions. One individual could receive multiple training
sessions and each training participation would count towards our target.
The DBA delivers a range of hospitality skills training to owners, managers, bartenders and wait staff with the
objective of raising professional standards in the industry and helping professionals and businesses to thrive. Examples
of course content include alcohol category knowledge, drink preparation skills, serving skills including responsible
serving, business and bar management skills.
Training includes physical, virtual, e-learning and masterclass tutorials.
-
Participants in all these DBA trainings are included in this performance measure.
Diageo obtains data on the number of participations in trainings delivered in different ways depending on the types of
course, as outlined below:
• Physical training: attendance number in face-to-face sessions delivered to groups of participants
• Virtual training: attendance number in live online sessions
• E-learning: number of completions of self-directed learning courses
• Masterclass: number of attendances at Live Tutorials and number of viewers of the recorded sessions
From fiscal 23 we include online training data from China, where different digital platforms are used.
Accuracy of data in case of physical trainings relies on third-party delivery partners.
Ensure 50% of beneficiaries of our community programmes are women and that our community
programmes are designed to enhance diversity and inclusion of under-represented groups
Percentage of beneficiaries of our community programmes who are women
For Learning for Life (or equivalent) programmes, we measure the number and percentage of women who have
gained business and hospitality skills.
Our scope currently includes female beneficiaries of registered business and hospitality skills programmes. In future, the
scope of this target will also include female representation on our water sanitation and hygiene (WASH) committees
and women who benefit from initiatives such as our smallholder farmer programmes.
Limitation
Ambition
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
For Learning for Life programmes (and other skills programmes), we collect data on the number of female participants
through training records managed by Diageo programme managers or third-party delivery partners.
Accuracy relies on the quality of data provided by our third-party delivery partners.
Pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability
Our continued long-term success depends on the people and planet around us. Our work to pioneer grain-to-glass sustainability is divided into three
areas: preserve water for life, accelerate to a low-carbon world and become sustainable by design.
Our water stewardship strategy, ‘Preserve Water for Life’, outlines how we manage water in our supply chain, operations and communities, as
well as advocate for collective action to improve water security. We started our decarbonisation journey in 2008, and we aim to reach net zero
across our direct operations by 2030, using 100% renewable energy everywhere we operate. We are also committed to reducing our value chain
carbon emissions by 50% by 2030. We are working to reduce our carbon footprint by reducing packaging, increasing recycled content and are
focusing on regenerative agriculture.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
254
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
255
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Preserve water for life
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Our strategy is based on best practice water stewardship in three areas: water accessibility, availability and quality. We are also working in
partnership to better manage water globally and to lead collective action in critical water basins.
Target
Performance measure
Additional performance
measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Reduce water use in our operations with a 40% improvement in water-use efficiency in water-stressed
areas and a 30% improvement across the company
Water use efficiency per litre of product packaged (Litres/Litre)
Percentage improvement in litres of water used per litre of product packaged from the prior year
We prepare and report water withdrawal (use) from sites where we have operational control, using internally
developed reporting methodologies based on the GRI Standards.
Water withdrawal includes water obtained from ground water, surface water, mains supply and water delivered to
the site by tanker, less any clean water provided back to local communities directly from a site. Uncontaminated water
abstracted and returned to the same source under local consent, water abstracted from the sea, and rainwater
collection are excluded from reported water withdrawal data.
For water-stressed only: We define water-stressed areas using the World Resources Institute (WRI) Aqueduct tool, UN
definitions and internal survey information. During the reporting period, we identified 40 of our sites as located within
water-stressed areas. An assessment of our sites located in water-stressed areas is completed every two years and
includes any new-build or acquired sites and excludes any sites divested.
The volume of water used at Diageo-operated agricultural lands – in Brazil, Mexico and Turkey – is quantified and
reported separately.
Water withdrawal (use) is measured primarily from meter readings and invoices. In limited cases, estimates are used. Water
efficiency per litre of packaged product is calculated by dividing total water withdrawal by the total packaged volume.
We use litres of packaged product as the measure for comparison, because this indicates how much water has
been used relative to the amount of finished product that has been packaged. We measure litres of packaged product
by site and aggregate them at group level. For fiscal 23, the total volume packaged used for the denominator in
efficiency indicators is 3,801,239,185 litresΔ.
Limitation
In limited cases (e.g., failure or malfunction of water meters), estimates are used for water withdrawals.
∆ Within the scope of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (PwC) independent limited assurance reported to the Directors. For further detail and the reporting methodologies, see pages 242-266.
Scope exception
Reporting period
Data preparation
Limitation
Replenish more water than we use for our operations for all of our sites in water-stressed areas by 2026
Annual volumetric replenishment capacity of projects developed (m3)
This performance measure is total water replenishment capacity created in fiscal 23 in water-stressed areas. We define
replenishment (or volumetric water benefit), in line with the WRI, as the volume of water resulting from water
stewardship activities that modify the hydrology in a beneficial way and/or help reduce shared water challenges,
improve water stewardship outcomes, and meet the targets of Sustainable Development Goal 6.
Replenishment capacity created by replenishment projects is calculated by reference to Diageo’s Water Replenishment
Implementation Guide and Technical Protocol. When projects are delivered by a third-party and partially funded by Diageo, to
avoid double counting, we only claim the proportion of volumetric capacity attributable to Diageo.
We define water-stressed areas using the WRI Aqueduct tool (at the Minor Basin level), UN definitions and internal
survey information. During the reporting period, we identified 40 of our sites as located within water-stressed areas. An
assessment of our sites located in water-stressed areas is completed every two years and includes any new-build or
acquired sites and excludes any sites divested. In order to be considered within the annual volumetric replenishment
capacity, replenishment projects need to be in a water-stressed area (i.e., a site’s water catchment and/or water-
stressed water basins from which we source local raw materials).
The methodology for calculating the volume of water replenished for Diageo’s Water Replenishment Programme is
based on the WRI’s Volumetric Water Benefit Accounting: A Method For Implementing and Valuing Water Stewardship
Activities (2019, www.wri.org/research/volumetric-water-benefit-accounting-vwba-method-implementing-and-valuing-
water-stewardship), which is a “comprehensive, standardised and science-based methodology to calculate and
evaluate the benefits of water stewardship activities.” We detail the approach adopted and mathematical calculations
applied in the Diageo Water Replenishment Programme Technical Protocol (2019) and provide a step-by-step
implementation guide for markets to ensure consistency and robust controls: Diageo Water Replenishment
Implementation Guide (2022).
—
1 June to 31 May (previously 16 June to 15 June; see under Limitation, below).
Data required to calculate the indicative volume of water replenished is collected by an implementation partner and
confirmed on completion of the project. This data is then validated by an external validator, and confirmed by the
Diageo global lead for water. The Diageo Water Replenishment Implementation Guide provides templates for
calculating water volume replenished – the estimated volumes are pre-validated by the global team before the project
is implemented. Volumes are then validated again after the commissioning of the project.
The project volumes for fiscal 26 are restated every year to reflect latest estimates and previous fiscal actuals.
The complexity of gathering data from multiple projects globally means there can be a delay in reporting information. This
means we currently include data from projects completed by 31 May 2023 to allow us to consolidate data by fiscal year end.
256
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
257
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Reporting period
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Invest in improving access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene (WASH) in communities near our sites
and local sourcing areas in all of our water-stressed markets
Percentage of water-stressed markets with investment in WASH
This target tracks funding committed and spent on new WASH facilities to improve local community access to clean
water, sanitation or hygiene in communities within the same water basin as our sites and local sourcing areas.
We usually define Diageo’s markets as countries or locations where we operate or sell our products. To ensure
comprehensive coverage, this KPI instead defines each market as an individual country, as set out on page 40. This
means that the KPI considers water stress and investment at a country level, rather than at a market level.
We define water-stressed areas using the WRI Aqueduct tool at the minor basin level, UN definitions and internal
survey information. During the reporting period, we identified 40 of our sites across 12 countries as located in water-
stressed areas, with 34 of these locations currently operational and six non-operational. An assessment of our sites
located in water-stressed areas is completed every two years and includes any new-build or acquired sites and
excludes any sites divested.
The KPI is calculated as a percentage of the number of water-stressed markets in which Diageo has invested in
WASH programmes in the same minor water basin as the site, divided by the total number of (in scope) water-stressed
markets in which Diageo operates.
The scope excludes water-stressed markets in which Diageo operates where there is no demand or requirement for
new community WASH projects (Turkey, Indonesia, Seychelles).
These exclusions are verified by an expert implementing partner, and are based on government, WRI or World
Health Organization information on WASH risk and availability.
It also excludes Diageo WASH projects in markets that are not assessed as water stressed or where we do not have
direct operations (for example, Myanmar).
1 June to 31 May
Data on the WASH programmes, including locations, clean water yield, and the number of people (including the
number of women) who benefit is calculated by NGO delivery partners and validated by an external validator.
The KPI is calculated as a percentage, i.e., the total number of water-stressed markets in which Diageo has invested in
WASH programmes divided by the total number of (in scope) water-stressed markets in which Diageo operates.
The complexity of gathering data from multiple projects globally means there can be a delay in reporting information.
This means we currently include data from projects completed by 31 May 2023 to allow us to consolidate data by fiscal
year end.
Engage in collective action in all of our priority water basins to improve water accessibility, availability and
quality and contribute to a net positive water impact
Percentage of priority water basins with collective action participation
We identify priority water basins using a Diageo criticality assessment (based on expert judgement and consumption
volumes) and those facing high water risk, according to the WRI Aqueduct tool. These basins would benefit most from
Diageo operational sites participating in collective action to address identified water challenges.
Collective action in water stewardship includes multi-stakeholder water management initiatives or projects that
involve interaction with government entities, local communities, NGOs and/or civil society organisations.
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
—
Priority water basins with collective action participation are reported at country level and tracked by the Diageo global
metric owner.
—
Accelerating to a low-carbon world
We know that our planet needs significant, science-based action to create a sustainable future. We have set ourselves bold targets to reach net zero
carbon across our operations and to work with our suppliers to reduce our value chain carbon emissions by 50% by 2030.
Target
Performance measure
Become net zero carbon in our direct operations (Scope 1 and 2)
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net based) (1000 tonnes CO2e)
Additional performance
measures
Percentage reduction in absolute carbon emissions (direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net
based)) from the prior year
Market based (net) intensity ratio of GHG emissions (grams CO2e per litre of packaged product)
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Scope 1 and 2 emissions are presented as the absolute GHG emissions (Direct – Scope 1 emissions from on-site energy
consumption of fuel sources and Indirect – Scope 2 emissions from purchased electricity and heat) in 1000 tonnes
CO2e using market-based reporting methodology. Market-based GHG emission intensity ratio is calculated as
grammes per CO2e per litre, using direct operations packaged product volume in litres for fiscal 23.
We exclude minor quantities of Scope 1 emissions up to 0.5% of a site's emissions, to a maximum of 50 tonnes CO2e
per emission source, as well as the carbon emissions associated with biogas flaring, since they are determined to be
insignificant to our overall impacts. More details can be found in the Scope section of General Reporting methodology
and boundaries, covering both non-environmental and environmental metric reporting.
Biological/biogenic CO2 emissions from the combustion of bioenergy, and from direct operations processes such as
fermentation to create alcohol are outside of scope and are reported separately. However, bioenergy CO2e emissions
associated with methane and nitrous oxides that are not absorbed in bioenergy feedstock growth are included in
Scope 1 emissions.
We do not include carbon offsets or credits in the Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions market-based approach.
We calculate CO2e emissions data based on direct measurement of energy use (meter readings/invoices) for the
majority of sites.
Market-based emissions
We externally report Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions using metric tonnes of CO2e to compare the emissions from the
seven main GHGs based on their global warming potential. We base our CO2e reduction targets and reporting
protocols (since 2007) on market-based emissions.
Direct (Scope 1) emissions
We report fuel consumption by fuel type at site level using the environmental management system. Using calorific
values, the fuel is then converted to energy consumption, in kilowatt hours (kWh), by fuel type, and is multiplied by the
relevant CO2e emission factor to derive total CO2e emissions. Scope 1 emission factors for fuels are typically average
fuel CO2e emissions factors and calorific values (the latest available at the end of the reporting year) from the UK
Government Department for Energy Security and Net Zero. We apply product-specific factors, where available. Energy
attribute certificates (EACs), derived from our distillery by-product feedstock and processed by a third-party to generate
biomethane, form a component of our decarbonisation, together with purchased renewable gas EACs (i.e., from
certificate-backed biomethane supplied indirectly through the natural gas grid). This is reflected in data preparation
and aggregation.
Indirect (Scope 2) emissions
We report GHG emissions from electricity as market-based emissions in line with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol
Scope 2 guidance 2015. Electricity consumption recorded on our environmental management system is multiplied by
emissions factors specified in EACs, contracts, power purchase agreements and supplier utility emissions, as detailed in
the GHG Protocol’s Scope 2 guidance. We use GHG Protocol Scope 2 guidance to ensure EACs and associated
contractual instruments meet the required standards. GHG emission factors relating to indirect emissions are updated
with the latest available by end of the financial year.
Fugitive and owned agricultural (Scope 1) emissions
We calculate fugitive emissions based on the amount of emitted ozone-depleting substances and fluorinated gases,
multiplied by the relevant emission factor to represent the global warming potential in tonnes of CO2e. Annually, each
site reports the quantity (mass) of each material/gas emitted based any added/topped-up amount, reported via the
environmental management system. The mass of each of emitted ozone-depleting substance and fluorinated gas is
multiplied by the relevant emission factor and then added together to report the equivalent GHG emissions in tonnes of
CO2e.
We calculate agricultural emissions from direct operations owned and operated agricultural land only based on
fertiliser use. The annual quantity (mass) of inorganic fertiliser is multiplied by the percentage of nitrogen content and
by the relevant GHG emission and conversion factors (i.e., nitrogen to nitrous oxide, nitrous oxide GHG emission factor)
to determine the equivalent tonnes CO2e emissions.
Scope 1 and Scope 2 data aggregation
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net based) (1,000 tonnes CO2e) is the aggregation of
Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions with fugitive and owned agriculture emissions for external reporting annually. The
percentage reduction in absolute carbon emissions (direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net
based)) from the prior year is a percentage change calculation with reference to the corresponding prior year figure.
Our net zero emissions target for 2030 remains consistent with earlier reporting protocols and is based on market-
based emissions.
GHG emission intensity ratios
Total, aggregated direct operations market-based emissions (as detailed above) are divided, by the volume of direct
operations packaged product reported in the same period. The market-based emissions are converted to grammes of
CO2e and the volume of packaged product is reported in litres to generate relevant GHG emission intensity ratios in g
CO2e/litre packaged. For fiscal 23, the total volume packaged used for the denominator in intensity indicators is
3,801,239,185 litres.
Limitation
Where invoices or site meter readings are not available – due, for example, to timing differences or metering issues –
we estimate consumption.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
258
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
259
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Reduce our value chain (Scope 3) carbon emissions by 50%
Percentage reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions (ktCO2e) from the prior year
Scope 3 emissions are all indirect emissions that occur in the value chain of the reporting company, including both
upstream and downstream emissions (but excluding Scope 2 emissions from purchased power and heat).
The CO2e emissions relating to all categories of materials and services within our value chain include those from
purchased raw materials, packaging, third-party manufacturers, consumer use and disposal. We aggregate emissions
from upstream and downstream logistics and distribution, including Category 4 logistics emissions. In addition, we
include Category 2 capital goods, Category 3 fuels and energy-related activities, Category 5 waste generated in
operations, Category 6 business travel and Category 7 employee commuting. The emissions attributable to all
categories of materials and services provide a total value chain, Scope 3 footprint.
We do not include carbon offsets or credits in the Scope 3 GHG emissions market-based or location-based
approach.
Any categories of Scope 3 emissions not listed in the definition above are not currently included in our external
reporting.
We report Scope 3 GHG emissions using metric tonnes of CO2e to compare the emissions from the seven main GHGs
based on their global warming potential. We base our CO2e reduction targets and reporting protocols on real
consumption location-based emissions. We report in line with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain
(Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard, 2011.
We calculate CO2e emissions data on the basis of the volume of materials purchased, services provided, capital
equipment purchased and distances travelled for upstream/downstream logistics. Supplier-specific emission factors
and/or emission factors from literature are then applied to the component type to derive an absolute CO2e emissions
volume, in metric tonnes.
Limitation
—
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Use 100% renewable energy across all our direct operations
Change in percentage of renewable energy across our direct operations
We report total energy use and renewable energy use in megawatt hours (MWh) and/or terajoules (TJ). Total energy
and renewable energy use are determined from direct and indirect energy consumption; energy generated on our sites
and purchased energy. We determine direct energy (renewable/non-renewable) from the quantity of different fuel
types (in metric tonnes, litres) of renewable and non-renewable fuels, and by applying the relevant calorific value
(either from BEIS or the supplier). We measure indirect energy (renewable/non-renewable) in MWh and/or TJ from
energy utilities or suppliers and/or by applying the relevant EACs.
For avoidance of doubt, we include directly connected renewable energy generated on or near our sites, where all
energy is used on site and no EACs are created (e.g., roof-mounted solar panels with all generated renewable
electricity used on site).
We exclude minor energy sources that account for less than 0.5% of a site's overall Scope 1 and 2 emissions, up to a
maximum of 50 t CO2e of individual emission source. They are considered immaterial to our overall impact.
We report total energy and renewable energy in MWh and/or TJ. We calculate direct and indirect energy data based
on the direct measurement of energy use (meter readings/invoices for volumes of fuel supplied) for the majority of
sites.
We report fuel consumption by fuel type at site level using the environmental management system. Using calorific
values, the fuel is then converted to energy consumption, in kWh, by fuel type and classified as either renewable or
non-renewable based on fuel type or source. EACs, derived from our distillery by-product feedstock and processed by
a third-party to generate biogas, together with purchased renewable gas EACs, are applied to relevant natural gas
supplied to sites via a common carrier pipeline/network. This is reflected in data preparation and aggregation.
All indirect energy generated and used on site, along with purchased indirect energy supplied through the grid is
classified as renewable by the allocation of EACs, contracts, power purchase agreements and supplier specific utility
factors, where relevant.
To achieve the percentage of renewable energy use, we divide total renewable energy into direct and indirect
energy supplies (in MWh) by total energy use, comprising all reported energy sources (MWh).
Energy data is calculated based on direct measurement of energy use (meter readings/invoices) for the majority of
sites. Where invoices are not available – due, for example, to timing differences – consumption is estimated. These
instances account for less than 1% of the total.
Become sustainable by design
We have already made progress in reducing our environmental impact, and we continue to work hard to meet our ‘Society 2030: Spirit of Progress‘
targets and become sustainable by design by reducing packaging, increasing recycled content and eliminating waste.
Target
Performance measure
Achieve zero waste in our direct operations and zero waste to landfill in our supply chain
Percentage reduction in total waste sent to landfill from the prior year
Additional measure
Total volume of waste sent to landfill (tonnes)
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
We record the type and quantity of all waste to landfill using our internal environmental reporting methodologies and
GRI Standards. The definition of waste to landfill includes all hazardous waste and all unwanted or discarded material
produced in solid, sludge or liquid form from manufacturing and office sites, except asbestos waste and/or other waste
required by national or state legislation to be landfilled in either specified registered sites or other landfill sites. The
definition includes all refuse, garbage, construction debris, treatment and process sludge, and materials that a site has
been unable to reclaim, reuse or recover.
We consider we have achieved zero waste to landfill if we have disposed of less than 0.2% of baseline waste-to-
landfill volume during the year. Some 0.2% of baseline waste-to-landfill volume equates to 200 tonnes and excludes
any waste we are required to dispose to landfill under local regulations.
—
Sites typically collect primary waste data from weighbridge tickets and invoices from waste handlers. Data is reported
by waste type at site level using the environmental management system.
Incidents may occur where small quantities of waste are sent to landfill by accident or because of operational changes,
such as acquiring new sites, changing who handles our waste and issues with waste disposal suppliers.
Continue our work to reduce total packaging (delivering a 10% reduction in packaging weight)
Percentage reduction of total packaging (by weight)
We determine changes to packaging weight by quantifying the weight reduction in grammes multiplied by the number
of product lines (SKUs) affected, on an annualised basis.
—
We collate packaging material volume data from enterprise software, including SAP and other sources, for total
volume of packaging purchased and weight. We verify weight data through quarterly supplier questionnaires.
Reporting relies on suppliers' technical information and supporting supplementary information.
Continue our work to increase recycled content on our packaging (increasing the percentage of recycled
content of our packaging to 60%)
Change in percentage of recycled content (by weight)
We determine recycled content by establishing the percentage weight of non-virgin materials used to generate the
packaging components.
—
We collate packaging material volume data from enterprise software, including SAP and other sources, for the total
volume of packaging purchased. We collect recycled content data through quarterly supplier questionnaires and then
consolidate and internally verify it.
Reporting relies on suppliers' technical information and supporting supplementary information.
Ensure 100% of our packaging is widely recyclable (or reusable/compostable)
Percentage of packaging recyclable (by weight)
For fiscal 23, we are reporting our 'technically recyclable' number. This includes packaging that is technically possible to
recycle, but does not take into account whether the collection, sorting and recycling of the package happens in
practice, at scale and at viable cost.
—
Packaging material volume data is collated from enterprise software, including SAP (materials supplied) and other
sources. It is then consolidated and internally verified, based on the best available information.
Reporting relies on suppliers' technical information and supporting supplementary information.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
260
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
261
NON-FI NANCI AL REPORTI NG BOU NDARIES AND METHODOLOGIES continu ed
IND EPENDENT LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON SELECTED SU BJECT MATTER
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Limitation
Target
Performance measure
Definition
Scope exception
Data preparation
Achieve 40% recycled content in our plastic bottles by 2025, and 100% by 2030
Percentage of recycled content in our plastic bottles used
This is determined by quantifying the metric tonnes of non-virgin plastic in the total volume of all plastic bottles used at
each site or market reported through a plastics database.
—
We collate plastic material volume data from enterprise software, including SAP and other sources, for the total volume
of plastics purchased. We collect recycled content data through quarterly supplier questionnaires and then consolidate
and internally verify it.
Reporting relies on suppliers' technical information and supporting supplementary information.
Ensure 100% of our plastics are designed to be widely recyclable (or reusable/compostable) by 2025
Percentage of recyclable (or reusable/compostable) plastic used
For fiscal 23, we are reporting our 'technically recyclable' number. This includes packaging that is technically possible to
recycle, but does not take into account whether the collection, sorting and recycling of the package happens in
practice, at scale and at viable cost.
—
Packaging material volume data is collated from enterprise software, including SAP (materials supplied) and other
sources. It is then consolidated and internally verified, based on the best available information.
Reporting relies on suppliers' technical information and supporting supplementary information.
Provide all of our local sourcing communities with agricultural skills and resources, building economic and
environmental resilience (supporting 150,000 smallholder farmers)
Number of smallholder farmers in our supply chain supported by our smallholder farmer programme
We define a smallholder farmer as an individual or family farming an area of less than four hectares, for the primary
markets in scope for this target. Our local sourcing communities are those where we engage directly with smallholder
farmers, or indirectly through our suppliers.
We define providing agricultural skills and inputs aimed at improving the methods and activities used by
smallholder farmers to farm effectively and sustainably by providing training or providing or facilitating access to farm
inputs such as certified seeds and mechanisation.
Building economic and environmental resilience involves improving smallholders’ financial awareness, their family
income and/or their understanding of how to act in a climate-smart way.
Our work with smallholder farmers is currently focussed around sorghum value chains in five countries in Africa. For
Fiscal 23, we focussed efforts on Kenya. With this focus we have learned how to best deploy at scale.
Our sourcing teams and third-party partners track the number of smallholder farmers undergoing training and
education or being provided with access to farm inputs both manually and directly into our new digital platform. The
baseline year for our smallholder programmes is fiscal 22.
The performance measure is refreshed each year, rather than accumulated over consecutive years, to evidence
evolution of the number of smallholder supported on a year-by-year basis.
Monitoring is likely to evolve over time, because collecting data at smallholder-farm level is complex, with a heavy
reliance on individuals, a lack of publicly available high-impact datasets and a lack of real-time data.
Develop regenerative agriculture pilot programmes in five key sourcing landscapes
Number of regenerative agriculture pilot programmes initiated
We define our key sourcing landscapes as locations from which we source our most material crops, in terms of
volumes sourced, product dependency (e.g., agave for tequila) and contribution to our Scope 3 GHG footprint.
The programmes include:
• On-the-ground programmes with farmers to test and integrate regenerative and low-carbon practices in crop
production systems
• On-farm measurements and data collection protocols to track improvements in soil health, soil carbon, biodiversity,
water stewardship and farm profitability
• Collaborative programmes with our suppliers, other commodity off-takers, expert agronomists, technology providers,
NGOs or specialist organisations
—
Data is consolidated for each pilot programme, tracking KPIs and reporting on improvements against key outcomes.
The baseline year is fiscal 23. The baseline year for assessing the results of our first pilot programme, Guinness barley, is
fiscal 23.
Limitation
—
262
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Independent Limited Assurance Report
to the Directors of Diageo plc on
selected subject matter
Our limited assurance conclusion
Based on the procedures we have performed, as described under “Summary of work performed” and the evidence we have obtained, nothing has
come to our attention that causes us to believe that the information marked with the symbol ∆ in Diageo plc’s (‘Diageo’s’) Annual Report (‘the
Report’) for the year ended 30 June 2023 and summarised below (together the ‘Subject Matter Information’), has not been prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance with “Diageo’s Reporting boundaries and methodologies” (the ‘Reporting Criteria’) set out on pages 242-262 of the Annual
Report.
What we assured
The Subject Matter Information needs to be read and understood together with the Reporting Criteria which Diageo’s Directors are solely responsible
for selecting and applying. The Subject Matter Information are set out below:
Subject Matter Information
(for the year ended 30 June 2023 unless otherwise stated)
Environmental and Safety indicators:
Total volume packaged (litres) 1
Water use efficiency per litre of product packaged (litres/litre) 2
Percentage improvement in litres of water used per litre of product packaged from the prior year (percentage) 7
Location of Subject
Matter Information
pages 5 and 79
3,801,239,185
page 256
page 79
(1.2) %
4.14
Percentage reduction in absolute carbon emissions (direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market / net
based)) from the prior year 7
Total direct and indirect carbon emissions by weight (market/net based) (1,000 tonnes CO2e) 1
Market based (net) intensity ratio of GHG emissions (g CO2e per litre of packaged product) 2
Percentage reduction in total waste sent to landfill from the prior year 7
Lost time accident frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees (FTEs) 3
Smashed indicators (for the period 1 June 2022 to 31 May 2023):
Number of people educated on the dangers of underage drinking through a Diageo supported education
programme 1
Number of people who confirmed changed attitudes on the dangers of underage drinking following participation in
a Diageo supported education programme 1
Inclusion and Diversity indicators:
The percentage of female leaders globally 4
The percentage of ethnically diverse leaders globally 5
Water Replenishment indicators:
Annual volumetric replenishment capacity (m3) of projects developed 3
Percentage of water-stressed markets where Diageo have invested in improving access to clean water, sanitation
and hygiene near sites and local sourcing areas (FY21-FY23) 6
5.4 %
401
105
35.5 %
0.91
page 82
pages 5 and 83
page 83
page 86
page 65
1,985,817
pages 5 and 58
1,548,996
page 58
44 %
43 %
pages 5 and 67-68
pages 5 and 67-68
1,311,010
100 %
page 79
page 80
The footnote refers to our assessment of materiality discussed in this report.
The scope of our work did not extend to information in respect of earlier periods or to any other information included in, or linked from, the Report.
Our work
Professional standards applied
We performed a limited assurance engagement in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance
Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information’ and, in respect of the greenhouse gas emissions, in accordance with
International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3410 ‘Assurance engagements on greenhouse gas statements’, issued by the International
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board.
Our independence and quality control
We have complied with the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales Code of Ethics, which includes independence and other
requirements founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional
behaviour, that are at least as demanding as the applicable provisions of the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants International
Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards).
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Diageo Annual Report 2023
263
INDEPEND ENT LI MITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON SELECTED SU BJECT MATTER continued
We apply International Standard on Quality Management (UK) 1 and accordingly maintain a comprehensive system of quality control including
documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements.
Summary of work performed
We performed a limited assurance engagement. Because a limited assurance engagement can cover a range of assurance, we give more detail
about the procedures performed, so that the intended users can understand the nature, timing and extent of procedures we performed as context
for our conclusion. These procedures performed vary in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance
engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that would
have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been performed.
In performing our assurance procedures, which were based on our professional judgement, we performed the following:
• considered the suitability of the circumstances of Diageo’s use of the Reporting Criteria, as the basis for preparing the Subject Matter Information;
• obtained an understanding of Diageo’s control environment, processes and systems relevant to the preparation of the Subject Matter
Information. Our procedures did not include evaluating the suitability of the design or operating effectiveness of control activities;
• evaluated the appropriateness of measurement and evaluation methods, reporting policies used and estimates made by Diageo, noting that our
procedures did not involve testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our own estimates against which to
evaluate Diageo’s estimates;
• undertook site visits at 12 of Diageo’s sites; we selected these sites based on their inherent risk, materiality to the group, and an analysis of
unexpected fluctuations in the Subject Matter Information since the prior period. 4 of these sites based in Scotland, Uganda, Ghana and the
United States were performed virtually using live feed streaming under our direction. A further 8 sites in Scotland (2), England, India, Nigeria (2),
Mexico and Australia were conducted as physical visits;
• performed limited substantive testing on a selective basis of the Subject Matter Information related to the Environmental and Safety indicators
listed above, which is aggregated from information submitted by Diageo’s operational sites. Testing was conducted as part of the site visits and
involved: comparing year on year movements and obtaining explanations from management for significant differences we identified, agreeing
arithmetical accuracy and agreeing data points to or from source information to check that the underlying subject matter was complete and
accurate, and had been appropriately evaluated or measured, recorded, collated and reported;
• the Subject Matter Information related to Water Replenishment indicators is aggregated from the specific water replenishment programmes
undertaken by Diageo. In order to understand the key processes and controls for reporting, we made management enquiries and performed
limited substantive testing on a selective basis by sampling 5 out of 35 projects, based on their inherent risk and materiality to the annual
volumetric water replenishment capacity. This specifically focused on understanding how programmes are selected and implemented by
implementation partners on behalf of Diageo. This testing checked that underlying information had been appropriately evaluated or measured,
recorded, collated and reported;
• performed limited substantive testing on a selective basis of the Subject Matter Information related to the Smashed and Inclusion and Diversity
indicators. This testing was performed at the Diageo head office, to check that underlying information was complete and accurate, and had
been appropriately evaluated or measured, recorded, collated and reported; and
• evaluated the disclosures in, and overall presentation of the Subject Matter Information.
Our assurance procedures specifically did not include evaluating the suitability of design or operating effectiveness of control activities.
Materiality
We are required to plan and perform our work to address the areas where we have identified that a material misstatement of the Subject Matter
Information is likely to arise. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to
determine the nature, timing and extent of our procedures in support of our conclusion. We believe that it is important that the intended users
understand the concept and the level of materiality to place our conclusion in context.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the Subject Matter Information as follows:
Overall
materiality
Materiality differs depending upon the nature of the Subject Matter Information. We apply professional judgement to consider the
most appropriate materiality benchmark for each aspect of the Subject Matter Information, having considered how the intended
users may use the information.
The benchmark approach for each aspect of the Subject Matter Information is indicated in the table by one of the following
numbers;
1 This metric is an absolute number. A benchmark materiality of 5% has been applied.
2 This metric measures intensity, which is calculated as a ratio between 2 different numbers. A benchmark of 5% has been applied to
both the numerator and denominator used in the calculation.
3 This metric is a ratio. Each misclassified lost time accident is considered material whilst materiality for 1,000 FTEs is set at 5%;
4 This metric is a percentage. A benchmark materiality of 2.5% has been applied to both the number of female leaders and total
number of leaders used in the percentage calculation.
5 This metric is a percentage. A benchmark materiality of 2.5% has been applied to both the number of ethnically diverse leaders
and total number of leaders used in the percentage calculation.
6 This metric is a percentage. Any identified misstatement in either the numerator or denominator is considered material.
7 This metric is a percentage change. A benchmark of 5% has been applied to both the numerator and denominator.
We also agreed to report to the Directors misstatements (‘reportable misstatements’) identified during our work at a level below overall materiality,
as well as misstatements below that lower level, that in our view warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. The Directors are responsible for
deciding whether adjustments should be made to the Subject Matter Information in respect of those items.
Key assurance matters
We considered the following areas to be those that required our particular focus and discussed these areas with Diageo’s management. This is not a
complete list of all areas of focus identified by our work.
Classification of waste
Nature of the issue
Diageo engages a wide range of third parties in the collection, management and disposal of the waste generated through their
global operations. As soon as waste leaves a site, Diageo is no longer in control of the waste journey taken and there is a loss of
visibility of waste disposal routes. Diageo then often has to rely on management information provided by third parties to
appropriately classify waste - particularly waste sent to landfill.
There is a risk that waste is inappropriately classified, by Diageo or a third party, as another waste stream (e.g. ‘recycled’ despite its
final disposal route being to landfill).
How our work addressed the
key assurance matter
Whilst our testing approach in relation to third parties is unique to each individual aspect of the Subject Matter Information, the
following are examples of work performed at some of the 12 Diageo sites selected in relation to waste specifically:
• Performed walkthrough procedures to gain an understanding of the end-to-end waste journey for selected waste streams, and
enquired with local management to understand how they are comfortable with data obtained from third party waste handlers;
• Enquired with third party waste handlers to understand how they compile their management information they send to Diageo;
• Obtained an understanding of any specific contractual obligations in place on third party waste handlers in relation to sending
waste to landfill;
• Obtained third party confirmations of year to date 'waste to landfill' volumes for a sample of waste handlers servicing the sites;
• Obtained and reviewed waste traceability review reports completed by local site management of waste collections made from
by third parties;
• Attended a waste traceability review conducted by local site management with a third party waste handler;
• Reviewed the group management schedule of waste handler reviews, assessing key findings and the broader impact on the
group;
• Performed substantive testing to confirm accuracy and classification of waste values reported, and for a sample of waste
collections (5-15) within management information and corroborated to supporting documentation (e.g. weighbridge tickets);
• Obtained weighbridge calibration certificates, or equivalent documents, to confirm accuracy of actual waste collection volumes;
• Obtained and reviewed calculations performed by selected waste handlers to report total waste sent to landfill figures; and
• Obtained and assessed reasonableness of estimation methodologies applied locally in the absence of reliable third party data,
and validated data inputs.
Percentage reduction in total waste sent to landfill from the prior year
Element(s) of the Subject
Matter Information most
significantly impacted
Application of complex criteria
Nature of the issue
Diageo has extensive internal risk management and assurance guidance to support local site management teams to collate and
report health and safety incidents consistently. Whilst this guidance is detailed, there are some complex areas which can sometimes
be open to interpretation or judgement, resulting in significant assurance risks around completeness, accuracy, classification and
presentation and disclosure.
There are complex definitions and exception criteria specific to Lost Time Accidents (LTAs), which determine whether an incident is
reportable and how it should be classified. For example, in relation to the lost time accident reporting, judgements can arise in
interpreting key definitions: work-related or job restriction based on detailed internal definitions and criteria which may not be
present in the external criteria.
Whilst our testing approach in relation to judgements is unique to each individual aspect of the Subject Matter Information, the
following are examples of work performed at some of the 12 Diageo sites selected in relation to lost time accident reporting
specifically:
• Obtained an understanding of local safety governance and escalation channels available to local site management;
• Performed walkthrough procedures to gain an understanding of local incident reporting procedures to ensure and assess
consistency when utilising classification guidance;
• Enquired with local site management to understand how they classify incidents for complex or unusual incidents;
• Performed substantive testing over all lost time accidents reported to date, and for a sample of between 5-15 other incidents to
confirm classification;
• Obtained additional corroborating evidence where underlying incident reporting was not sufficient to substantiate incident
classification. In some instances, these were escalated and discussed with Global Governance.
Additional testing has also been performed at a group-level, specifically:
• Substantive testing for a sample of 20 incidents globally not classified as a lost time accident (e.g. medical treatment case or first
aid case) to ensure incident classification was appropriate;
• Enquired with the Global Governance team on incident classification where underlying evidence was not clear and obtained
additional corroborating evidence, where needed.
Lost time accident frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees
How our work addressed the
key assurance matter
Element(s) of the Subject
Matter Information most
significantly impacted
Challenges of non-financial information
The absence of a significant body of established practice upon which to draw to evaluate and measure non-financial information allows for
different, but acceptable, evaluation and measurement techniques that can affect comparability between entities, and over time.
Non-financial information is subject to more inherent limitations than financial information, given the characteristics of the underlying subject matter
and the methods used for measuring or evaluating it. The precision of different measurement techniques may also vary.
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
264
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
265
INDEPEND ENT LI MITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON SELECTED SU BJECT MATTER continued
OTHER ADD ITIONAL INFORMATION
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Report other than the Subject Matter Information and our assurance report. The
Directors are responsible for the other information. As explained above, our conclusion does not extend to the other information and, accordingly,
we do not express any form of assurance thereon. In connection with our assurance of the Subject Matter Information, our responsibility is to read
the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the Subject Matter Information or our
knowledge obtained during the assurance engagement, or otherwise appears to contain a material misstatement of fact. If we identify an apparent
material inconsistency or material misstatement of fact, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement
of the Subject Matter Information or a material misstatement of the other information, and to take appropriate actions in the circumstances.
Responsibilities of the Directors
As explained in the Directors’ Statement on page 116 of the Annual Report, the Directors of Diageo are responsible for:
• determining appropriate reporting topics and selecting or establishing suitable criteria for measuring or evaluating the underlying subject matter;
• ensuring that those criteria are relevant and appropriate to Diageo and the intended users of the Report;
• the preparation of the Subject Matter Information in accordance with the Reporting Criteria including designing, implementing and maintaining
systems, processes and internal controls over the evaluation or measurement of the underlying subject matter to result in Subject Matter
Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
• producing the Report, including underlying data and statements of Directors’ responsibility, which provides a balanced reflection of Diageo’s
performance in this area and discloses, with supporting rationale, matters relevant to the intended users of the Report.
Our responsibilities
We are responsible for:
• planning and performing the engagement to obtain limited assurance about whether the Subject Matter Information is free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error;
• forming an independent conclusion, based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained; and
• reporting our conclusion to the Directors of Diageo.
Use of this report
Our report, including our conclusion, has been prepared solely for the Directors of Diageo in accordance with the agreement between us dated 31
January 2023 (as varied). To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility or liability to anyone other than the Board
of Directors and Diageo for our work or this report except where terms are expressly agreed between us in writing.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
London
31 July 2023
266
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Other additional
information
Spirits and investments
Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns
30 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, two whisky distilleries in
Canada and three in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff
internationally. Ketel One and Cîroc vodkas are purchased as finished
product from The Nolet Group and Maison Villevert, respectively. Gin
distilleries are in both the United Kingdom and in Santa Vittoria, Italy.
Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland.
Irish whiskey is distilled at the Roe & Co distillery in Dublin. Rum is
distilled in the US Virgin Islands and in Australia, Venezuela, and
Guatemala and is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada,
Italy and the United Kingdom. Raki is produced in Turkey, Chinese
white spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of
China, cachaça is produced in Ceará State in Brazil and tequila in
Mexico. The Chase Distillery in England produces vodka and gin.
Diageo’s maturing Scotch whisky is in warehouses in Scotland
(Clackmannanshire area between Blackgrange, Cambus West and
Menstrie, where we are holding approximately 50% of the group’s
maturing Scotch whisky), its maturing Canadian whisky in Valleyfield
and Gimli in Canada, its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and
Tennessee in the United States and maturing Chinese white spirits in
Chengdu, China.
There is a significant progress in our investment of £185 million in
the Scotch whisky and tourism sectors in Scotland. This has included
the creation of a major new Johnnie Walker global brand attraction in
Edinburgh (Johnnie Walker Princes Street). The distillery visitor
investment has focused on the ‘Four Corners distilleries’, Glenkinchie,
Caol Ila, Clynelish and Cardhu, celebrating the important role these
single malts play in the flavours of Johnnie Walker. The new visitor
experiences at Glenkinchie, Clynelish and Cardhu are now fully
operational and Caol Ila opened in August 2022. The iconic lost
distillery of Port Ellen is expected to be back in production in the
summer of 2023.
In China, work continues with our $75 million investment in the
Eryuan malt whisky distillery. It will produce our first China-origin, single
malt whisky and be carbon-neutral on opening.
In North America, further capacity expansion projects are now
underway to support future growth including the C$245 million
construction of a carbon neutral Crown Royal distillery in Canada to
supplement existing manufacturing operations.
Diageo’s end-to-end tequila production is in Mexico, and more
than $500 million dollars is being invested to expand our
manufacturing footprint through an investment in new facilities in the
state of Jalisco to support growth. As part of our expansion and our
investments in the tequila category, we have different digital
transformation projects under implementation at the El Charcón
production site to respond to the growing demand in tequila and the
expansion of our operations. Projects include additional technology
support and automatisation of our new bottling line on site, which will
be dedicated to Casamigos tequila. The use of technology will allow us
to operate 24/7.
Diageo owns a controlling equity stake in United Spirits Limited
(USL) which is one of the leading alcoholic beverage companies in
India selling close to 66 million equivalent units (reported) in fiscal 23 of
Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) and imported liquors. USL has a
significant market presence across India and operates 12 owned sites,
as well as a network of leased and third-party manufacturing facilities
in India. USL owns several Indian brands, such as McDowell’s (Indian
whisky, rum, and brandy), Black Dog (scotch), Signature (Indian
whisky), Royal Challenge (Indian whisky) and Antiquity (Indian whisky).
Beer and investments
Diageo’s principal brewing facility is at the St James’s Gate brewery in
Dublin, Ireland. In addition, Diageo owns breweries in several African
countries: Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Tanzania, Uganda, and the
Seychelles. During the year ended 30 June 2023, Guinness Cameroun
S.A. was sold to the Castel Group.
Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas
Guinness brewing operations which use the flavour extract to brew beer
locally. Guinness is transported from Ireland to Great Britain in bulk to the
Runcorn facility which carries out the kegging of Guinness Draught.
Projects are underway to support future beer growth. In July 2022,
Diageo announced plans to invest €200 million in Ireland’s first
purpose-built carbon neutral brewery on a greenfield site in
Littleconnell, Newbridge, Co. Kildare. A planning application for the
new brewery was submitted in October 2022 and, if successful,
brewing would commence in 2024. Furthermore, Diageo will also
invest £21 million to build a new production area at St. James’s Gate
and increase brewing capacity of Guinness 0.0, building on the
£41 million announced to expand and optimise capacity at its beer
packaging facilities in Belfast and Runcorn. Work on these three
projects is substantially complete with capacity coming onstream in
2023 calendar year.
The Diageo Beer Category Third-Party Operations Team are the
technical brewers supporting the delivery of over two and a half million
hectoliters of beer and ready to drink products supplied through over
50 partner breweries and beverage packaging facilities across the
world. The team's focus is upon assuring the consistent quality of
Diageo brands produced at third-party facilities and on enhancing
Diageo value through supporting the start-up of new partnerships and
delivery of innovation projects. In addition to supporting Guinness and
beer, the team has an expanding role in the support of third-party
manufacturing of ready to drink and spirits in Asia-Pacific and Africa.
Flavoured malt beverages (FMB) are made from original base containing
malt, but then stripped of malt character and flavoured. This product
segment is implemented mainly in the United States, Canada and the
Caribbean.
Ready to drink (RTD)
Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United
Kingdom, Italy, across Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.
Raw materials and supply agreements
The group has several long-term contracts in place for the purchase of
raw materials, including glass, other packaging, spirits, cream, rum
and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of cereals
and packaging materials to minimise the effects of short-term price
fluctuations. The global ocean freight crisis coupled with volatile but
strong consumer demand, change in consumer habits (for example,
the increase in e-commerce, the energy crisis, residual impact of
Covid-19 and impact of the conflict in Ukraine) are the key drivers of
constraints that we are managing through.
Like other consumer goods companies, we keep stocks in markets
to compensate for extended lead times and demand volatility. Diageo
is managing well through the current levels of uncertainty and
constraints in our supply chain through expansion of our supplier base
and agility in our logistics networks.
Cereals, including barley, wheat, corn and sorghum are used in out
scotch and beer production and in our spirits brand through purchased
neutral spirit. Cream is the principal raw material used in the
production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes
and aniseed are used in the production of raki and are sourced from
suppliers in Turkey. Agave is a key raw material used in the production
of our tequila brands and is sourced from Mexico. Other raw materials
purchased in significant quantities to produce spirits and beer are
molasses, sugar, and several flavours (such as juniper berries, agave,
Diageo Annual Report 2023
267
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
OTHER AD D I TI ONAL INFORMATI ON contin ued
chocolate, and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the
world.
Many products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass in
purchased from a variety of multinational and local suppliers. The
largest suppliers are Ardagh Packaging in the United Kingdom and
Owens-Illinois in the United States.
Competition
Diageo’s brands compete primarily on the basis of quality and price. Its
business is built on getting the right product to the right consumer for the
right occasion, and at the right price, including through taking into account
ever evolving shopper landscapes, technologies and consumer
preferences. Diageo also seeks to recruit and re-recruit consumers to its
portfolio of brands, including through meaningful consumer engagement,
sustainable innovation and investments in its brands.
In spirits, Diageo’s major global competitors are Pernod Ricard,
Beam Suntory, Bacardi and Brown-Forman, each of which has several
brands that compete directly with Diageo’s brands. In addition, Diageo
faces competition from regional and local companies in the countries
in which it operates.
In beer, Diageo also competes globally, as well as on a regional
and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several
competitors, including AB InBev, Molson Coors, Heineken,
Constellation Brands and Carlsberg.
Research and development
Innovation forms an important part of Diageo’s growth strategy,
playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both
developed and emerging markets. The strength and depth of Diageo’s
brand range also provides a solid platform from which to drive
sustainable innovation that leads to new products and experiences for
consumers, whether or not they choose to drink alcohol. Diageo
focuses its innovation on its strategic priorities and the most significant
consumer opportunities, including the development of global brand
extensions and new-to-world products, and continuously invests to
deepen its understanding of evolving trends and consumer socialising
occasions to inform product and packaging development, ranging
from global brand redesigns to cutting edge innovations. Supporting
this, the Diageo group has ongoing programmes to develop new
beverage products which are managed internally by the innovation
and research and development function.
Trademarks and other intellectual property
Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods, and is therefore
substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its
trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are
protected by trademarks. The Diageo group also holds trade secrets,
as well as has substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The
group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or
otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all
material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns
valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all
reasonable steps to protect these rights.
Regulations and taxes
Diageo’s worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory
requirements relating to production, product liability, distribution,
importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging,
advertising, antitrust, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems
and environmental issues.
In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict
federal and state government regulations. At the federal level, the
Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau, or TTB, of the US Treasury
Department oversees the US beverage alcohol industry, including
through regulating and collecting taxes on the production of alcohol
within the United States and regulating trade practices. In addition,
individual US states, as well as some local authorities in US jurisdictions
in which Diageo sells or produces its products, administers and
268
Diageo Annual Report 2023
enforces industry-specific regulations and may apply additional excise
taxes and, in many states, sales taxes. Federal, state and local
regulations cover virtually every aspect of Diageo's US operations,
including production, importation, distribution, marketing, promotion,
sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.
Spirits and beer are subject to national import and excise duties in
many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties
on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation
varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by
volume, to advanced systems based on the imported or wholesale
value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty
on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as
Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the
European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise
duty in each country, but within the overall European Union framework
there are minimum rates of excise duties that must first be applied to
each relevant category of beverage alcohol. Following its departure
from the European Union, the UK is no longer subject to the European
Union’s rules on excise duties and will introduce a new alcohol duty
system from August 2023. The implementation of this system, which
aims to simplify the previous duty regime, could impact Diageo’s
business activities.
Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final
pricing of Diageo’s products to consumers. These duties can affect a
product’s revenue or margin, both by reducing consumption and/or by
encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of
beverages. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable
taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing
government imposed barriers to fair trading.
The advertising, marketing and sale of alcohol are subject to
various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a
complete prohibition of alcohol in certain cultures and jurisdictions,
such as in certain states in India, to the prohibition of the import into a
certain jurisdiction of spirits and beer, and to restrictions on the
advertising style, media and content. In a number of countries,
television is a prohibited medium for the marketing of spirits brands,
while in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is
carefully regulated. Many countries also strictly regulate the use of
internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol
sales. Any further prohibitions imposed on advertising or marketing,
particularly within Diageo’s most significant markets, could have an
adverse impact on beverage alcohol sales.
Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many
markets, varying from the required inclusion of health warning labels to
manufacturer or importer identification, alcohol strength and other
consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification,
specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol
products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold
in the US, in certain countries within the EU, and in a number of other
jurisdictions in which Diageo operates.
Spirits and beer are also regulated in distribution. In many countries,
alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on- and off-
trade, varying from government- or state-operated monopoly outlets
(for example, in the off-trade channel in Norway, certain Canadian
provinces, and certain US states) to the system of licensed on-trade
outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in
much of the Western world, including in the majority of US states, in the
UK and in much of the EU. In a number of states in the US, wholesalers
of alcoholic beverages must publish price lists periodically and/or must
file price changes in some instances up to three months before they
become effective. In a response to public health concerns, some
governments have imposed or are considering imposing minimum
pricing on beverage alcohol products and may consider raising the
legal drinking age, further limiting the number, type or opening hours
of retail outlets and/or expanding retail licensing requirements.
Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory
environment could also increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities and/or
impact on its business activities.
Taxation
This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal
income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to
the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold
their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. It does
not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all
potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares or
ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to
special rules, including:
• a dealer in securities or foreign currency;
• a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of
accounting for securities holdings;
• a tax-exempt organisation;
• a life insurance company;
• a person liable for alternative minimum tax;
• a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the
combined voting power of voting stock of Diageo or of the total
value of stock of Diageo;
• a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or
a hedging or conversion transaction;
• a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale
for tax purposes; or
• a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not US
dollar.
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for US federal
income tax purposes holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal
income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status
of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a
partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax
advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an
investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.
For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are
the absolute beneficial owners of ordinary shares or ADSs and who
hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that
holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary
shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does
not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies,
other financial institutions, or to persons who have or are deemed to
have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an
employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are
treated as non-domiciled and resident in the United Kingdom for the
purposes of UK tax law.
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations,
published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom
and the practice of His Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (HMRC), all as
currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the
Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and the Government of the United States of America for the
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion
with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These
laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of
the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit
Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in
accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this
assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes
of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs should be treated as
the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of
shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to
US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.
A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is
for US federal income tax purposes:
• a citizen or resident for tax purposes of the United States and who is
not and has at no point been resident in the United Kingdom;
• a US domestic corporation;
• an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax
regardless of its source; or
• a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s
administration and one or more US persons are authorised to
control all substantial decisions of the trust.
This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action
should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses
only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax,
corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes.
Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own
tax advisors regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and
other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs
in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged
to confirm with their advisor whether they are US holders eligible for the
benefits of the Treaty.
Dividends
UK taxation
The company will not be required to withhold tax at source when
paying a dividend.
All dividends received by an individual shareholder or ADS holder
who is resident in the UK for tax purposes will, except to the extent that
they are earned through an ISA or other regime which exempts the
dividends from tax, form part of that individual’s total income for
income tax purposes and will represent the highest part of that income.
A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £1,000 of taxable
dividend income received by an individual shareholder in the
2023/2024 tax year, and to the first £500 of taxable dividend income
received by an individual shareholder in the 2024/2025 tax year (the
Nil Rate Amount), regardless of what tax rate would otherwise apply to
that dividend income.
Any taxable dividend income in excess of the Nil Rate Amount will
be subject to income tax at the following special rates (as at the
2023/2024 tax year):
• at the rate of 8.75%, to the extent that the relevant dividend income
falls below the threshold for the higher rate of income tax;
• at the rate of 33.75%, to the extent that the relevant dividend
income falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax
but below the threshold for the additional rate of income tax; and
• at the rate of 39.35%, to the extent that the relevant dividend income
falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax.
In determining whether and, if so, to what extent the relevant dividend
income falls above or below the threshold for the higher rate of income
tax or, as the case may be, the additional rate of income tax, the
individual’s total taxable dividend income for the tax year in question
(including the part within the Nil Rate Amount) will, as noted above, be
treated as the highest part of that individual’s total income for income
tax purposes.
Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are
small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will
not generally be subject to tax on dividends from the company. Other
shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject
to tax on dividends from the company so long as the dividends fall
within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general,
dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax
purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person
holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any
class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an
exempt class.
Diageo Annual Report 2023
269
A
D
D
I
T
I
O
N
A
L
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
OTHER AD D I TI ONAL INFORMATI ON continued
US taxation
Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive
foreign investment company (PFIC) rules discussed below, the gross
amount of any distribution (other than certain pro rata distribution of
ordinary shares) paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its
ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and
profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) will be
treated as a dividend that is subject to US federal income taxation.
Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute
qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates
applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares
or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121-day period
beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets
other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with
respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified
dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period
requirement, provided that, in the year that you receive the dividend,
we are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. We believe that we are
currently eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and we therefore expect
that dividends on the shares or ADSs will be qualified dividend income,
but there can be no assurance that we will continue to be eligible for
the benefits of the Treaty. Under UK law, dividends paid by the
company are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US
holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the
amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not
entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.
The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the
case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the
dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for
the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations
in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends
will generally be income from sources outside the United States and
will generally be ‘passive’ income for purposes of computing the
foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. The amount of the dividend
distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the
US dollar value of the pounds sterling payments made, determined at
the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date
of the dividend distribution, regardless of whether the payment is in fact
converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from
currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the
dividend payment is distributed to the date the payment is converted
into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not
be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend
income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources
within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits,
as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a
non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the
ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However,
Diageo does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in
accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, a US
holder should expect to generally treat distributions Diageo makes as
dividends.
Taxation of capital gains
UK taxation
A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at
no time been resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK
tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of
ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in
connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the
United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent
establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a
holder who is resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the
holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to any available
exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss
for the purposes of UK tax on capital gains.
US taxation
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or
otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital
gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference
between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax
basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital
gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential
rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or
loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United
States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
PFIC rules
Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not currently be
treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, and we
do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. However this
conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus
may be subject to change. It is therefore possible that we could
become a PFIC in a future taxable year.
If treated as a PFIC, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of
ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain.
Instead, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market
basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, US holders would be
treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain ‘excess
distributions’ pro-rated over the holder’s holding period for the ordinary
shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each
such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an
interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With
certain exceptions, a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as
stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period
in a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from
Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified
dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC (or is treated as a PFIC with respect to
the holder) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding
taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary
income. If you own our shares or ADSs during any year that we are a PFIC
with respect to you, you may be required to file IRS Form 8621.
Based on HMRC’s published practice, no UK stamp duty will be
payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADRs. Furthermore, an
agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a
liability to SDRT.
Purchases of ordinary shares (as opposed to ADRs) will be subject to UK
stamp duty, and/or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the
price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. Stamp duty
applies where a physical instrument of transfer is used to effect the transfer.
SDRT applies to any agreement to transfer ordinary shares (regardless of
whether or not the transfer is effected electronically or by way of an
instrument of transfer). However, where ordinary shares being acquired are
transferred direct to the Depositary’s nominee, the only charge will generally
be the higher charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so
acquired.
Any stamp duty payable (as opposed to SDRT) is rounded up to the
nearest £5. No stamp duty (as opposed to SDRT) will be payable if the
amount or value of the consideration is (and is certified to be) £1,000
or less. Stamp duty and SDRT are usually paid or borne by the
purchaser.
Whilst stamp duty and SDRT may in certain circumstances both
apply to the same transaction, in practice usually only one or other will
need to be paid.
UK inheritance tax
Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an
ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is
domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention
between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate
and gift taxes (the Convention) and who is neither domiciled in the UK
nor (where certain conditions are met) a UK national (as defined in the
Convention), will generally not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the
individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during
the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part
of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the
individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs
independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or
ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or
estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid
in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax
payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the
United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the
United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.
UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
Stamp duty and stamp reserve tax (SDRT) may arise upon the deposit
of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the
higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the
consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the stamp duty or
SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial
holders of ADSs. Following litigation, however, HMRC have confirmed
that they will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge on an issue
of shares to a depositary receipt issuer or to a person providing
clearance services (or their nominee or agent) on the basis that this is
not compatible with EU law. HMRC may continue to apply the 1.5%
stamp duty or SDRT charge on transfers of shares to a depositary
receipt issuer or to a person providing clearance services (or their
nominee or agent) unless the transfer is an integral part of a raising of
capital. HMRC's current practice states that the 1.5% charge on issues
will remain disapplied following Brexit unless the stamp taxes on shares
legislation is amended. However, since the UK is no longer bound by
EU law, the position may change, possibly as a result of any changes in
the status of retained EU law.
270
Diageo Annual Report 2023
Diageo Annual Report 2023
271
Exchange controls
Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in effect from
time to time, there are currently no UK foreign exchange control
restrictions on the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to
holders of Diageo’s securities who are non-residents of the UK or on the
conduct of Diageo’s operations.
There are no restrictions under the company’s articles of association
or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign
owners to hold or vote the company’s ordinary shares.
Please refer to the ‘Taxation’ section on pages 269-271 for details
relating to the taxation of dividend payments.
Useful contacts
The Registrar/Shareholder queries
Link Group acts as the company’s registrar and can be contacted as
follows:
By email: Diageo@linkgroup.co.uk
By telephone: +44 (0) 371 277 1010*
In writing: Registrars – Link Group, Diageo Registrar, Central Square, 29
Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 1DL.
* Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls
outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines
are open 08:00 to 17:30 UK time, Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays in
England and Wales.
ADR administration
Citibank Shareholder Services acts as the company’s ADR
administrator and can be contacted as follows:
By email: citibank@shareholders-online.com
By telephone: +1 866 253 0933/ (International) +1 781 575 4555*
In writing: Citibank Shareholder Services. PO Box 43077,
Providence, RI 02940-3077
* Lines are open Monday to Friday 8:30 to 18:00 EST
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Tom Shropshire
The.cosec@diageo.com
Investor Relations
investor.relations@diageo.com
ADDI TI ONAL I NFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLD ERS
Additional
information for
shareholders
Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM will be held at etc.venues St Paul's, 200 Aldersgate, London
EC1A 4HD at 2.30 pm on Thursday, 28 September 2023.
Documents on display
The Annual Report on Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the
company with the US Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) may be
inspected at the SEC’s office of Investor Education and Advocacy
located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549-0213, USA. Please
call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public
reference rooms and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also
available to the public from commercial document retrieval services,
and from the website maintained by the US Securities and Exchange
Commission at www.sec.gov.
Warning to shareholders - share fraud
Please beware of the share fraud of ‘boiler room’ scams, where
shareholders are called ‘out of the blue’ by fraudsters (sometimes claiming
to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly.
Further information on boiler room scams can be found on the Financial
Conduct Authority’s website (https://www.fca.org.uk/ scamsmart/share-
bond-boiler-room-scams) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional
advice before making any investment decision.
Electronic communications
Shareholders can register for an account to manage their shareholding
online, including being able to: check the number of shares they own
and the value of their shareholding; register for electronic
communications; update their personal details; provide a dividend
mandate instruction; access dividend confirmations; and use the online
share dealing service. To register for an account, shareholders should
visit www.diageoregistrars.com.
Dividend payments
Direct payment into bank account
Shareholders can have their cash dividend paid directly into their UK
bank account on the dividend payment date. To register UK bank
account details, shareholders can register for an online account at
www.diageoregistrars.com or call the Registrar on +44 (0)371 277 1010*
to request the relevant application form. For shareholders outside the
UK, Link Group (a trading name of Link Market Services Limited and
Link Market Services Trustees Limited) may be able to provide you with
a range of services relating to your shareholding. To learn more about
the services available to you please visit the shareholder portal at
www.diageoregistrars.com or call +44 (0)371 277 1010*.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
A Dividend Reinvestment Plan is offered by the Registrar, Link Market
Services Trustees Limited, to give shareholders the opportunity to build
up their shareholding in Diageo by using their cash dividends to
purchase additional Diageo shares. To join the Dividend Reinvestment
Plan, shareholders can call the Registrar, Link Group on
+44 (0)371 277 1010* to request the relevant application form.
272
Diageo Annual Report 2023
F
I
N
A
N
C
I
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S
Printed on Vision Superior, an FSC® certified mixed sources paper.
Printed by Paragon Customer Communications, an FSC®
and ISO 140001 certified company.
Consultancy and design by Black Sun Global
Celebrating life,
every day, everywhere
Diageo plc
16 Great Marlborough Street
London
W1F 7HS
United Kingdom
T: +44 (0) 20 7947 9100
www.diageo.com
Registered in England
No. 23307
© 2023 Diageo plc. All rights reserved. All
brands mentioned in this Annual Report are
trademarks and are registered and/or otherwise
protected in accordance with applicable law.